The Good Owners
Primer (beta)

Read First: What is the Good Owners Primer?

Many folks with dogs go into ownership unsure of themselves. They don’t know if they are handling or interacting with their dogs properly, and when their puppy or adult dog starts doing a behavior they don’t like, many owners are unsure how to address that. Often the interventions they attempt don’t achieve much, or even make the problem worse.

As we’ll talk about in more depth later, those feelings are natural, and in good part a consequence of a common cultural misconception: we often don’t think of dog ownership as a skill that needs to be learned, just like sailing, woodworking, or horseback riding (indeed, it could be argued that dog handling, rearing, and training have even more nuance – and consequences – than those skills). Just think about how we see dogs in movies and TV: the protagonist will leave their dog home alone all day with no consequences, feed them scraps with no consequences, never has to train them to not bark at guests, chew furniture, steal food, etc.

As a result, we often bring our dogs home without having fully learned how they think, why they do what they do, and how our interactions with them influence their behavior. Indeed, we often don’t know what we don’t know, and only realize we may be missing something when we run into behavioral problems.

That knowledge gap is not for lack of resources: there are tons of fantastic books, classes, trainers, online materials, etc. out there, in every medium and at every level of engagement; you can see a tiny fraction of them on our further resources page.

Rather, because we culturally often don’t talk about dog ownership as a skill that requires learning, many owners never start their educational journey. They don’t know where to start, and nobody is telling them why it’s so important, what they need to learn, and what the benefits of learning are (and consequences of not learning).

Consider a sobering statistic: several studies have shown that only around 5% of dog owners in the US take a single class.[1]

Most owners truly mean well – they sincerely want to give their dogs good, rich, healthy lives – they just don’t know how or where to start, or that they need to start.

That is where the RCO Primer, and accompanying RCOC, are intended to come in.

In the RCO Primer, we try to survey many of the topics that every dog owner needs to be familiar with. The goal is not for you to learn or memorize all this. As we’ll make clear, the only way to learn these concepts is through actual practice, and that means taking classes and working with a trainer – written resources will never be enough.

Instead, our goal is to start owners off right, in three ways:

  1. Help you understand the need – and benefits – to learning! To show you that learning how to understand, handle, train, and care for your puppy will produce an infinitely richer, healthier, safer, and less stressful life for you and your dog
  1. Start you off right with at least some basic familiarity with foundational concepts
  1. Encourage you to go on to read books, take classes, and work with trainers. We need to shift that 5% statistic above, and get more owners into the wonderful ‘educational pipeline’ that is out there

With any luck, the RCO Primer, and accompanying RCOC, will help achieve the above, giving you a map, a point of reference to come back to, and starting you on a clearer, more confident learning journey to becoming a stronger, happier dog owner.

[1] Stepita, ME; Bain, MJ; Kass, PH; Journal of the American Animal Hospitalization Association 2013 found only 4.7% of dog owners attended a single class; the APPA (American Pet Products Association) National Pet Owners Survey seemed to independently confirm this finding in 2022 (5%) and once again in 2023 (6%).

How to use the Primer with the RCOC

  1. New dog owners do NOT need to read and memorize everything, all at once! You are meant to:
    1. Take the RCOC and refer back to this (each question links to the relevant chapter), to learn as you go. That is how the RCOC exam is designed, to help you digest and contextualize these concepts.
    1. Learn this material – alongside books, classes, and trainers – over the first few months and years with your dog.
  1. The RCO Primer and RCOC exam are meant only to START you on your learning journey. Per Aside #2 below, they are meant to make you more aware of what every responsible owner MUST know, thereby – hopefully – encouraging more owners to go on to pursue books, take classes, work with trainers, and try out sports and certifications like AKC CGC.

As you may notice, the following Sections and Chapters cover a lot of material – and that might be more than a little intimidating!

Fortunately, you are NOT meant to sit down and read, study, or memorize all the content in this Primer. These are concepts we expect you to learn and practice over the first few months and years with your dog.

Rather, here is how the Primer is intended to be used:

  • Alongside the RCOC as a reference, to learn as you go.

    As we lay out in the RCOC exam, we built the RCOC around real-world scenarios, each of which is linked to chapters in the Primer. The idea is for you to (1) read a scenario; (2) look up those chapters with the scenario in mind; and (3) go back to now answer the question. That learning process gives you a better context for the concepts we cover, and breaks up learning into more digestible pieces.

    Ultimately, our intent is NOT to try to teach you all of these concepts; rather, our goal is to make you to engage with these concepts; to realize how important they are, and thereby encourage more owners to start their learning journey.

  • As a reference and resource to START you on your learning journey

    Even if and after you pass the RCOC, our aim with both the RCO Primer and RCOC exam is to start you on your learning journey. We hope the Primer will be a resource for you to continue referring to, as well as a map of the concepts you must go and learn through your continuing educational journey:

In practical terms, here is how we recommend proceeding:

1

Give it a cursory browse

Don’t stress about reading it from front to back – give it a browse, and check out topics that catch your eye/strike your curiosity. Because so many themes and principles are common across topics, you’ll be amazed at how much your mindset and intuition will start to shift even with just a bit of exposure.

2

Dive into the RCOC, using this Primer as a companion

Then, we recommend giving the RCOC exam a try. The RCOC (Responsible Canine Owner Certification) exam is comprised of real-world scenarios where we give you a few options and ask you what to do.

For each question, we tell you what the relevant Primer chapters are:

The idea is that you should read the question, and then – assuming you don’t know the correct answer – go to the relevant Chapter to help.

We believe that with a concrete scenario in mind, you’ll have an easier time digesting the material. Rather than dry facts, you have an actual situation – that you might encounter and need to be able to handle in your own life – to apply the concepts too.

That, we hope, makes learning more fun, aids comprehension, and improves retention.

There’s no time limit, and you can take the test as many times as you’d like – so don’t stress!

3

Continue on your educational journey with other resources, and come back to the Primer as a reference

As we’ll discuss much more in later Chapters, the RCOC and Primer are meant to start you on your learning journey, hopefully convincing you how important these topics are and encouraging you to go on to tap into the greater world of educational resources out there, ranging from books and online resources to in-person classes and trainers.

To help you, we keep a database of Further Resources updated with recommendations for you to continue your education once you pass the RCOC.

Even after you go off to those further resources however, we want the Primer to always be there for you as a reference. You can always come back and read sections or chapters that you feel less knowledgeable in, or help identify the gaps in what you might know.

Introduction️:

The Learning Journey of Dog Ownership

The problem: We often don’t realize our own gaps in knowledge, causing avoidable stress and poor outcomes for us and our dogs

As we discuss in our mission, this Primer – and the accompanying RCO Certification – were inspired by an endemic problem:

Even with the best intentions, owners often don’t know enough before getting a dog: without realizing it, even the most well-meaning owners are often missing core, critical principles of how to handle, raise, train, and care for their dogs.

Most owners love their dogs dearly, and have only the best, most generous of intentions. We just want our dogs to live good lives, and be happy, closely-bonded members of our homes and families. No goal could be more laudable.

Unfortunately, there’s a barrier to achieving that: we often don’t know what to do – and often don’t even realize when we’re doing something wrong.

We can become stressed and frustrated by our dog’s behavior – “I wish Sally stopped barking all the time,” “I wish Max wouldn’t growl and lunge at other dogs,” “I wish Piglet would stop having accidents,” “I wish Connor would stop chewing on the furniture” – because we don’t understand it.

We often don’t understand:

  1. Why our dog behaves that way
  1. How our interactions with them can create or worsen that behavior

Trainers, breeders, and rescue/shelter workers confront this difficult, frustrating reality every single day: kind, invested owners nevertheless unintentionally doing damaging, counterproductive things without realizing it. Things like:

  • Not providing their puppy or adult dog enough enrichment, leading her to tear up the house
  • Leaving their puppy home alone for hours without having done separation anxiety training, leading her to bark all day and hate her crate
  • Yelling at or punishing their dogs for bad behaviors in a way that creates fear and accentuates reactivity, rather than addressing the root of the behavior
  • Not socializing their puppy enough with other people, places, and dogs, leading to varying levels of reactivity
  • Taking their puppy inside immediately after pottying, inadvertently teaching her to hold on to her pee as long as possible (since they want to stay outside); then getting frustrated that their dog takes forever to pee
  • Letting their dog run up to other dogs without asking the owner’s permission or knowing if the other dog is reactive or not, risking violent conflict
  • Getting a Maremanno (a guard breed), without doing any compensatory socialization and training, producing a dog that, out of stress and impulse, barks and lunges at strangers and other dogs
  • ‘Alpha dominating’ their dog in some misguided attempt to ‘teach them who’s in charge,’ leading to a dog that is afraid of their owner, anxious of training, and badly behaved when not watched
  • Using cues (commands) inconsistently and without reward or follow-up, leading to a dog that is confused and, understandably, doesn’t listen to their handler
  • Not regularly brushing their ‘non-shedding’ dog’s coat, leading to painful matting and skin sores
  • Not being able to correctly read their dog’s emotions, leading to miscommunication and depriving both them and their dog of a full, rich bond

In each of these cases, better outcomes are easily achieved, if the owner just knew a little bit more about how their dog thinks, and how to interact with them better.

The result is wide-spread – and mostly avoidable – stress and struggles for dogs and their owners

These gaps in knowledge produce an unfortunate spectrum of avoidable negative outcomes.

In the mildest cases, millions of dogs:

  • Develop problematic behaviors that are stressful for owners and often reflect underlying fear and anxiety in the dog
  • Are put into situations they shouldn’t be – like off-leash greeting a potentially reactive dog, or meeting children for the first time without proper introduction protocols – risking violent outcomes
  • Don’t receive enough physical or mental activity, producing anxiety, depression, and misbehavior
  • Are unable to fully communicate with their owners, robbing both of the joy and richness that the intimate bond of mutual understanding provides

In the more severe cases, dogs develop behaviors that are too dangerous or hard to live with, and too hard to un-train, resulting re-homing or humanely euthanizing the dog.

It’s worth noting how endemic these problems are, how massive the scale: as we’ll expand on below, the vast majority of dog owners have meaningful gaps in knowledge, producing all the ‘mild’ issues above, and even the ‘extreme tail’ of the outcomes distribution is not small:

  • 1 in 3 dogs in the US is given up for adoption [1]
  • 1 in 10 adopted dogs is returned to shelter [2]
  • 1 in 18 dogs born is euthanized [1]

The end result is that both dogs and their owners are living more stressful, less fulfilling lives, in a way that is avoidable: the bulk of these outcomes could be prevented or improved if more owners knew even just a bit more about how to appropriately handle, raise, train, and interact with dogs!

Indeed, as you’ll discover throughout this Primer, learning how to meet your dog’s needs saves you time, energy, and stress; it takes far less time to avoid a dog developing reactivity or unwanted behaviors than it does to manage or un-train those behaviors after they have emerged. On top of that, any owner will find that life with her dog is much more fun and fulfilling when they learn and follow proper rearing, training, handling, and care practices!

[1] From ASPCA 2019 adoption and euthanasia estimates versus total annual dog population; at least 47% of dogs given up for adoption are specifically for behavioral issues; [2] Hoffman, CL; Thibault, M; Hong J; Front. in Vet. Sci. 8, 2021

Why does this happen? In part, it is because of an awareness issue: culturally, there is little awareness that you need to learn how to raise, train, and interact with a dog – you can’t just “bring a dog home and take care of it” – or an understanding of what happens when you don’t learn those things.

If learning more about how to understand and interact with your dog saves an owner time, stress, and energy, all while making her life with her dog more fun and fulfilling, why doesn’t everyone do it? It’s certainly not due to any shortage of educational resources – just scan our further resources page to see a fraction of all the amazing books, videos, trainers, local classes, and online resources that are out there, at all levels of cost and involvement.

A big part of the problem is a cultural awareness issue: when we set out to bring a dog into our homes, we think “OK me/my partner/my family wants a dog – so let’s go down to the shelter/breeder, get a dog, bring it home, and take care of it. Done.” Nowhere in that sequence is there “I need to learn how to select and raise a dog.”

In other words, many of us go into dog ownership without realizing that you actually need to learn how to handle, socialize, reward, crate, walk, communicate with, etc. your dog!

Think about it, if you wanted to:

  • Sail, you’d need to learn to sail
  • Garden, you’d need to learn about plants
  • Woodwork, you’d need to learn woodworking

But for some reason we have this massive cultural blind spot: we don’t realize “if I want a dog, I need to learn how to handle and care for a dog.”

As a result, many owners never even start their educational journey. Consider a sobering statistic:

Several studies[1] have found that as few as 5% of dog owners in the US ever take a single class!

If you’re a professional trainer, think about that: all the clients you see every day, that you feel you have to teach the very basics to? Those are actually self-selected as the most engaged, knowledgeable dog owners out there.

The bottom line is: because of cultural expectations of dog ownership, most owners don’t realize how important it is to them and to their dog that they learn how to handle, train, raise, care for, and communicate with their dog. Education is not optional or a nice-to-have – it is critically necessary to having a safe, happy, fulfilling life together.

[1] Stepita, ME; Bain, MJ; Kass, PH; Journal of the American Animal Hospitalization Association 2013 found only 4.7% of dog owners attended a single class; the APPA (American Pet Products Association) National Pet Owners Survey seemed to independently confirm this finding in 2022 (5%) and once again in 2023 (6%).

Our goal: This primer and the RCOC are meant to start you on a learning journey to becoming a better, happier, more confident dog owner

That problem – the endemic knowledge gap amongst dog owners – is what inspired us to create the RCO Primer and the RCOC: these resources aim to familiarize you with what you need to learn to go into dog ownership prepared and set up for success, to start you off right on your broader learning journey!

As we laid out in the previous chapter, most dog owners sincerely want to give their dogs good lives, but they often don’t have a full understanding of how their dogs think, why they do what they do, or how our interactions with them influence their behaviors. That disconnect leads to worse outcomes for dogs, stress for owners, and a less rich and fulfilling relationship for them both.

Why does this happen? As we also discussed in the last chapter, a big part of the problem is an awareness issue: culturally, we lack a narrative of “one needs to learn how to handle and care for a dog, it is a skill like any other, and must be taught.” Since many owners aren’t fully aware of their knowledge gaps – or its consequences – they never start or fully commit to their learning journey!

There are tons of great educational resources out there (cf. further reading), but most owners don’t fully appreciate the need to tap into them, take them seriously, and learn.

So how do we change that? How do we change the mentality around dogs and dog ownership? How do we help new owners become more aware of the need to understand, communicate with, handle, train, and care for their dogs?

To help new dog owners overcome that awareness gap – to help them understand how to raise and train a happy, well-adjusted, well-behaved dog – we have compiled two resources:

  • This Primer on Responsible Canine Ownership – Where we do our best to survey, in an introductory manner, all the topics a new dog owner should be familiar with, to start them on their learning journey (more on that below), and provide a reference point to jump off from.
  • The Responsible Canine Owner Certification (RCOC) exam – Where we use real-world scenarios to help give new dog owners a sense of where to start; to help them realize “oh wow, I didn’t realize you have to be thoughtful about how you expose puppies to new things,” or “oh wow, I didn’t realize giving my dog attention when she barks at visitors could be encouraging the behavior.” Realizing those things – seeing the substance and benefits of learning (and consequences of not learning) – and showing owners where to start, we hope to help and encourage more owners to pursue more education.
What this Primer and the RCOC exam are and are not

In a moment we’ll talk about how these connect to a broader educational journey beyond the RCO Primer and RCOC, but first it’s worth noting a few things about what the RCOC is, how it should be used, and what it is NOT.

The RCO Primer and RCOC exam:

  • The RCOC exam is NOT difficult: it tests the very basics, nothing advanced; you can take the exam as many times as you want; and every question is linked to the RCO Primer chapters you need to answer it. The goal is for owners to learn as they go.

    As we’ll emphasize shortly, the goal is not to make you a competent handler – no written resource alone can do that; rather the goal is to make more owners more aware of:

    • What they need to learn
    • How to start learning about it
    • The benefits of learning
  • The RCO Primer is NOT enough to teach you how to work with a dog: as we’ll outline below, it is a starting point, meant to, along with the Primer, encourage more owners to read books, take classes, and work with trainers. Remember, today as few as 5% of dog owners ever take a single class! No written resource – the RCO Primer or otherwise – can teach you how to handle a dog; you need practice and you need to work with a professional. Rather, our goal is to get more people into that educational pipeline.
  • The Primer and RCOC exam DO start owners off in a better spot: Today, many owners only end up at books, classes, webinars, or private trainer sessions after bad things have happened and they don’t know what to do. The RCOC and RCO Primer are meant to start more owners in a better place, with:
    • Some familiarity and experience with basic concepts, like the need for and key elements in the proper execution of socialization, physical and mental activity, training, husbandry, etc.
    • A better perspective on learning:
      • (a) training and handling are not ‘nice-to-have hobbies;’ they are a requisite part of your life with a dog
      • (b) you need to learn how to handle, raise, interact with, and care for a dog
      • (c) trainers are not there to teach your dog; they are there to teach you how to work with your dog
    • A better mentality around interacting with their dog (see next)
  • They ARE meant to change your mentality: the individual facts in the Primer are nice, but not really what matters most. More than anything, we want to help change owners’ mentality, understanding things like:
    • “I need to look at things from my dog’s perspective – how does she feel? What does this situation look like to her?“
    • My actions influence my dogs behavior – how do my interactions with my dog encourage her behaviors?”
  • The RCOC IS meant to be required: everyone is busy. Even though, as we pointed out earlier, owners benefit more than anyone from learning how to be a better handler and carer for their dogs, it’s hard to get ourselves to start that process. The RCOC is meant to be required by stakeholderse.g., Adoption Centers, Rescues, Breeders, Trainers, Hotels, Airbnbs, Landlords, etc. – to help encourage more owners to start off in the right place.
  • They do NOT replace existing resources: as mentioned, there are tons of amazing educational resources out there – books, classes, private trainers, webinars, etc. As we’ll lay out shortly, the RCOC and RCO Primer are meant to lead more people to those resources, not replace them.

Summarizing, you should come away from the RCOC and RCO Primer with both:

  1. A basic familiarity with key dog rearing concepts
  1. Inspiration and motivation to go read books, take classes, and tap other resources to learn and practice how to be a better dog owner!
The educational pipeline: The RCO Primer and RCOC are designed to start more owners on a learning journey that leads them to books, classes, private lessons, and AKC programs like the CGC and dog sports

There are tons of amazing educational resources out there – from books to classes, private lessons, webinars, and sports. Part of the problem, as we highlighted earlier, is:

Not enough owners are entering that educational pipeline – tapping into books, classes, trainers, seminars, etc.

That forms the inspiration for and goal of the the RCOC and RCO Primer:

  1. Encourage more owners to enter the educational pipeline, by showing them (a) dog handling is something that needs to be learned, (b) the many benefits of learning, and (c) the consequences of not doing so
  1. Start owners off right, with at least some exposure to and familiarity with basic concepts

With that in mind, below we lay out how the RCOC and RCO Primer fit into a broader educational pipeline

Educational pipeline for new dog owners

Before (ideally) you get your dog:

  1. Review this Primer and take the RCOC exam: per the RCOC landing page, we recommend that, rather than reading the whole Primer in one go, you should instead briefly peruse it, then take the RCOC exam. Each scenario on the RCOC has a Primer chapter reference, letting you go to that chapter to learn more – and how to answer correctly. That lets you learn as you go. The RCOC has the added benefit of also checking your own knowledge, and showing others (breeders, trainers, landlords, peers, etc.) that you take dog ownership seriously, and that you’re not going into it blind.

    Our aim is that stakeholders – adoption centers, rescues, breeders, trainers, parents, hotels, Airbnbs, landlords, etc. – will require or incentivize their clients to pass the RCOC, to encourage (and reward) them for doing so!

  1. Tap into other introductory books and online resources: dive deeper into introductory books and online resources on important topics, especially on training and puppy rearing. On the Further Resources page we suggest some great resources, and we recommend more on particular topics in the relevant chapters throughout the Primer.

After you get your dog:

  1. Take at MINIMUM a 6-12 week basic obedience course: books and media are great, but there’s no replacement for practicing with an experienced trainer who can not only help explain concepts but also watch your technique and give you feedback. Many local adoption centers offer introductory courses; you can ask your rescue or breeder for information. In Chapter 2-23 we offer tips on how to find an appropriate class and trainer. Ideally, we recommend all owners continue taking recurring courses for the first year or two with their dog.
  1. Ideally, do a few one-on-one sessions with a trainer: even a few sessions, where they can give you more individualized attention and more targeted feedback on how you’re interacting with your dog, will really speed your learning. While financially it is an added expense, improving your handling skills with even occasional trainer sessions will, for most owners, end up saving them enormous time, money, and stress by helping them avoid or handle problematic behavioral situations.
  1. Practice!! All the concepts you learn in books, videos, classes, etc. are worth slightly more than nothing if you don’t apply them. Everything you learn – here and elsewhere, you should be practicing with your dog. Will you make mistakes? Yes, definitely. Is that the end of the world? No! Mistakes are how we get better. Throughout this primer we’ll tell you both what not to do and – when you inevitably accidentally do do it – how to fix it. Don’t stress! If you’re going to all this effort, you will not ‘ruin’ your dog – you are already on the right path!
  1. Take the AKC CGC: Once you’ve started working with your dog, the AKC Canine Good Citizen (CGC) test is a great goal to work towards. It covers some basic social skills that most dogs should be able to handle, and working towards it will help you start thinking about the right concepts. Once you pass the CGC, the AKC also offers more advanced titles like the CGC-U (Urban), and TK (Trick) titles. There are AKC-certified administrators for the CGC in most areas – you can search for one on their website (linked above)!
  1. Dog Sports: Once you’ve got the basics down, dog sports – like Nose Work, Agility, and Rally/Obedience – are an absolutely fantastic way to meet your dog’s mental, physical, and social needs and to have fun with them while doing it! While it might seem like an added time commitment, you ultimately will need to meet these needs anyway; dog sports are often a more fun way for you to achieve that, and will help you build an even closer bond with your dog. Look for training centers in your area that teach introductory classes on any dog sports that interest you. We talk more about dog sports in the Appendix.
The REWARD: learning pays off bigtime! Learning how to better understand and interact with your dog will foster an infinitely deeper, more fun, more fulfilling relationship; will save you time, stress, and energy; and will give you and your dog a better life!

Realizing how much there is to learn, it’s easy to get intimidated. First off, don’t worry: as we’ll talk about shortly, the process will be easier and more natural than it looks. Second, it’s worth remembering: learning how to handle, raise, understand, and communicate with your dog will massively improve your life together!

Investing in learning these concepts will:

  1. Foster a deeper, more fulfilling relationship: Culturally, we are taught that our responsibility to dogs is to ‘take care’ of them, by which we generally mean feeding them, taking them to the vet, taking them for walks, etc. In other words, the logistical needs of a dog. While true, that sort of relationship can only go so deep. What we hope to show you throughout this Primer is that you have an opportunity work with your dog, to be partners, members of a team. By learning to communicate with them – to understand what they are trying to tell you, and to communicate back to them – you can develop a much more profound level of trust and connection.

    By actively listening to and teaching your dog, by getting them to see themselves as part of team – “I trust mom to always know what’s going on, to keep my safe, and to tell me what I need to do; and my job is to follow orders, to Sit/Stay/Down/Place/Tuck/etc.” – the two of you will develop an infinitely closer, more intimate bond.

  1. SAVE you time, energy, and stress: There are few things more stressful and frustrating than seeing your dog suffering or anxious – e.g., barking or lunging at strangers – or having your dog ‘misbehave’ – e.g., stealing food or tearing up furniture – and not understanding why they are doing it or what to do about it. Generally, when owners go to a professional trainer to address a ‘surface’ problem like those, a good trainer will teach them about what the more fundamental, underlying issue is.

    As an owner, understanding how your dog thinks, why they do what they do, and how you can teach them and guide their behaviors makes life with your dog far easier and less stressful.

  1. Create a more fun life for you and your dog: Many dogs today unfortunately are not only under-stimulated mentally and physically, but suffer through regular stress, fear, or anxiety purely because they don’t understand or misunderstand what’s going on. Learning how to (a) think through your dog’s eyes; (b) listen to what they try to communicate to you; (c) handle and interact with them in a way that gives them confidence and teaches them to trust you; and (d) teach your dog how to behave in a range of situations; all allow your dog to live a much happier, less stressful life. It’s also more fun for you! A well-socialized, well-trained dog is such a joy to work with and take places! Whether it’s going for a hike, doing training sessions, or taking your dog to the store, once you know what you’re doing it becomes a lot more fun to do things with your dog!

    Understanding your dog’s needs and how to work with them gives them and you a more fun, more enriching, less stressful life.

All of that might seem abstract now, but we promise: as you make your way through the Primer – and hopefully go on to more books, classes, and trainers – investing just a little bit in learning how to work with your dog will be worth it – you will not regret it!

Enjoy the journey, and don’t stress! This can seem like a lot, but we promise that learning how to work with your dog will not only be rewarding (see above), it will also be easier, more intuitive, and more fun than you might fear!

As you look at the educational pipeline above, or the chapters that follow, it might seem like a lot – “how can I possibly learn all this!” Don’t worry – we promise you can learn these things, and that it will be easier and more fun than it looks!

Here’s a few reasons why:

  • It will quickly be intuitive: while on the surface it can seem like there are a lot of concepts to learn – a thousand nuances to socialization, crate training, separation anxiety, play, reinforcement, shaping, etc. – each of these concepts are not comprised of cold facts you will need to memorize. What you’ll find, especially as you start working with an in-person trainer, is that all the various things you are trying to learn will become increasingly sensible and intuitive.
  • There are consistent overarching themes: by the same token, you will quickly start to see that each of the concepts we cover are not independent. On the contrary, they are all bridged by a set of overarching principles that apply in every situation. Principles like errorless learning, positive reinforcement, indirect exposure, and so on. In Aside #1, we will survey some of those themes (don’t worry if they don’t make sense yet – as you continue learning, come back to that list and they will come into focus). The implication is that each concept you learn makes every other concept easier to learn and more intuitive. Learning how to e.g., crate train properly will teach you principles that apply to separation anxiety training, potty training, socialization, and other scenarios.
  • It will be fun! As we emphasized earlier, all of the concepts we cover are best learned in practice. That means working with your dog! Learning these concepts, taking a class, and applying all of that to working with your dog will be incredibly fun! It’s hard to overstate how rewarding it feels to try and teach your puppy something and see understanding ‘click’ in their brains, to see their excitement and joy at ‘getting it right,’ and to see how much more closely they bond to you for working with them, together as a team!
  • It’s not as much time as you think: while it seems like there’s a lot you need to do with your dog, you’ll find it’s not as bad as you might think. Even 5-10 minutes of training a day will make a massive difference in your dog’s confidence, self-control, and general behavior, in your relationship, and in your understanding of how your dog thinks. Indeed, working with many dogs will often stimulate and tire them out more than spending 3X as much time taking them for a walk, hike, or run!
  • You do NOT need to master all this on Day 1! Even the most experienced trainers in the world are constantly learning new things, from each other and from their dogs. You will not learn ‘everything’ on Day 1, Week 1, Month 1, or Year 1… and that’s OK! You’ll learn some things, practice and apply them, do some things wrong that you only realize later, and all of that will be OK. As long as you try your best and keep on learning, you and your dog will be fine – we promise! Dog handling and training are lifelong pursuits, so don’t panic, pace yourself, and enjoy the ride.

What we cover

What we cover: In this Primer (and the RCOC), we will take you through some of the most critical concepts that any prospective dog owner should know both give their dog a healthy, happy, enriched life and to have a truly enjoyable, fulfilling experience as an owner!

As discussed in the previous chapter, this primer surveys some of the basic principles any prospective dog owner should know to give their dog a healthy, happy, enriched life and to have a truly enjoyable, fulfilling experience as an owner. It is a starting point, meant to familiarize you with all the things you should learn over the course of the first year or two with your dog. Specifically, we will cover the topics below.

Table of Contents

The chapters in this primer are organized into 10 sections:

  • Introduction: The Owner Knowledge Gap: Why this all matters, and how to use this primer and other resources
  • Section 1: Puppy Phases and Socialization: What you must do in the first weeks and months of your puppy’s life to give them the skills, adaptations, experiences, and behaviors that will set them – and you – up for success in a human world

    Topics include: socialization, crate training, errorless learning, bite inhibition, separation anxiety, etc.

  • Section 2: Core Training Concepts: Introduction to the basic concept of training – how it works, and how to go about it

    Topics include: operant conditioning, shaping, marking, primary and learned reinforcers, single-event learning, unintentional reinforcement, repetition and maintenance, regression, etc.

  • Section 3: A Dog’s Basic Needs: What you need to do to meet your dog’s minimum physical, mental, and social needs

    Topics include: physical activity needs, social needs, work/training needs, need for open-ended exploration, etc.

  • Section 4: Dog Physiology and Psychology: How dog bodies and brains differ from humans’, and implications for how you treat and interact with dogs

    Topics include: overheating, hydration, reading dog body language, communicating with dogs, etc.

  • Section 5: Husbandry: What you need to do, aside from activity, to maintain your dog’s physical health

    Topics include: cooperative care, nail trimming, hair grooming, vet visits, etc.

  • Section 6: Breeds and Finding Your Dog: Things you should consider when buying or adopting a puppy or adult dog

    Topics include: how to choose a reputable breeder or adoption center, lifestyle fit of dog breed and personality, etc.

  • Appendix 1: Specific Behaviors I: Foundational Behaviors: Reference of the most common, useful commands to teach your dog; does not get into depth on teaching them

    Topics include: Sit, Down, Settle, Stay & Release, Leave it, Recall, loose leash walking, off-leash requirements, etc.

  • Appendix 2: Specific Behaviors II: Secondary Behaviors: Reference of more advanced or optional but still useful behaviors

    Topics include: dog sports, speak, heel, etc.

To make sure you’ve ‘got it’ – and to show others (breeders, trainers, landlords, friends, etc.) that you’ve done your homework – we’ve designed the Responsible Canine Owner Certification (RCOC) exam to test your familiarity with those concepts. Once you pass that, there are a wealth of amazing resources out there for you to actually put the most important concepts into practice; we talk more about those resources and next steps in the previous chapter.

Summary: Your next steps in becoming a responsible dog owner and giving your dog a safe, healthy, joyful, enriching life

As we laid out in our goal, this is the path we recommend for any new dog owner:

Educational pipeline for new dog owners

Before (ideally) you get your dog:

  1. Review this Primer and take the RCOC exam: per the RCOC landing page, we recommend that, rather than reading the whole Primer in one go, you should instead briefly peruse it, then take the RCOC exam. Each scenario on the RCOC has a Primer chapter reference, letting you go to that chapter to learn more – and how to answer correctly. That lets you learn as you go. The RCOC has the added benefit of also checking your own knowledge, and showing others (breeders, trainers, landlords, peers, etc.) that you take dog ownership seriously, and that you’re not going into it blind.

    Our aim is that stakeholders – adoption centers, rescues, breeders, trainers, parents, hotels, Airbnbs, landlords, etc. – will require or incentivize their clients to pass the RCOC, to encourage (and reward) them for doing so!

  1. Tap into other introductory books and online resources: dive deeper into introductory books and online resources on important topics, especially on training and puppy rearing. On the Further Resources page we suggest some great resources, and we recommend more on particular topics in the relevant chapters throughout the Primer.

After you get your dog:

  1. Take at MINIMUM a 6-12 week basic obedience course: books and media are great, but there’s no replacement for practicing with an experienced trainer who can not only help explain concepts but also watch your technique and give you feedback. Many local adoption centers offer introductory courses; you can ask your rescue or breeder for information. In Chapter 2-23 we offer tips on how to find an appropriate class and trainer. Ideally, we recommend all owners continue taking recurring courses for the first year or two with their dog.
  1. Ideally, do a few one-on-one sessions with a trainer: even a few sessions, where they can give you more individualized attention and more targeted feedback on how you’re interacting with your dog, will really speed your learning. While financially it is an added expense, improving your handling skills with even occasional trainer sessions will, for most owners, end up saving them enormous time, money, and stress by helping them avoid or handle problematic behavioral situations.
  1. Practice!! All the concepts you learn in books, videos, classes, etc. are worth slightly more than nothing if you don’t apply them. Everything you learn – here and elsewhere, you should be practicing with your dog. Will you make mistakes? Yes, definitely. Is that the end of the world? No! Mistakes are how we get better. Throughout this primer we’ll tell you both what not to do and – when you inevitably accidentally do do it – how to fix it. Don’t stress! If you’re going to all this effort, you will not ‘ruin’ your dog – you are already on the right path!
  1. Take the AKC CGC: Once you’ve started working with your dog, the AKC Canine Good Citizen (CGC) test is a great goal to work towards. It covers some basic social skills that most dogs should be able to handle, and working towards it will help you start thinking about the right concepts. Once you pass the CGC, the AKC also offers more advanced titles like the CGC-U (Urban), and TK (Trick) titles. There are AKC-certified administrators for the CGC in most areas – you can search for one on their website (linked above)!
  1. Dog Sports: Once you’ve got the basics down, dog sports – like Nose Work, Agility, and Rally/Obedience – are an absolutely fantastic way to meet your dog’s mental, physical, and social needs and to have fun with them while doing it! While it might seem like an added time commitment, you ultimately will need to meet these needs anyway; dog sports are often a more fun way for you to achieve that, and will help you build an even closer bond with your dog. Look for training centers in your area that teach introductory classes on any dog sports that interest you. We talk more about dog sports in the Appendix.

Aside #1: Overarching themes

While all the chapters that follow can make it seem like there’s a lot to learn as a dog owner, what you’ll find is that best practices tend to be tied together by a few consistent themes, threads that run through everything. As you learn, you’ll start to see the same principles applied again and again in different contexts.

The more you learn and practice, the more these themes will become intuitive to you; you will start to rewire how you think as a handler, such that you more naturally know what to watch for and how to interact with your dog.

Below, we briefly mention some of these ‘themes.’ Don’t worry about learning or ‘memorizing’ them now: as you read through the Primer – and learn from other sources like books, classes, and trainers – we will come back to them again and again. For now, we just want to call your attention to them, to look out for later.

Pay attention to your dog; learn to read her language and emotions

The more you pay deliberate attention to your dog, watching how she interacts with the world, the more you will gradually become able to ‘read’ her, to tell what she is thinking, to anticipate how she will react to things, and to see what she will do before she does it. That ability to read your dog not only deepens your bond, it also makes living and working with your dog much easier; everything from socialization to training is made enormously faster, easier, and more fun if you’re able to respond to your dog’s mental state, rather than simply following a recipe. Your dog, by the way, will be doing the same – learning how to read you, to gauge how you are feeling. That is part of what makes them such wonderful partners.

First and foremost, it’s about helping your dog understand what you want

As humans, we tend to project our own understanding onto our dogs: when they act out or do things we don’t like, we think they are ‘misbehaving,’ as if they know that their behavior is wrong. Most ‘undesirable’ behavior to us is normal dog behavior, we just don’t like it; barking, jumping, and begging are all normal doggie behaviors. There is of course a big part of training that is coaxing your dog to do things they don’t want to do even when they know they should – particularly during rebellious ‘teenage periods’ (Chapter 1-16) – but before that the first step is always teaching your dog what you even want them to do.

Remember, your dog does not have the context you do! When the mailman comes they don’t know that that is a mailman, who has every right to be there. When you run the vacuum they don’t know that is a vacuum, a safe machine that you are controlling. When you go to the store they don’t know that strangers approaching them mean no harm. When they first come home they don’t understand that ‘indoors’ is not an appropriate place to potty.

Your first responsibility with your puppy or adult dog in any situation is teaching them to understand what is going on, and how they should behave. If you’ve built a strong relationship with your dog and good behavioral foundations (see below), they will try very hard to do the right thing, they just have to know what the right thing is. Over time, try to learn to look at every situation through your dog’s eyes.

Be clear and consistent in what you ask of your dog

A big part of teaching your dog the ‘right’ way to behave in any given situation is consistency. Too many dog owners will, for example, throw commands out without any follow up – which their dogs will inevitably blow off – and then panic when their dog doesn’t comply in an emergency. You can’t ask a dog to behave a certain way some of the time; remember, they don’t have the context you do. Anything you want to teach your dog, you have to be consistent.

When we start to talk about training practices in Section 2, You’ll learn to not ask your dog to do something they’re not going to do; and when you do ask them to do something, making sure you pair it with sufficient incentives, particularly if it’s in a challenging context (such as with lots of distractions). We’ll talk about this concept in much more depth in later chapters.

You are the guardian, the teacher, you define and teach what is appropriate and inappropriate behavior – your dog has no other way of knowing

Getting your dog to understand what to do requires that you remember: you are the teacher, the guardian, you know what is right and wrong behavior, the puppy does not. If your puppy is whining, should you comfort and play with them? That depends: if they have been fed, hydrated, recently pottied, and have gotten plenty of physical and mental stimulation from you today, then they are fine, they may need to learn to occupy themselves.

At the same time – per above – you need to listen too. You define what acceptable and unacceptable behaviors are, but you need to define those with an understanding and respect for your dog’s mental and physical needs and biological imperatives.

In general, remember: your dog has no way of knowing on their own what is appropriate and inappropriate behavior; there is no gene telling them ‘don’t jump on strangers,’ ‘don’t chase children,’ or ‘don’t be afraid of trash cans.’ You need to show them and teach them those things.

Build your dog’s trust in you – show them that you are in control of situations; if you succeed, they will look to you when they are afraid or uncertain, rather than trying to handle situations themselves.

Filling that role as a teacher, a guardian, requires that your dog trusts that you always know what is going on, will always protect them, and will always have the situation in hand.

For example, if your dog starts to become reactive to other dogs – barking and lunging at them when they approach – part of that is because they feel the need to protect themselves. Part of teaching your dog how to handle situations like those will be teaching them to rely on you and your judgment, rather than feeling a need to protect themselves.

Again, dogs lack the context we have – things happen all the time around them that they don’t understand. If your dog trusts that you are present and aware and in charge, it will help them weather those stressors.

You need to understand and meet your dog’s basic needs

As the dog’s guardian, it is your responsibility to make sure your dog’s needs are met. By owning dogs we deprive them of agency: we control where they are allowed to go, and what behaviors we deem appropriate.

As a result, dogs are often limited in what forms of enrichment they are able to access on their own; they rely on us to give them access to places to run, smells to explore, ‘acceptable’ objects to chew, etc.

That means it is your responsibility to ensure your dog gets enough physical activity and mental enrichment. Failing to do so is the root of many bad behaviors: an under-stimulated dog can find other ways to get their energy out, like tearing up your house or barking uncontrollably.

Build foundational skills

Throughout the primer we focus on specific behaviors most owners will want to cultivate, such as not barking at or jumping on visitors, not pulling on the leash, and following cues we ask for like Sit and Down.

What you will find however is that all of them serve a greater purpose than simply obedience behaviors: they start to build your dog’s core capabilities. Things like emotional regualtion, handler focus, problem-solving ability, adaptability to new situations, resilience/ability to remain calm, etc. We review these specifically in Chapter 2-27, but it’s worth understanding that every hour you put into working with your dog pays double dividends: not only do they learn the specific thing you’re working on with them, they are also building up those underlying capabilities that will make them happier, stronger, and more fun companions over the course of their life. That also means that the more you work with your dog, the easier it gets over time. As they build those foundational skills, they will learn faster and be more learning-savvy over time, and their behaviors will become more reliable and resilient.

Watch how you interact with your dog: learn to see the implicit positive and negative associations made from every one of your actions

In Section 2, we will formally introduce the concept of reinforcement. The basic idea is that when you reward – with say praise or treats – or penalize – with yelling or taking away something your dog wants – a behavior, you are implicitly encouraging or discouraging that behavior. What you will find throughout the primer is we are, often unintentionally, ‘reinforcing’ and potentially ‘punishing’ our dogs’ behavior, nearly every time we interact with them.

For example, if you take your puppy outside to potty, they do their business, and you take them back inside, you may have inadvertently punished the prompt pottying; the puppy did their business outside but didn’t get to explore, and as a result the puppy learns that pottying means heading right back inside the house and thus will delay pottying as long as possible when first taken outside. A puppy who loves being outside will feel punished for having eliminated appropriately.

As you apply the content in this primer, you will start to learn to see reinforcement everywhere, you will – hopefully – get in the habit of asking yourself, whenever you do something, ‘what am I reinforcing?’ As you build that consciousness, you may start realizing how you interact with your dog is often training. Best of all, you’ll often find that those changes to your normal, minute-by-minute interactions with your dog have just as much impact on their behavior as do your formal training sessions.

Build a collaborative relationship with your dog

Your time with your dog will be substantially more joyful and fulfilling if it is collaborative, rather than transactional. Far more dog-owner relationships fall into the latter category than owners realize. If your dog ignores your cues without any sign of guilt, then does she really view you as a partner? A healthy relationship with your dog is one where they learn that life is more fun when you work together. When they ‘work’ – i.e. follow cues reliably – they get praise and rewards, all the stimulation of playing a game (following the ‘rules’ and doing the right thing), and – most enjoyable of all – the profound joy that dogs and humans both get from camaraderie, from working deliberately as part of a team. Teaching your dog ‘obedience behaviors’ is about working together as a team. Owners who build that collaborative relationship, where your dog looks to you for guidance and loves to work together, will find a far deeper connection with their animals. A collaborative dog trusts you, sticks by you, and wants to do things with you.

Dogs are not little humans

Often our biggest mistakes come from projecting our instinctive primate inclinations onto canines. Despite millennia of co-evolution, we still have very different evolutionary roots. As a result, there are many behaviors we find so natural, so automatic, so intuitive that we take them for granted, not even realizing that we do them. Often however, those behaviors lead us to do wrong by our dogs, often fatally so.

As some examples: humans can sweat from their whole bodies, an extreme rarity amongst animals, making running on a sunny 75ºF day comfortable to us, but potentially deadly for dogs (who pant and sweat only from their paws, which might be on hot pavement). As primates we are programmed to find touch, proximity, smiling, and eye contact comforting, whereas canines can find those gestures threatening and confrontational. Dogs digest the world through scent far more than we do, while we are satisfied consuming the world with our eyes; for us, watching TV or reading a book is sufficient daily entertainment, but a dog needs open-ended outdoor exploration. And so on. We explore this concept throughout the primer, but particularly in Section 4: Dog Physiology and Psychology.

Aside #2: The term dog ‘owner’

Why we use the term ‘owner,’ and what’s wrong with that term:

Throughout this primer – and our site at large – we use the most common vernacular term “dog owners” to refer to a dog’s primary caretakers (i.e., you, the reader). We use that term because our primary goal is to be accessible and understandable to new dog owners who have not yet started their educational journey. Dog ‘owner’ is currently, by far, the most widely-understood term, and therefore minimizes any chance of confusion for the casual reader browsing this Primer.

We’d like to mention, however, that we do not like the term ‘owner,’ because its connotations fundamentally mis-represent the relationship between dogs and their caretakers. ‘Owner’ can imply that your dog is a sort of object, or subservient; that they ‘owe’ you something, that they are there to fulfill your needs – or that they even know how. It propagates some of the cultural misconceptions we highlighted earlier:

As a result, we much prefer terms like “guardian” – which is increasingly popular – “caretaker,” “partner,” or “teacher.” As you’ll see, those terms more accurate reflect your relationship with your dog.

For now, in the interest of clarity and accessibility to a broad audience, we have opted to compromise and stick with the more widely understood term “owner,” but as you’ll learn it is not the best language to describe your connection to your dog.

Section 1:

Puppy Phases and Socialization

Section 1 Introduction: Puppies don’t raise themselves, and the first two weeks and months are crucial

“Now that she’s housebroken, our new puppy is really not a lot of work, we take her for a walk twice a day and that’s pretty much it”

“Yeah she chews on furniture but that’s just what puppy’s do!”

“[after picking up her puppy in January] I’m pretty busy right now, but I’ll have more time in the summer to work on stuff like training”

[Talking about a puppy they brought home last month] “She’s doing great! We haven’t taken her out of the house yet but we’ll start going to dog parks soon.”

Through the chapters in Section 1, we will take you through some of the most important things you need to be aware of to set you and your puppy up for success. Before we dive in however, it’s worth setting expectations and addressing some common misconceptions new puppy owners often have.

The first weeks and months after you get your puppy are crucial! Experiences in the puppy period are essential to your dog’s behavior, health, and relationship with you later in their life. This period is not just about logistically ‘taking care’ of your puppy; this is a window where crucial socialization and training need to occur!

Damaging misconceptions about puppyhood: There are two common – and enormously damaging – misconceptions that far too many new puppy owners go into the experience with:

  1. “Puppyhood is (solely) about ‘taking care of’ my new puppy”INCORRECT. While of course you need to meet your puppy’s basic needs for food, walks, vet visits, etc., puppy rearing is about more than logistics; it is also a critical period in which you must ‘socialize’ them, teach them critical skills like chewtoy training and crate training, build key capacities like confidence and self-control, and start behavioral training.

    In the chapters that follow, we will take you through some of the essential things you must work on your puppy with, such as:

    • Socialization (Chapters 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, and 1-5)
    • Chewtoy Training (Chapter 1-7)
    • Crate Training (Chapter 1-8)
    • Separation Anxiety Training (Chapter 1-12)
    • Early Behavioral Training (Chapter 2-26)
    • And more
  1. “Whatever we don’t do now we can do later”INCORRECT. All of the needs we described above – in particular socialization – are far easier in the first few weeks after you get your puppy. In the chapters that follow, especially Chapter 1-1: Puppy developmental phases, Chapter 1-2: Socialization basics, and Chapter 1-9: Errorless learning, we will show you in more depth why that is the case, but there are essentially two factors at play:
    • Puppies have certain narrow developmental windows, periods where they are more receptive to e.g., socialization, that you need to take advantage of while you can.
    • It is far faster, easier, and more durable to start off with good habits than it is to untrain bad ones. As we will see in later chapters, particularly Chapter 1-9: Errorless learning, it is much more effective to introduce your puppy to behaviors and experiences early on, before they have a chance to develop bad behaviors or responses, than it is to try and play catch-up later.

    In both cases, some extra investment of time and energy now, in addition to setting your puppy up for success, ends up saving you a lot more time and energy later!

    The bottom line here is that you cannot delay. You should plan to:

    1. Before getting your puppy, tap into resources – like this Primer, the associated RCOC exam, and an array of other resources (see Aside #2: Further resources) – in order to familiarize yourself with what you need to do in these first few weeks, so that you’re not wasting time scrambling to learn.
    1. In the first few weeks after getting your puppy, as we will lay out further in Chapter 1-1: Puppy developmental phases, plan to devote a substantial amount of time to working with your puppy across a range of needs.
    1. In the first few months, if you invested in socialization and training early on, you will gradually have fewer and fewer critical things you need to work on and your life with your puppy will become much easier, but you should still plan to devote a sufficient amount of time to fill gaps in socialization and work on training, including by taking at least one ‘Intro Obedience’ class.

    Don’t worry, in the chapters that follow we will take you through each of the things you need to work on, why it is important, and how to go about it. For now, we just want to emphasize that you need to plan to put in a significant amount of time with your puppy, particularly in your first few weeks and months together.

Summarizing:

  1. Puppies don’t raise themselves! There are a slew of crucial experiences, skills, and behaviors you need to take them through. As we highlighted in the Introduction Chapter “Dogs Are Not Furniture” you have to teach your puppy, you are a parent, an educator to this dog. They do not magically become adorable, bonded, well-behaved adult dogs on their own!
  1. The first few weeks and months are crucial. You can’t ‘put it off’ til later. Plan to invest more time and energy in the first few weeks, or suffer more stress and time loss later.
That work will pay off: the time you put in now saves you more time and stress later, and sets your puppy up for success. Failing to learn what you need to do with puppies, and to make the time investment to do it, is a recipe for heartbreak, and jeopardizes your puppy’s future.

In the chapters that follow, we will take you through the most important things you need to do with your puppy in the first weeks, months, and years of your life together. Across them, you will need to get familiar with a puppy’s developmental stages, learn what and how to teach them and socialize them with in each of those stages, and put in the time (and patience) to help them grow into fun, happy, well-adjusted adult dogs.

Don’t worry: at first that may seem like a lot of work, and to an extent it is. You’ll see more concretely as we go, and we promise that process will be more fun and less difficult that it might look at first. And ultimately it is worth remembering: the work you put in now ultimately saves you time (and stress) later, we promise, on top of improving outcomes for your pup.

In the following chapters you will also see the potential consequences of not learning these concepts and putting in the effort. In total, if you don’t learn how to raise a puppy and put in the time to do it, you are creating a lifetime of problems, for you and your dog.

For example:

  • If you don’t socialize your puppy, they may become aggressive to other dogs, people, reactive to loud noises, etc. – causing them and you stress, and posing a danger to others.
  • If you don’t teach your puppy about appropriate ways to live in the home and give your puppy outlets for their high energy and curiosity, you may be limiting their coping skills and this stress may manifest in other ways.
  • If you don’t gradually teach them to be comfortable spending appropriate amounts of time alone, it can get worse and worse, leaving them howling and barking nonstop – for hours – when you leave the house.
  • If you don’t start teaching foundational behaviors, your puppy won’t develop the self-control, focus, and problem-solving skills that will make her and you happier and better partners throughout her life.
  • And so on
What if I’m getting an adult dog? You should still be familiar with these concepts.

If you’re getting an adult dog, you should still familiarize yourself with the material in this section, for three reasons:

  • All of the socialization concepts still apply
  • Some of the most common behavioral issues that adult dogs suffer from are covered in this section (those behaviors come from their puppy experiences after all), along with how to address them
  • Understanding how a dog’s experiences as a puppy translate into their adult personality, behaviors, and perception of the world around them will make it easier for you to see where your adult dog is coming from, empathize with them, and help them adjust to life with you

Chapter 1-1: Puppy developmental phases

Before we dive into specific best practices for owners in puppyhood, let’s take a look at the overall timeline of puppy development – the phases they go through, and what you can expect in each.

Getting familiar with puppy developmental phases

In the following Chapters in this Section – such as Socialization Basics, Fear Imprint Stages (fear periods), Chewtoy training, etc. – we will cover the range of critical elements of a dog’s puppyhood that set you and your puppy up for success.

Before we dive into those topics however, it is useful to step back and briefly survey, at a high level, what the various age-based stages of a puppy’s development look like.

Getting familiar with that timeline helps you:

  1. Understand what your puppy is experiencing at a given point in time, such as fear periods or rebelliousness, so that you can correctly interpret their behaviors – such as apparent regression from a week before – and respond to them appropriately, in a manner that avoids creating reactivity, damaging your relationship, or training bad behaviors.
  1. Know what you need to do for your puppy’s development, and when; such as ensuring that you socialize them sufficiently during their critical ‘socialization window’
  1. Provide a roadmap to organize the concepts we cover in other chapters
Other resources to consider

Once again, we want to emphasize that our treatment here is cursory, an introduction, meant to familiarize you with the basic concepts that you must – through both the remaining chapters in Section 1 as well as outside resources – go and learn. Notably, there are several wonderful books we can recommend that specifically go through the stages of puppy development:

In addition, we will recommend a few books on specific topics throughout the Chapters that follow.

The Newborn Period (0-3 weeks)

Developmental milestones:

  • Like human babies, puppies are born with highly limited brain, motor, and sensory functionality; initially they will rely on tactile instinct to suckle and nest with littermates
  • Around the second and third weeks of life, they will start opening their eyes, motor functionality will gradually expand, and the first beginnings of exploration and curiosity will emerge

What your breeder should be working on:

  • Provide the litter with appropriate spaces to nurse, sleep, potty and – eventually – explore and play. Chapter: Choosing a reputable breeder
  • Begin early mild ‘stressors,’ such as touch desensitization, to start building resilience and adaptability that will help enormously in their first few months of life. Chapter: Choosing a reputable breeder
Socialization Period (3-12 weeks)

Developmental milestones:

What you and your breeder should be working on:

Before go-home date (typically ~8 weeks), at your breeder:

After typical go-home date (~8 weeks):

  • Human Socialization: Continue (or start, if your breeder hasn’t) human-socialization, introducing your puppy to 200 people in their first 12 weeks of life (4 weeks after you get them)! Chapters: Socialization Basics, Socialization with & reactivity to strangers
  • Environmental Socialization: Greatly expand environmental socialization, introducing your puppy to every kind place, sound, object, and stimulus that you could conceivably want them to be comfortable with at any point in their life. Chapters: Socialization Basics, Environmental Socialization
  • Dog Socialization: Begin introducing your puppy to other dogs, in: carefully controlled scenarios; with dogs that are not reactive, do not resource guard, have low ‘aggression responses,’ are well-socialized, and are fully up-to-date on their vaccines; and with you present and carefully monitoring the interaction. This socialization helps teach your puppy how to accurately read and project dog body language, and avoids developing reactivity later. Chapter: Socialization with & reactivity to other dogs
  • Play & Problem-Solving: Play with your puppy! Give them plenty of time to nap, but also start investing in play. Also start creating age-appropriate ‘challenges’ for your puppy, giving her problems to solve to develop her confidence, self-control, perseverance, curiosity, and intelligence. Chapter: Playing with your puppy & teaching her problem-solving
  • Early manners Training: Begin early ‘training’ as part of play, to build foundational skills, build your relationship, and start good habits. Chapter: Behavioral training the first year
  • Crate Training: Crate-train your puppy. Chapter: Crate training
  • Chewtoy Training: Chewtoy-train your puppy. Chapter: Chewtoy training
  • Bite Inhibition Training: Start bite-inhibition training. Chapter: Bite inhibition
  • Potty Training: Start potty-training. Chapter: Potty training, penning, and the expanding circle of freedom
  • Expanding Circle of Freedom: To teach good behaviors in an ‘errorless’ fashion (which we’ll explore in-depth), you will initially limit the space in which your puppy has unfettered freedom, gradually expanding that circle as you start to reinforce appropriate behaviors – like not pottying indoors, and not chewing on non-toy objects. Chapters: Potty training, penning, and the expanding circle of freedom, Errorless learning
  • Separation Anxiety Prevention Training: You will very slowly and very carefully begin separation anxiety training. Chapter: Separation anxiety
  • Grooming Exposure: Begin grooming ‘training’; they don’t need a lot of husbandry to start, but now is the time to start getting them comfortable (and happy!) to have their ears, paws, mouth, etc. handled. Chapter: Cooperative care
  • Vet visits & vaccines: Continue appropriate medical examination and vaccination schedules. Chapter: Medical schedule, vaccines, and vet visits
Aside: Your first 4 weeks together are busy and critical – but pay off! Don’t be scared!

There are a couple things worth pointing out in the 3-12 week developmental phase:

  1. The socialization window is short! If you take your puppy home at 8 weeks, you only have 4 weeks to lay strong socialization foundations. As we will talk about in Chapter 1-2: Socialization Basics you absolutely can make up for lost time later, but any socialization you do after this 3-12 week window will have to be slower and more careful.
  1. There is a lot to do in these first few weeks! The list above might rightfully seem daunting. While getting used to a new puppy, you also have to work on potty training, crate training, separation anxiety training, grooming exposure, etc. etc.

You might look at all that and be terrified, thinking “I can never do this!” DON’T PANIC! It’s not as bad as it looks! As we mentioned in Aside #3, there’s a few things that are going to help you:

  • The first 4 weeks are busy, but it gets easier from there – not only do you get in the swing of things, but there is just less and less you have to work on as your puppy matures. As we will discuss in Section 3: A Dog’s Basic Needs, you will have to provide your dog with physical activity, mental stimulation, work/training, and your own company throughout their lives; but the extent of those needs peaks in these first months and tapers down fairly quickly over time.
  • The more you do now, the less you have to do later – the reason we encourage you to do so much in the first 4 weeks you have your puppy is that these are all easier to do if you do them now. Not only are you in the core socialization window, but as we will cover in Errorless learning, bad habits are a lot easier to avoid than they are to un-train. If you put in the work early on, you save yourself a lot more work and stress later on!

So don’t be intimidated – you will be fine! The important things – and what we are really trying to get across by taking you through that checklist above – are:

  1. Prepare before getting your puppy: familiarize yourself, through this primer and other resources, with the things you need to teach your puppy before getting your puppy. Waiting until after you get your puppy to start studying will just increase your stress and workload.
  1. Budget extra time in the first 2-4 weeks: planning and allocating enough time in that first 4 weeks will save you so much time later on. Try to arrange a lighter work schedule for the first 2-3 weeks you have your puppy, and clear off any other non-essential responsibilities in that time. Give yourself the space you need! Again, it will pay off down the road
Pre-Adolescent Period (12-24 weeks)

Developmental milestones:

  • In this period, your puppy will increasingly sleep less, and start being more active. They’ll want (and need) more physical activity and mental stimulation. Chapters: Section 3: A Dog’s Basic Needs
  • While the core ‘socialization window’ will be closed, they will still be more open to socialization than later in life, and you should continue to do so.
  • Fear periods may recur periodically, depending on the dog. Chapter: Fear Imprint Stages (fear periods)

What you should be working on:

  • Ongoing Socialization: You should have achieved most of your socialization goals by this point already (see above). However, (a) deliberate, appropriately-executed socialization should continue throughout their first two years of life, and (b) there will inevitably be gaps in their socialization, which you should work on carefully filling. Chapters: Socialization Basics, Socialization with & reactivity to strangers, Socialization with & reactivity to other dogs, Environmental Socialization
  • Physical Activity & Open-Ended Exploration: You should start providing your dog with more and more opportunities for physical exertion and open-ended exploration, such as long-line hikes, sniff-aris, and play sessions with other (appropriately-chosen, see above) puppies and dogs. Bear in mind age-appropriate limits however. You cannot rely on puppies to self-regulate, and over-exertion at this age can lead to joint and muscle problems later in life. Chapters: Puppy exercise and over-exertion, Need for physical activity, Need for open-ended exploration
  • Manners Training: As they start to mature and their self-control and mental faculties expand, continue with associative learning, both informally during play sessions/life interactions and formally in short training sessions. You will start with simple and foundational behaviors such as Sit, Down, Give, Touch, and Leave It, and eventually work up to more advanced behaviors and ‘tricks.’ Chapter: Behavioral training the first year
  • Expanding Circle of Freedom: As your puppy matures and continues to be prevented from engaging in ‘bad’ behaviors (like stealing food and chewing on furniture), you will continue to gradually expand the space in which they have unfettered access. Chapter: Potty training, penning, and the expanding circle of freedom
  • Separation Anxiety Prevention Training: You will continue separation anxiety training. Chapter: Separation anxiety
  • Grooming: Continue grooming exposure to build adult grooming habits. Chapters: Section 5: Husbandry
  • Vet visits & vaccines: Continue appropriate medical examination and vaccination schedules. Chapter: Medical schedule, vaccines, and vet visits
Adolescent Period (6-18 months)

What you should be working on:

Chapter 1-2: Socialization basics

“Yes we’re working on socialization, we take her to the dog park twice a week!”

“Oh yeah she’s easy as a puppy – we’ve got a big enough yard that we don’t need to take her anywhere”

“Yeah she hasn’t needed any grooming yet so we’re leaving that for later”

“I know we need to do more socialization – right now we’re both super busy, but next month we should have more time for that”

‘Socialization’ is one of the most important – and challenging – things you will need to do with your puppy in your first few weeks and months together. This chapter will introduce you to what socialization is, why it is so important, and techniques for going about it effectively. Three chapters then follow:

where we will go into more detail on specific cases.

What ‘Socialization’ is: socialization is exposing your dog to new experiences – types of people, places, animals, and objects – in a careful, positive manner such that they learn not to be afraid of those stimuli specifically and new experiences in general.

The first 3-12 weeks of a puppy’s life (~4 weeks after the typical 8-week go-home date) are what is called their ‘socialization window,’ a period during which their experiences now are more likely to translate to greater adaptability later.

We will talk more about that time window and its consequences below, but the basic implication is that puppies must be exposed – multiple times – to as close as possible to every type of situation and scenario they will encounter later in their lives, including:

  • Human interactions (Chapter 1-3) – having them meet as many people, of as many ‘types’ (men, women, adults, children, tall, short, different skin tones, different clothing, different hats, etc.), in as many contexts (at home, outside, in other homes, in public, etc.) as possible
  • Dog interactions (Chapter 1-4) – having them meet a variety of other (well-socialized) dogs, in a variety of contexts (play, passing in street, in front of your house while you’re indoors, etc.)
  • Environmental experiences (Chapter 1-5) – exposing them to as wide a range of objects, places (stores, malls, yards, homes, streets), and physical, auditory, and visual stimuli (rain, loud noises, traffic, fireworks, fire, fountains, bicycles) as possible

That process is called ‘socialization.’

Thorough and appropriately-conducted socialization is critically necessary to raising a well-behaved, happy dog, because it makes them comfortable in a wide variety of circumstances later in life, preventing them from becoming reactive (fearful and aggressive) towards people and dogs, in addition to a slew of other benefits such as improving their resilience, adaptability, confidence, and curiosity.

Failing to properly or thoroughly socialize your puppy risks turning them into adult dogs that are fearful and reactive to a range of experiences, leading to a life punctuated by stress and anxiety, and posing a potential danger to other people and dogs. A lack of socialization, or negative socialization experiences, are among the greatest causes of behavioral issues that lead to re-homing, abandonment, or euthanization for millions of dogs every year.

We will go deeper into the importance of socialization below, but the bottom line is that sufficient, properly-implemented socialization is something you ABSOLUTELY MUST DO with your puppy.

Other than training (Section 2), we will devote more time to Socialization – four entire chapters – than any other concept. It is that important.

In the bullets below and chapters that follow, we will take you through:

  • How to socialize your puppy in a proper manner – how to create positive experiences with new people, places, animals, and objects
  • Why thorough socialization is so critical – the many benefits of socialization, and the consequences of failing to do it
Socialization & Fear: dogs are prone to fear responses to new experiences; socialization is about helping them learn that there’s nothing to be afraid of!

The point of each socialization experience is to teach your dog that that situation – and new experiences in general – are not scary. That only happens if your dog feels safe, reassured, and rewarded in what would otherwise be a scary situation to them.

That process is particularly difficult – and important – for puppies because dogs as a whole are particularly prone to fear responses:

  • Dogs – both as puppies and adults – are, in general, predisposed towards wariness of situations and stimuli they have not encountered before. While predisposition to caution does vary with personality differences between dogs (see Chapter 6-5: Puppy personality variation), that variation is a relative factor, not absolute. Even the most curious, outgoing puppy will tend to have an automatic fear response to new experiences.
  • Furthermore, puppies go through distinct ‘fear imprint stages,’ where they are especially primed to both be afraid of new things and to have that fear ‘imprinted’ (learn to always be afraid of that thing). We will explore these periods and how to handle them more in Chapter 1-6.
  • Finally, domestic canines easily imprint negative experiences. As we will talk about more in Chapter 2-11: Single-event learning, dogs unfortunately are primed to imprint (learn) very strongly from unpleasant experiences . That means that fear – a negative emotion – can form quickly and, if not addressed, can easily lead your dog to develop reactivity (i.e. a conditioned fear response) towards people, places, objects, or other dogs.

As a result, you should generally assume that when you expose your puppy to a new situation, there is a good chance they will have a fear response.

If you do nothing, that fear response can imprint: your dog can learn to be afraid of that type of person, place, dog, or object. Each time they encounter the stimulus, their fear response will reinforce itself more deeply. At best, that will turn into anxiety and misbehavior; at worst it will turn into dangerous reactivity.

Ultimately therefore, socialization is about helping your puppy see that those ‘scary’ situations are not scary, making them happy and comfortable with new things.

Socialization is therefore a two-part job:

  1. Exposure – expose your puppy to a full range of new situations (first indirectly/at an observational distance, then gradually in closer proximity – we’ll talk about this more below)
  1. Neutralizing fear – in each of them, help them overcome their fear, showing them that those scenarios are safe, not scary, and build positive associations

An important note on the second point: not being afraid’ is not the same as ‘being happy/excited.’ Your ultimate goal is to have your dog be neutral in these situations. Unlike behavioral training (Section 2), where you use positive reinforcement to make your dog over the moon about something, your goal here is not to get your dog worked up. First off, a neutral response is a win in socialization – don’t stress about trying to get your dog super excited. Second, sometimes over-excitement can be nearly as problematic in socialization situations, both practically and emotionally for your dog, as fear. So do use positive reinforcement, but don’t try to achieve unadulterated joy in all scenarios.

So how do you achieve this goal in practice? In the next bullet, we will take you through some general techniques.

Techniques for successful positive exposure: be thoughtful, be calm, use positive reinforcement, and go slowly!

So you expose your puppy to a new situation, and they are wary – what do you do? How do you take a potentially scary situation and turn it into a fun, positive one?

In general terms, you do it by exposing them carefully, gently, and supportively, showing them that you are present and they are safe, and pairing the experience with lots of praise and positive reinforcement.

We will take you through some more concrete techniques below. To help you visualize them more clearly, try imagining a few common first-time exposure scenarios:

  • A new type of surface they’ve never walked on
  • A strange person they’ve never met
  • A loud noise like a vacuum machine (or fireworks!)
  • City traffic
  • Children

When you expose your puppy to a new situation like those, they may be cautious or wary; they may even step away or retreat. So how do you overcome that wariness? Here is a toolkit you can practice and use:

Techniques for socializing your puppy with a new experience

  • Starting point: The basis of socialization is positively reinforcing your puppy’s experience of a new stimulus, using rewards like treats, praise/encouragement, and toys. Positive associations are the foundation of effective socialization.

    Before we get into more detailed techniques, you need to understand that that is the root approach and objective of socialization: to take a new experience, which might – purely by virtue of its novelty – be frightening to your puppy, and make it a positive experience using positive reinforcement.

    In the various techniques below we will cover ways to achieve that, falling into two basic categories:

    • How you expose your puppy to a stimulus, to minimize fear
    • How you reinforce, positively, the experience

    Across all of them however, the root concept you need to understand is that Socialization is all about minimizing/mitigating fear and introducing positive reinforcement in a way that creates an overall positive experience.

  • Keep the change as small as possible – don’t introduce a new sound in a new place with new people. Try to introduce new stimuli in otherwise familiar contexts. For example, if your dog is afraid of other people (see Chapter 1-3: Socialization with & reactivity to strangers), try to introduce them to a single stranger at a time, in your own yard, with familiar people (you) and toys around.
  • Socialization does NOT need to be physical – start with ‘indirect’ socialization – letting your dog thoroughly and safely observe people/dogs/places/objects from a distance first before introducing closer proximity.

    We can think of Socialization in two forms: Direct and Indirect.

    Direct socialization is when you expose your puppy directly to the stimulus, allowing them to interact with it.

    Indirect socialization is when you create a positive experience with them being around the stimulus.

    For example, if you want to expose your dog to a stationary bicycle, rather than encouraging them to approach it at all, you could simply play with them, offering one of their absolute favorite tug toys, in the room that it is in, on the opposite side of the room. If they’re curious about it and want to explore it, that’s fine. If they’re nervous about it’s presence and have a hard time focusing on you, that’s also fine – try to draw their attention to you with high-value toys, simple commands like Sit and Paw (more on that below), or high-value treats. If you can’t get them to focus on you, that’s OK too – you can just sit next to them, using some of the other techniques we’ll cover below to try to start and calm them. Either way, as time passes and nothing bad happens, their fear response should start to come down (we’ll talk about what to do if they don’t in a second).

    Note that depending on the stimulus, ‘around’ could be in the same room, or it could be 100 yards away. As we will talk about in Chapter 4-3, dogs have a very different sense of distance from us: 15 feet away is very close for a dog. If it’s a fairly benign stimulus, like a stationary bicycle, it could be OK to start in the same room. If it’s a more potentially scary stimulus, like other dogs, moving machinery, or anything your dog is especially afraid of, for whatever reason, then it can be wise to start farther away, maybe 20-50 yards.

    What if you are very far from the stimulus, and they just won’t calm down: instead of getting calmer over time, they get more and more worked up. What do you do? First, you remove them from the situation; you don’t want to create a ‘panic spiral,’ which we’ll talk about more later in the chapter. Then, go work with a non-compulsion professional trainer. If a stimulus is causing your dog so much distress that they are getting more and more worked up, then each exposure is only increasing their reactivity. You need to work with a trainer to figure out a better approach.

    Exposure to other dogs is a particularly challenging stimulus, where indirect socialization can play a very helpful role. See Chapter 1-4 for further discussion of that approach.

  • Choose your timing – try to start them off in an overall happy, relaxed state, such as right after a play session, or when they are (because of the vagaries of puppy development) in a particularly confident mood. If they’re in a ‘fear imprint stage’ or otherwise in an anxious mood, that does not mean you should avoid socialization (see Chapter 1-6), but in those cases you’ll just have to take it a bit slower and more carefully.
  • Do NOT FORCE them – don’t make them confront a stimulus that scares them. That will only increase their fear and anxiety, having the complete opposite effect of what you want. The goal of socialization is to not just expose them to a new experience, but to pair it in their minds with a positive emotional state, therefore making positive associations. If they associate that experience with positive feelings, they will no longer fear it. If they start off fearful, you have to focus on reducing that fear first – using the other techniques in this list – before pushing the exposure. Remember: it is the fear response you are trying to ‘un-train.’
  • Go slow! Go slow! Go slow! Introduce them gradually to any new stimulus, and give them time to acclimate. For example if they are nervous around city traffic, just sit together on a bench near some traffic for a while. They can find comfort being close to you, and from your demeanor (see later) while you treat them, and the longer they go without an increase in fear, the more their fear level will start to slowly come down. It is much like the Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) we use to treat human fear and anxiety: as they ‘hang around’ the stimulus and nothing bad happens, they start to realize “OK I was afraid but I guess actually nothing bad is going to happen.”

    As you use all the other techniques in this list, going slow gives them time for their fear response to gradually come down, for them to acclimate to the situation and see that everything is fine and normal.

  • Praise and reward them for each little baby step they take towards less fear and more engagement.

    This is a core component of socialization, as we covered in the first bullet above. You need to use big positive reinforcers/rewards – such as high-value treats, vocal praise/encouragement, and toys – to help make the experience overall positive.

    For example praise and reward them if they retreated at the beginning and they start to move closer, or if they were cowering and they start to relax and open their posture, or if they were barking and they start to calm down. Reward small steps, and they will start growing into bigger steps as the puppy realizes that everything is fine. Later, in Section 2, we will go into more depth on the concept of ‘positive reinforcement’ and their incremental use, but for now it’s enough to think of it as encouraging, with verbal and physical rewards, each little step they take towards less fear and more curiosity.

    Remember: you are the parent. When you praise and reward you are telling them that their behavior of relaxing and approaching the stimulus is the right thing to do.

  • An important nuance and caution however: be careful with the timing of your praise, reward the experience, not the fear:
    • When our puppy is cowering and whining, our natural response is often to go over and comfort them.
    • Think about what that can communicate however: when your dog cowers and you comfort them, you are ‘reinforcing’ the cowering, the fear response. You are signaling to them that they are right to be afraid, by making a big deal out of it. That is obviously the wrong message.
    • Instead, what should you do? You should:
      1. Follow all the other techniques in this list – such as distracting them with play or training, or using your body language to signal that everything is fine – to try to get them to offer even a baby step towards curiosity or de-tensioning, such as getting even a tiny bit closer to the object of fear, or stopping whining for even a second.
      1. Then immediately reward that baby step with praise, attention, treats, play, etc.

    In other words, you want to reinforce their curiosity and/or relaxation, not the fear response. That sends the clear signal: there’s nothing to be afraid of! It encourages them to calm themselves down.

    That also helps them build self-soothing capacity. Every time they get themselves to calm down even a tiny bit, you reward that! That gives them confidence and reinforces the behavior. Bit by bit, they will learn “when I’m afraid, I can and should calm down, and if I do nothing bad happens.”

    We will talk much more about positive reinforcement and how to use its timing to encourage the right behaviors later in Section 2: Core Training Concepts.

  • If they refuse to take rewards (i.e. treats or toys), don’t force them to. When your puppy is stressed out it is normal to not take treats or toys. Eventually you want to get them to a place where they will, but that starts with first getting them to a baseline of “OK actually by being in this situation, nothing bad is actually happening.” Don’t worry, as they start to acclimate, they’ll start taking rewards; that’s when you know the process is working.
  • Let them initiate engagement with the stimuli – don’t push them towards it. Let them get curious and take their time. You should just be hanging out, showing them that everything is fine and normal, and letting them come to you and the stimulus (see bullet on positioning, above), ‘joining the group.’
  • Position yourself physically: you can kneel next to the stimulus (the person, the object, etc.) yourself, facing your puppy, and getting down to their level, showing them both that the stimulus is not dangerous, and that you have the situation under control. Alternatively, depending on the stimulus, or if they’ve retreated or backed far away, being far from them may not be helpful (can make them feel isolated), so you can also try kneeling next to your puppy, but still in front of the puppy (between them and the stimulus).

    Aside: this is part of a broader lesson as well, which we explore in more depth in Chapter 2-27: Building core capabilities: your puppy should learn that you are the parent and you will protect them, that it is your responsibility to evaluate and handle dangers, not theirs. Standing in front of your puppy in situations where they are scared helps them learn to look to you for protection, rather than trying to protect themselves, which can lead to reactivity.

  • Be mindful of your demeanor. Use your body language to show them that everything is fine. Do not let their fear make you rattled – that will only heighten their unease. Feel and act calm, even if they are freaking out. Speak reassuringly: calmly, softly, slowly, at a mid-to-high pitch.

    Note that this is different from actively calming them; as we detail more below, working overly to try to calm them can actually reinforce their sense that something is not right, since you’re acting so out-of-the-ordinary.

    Rather, passively behave relaxed and as if everything is totally normal and fine (after all, everything is totally normal and fine), trying to project that sense of calm and normalcy onto your puppy, making their fear response seem out of place while you give them time to calm down.

  • Teach them tools for self-soothing. In Chapter 1-7: Chewtoy Training we cover this in more detail, but giving your puppy (or adult dog) outlets to redirect their stress can be incredibly effective. If your dog learns to love and be calmed by chewtoys, then when you introduce a new stressor to them – such as a stranger in their yard – and follow the other best practices above to show them that everything is fine, they can use a chewtoy to help calm themselves down. This is often referred to as displacement behavior. As we’ll explore in Chapter 2-2, if they learn that chewtoys mean peace and safety, that can help them start to ‘overwrite’ their fear association: the chewtoy – along with all our other signals – will tell them “hey OK this is actually a safe circumstance.”
  • Use play to shift attention and create positive associations. Besides praise and rewards, you can also use toys and play to help show your dog that everything is fine. If you go to a new place, for example, pulling out one of their favorite toys and playing with them for a few minutes indicates to them ‘oh this place must be safe, daddy is in play-mode.’ On top of that, it creates positive associations with the place, achieving the core objective of socialization.
  • Look out for over-stimulation. Fear isn’t your only enemy: sometimes your puppy is tired, or there are too many new stimuli around (e.g., if you’re in a crowded public space, or at a new park). Learn how to read your puppy; if they are jumping around, running in circles, picking up toys, and barking uncontrollably, they might just be over-excited. That’s not a good mindset for socialization, so you should probably reset and try again later – perhaps after a nap, or after giving them a chance to expend some of that energy (such as through some tug-toy play). As you pay attention to your puppy, you’ll soon get the hang of identifying your puppy’s mental state and needs (more on this in Chapter 4-6).
  • Learn your dog, and adjust your approach and expectations to your dog’s needs. Different dogs have different biases, whether from genetics or life experience, that effect how they respond to different stressors. While it’s important that you help your puppy grow comfortable in the full range of life experiences that they will be regularly subject to, you have to take their individual needs into account in both:
    • How you approach socialization with a stimulus
    • What your goals are in socializing with a stimulus

    For example:

    • Some dogs are particularly touch-sensitive. If your puppy is particularly anxious about being touched, then when socializing with other people (cf. Chapter 1-3), don’t start off with petting. First work on all the socialization without touch and petting, as we lay out in the later chapter, and introduce petting only after they are incredibly comfortable being around strangers, and even then be sure to start with familiar people, go very slowly, positively reward heavily, and – as always – if there are any bite concerns work with a professional trainer first.
    • If your dog is highly reactive to strangers, is it reasonable, or sensible, to make them comfortable coming with you into department stores? You do need to make sure that they are comfortable enough in public spaces that you can bring them places they may need to go either in exigency or for practical needs, but that doesn’t mean that they need to love being in crowds every day.

    This concept ties to a theme we will come back to again and again: learn your dog, and adjust your approach accordingly.

  • Know when to retreat – avoid panic spirals. Unfortunately fear can feed on itself: if your puppy is really frightened by the stimulus, that fear can cause them to panic, which can cause them to lose control. If you work on self-control (which we’ll talk about in Chapter 2-27), this will become less and less of a problem in later puppy phases, but in the first few months they can easily spiral. When that happens, continued exposure is only creating deeper and deeper negative emotions and therefore associations – the exact opposite of what we want. Don’t let that go too far – if your puppy is panicking and losing control, back off, reset, return them to calm, and try again another time (maybe even right after they calm down, depending on their mental state).

Essentially, the goal is to create an overall positive emotional state in your dog. By creating a positive experience around the new stimulus, they learn that it is OK, safe, not dangerous.

Unfortunately, as should now be clear, it is an uphill battle, because they are coming into most new experiences with fear. As long as you monitor your dog’s emotional state however, you will be fine. Plus, the more socialization you do, the better you will get at it!

Some stress is OK: it’s natural for puppies to be stressed by new experiences. Don’t let that put you off. Small amounts of stress are great for building your puppy’s resilience, as long as you handle it appropriately and turn it into a positive experience.

It’s also important to remember that a small amount of stress is good for your puppy. Too much stress just leads to a spiral and negative associations (see above), but a small amount of stress – which is then overcome with lots of positive experiences and reinforcement – helps build their resilience and adaptability. In Chapter 2-27: Building core capabilities we’ll talk about that in more depth.

The important thing is that, by following the techniques we laid out above, you ultimately turn those stressful experiences into positive ones. That gives your puppy confidence, and the skill set to adapt to new experiences later in life!

Multiple exposures: You need to expose them (positively and carefully) to each scenario/stimulus multiple times

When exposing your puppy to a given stimulus – vacuums, people with hats, etc. – you have to go through the process multiple times, for each stimulus.

That is necessary for your dog to develop a pattern and reinforce the comfort – to recognize that it’s not just this vacuum this time that’s safe, it’s all vacuums all of the time.

That means LOTS of socialization. For example, as a benchmark for human socialization, we follow Ian Dunbar’s recommendation of meeting 200 different people in the first 12 weeks of life (in the next Chapter, Socialization with & reactivity to strangers, we will go into more detail on that).

The more hesitant your puppy is about a given experience, the more exposure they need to it. Just remember to go SLOWLY; per above, do not push it such that you increase their reaction to it.

The time window for socialization is extremely short: the first 12 weeks of life – the first 4 weeks you have your puppy – are a critical developmental period. You need to start on socialization right away!

One of the biggest challenges in making sure your puppy is sufficiently socialized is that the window for socialization is extremely short.

As we introduced in Chapter 1-1, the first 3-12 weeks of life are a critical ‘socialization window,’ a period when they are most receptive to acclimating to new experiences. While, as discussed earlier in the chapter, they will be fearful, they will also – with proper encouragement from you (see socialization techniques above) – overcome that fear more readily now than they will later in life.

Since most people get their puppies at 7-8 weeks old, and many breeders do not do much socialization (there are some exceptions, and those breeders are worth every extra penny if you can find them – see Chapter 6-3: Choosing a reputable breeder), that means that most owners have only 3-4 weeks to get much of their socialization in!

During that 3-4 week window, you need to expose your puppy to a wide range of experiences with other people, places, objects, and dogs.

In the chapters after this one – Socialization with & reactivity to strangers, Socialization with & reactivity to other dogs, and Environmental Socialization – we will go into specifically what sorts of experiences you need to socialize your puppy with.

For now, we want to highlight two points on timing:

  • The first 4 weeks: A great deal of socialization needs to be completed in the 3-to-12-week-old period (first 4 weeks after go-home). Not all socialization necessarily needs to be completed in this window, but much of it should, for two reasons:
    1. As mentioned, they are most receptive in this period. Any socialization you do later will be harder, take longer, and not generalize as well to new experiences.
    1. Socialization in this first 12-week window lays stronger foundations that make later socialization easier: the more new stimuli they experience and get comfortable with in their first 12 weeks, the more confident and adaptable they will be with future new experiences when you continue socialization later.
  • The first year: After the core socialization window, you should still keep working on socialization throughout their first year. Your first 4 weeks will be the more intense period, but even after that you should continue to regularly work on socialization, for two main reasons:
    • To fill in gaps – experiences (people, places, objects, etc.) that you missed in the primary socialization window.

      It’s impossible to actually cover everything in 4 weeks: even if you had the time and energy, your puppy can only go through so many new experiences in a day (it’s exhausting for them after all!).

    • To continue building on and reinforcing past experiences. As mentioned, dogs need exposure to stimuli multiple times to grow lastingly comfortable with them. Repeated positive experiences over their first year of life will build enduring positive associations to those stimuli in particular, and new experiences in general.

The bottom line is that one of the first things you need to do after bringing your puppy home is start socializing them – every single day – with a wide variety of experiences.

While that means more work in the first few weeks and months, it pays big dividends: socialization at this age is faster and stickier than later on, and a few weeks of work pays off with a lifetime of a happy, strong, well-adjusted dog.

Sadly, many new dog owners don’t realize this. Dogs mature so much faster than human children, the socialization window closes so rapidly, that we often don’t appreciate how narrow our window is. Many new dog owners only start to learn about socialization as a concept after problems, like fear and reactivity, have cropped up – at which point it is much harder to address! Missing this window – and missing socialization in general – is perhaps the single greatest source of the most serious behavioral problems in dogs.

Socialization breadth: you want to cover (nearly) the full range of experiences your dog may confront throughout their lives.

For socialization to be effective, it has to be comprehensive, not just frequent. Anything you do not expose a puppy to in the first year of their life – and ideally the first 12 weeks – they risk later becoming fearful of and reactive to, creating stress for your dog and headaches (or even danger) for you.

That means you must socialize your puppy to the full range of experiences you want them to be tolerant toi.e. (nearly) everything that you expect they will encounter later in life.

For example:

  • If you want them to be able to come to your future children’s little league games without being stressed, acting out, and causing disruption, you should take them to some little league games, or at least take them to meet plenty of children.
  • If you want them to be able to go on roadtrips with you, you better make sure they get experience while young to stay in hotels, traveling in the car for a long period of time, etc.
  • If you want them to not act out when you groom them, you should be exposing them to clippers and combs daily when they are young, even if they don’t actually need much grooming yet (we’ll discuss this more in Chapter 5-1), and prioritize making those experiences fun and positive!

To be reasonably comprehensive, we recommend coming up with a ‘checklist’ of experiences to expose your dog to. You can go about that in three steps:

  1. You can start with our checklist below – it includes many experiences that new owners might not intuitively think of, like people wearing hats, or people with facial hair.
  1. Then, sit down and brainstorm other life experiences you want your dog to be prepared for.
  1. Finally, as you go about your daily life with your puppy, watch for her reactions; if she reacts fearfully to something, take a moment to, using our socialization techniques from earlier, acclimate her to it. Then add it it to your checklist to keep working on.

See below for the checklist

A starting checklist of things to socialize your dog to

Note: this list itself is not tested on the RCO Certification Exam, it is purely for your reference. You can download a printable PDF here.

In implementing these, be sure to follow our Socialization Techniques above. In addition, see the following chapters – Socialization with & reactivity to strangers, Socialization with & reactivity to other dogs, and Environmental Socialization – for more details on execution.

People (Chapter 1-3)

  • Men
  • Women
  • Children, of various ages
  • People of different skin tones
  • Taller people
  • Shorter people
  • People wearing hats (can be you)
  • People wearing sunglasses
  • People with facial hair
  • People wearing hoodies (can be you)
  • People wearing big jackets (can be you)
  • People carrying walking sticks (the third ‘limb’ can surprise a lot of dogs)
  • Strollers
  • People with canes
  • People in wheelchairs
  • Bicycles and people on bicycles
  • Greeting strangers, having strangers approach them and interact with them (this is an important one, but requires some finesse – see Chapter 1-3: Socialization with & reactivity to strangers for details)
  • Strangers walking in front of your house
  • Unfamiliar people walking in your yard
  • Unfamiliar people coming into your house

Dogs and animals (Chapter 1-4: Socialization with & reactivity to other dogs)

  • Other dogs, of different sizes (especially large dogs), genders, breeds, ages, intact/neutered, and demeanors (see Socialization with & reactivity to other dogs for how to do this appropriately)
  • Horses, in different scenarios (trails, farms)
  • Chickens
  • Livestock

Places/weather (Chapter 1-5)

  • City traffic
  • Crowded places
  • Stores (many stores allow dogs; will likely require some obedience training first)
  • Parking lots
  • Malls
  • Children’s sports games
  • Restaurant patios (will likely require some obedience training first)
  • Other peoples’ homes
  • Fountains
  • Boats
  • On busses
  • On trains
  • In the car
  • The ocean
  • Rain
  • Snow
  • Strong winds
  • Beaches
  • Woods
  • Gravel
  • Hotels
  • Apartment Buildings
  • Any other natural ecosystems you’re likely to hike in
  • Different Surfaces, like grass, pavement, turf, grates, etc. (see Chapter 1-5 for why and what we mean)

Objects (Chapter 1-5)

  • Fireworks
  • Lawnmowers
  • Vacuum cleaners
  • Robot vacuums
  • Television
  • Loud children’s toys
  • Musical instruments
Ways your breeder can help. A breeder that does some early socialization makes your life much easier and reduces the pressure on those first 4 weeks with your pup.

To a first-time dog owner, the short time window to cover so much can feel intimidating. As we will lay out in the deep-dive chapters – Socialization with & reactivity to strangers, Socialization with & reactivity to other dogs, and Environmental Socialization – you shouldn’t panic, it is doable, and will be easier than you think.

Even so, there is one very big way you can make your life a lot easier: find a breeder who does an appropriate amount of early socialization, including things like touch-desensitization and bringing them places to meet new people and see new environments.

That early breeder socialization isn’t strictly necessary – you absolutely can catch up in those first few weeks you have your puppy home. But if you find a breeder that does a good amount of early socialization, you will be starting from a stronger, easier place:

  • Your puppy will both have more experiences under her belt already, reducing the pressure on you
  • And – as a consequence – your puppy will be more adaptable and more readily exposed to even more new experiences.

What’s more, your breeder can socialize before your puppy’s fear periods start, making the socialization process itself much easier for her.

Bottom line, the more early socialization your breeder does, the easier your job will be.

In a later chapter, Choosing a reputable breeder, we cover other things to look for in a breeder. We strongly recommend you follow that guidance to make your – and your puppy’s – life a lot easier.

Socialization is the most important thing you must do with your puppy: if you don’t socialize your puppy, or you socialize in an inappropriate manner, dogs are prone to becoming reactive – dangerously anxious, fearful, and aggressive in response to unfamiliar people, dogs, places, or objects. Gaps in socialization create a lifetime of stress for your dog – and you!

The importance of putting the time and energy into sufficiently socializing your puppy cannot be overstated. It is the single most important thing you can do for your puppy. To make that clear, we’d like to survey the benefits of socialization, and the consequences of failing to do so.

The consequences of poor socialization

If you don’t socialize your puppy, they risk becoming fearful and reactive to people, places, objects, or other animals.

Here are some very common examples of poor socialization outcomes, ranging from mild annoyances to life-threatening:

  • Barking at different races/ethnicities or disabled people: If you don’t socialize your puppy with people of a full range of skin colors, or people with canes or wheelchairs, they may bark at those people whenever they see them.
  • Refusing to potty in the rain: If you don’t socialize your puppy to rain (especially if it’s infrequent in your area), they might avoid or refuse to go out whenever it rains, going potty somewhere hidden in the house.
  • Reactive to children: If you don’t socialize your puppy to children, they could be frightened or nervous around children, causing them to bark, run away, hide, and jump at kids, scaring them.
  • Reactive to dogs: If you don’t socialize your puppy to other (well-socialized) dogs, they will have a high likelihood of becoming dog-reactive – barking, lunging, or even biting or attacking other dogs when they get too close. They will likely never be able to experience the joy of playing with other dogs, and if they do play with other dogs they run the risk of ‘snapping:’ not having a clear line between play and sincere predation, violently attacking and harming other dogs.
  • Reactive to strangers: If you don’t socialize your puppy to meeting strangers, they will have a high likelihood of becoming human-reactive – barking, lunging, and even biting or attacking people. This is where dog-human aggression comes from (along with ‘negative socialization’ in the form of dog abuse), and unfortunately often leads to putting the dog down.

Now you can see why lack of proper socialization is the strongest driving factor behind the hundreds of thousands of dog euthanizations conducted each year, on top of the millions of dogs who simply cause their owners stress and inconvenience with their reactivity.

The bottom line is that if you don’t socialize your dog well, you are signing them up for a life punctuated by extreme stress, and potentially creating a danger for your dog, yourself, and others.

Why dogs are particularly prone to reactivity

There are a few reasons why, scientifically, dogs are particularly prone to developing negative behaviors as a result of poor socialization:

  • Prone to fear response – as we discussed in the bullet above on ‘socialization & fear’[link], dogs in general – and puppies in particular – are prone to having a fear response to new stimuli.
  • Sensitivity to negative experiences – fear does not feel good; it is therefore what’s called a ‘negative association.’ We will talk much more about positive and negative reinforcers in the later Section 2: Core Training Concepts, but for our intents here the idea is fairly straightforward: when an experience is negative for us, we tend to avoid that experience in the future.

    While pretty much all creatures – from humans to amoeba – form positive and negative associations, it turns out that how strongly we respond to those can vary a lot from species to species.

    Dogs are highly sensitive to unpleasant experiences. When they experience something bad – like a feeling of fear – they are more likely than most animals to avoid the perceived cause of that experience.

    As a result, not only are dogs prone to be afraid of new experiences, but they are also more likely to ‘imprint’ that fear, and want to avoid that experience in the future.

    To put it differently, fear is self-reinforcing: it is an aversive mental state, so when your puppy is afraid of something, and nothing is done to allay that fear, they will associate that stimulus with a feeling of fear. When they encounter that stimulus again in the future, they will remember the fear, and the cycle repeats, deepening that association.

    Imagine you were afraid of clowns as a child: perhaps nothing bad specifically happened to you, but you just found clowns intrinsically scary. As an adult, you can still remember that fear, you still associate clowns with fear and it brings up that emotion (although as an adult human, you have cultural knowledge – you know what a clown is – that can help you fight that fear; a dog has no such benefit).

  • Single event learning – as if a predisposition towards fear and tendency to imprint that fear weren’t bad enough, dogs are also strong ‘single event learners.’ That means that dogs are primed to learn to like or fear something based on a single experience.

    That creates a great danger: a single bad experience with a stranger or another dog can easily imprint on your puppy forever.

    In a later chapter, Single-event learning, we will explore this phenomenon in more depth, including how to handle negative experiences if they do happen, to prevent them from imprinting.

So with dogs we have a triple whammy:

  • They’re biased to be afraid of new experiences
  • Unpleasant new experiences can quickly lead to the formation of fear
  • They can permanently imprint that fear from even just a single negative experience

The end result is: socialization HAS to be a deliberate process – both in terms of getting your dog broad exposure, and making it positive. If you just leave your dog to her own devices, she has a high likelihood of becoming reactive.

The benefits to socialization

Thankfully socialization isn’t just about about avoiding bad outcomes – it also yields tremendous benefits. Early puppy socialization:

  • Teaches them to trust their owner: it is sadly all-too-common to see dogs who do not trust their owners to protect them and look out for them.

    Your dog may love you and trust you not to hurt them deliberately, but if they are reacting to potential ‘threats’ on their own, without checking in with you and going to you for safety, it means that they do not see you as the adult, as the person in charge. If your dog stands between you and threats, they are often not ‘protecting’ you – they are protecting themselves, and demonstrating that they don’t see you as the decision-maker or guardian when handling external threats.

    Going through socialization in the manner we’ve laid out – showing your puppy that everything is OK, that you are in control, and that you would not expose them to things that are a threat – teaches them to trust you.

    That not only deepens your relationship with your dog, it also makes their fear responses safer and healthier: they will come to you, rather than run away; look to you, rather than attack the target of their anxiety.

  • Makes later socialization easier: reiterating the point above, early socialization builds a foundation that makes it easier to later in life expose them to new things you may have missed, as it teaches them how to cope with and learn to accept new experiences.
  • Builds key foundational skills: As we will cover in Chapter 2-27: Building core capabilities, there is a set of capabilities you want to foster in your puppy’s first year of life that will make them stronger, happier, healthier, and frankly better companions that are more fun to spend time with as they get older. Socialization develops at least two of these:
    • Confidence – Exploring unfamiliar or ‘scary’ situations and coming out of them totally OK, and in fact having lots of fun and play, helps establish to your puppy a pattern of ‘I can proactively engage with the world, and I will be ok.’
    • Adaptability – The more your puppy learns that specific new situations aren’t scary, the more they will start to generalize that all new experiences aren’t necessarily scary. This will equip your dog to approach new environments and experiences – like moving, having friends stay at your house, or going on vacation – with more confidence, allowing them to adapt and thrive rather than fall into chronic stress and depression.
    • Resilience – By helping your puppy overcome these mild stressors, you are also teaching them how to manage that stress. Over time, this builds resilience, allowing your dog to handle stress and avoid the out-of-control ‘panic spirals’ discussed above. It also increases their capacity to ‘bounce back,’ to recover when a stressor arrives.
  • Lets you bring your dog places, stress free: A well-socialized dog is a dog that is calm and listens to you in a wide range of circumstances. It’s a dog you can take with you anywhere without having to constantly manage them acting out.
  • Gives your dog an enormously better quality of life: as we’ve highlighted, an under-socialized dog lives a life constantly punctuated with bouts of extreme, uncontrolled stress, often without their owners even realizing it. Sadly, that is the case with all too many dogs today.

So while early socialization is a bit of work, it pays big dividends!

Professional help: if you struggle with a stimulus – or if your dog already displays reactivity – find a trainer! A few sessions can help a lot – and avoid serious problems in the future.

All of the above might seem hard, but really you will get the hang of it.

Even so, there might be a particular stimulus, a particular experience, that you’re really struggling with: for whatever reason your puppy is deathly afraid of it, they spiral out of control, and you can’t seem to get them to calm down.

In those situations, it is strongly advisable to book a session with a local in-person trainer, who can help show you how to deal with that particular situation.

That is particularly important for any fear your puppy shows towards other dogs or people. In Chapter 1-3 and Chapter 1-4 we will comment in more depth on those cases – and on the utility of doing some sessions with a trainer

Summarizing: the four core elements/priorities of socialization – Positive associations, mitigating fear response, broad exposure, and repetition.

We covered a lot above, and will add more nuance in the following three chapters, so it is worth pulling everything together. While we covered lots of specific techniques, they all tie back to four key elements at the root of effective socialization, which we can group into two buckets:

  • Creating positive experiences: the root of socialization, and its most important component
    1. Positive reinforcement – creating positive associations through rewards like treats, praise, and play
    1. Mitigating negative responses – exposing to stimuli in a way the avoids or minimizes their natural fear response to unfamiliar things
  • Creating broad exposure:
    1. Breadth of exposure – exposing your puppy to as wide and diverse a range of people, places, things, and creatures as possible, to both expand the set of specific experiences they are comfortable with and to instill the sense that new, unfamiliar things aren’t scary in general
    1. Repetition – exposing to stimuli not just once, but many times, creating enough frequency to consistently reinforce positive associations with those stimuli

Chapter 1-3: Socialization with & reactivity to strangers

“Yeah I want my dog to bark at strangers – she’s supposed to guard the house!”

“Oh yes she’s socialized, I have family in the area and they’ve all come to visit”

“Yeah Sandy just doesn’t like men for some reason, she barks every time a man comes over”

In the previous chapter, Socialization Basics, we introduced the concept and importance of socialization, along with techniques for performing it. In this chapter we add to that some specific comments and techniques relevant to socializing your puppy with new people.

Reactivity to humans: under-socialized puppies can become ‘reactive’ – fearful and aggressive – to strangers. That means a worse quality of life for you, stress and anxiety for your dog, limitations on where you can take your dog, and a risk of biting others that is the leading cause of euthanasia. You MUST thoroughly socialize your puppy with strangers!

As we highlighted in the previous chapter, failure to thoroughly socialize your puppy with strangers can cause them to become reactive towards humans.

A dog can be human-reactive to either all unfamiliar people, if they have been generally under-socialized, or to particular ‘types’ of people, if they have not been sufficiently socialized to specific groups, such as men, children, people of different skin tones, people with canes or walking sticks, people wearing jackets, people with facial hair, etc.

Human-reactive dogs are fearful of other people, because they have not been taught that humans – even unfamiliar ones around their owners – are generally safe.

Internally, that fear response causes them great stress (they are afraid for their lives, after all).

Externally, that fear translates into some mixture of threatening responses – such as barking, growling, raising their hackles, biting, and attacking – or extreme fear behaviors – such as cowering, rolling onto their back (often misinterpreted by owners as cute), urinating, or running away and hiding.

Given that we – and therefore our dogs – live surrounded by humans (even most rural households receive regular visitors and take their dogs places like parks, hiking trails, restaurants, barbecue’s, parties, etc.), human-reactivity in a dog means that:

  1. Their lives are punctuated by extreme stress. Remember, if your dog is exhibiting a fear response, the situation might seem fine and normal to you, but they are literally afraid for their life.
  1. They pose a great risk to others – and therefore themselves. Even if 99% of the time they don’t harm another person, that 1 time in 100 can cause serious harm, and may result in your dog being put down.
  1. You are greatly limiting where you can bring them and what you can do with them. Don’t you want to be able to take your dog to kid’s birthday parties? Or picnics? Or hiking on trails with other people around? If you don’t socialize your puppy, you are enforcing upon them a lifetime of solitude!

Clearly, as a responsible puppy owner you MUST ensure that your puppy or adult dog is thoroughly socialized to other humans! Failure to do so signs them – and you – up for a more limited life punctuated by stress and danger.

Breadth and depth of socialization: Puppies need to meet at least 200 people in their first 12 weeks of life. Furthermore, there needs to be as many ‘types’ of people, in as many different situational contexts, as possible!

Fortunately, human-reactivity is usually incredibly easy to avoid through socialization during the puppy phase!

That means meeting lots of different people, in lots of different circumstances, particularly within the 3-12-week-old puppy socialization period.

Number of people

How many people does your puppy need to meet? We follow Ian Dunbar’s guidance, and recommend that you make sure your puppy meets at least 200 different people in their first 12 weeks of life.

That can seem like a lot, especially given that you take your puppy home at 8 weeks, but I promise it is not as difficult as it seems:

  • First off, if you chose a good breeder, they will have done a good amount of socialization already, giving you a strong head start. See Chapter 6-3 for more qualities to look for.
  • Even if they haven’t however, if you make an effort to socialize your puppy in one new environment per day, it can add up quickly.

    For example, if you take your puppy to a dog-friendly store (like some grocery stores or a hardware store), you can easily introduce them to 10 or more individuals throughout the store (people love meeting puppies), from patrons to staff to checkout clerks. If you went to 4 stores a week, that’s 40 people a week alone.

  • Besides taking your puppy to stores, you can invite friends and relatives over – and go to their houses – to introduce the puppy (Ian Dunbar, in Before & After Getting your Puppy, has the wonderful suggestion of holding short ‘puppy parties’ to get people to help).

    You can also take your puppy to playgrounds, baseball games, and other public spaces where you can introduce them to people. Just make sure to keep them happy and engaged and not overwhelmed! Remember our lessons in Chapter 1-2!

So as intimidating as 200 different people sounds, it really is quite achievable. Over 4 weeks – assuming your breeder did no socialization – that is 7 people a day, a very manageable goal with access to public spaces. Generally speaking, people are more than happy to take a moment to say hello to your puppy. As long as you are deliberate, you will hit the target.

You can also now start to see how the techniques we introduced in Socialization Basics work: if your puppy is going to all these public places where people (calmly) fawn over her, give her treats, encourage her, and generally don’t do anything threatening, she will quickly come to love being around other people! They bring lots of praise, happiness, and rewards after all! That is how you raise a well-adjusted dog.

Diversity of people and contexts

In addition to socializing with a high number of people, you must also ensure a comprehensive diversity of people. Dogs do not generalize well.

For example, if they are socialized almost entirely with women, they will not mentally extend that sense of comfort to men. The first time they see someone with a beard, or a cane, or a hat, they will likely react, even if they’ve met hundreds of people before.

That means making sure you get your dog exposure to all different sorts of people, in a wide variety of contexts.

For ‘sorts of people,’ make sure to include not just different ages and genders, but also unintuitive things like:

  • People of different skin tones
  • People wearing different clothing – especially hats and and large coats (silhouettes play an outsized role in dog perception)
  • People with canes, walkers, and wheelchairs
  • People of different heights

For some ideas, see the starter checklist in Chapter 1-2

For ‘wide variety of contexts,’ try to socialize your puppy not just at your home, but in other people’s homes, stores, parks, parking lots, etc. Again, this will help them generalize that meeting people is fine anywhere, not just meeting people in a specific setting.

How to socialize puppies with strangers: follow the techniques laid out in Chapter 1-2, go slowly, and coach the other person on how to engage appropriately.

(note: as we will discuss later in the chapter, all of this discussion applies to non-reactive puppies. If you have an adult dog or puppy displaying any reactivity towards a stimulus – especially towards other dogs or people – do not try to socialize them on your own! You must work with a professional trainer. See later in the chapter for discussion on this point)

In the previous Chapter, Socialization Basics, we laid out a series of techniques to use to make your puppy comfortable with new experiences and create positive associations. All of those techniques apply to exposing your puppy to new people.

In addition, here are a few techniques specific to meeting a new person:

  • Stand between your puppy and the new person, but off to the side, showing your puppy that you are present, aware, and relaxed.
  • Let the puppy come to them, rather than them approaching the puppy. It can help if you kneel next to the person, between them and your puppy.
  • Give the new person a treat, and have them offer it to the puppy underhand, with their palm open, letting the puppy to eat it out of their hand.

    Note: if your puppy is particularly nervous, don’t have the stranger give them a treat or touch them. Instead, you can give your puppy a treat and reward them for merely observing the stranger calmly, for observing them or for displaying any sign of curiosity.

    Note: the person should extend a treat in an open palm, they should not extend a hand to ‘sniff.’ That physical projection is aggressive, not helpful.

  • Ask the person not to lean forward or ‘loom’ over the puppy. The best (least-threatening) posture is to get down and match their vertical level, positioning yourself parallel to them to avoid a confrontational posture until they get comfortable.
  • For very shy puppies, having the person present their back to the puppy with treat hand stretched behind them is often a less threatening posture.
  • Ask the person not to reach over the puppy’s head – that will make them afraid
  • If the puppy still shows reluctance you can try having the stranger toss the food away from them. This give the puppy the opportunity to create space while simultaneously tapping into their chase instinct.
  • Often times dogs can view taking food from a stranger as subservient or transactional. An interactive alternative such as rolling a ball for the puppy to chase can be a wonderful alternative, especially when the goal is establishing what might be an ongoing relationship with this new person.
  • Aside: ‘people-pleasing’ behavior: this goes back to what we covered in the previous chapter – do not force an interaction; if you prompt a nervous puppy to take a treat from a stranger, they may take the treat not because they are calm, but because they are trying to ‘appease’ you and make the threat go away. As always, be sure to watch your puppy’s body language, and do not move forward with socialization when your dog is nervous! If they’re nervous, take steps (as outlined in the previous chapter) to help them calm down. Forcing a nervous dog to interact with strangers will only deepen reactivity

As always, several of the wonderful puppy books in our further reading page contain a number of other effective, helpful techniques for introducing new people to your dog. Ian Dunbar in particular highlights a ‘pass the puppy’ game that is fun and effective, which we paraphrase here:

  • Sit on the ground in a wide circle with several friends or relatives.
  • Have one of the people across from you call to your puppy, speaking in a high tone, and holding out a treat or one of your puppy’s favorite toys (a tug-toy is perfect); encourage your puppy to go to them.
  • Once your puppy goes to them, have the other person (and you) shower them with praise and give them a treat or play with the toy.
  • Then have another person in the circle do the same thing, getting the puppy to come to them. If you’re using a toy, have the person with the toy toss it over to the new person

This game is a great way to make your puppy excited about new people – they are a lot of fun after all!

Socializing dogs past the socialization window: as discussed, ‘puppy socialization’ primarily happens in the first few months of life. For dogs more than a few months old, you absolutely start socialization, it just takes care and patience. If your dog is already reactive, you MUST work with a professional trainer. While it can be frustrating at first, progress will come faster than you think, and will make the rest of your dog’s life (and your life together) more fun, more enriching, and less stressful.

Unfortunately, there is a not-insignificant population of adopted adult dogs who are reactive to strangers, either because of under-socialization or deliberate negative-socialization (people misguidedly raising them as ‘guard’ dogs – see next bullet below – or otherwise abusing and mistreating them).

Thankfully, most of these dogs can be reformed, and learn to be comfortable around even strangers.

Here are some recommendations for doing so. As a disclaimer, it is important that you understand that reactive dogs can pose a danger to others – their fear, as we’ve highlighted, can manifest as aggression and violence. As such, as we emphasize below, if you have a reactive dog then we strongly recommend that you at least start by working with a professional trainer who specializes in reactive dogs. With that in mind, here is some guidance on applying socialization to adult dogs:

  • Carefully follow the usual socialization approaches, as laid out in Chapter 1-2 and in the bullet above.
  • Go very slowly, be patient, and be deliberate. As always, socialize without physical contact first! Reward observation from a safe distance, only increasing proximity as reactions become neutral. Remember your goal is to make the experience positive, so do everything you can to set your dog up for success. Start in familiar environments, don’t force them to the person, and use your own body and positioning to show them that everything is ok. You should be in between your dog and the ‘stranger,’ interacting with the stranger as if everything is normal. Your dog may bark at first, but with repeated neutral experiences they should see ‘ok I guess everything is OK.’ As they calm down, even marginally, reward that with praise and treats. And be careful in identifying what ‘calm’ looks like – a lot of body language owners interpret as calm, like licking you or rolling over, is actually a fear response; we will talk more about body language in Chapter 4-5, but honestly a session with a non-compulsion trainer is the fastest easiest way to start to learn those body signals. Eventually, when they are calm, have the stranger offer them treats in the manner we outlined above, and ideally eventually toys as well. Do NOT have the stranger approach your dog! Let your dog go to them, once they understand that nothing bad is happening.
  • Work in one ‘stranger’ at a time, starting in familiar environments and only later moving on to novel ones.
  • If you can afford it, we strongly insist on hiring a local trainer specializing in reactive dogs. They can teach you techniques, help you design a socialization plan for your specific dog, and help you get started. Ultimately you will need to do the work, but they can show you how to do it safely and effectively. Reactivity can lead to extremely dangerous situations – do not try to socialize a reactive dog without professional help. Make sure to work with a non-compulsion trainer: as we discussed in Chapter 1-2, if your dog is reacting with fear to strangers, layering negative reinforcement on top of that fear might achieve suppression, but it will make the underlying reactivity (which is rooted in a fear response) worse. See Chapter 2-23 for tips on identifying an appropriate trainer.

Most importantly, do not simply let it go. Too many owners accept reactivity in an adult dog as unchangeable. Despite the emphasis we put in the previous section on socialization during puppyhood, dogs are remarkably adaptable, and you can dramatically mitigate reactivity, often with far less work than you might initially anticipate. Your dog may never love being around strangers, but at the least you can make them tolerant to them, saving them (and you) stress, reducing the danger of them biting someone, and opening up access to far more life experiences.

Finally, be patient and do not get discouraged! If your dog is very reactive – becoming violent and uncontrollable when they see another person – it will initially feel like an impossible, insurmountable obstacle. We promise, however, that when you start to work on socialization deliberately, you will see results quicker than you’d think. You will be amazed at how much a reactive dog can transform in a month after regular, careful, thoughtful socialization sessions. Further, progress in dog training is not linear, you may run into points of stagnation that feel hard to get past, but that does not mean your goal of a neutral response to people can’t be achieved!

‘Guard’ dogs: do NOT – NOT – NOT deliberately ‘train’ your dog to be reactive! It is both dangerous and ineffective.

Dogs have been used for millennia in agricultural settings to guard livestock from predators, such as protecting chickens and fowl from foxes and weasels, or protecting grazing animals from wolves and cats. We explore that history more in Chapter 6-11: Guard breeds.

In those situations, we rely upon (and selectively breed to accentuate) two natural canine instincts:

  • Instinct to protect their ‘in-group’ (their ‘pack’, their ‘family’, people they know) from other people/creatures they are not familiar with
  • Fear response to unknown people and creatures

Some people today however purchase companion dogs to be guards against other humans, in urban or suburban settings. To promote their guard instincts, they deliberately under-socialize the dogs, encouraging them to be fearful of and reactive to other humans.

The desire to protect yourself and your family is entirely understandable. Under-socializing your dog, however, to guard against other people is extremely foolish, for several reasons:

  1. First off, dogs are naturally wary of strangers, protective of their ‘in-group’, and protective of their den-space (your house). As a result, a well-socialized dog would still alert you to strangers entering your home uninvited, or otherwise threatening you. The idea that even the friendliest dog would happily welcome a stranger coming into the house in the middle of the night flies in the face of every ounce of their genetic coding. Your dog will automatically do what you desire – blocking, barking at, and intimidating entrants. Under-socializing them is not necessary.
  1. Dogs are terrible at guarding against human threats, because dogs are terrible at recognizing accurately what is and isn’t a threat in human contexts. As humans, we understand human society – we understand the notion of parking lots, maintenance workers, electricians, visiting relatives, etc. We have context. Dogs lack that context, and as a result their ability to judge what is and isn’t a threat is enormously impaired.

    That is why, for example, professional police dogs are specifically trained not to respond to threats on their own! Rather, they are trained to look to and rely upon their handler’s judgment, and obey handler commands, both to act and to retreat.

    Even if your dog correctly judged threats and non-threats 90% of the time, that 10% of the time can be deadly. What if a child approaches your car or your picnic to pet the dog? What if an emergency worker needs to enter your house? Training your dog to be reactive is the worst thing you can have in a guard dog.

    As we will explore more in Section 2, your dog’s job is never to act unilaterally; you should be teaching them to look to you for direction.

  1. Better solutions exist – cameras and alarm systems are far more effective deterrents.
  1. Deliberately letting your dog become human-reactive is, as I hope we’ve made clear, both incredibly dangerous to people and incredibly stressful for your dog. That constant hyper-awareness is the same type of behavior we ask of soldiers in conflict zones – constantly watching for threats, and being surrounded by them.

The bottom line is that deliberate under-socialization is both cruel and pointless.

Socialization in ‘Guard’ breeds: with guard breed puppies it is especially important to provide early, comprehensive, and well-executed socialization.

In the later Chapter 6-11, we will discuss breeds of dogs that have, over many generations, had their wariness of strangers fostered to predispose them to, predominantly, protect livestock from predators.

With thorough and properly-conducted socialization, as we have laid out, puppies of those breeds can absolutely be happy and comfortable around strangers. Because of their predisposition however, that process may prove a little more challenging at the start, and it becomes especially important to start early and make sure to socialize with as many people, in as many contexts, as possible.

Essentially, the stakes are higher for these breeds – they are much more prone to becoming reactive with under-socialization. As such, if you are getting a guard breed – such as a Cane Corso or , which is particularly popular at the moment – it is critical that you:

  1. Know what you’re getting into; what the disposition of this breed is
  1. Really be on top of thorough socialization, especially with strangers
  1. Be aware that developing new people introduction strategies with these breeds is highly achievable, but depending on the dogs genetics the good feelings we are trying to foster for new people might stay situational and may NOT automatically generalize to every new person they meet.

We will explore these breeds, their behaviors, and what you as an owner need to know about them more in Chapter 6-11.

Does that mean that if you don’t have a guard breed, you don’t have to worry about socialization? Obviously not – as we hopefully made amply clear at the beginning of the chapter, all dogs need early, comprehensive, and properly-executed socialization. The only difference with guard breeds is probability and stakes: failure to socialize them has a higher probability of leading to a reactive outcome.

Chapter 1-4: Socialization with & reactivity to other dogs

“Sally’s a bit reactive to other dogs, so I try to take her into the dog park to get her used to it; I keep her on leash though, so she can’t go after the other dogs”

In Chapter 1-2: Socialization Basics, we introduced the concept and importance of socialization, along with techniques for performing it. In this chapter we add to that some additional perspective and tips specific to introducing your puppy to other dogs.

Puppies need to be socialized with other dogs: Just as you must socialize your puppy to humans, you need to socialize them with other dogs; otherwise, they risk becoming reactive towards dogs.

Failure to socialize puppies with other dogs is sadly even more common than failure to socialize with humans – our puppy naturally meets lots of other people if we take them with us out of the house, but if we don’t make an especial effort they may meet very few other dogs.

In addition, legitimate risk of disease exposure before your puppy is fully vaccinated often prevents owners from introducing their puppy to other puppies and adult dogs (disease risk does complicate socialization – more on that below – but that doesn’t remove the need for dog-dog socialization as an important part of behavioral development).

Despite its commonality, the behavioral consequences of under-socialization are just as severe as with human reactivity. When a puppy is not introduced to lots of other (well-socialized) adult dogs, they can become dog-reactive: they can have a severe, uncontrollable fear response when seeing other dogs and act out, often with aggression and violence.

In the next bullet, we will emphasize the consequences of dog reactivity – and therefore why you must socialize your puppy to avoid it.

Dog reactivity is dangerous, you should invest in avoiding it: even if you think “my dog won’t need to hang out with other dogs,” under-socialization of puppies is unacceptable. It limits your dog’s lifestyle, creates unnecessary stress, and poses a danger to your dog and others.

Some owners might think “I don’t mind if my dog doesn’t like other dogs, I don’t really need my dog to hang out with other dogs.” That line of thinking is fundamentally incorrect, for the following reasons:

  1. You are depriving them of a great source of joy. Dogs – like humans – are highly social animals. Play and interaction with other dogs is one of the most enjoyable things they can do. As much as they may love spending time with humans, they cannot (and should not) play with humans the way they do with other dogs; just watch how fast dogs move when they are play-fighting, tackling each other, and playing chase. The desire to socialize with other dogs is hardwired into their genetics, even more so than spending time with humans. If you don’t socialize your dog, they will never get to enjoy those experiences.
  1. You are limiting where your dog can go. What if you want to (and you should – see Section 3) take your dog on a hike, to the beach, on a picnic, on vacation, or to a friend’s house who has a dog? No matter how big and wild your yard is, you will – and should – want to take your dog out into the world, and there will be other dogs there. If your dog loses control every time she sees another dog, you won’t be able to take them with you, or you (and the dog) will be miserable when you do.
  1. You are endangering your dog. When your dog reacts to another dog, they can lose control. On a walk, that can mean running into the street, or attacking another dog, which could lead to them becoming seriously injured.
  1. You are endangering other dogs. Well-socialized dogs do not harm other dogs. Poorly-socialized dogs do. As mentioned, dogs are extremely social animals. They use play alongside a vast range of verbal and non-verbal signals to communicate their intentions to one another.

    Poorly socialized dogs create danger in two ways:

    • First, they do not know how to accurately read those signals or give off their own, leading to confusion and miscommunication. Another dog may want to play, but your dog may interpret that as aggression and attack. Your dog could similarly simply want to protect their space, but not know how to signal that effectively, and instead end up antagonizing another dog and causing a fight.
    • Second, they do not fully grasp the difference between play and reality. Healthy dog-play is a mimicry of fighting and hunting, it looks like the real thing. The difference between play and reality is that both dogs involved understand it is play; they inhibit their bites incredibly well (see Chapter 1-11: Bite Inhibition), not harming one another, and when one yelps the other instantly stops. When a dog is under-socialized, they do not fully understand the distinction. You might, for example, see such a dog switch into ‘prey mode’ where they suddenly view the other dog as actual prey, pinning them and biting them deeply to incapacitate and kill them.

As you can see, the consequences of dog-reactivity can be severe. Socializing your puppy with a wide range of other dogs is therefore another must-do responsibility in your first year of dog ownership.

Socialization also teaches your puppy how to interact and communicate with other dogs. Dog-dog socialization not only makes your puppy comfortable around other dogs, it also teaches them how to appropriately play, and how to read and project social cues.

In the previous chapters on socialization we’ve emphasized the objective of making your puppy comfortable in a wide variety of situations, avoiding their natural fear response.

With dog-dog socialization however there is a second, equally important objective: teaching your puppy how to communicate with other dogs.

Again, dogs are extremely social animals. Dogs use a rich, nuanced array of signals – body language, positioning, actions, and verbal cues – to safely and organically figure out and dynamically adjust their social relationships, in addition to communicating their intentions (like ”I want to play!”; “I’m tired, leave me alone;” “I’m no threat to you;” or “don’t test me”).

On top of that, dogs have a powerful ‘language of play.’ Play is an important part of dog life, and while it is a mimicry of fighting and hunting, it is fundamentally distinct in the dogs’ minds (we will talk more about this in Chapter 4-7). They know that they are just playing. No matter how intense it seems, you’ll notice that they’ve learned, for example:

  • To completely control their bites to not actually close
  • To never pin another dog against their will
  • To ‘take turns’ being the chaser or chasee, hunter or prey
  • and so on

To accurately read and project social signals, i.e. to be able to communicate with other dogs, your puppy needs to spend time with other dogs who know and use those signals. While the postures are to some extent hardwired, the nuances of their use and interpretation require spending time with other dogs. Puppies will learn – both from watching others and from being corrected by older dogs – how to both communicate and behave appropriately in dog society.

As we laid out above, failure to learn those signals leaves your dog confused, blind, deaf, and dangerous in dog society.

Reactivity is a spectrum – and mildly reactive can be just as dangerous as severely reactive.

As the last point on social cues hints, just because your dog isn’t constantly violent with other dogs does not mean they are not reactive. While some dogs are extremely reactive, many are somewhere on a spectrum: they might be fine with some dogs, some of the time, but occasionally have violent outbursts to a particular dog in a particular situation.

Those mildly-reactive dogs are often the most dangerous, because their owners often think they are fine and take them to lots of place with other dogs, creating a time-bomb waiting to explode. One day, your dog may get set off, perhaps being in close confines with another dog that tries to play in a way your dog misinterprets as aggression, and seriously harm that other dog.

The root of the issue is the same: if your dog is under-socialized, they will not be proficient at reading social cues, which means that they will not be able to communicate effectively with other dogs, creating stress and confusion.

By socializing your puppy carefully (more on that below) and thoroughly, you help secure them against developing reactivity towards other dogs in any form.

Socializing with other dogs must be done extremely carefully and thoughtfully. Unlike other forms of socialization, you can’t control how the other dog behaves, creating a risk of negative experiences that can cause reactivity. Who your puppy meets matters: introduce your puppy to well-socialized, well-selected dogs, in carefully controlled settings.

Socializing your puppy with other dogs is more difficult than other types of socialization, because you do not have the same level of control over the stimulus. Unlike with a stranger, you can’t ask the other dog to approach slowly and hold out a treat.

We overcome that limitation by controlling which dogs we introduce our puppy to. The goal of dog-socialization is to not only normalize meeting new dogs, but also, as discussed above, to help teach your puppy to appropriately read and project dog social cues. As a result, you want to try to find well-socialized adult dogs, who can show your puppy how to behave.

Introducing your puppy to under-socialized adult dogs can cause more harm than good: the adult dog may snap at or confuse your puppy, and create a negative experience. As we discussed in Chapter 1-2, that can very likely make your puppy more fearful of other dogs!

You can never control how another dog will react to your puppy; but to help maximize your odds that the interaction will be positive, look ideally for dogs with the following traits:

Target adult dog traits for dog-puppy socialization

  • Is not reactive to other dogs
  • Does not resource guard, as that can cause conflict even if no obvious food or toys are present
  • Is well-socialized (with other dogs) – they have spent lots of time with lots of other dogs, enjoy playing with other dogs, and have no history of getting into fights.
  • Has a low ‘aggression response.’ What we mean by this is not merely that they are rarely aggressive, but rather that when a stressful or unexpected thing happens, their response is never aggressive (growling, snapping, staring, raising hackles). We will explain what this means in more depth when we talk about intrinsic dog personality traits in Chapter 6-5, but for now just understand we’re talking about how the dog tends to respond to stressors, not how ‘often’ they do or don’t show aggression. A dog could be ‘chill’ – having a high ‘annoyance tolerance’ – but when they do get annoyed snap and growl. That is not what you’re looking for, as that infrequent but surprising snap can leave a lasting psychological impression on your pup.
  • Is fully vaccinated. Puppies that have not completed their vaccination schedule can become seriously ill – resulting in developmental consequences or even death – from some comparatively common illnesses. In Chapter 5-7 we will talk more about that schedule and how to keep your puppy safe.

Later in this chapter we’ll share some tips on how you can find those ideal play-mates for socialization.

Even if you find the perfect dog, make sure to be present, mediating, and vigilant. You should be very close by, even sitting down with the dogs, to show your puppy (as always) that they don’t need to protect themselves – you are present and in-charge. It’s fine – and healthy – for the adult dog to ‘correct’ your puppy, showing them right and wrong ways to interact with other dogs. Watch your puppy though – if you start to see fearfulness or a flight response, make sure to intercede, take your puppy aside, and do lots of fun play and easy tricks to rebuild their confidence and prevent the experience from imprinting (in Chapter 2-11: Single-event learning we will discuss that dynamic further).

All that said, don’t worry about being too stringent on what dogs your puppy meets. You don’t need to subject every potential owner to a comprehensive interview to find out if their dog is acceptable or not. Just ask if their dog is generally friendly with other dogs, and if they say yes it is probably fine and you can give it a try under a watchful eye. At their first meeting you should be watching both your puppy and the other dog carefully: if the other dog is overly nervous or aggressive (as opposed to playful – see Chapter 4-7), you can always step in and pick your puppy up for a cuddle, thereby politely removing them from the situation.

Socialize with other puppies as well, not just adult dogs. Even perfectly-selected adult dogs are unlikely to be terribly playful with puppies.

Unfortunately, even if you can find friendly, well-adjusted adult dogs, adult dogs – biologically – generally don’t like playing with puppies, whom they can identify solely from pheromones. It is still good to socialize your puppy with them, as it will teach your puppy not to be scared, your puppy will still learn by example, and the adult dog will correct some puppy behaviors; but it may not be terribly fun for your puppy.

As such, it is also good for your puppy to meet and play with other puppies. Even with puppies they will learn social cues organically as they test boundaries and see how other puppies respond. It is also a great way to create lots of positive associations with other dogs in general.

Make sure to get enough reps! As with every type of socialization, you need to provide your puppy with lots of experiences. Aim for several controlled interactions per week.

As always, socialization isn’t a ‘one-time thing.’ You need many experiences to accumulate a reservoir of positive associations.

In the first 6 months of puppy life, a reasonable goal is 3-5 dog-playdates per week. From months 6-18, going down to 1-3 dog-playdates per week should generally be sufficient.

Make sure to meet many types of dog, to avoid developing reactivity towards particular sizes, breeds, sexes, coats, or personalities.

As with human socialization, your puppy need to get independently comfortable with all different types of dog, including both:

  • Big dogs and small dogs (especially big dogs)
  • Dogs of different breeds and coats
  • Adult dogs and puppies
  • Male and female dogs
  • Dogs of different energy levels
  • Highly dog-motivated dogs and low dog-motivated dogs (dogs who are or aren’t hugely excited to play with other dogs)
  • If possible, intact and neutered dogs

Without that broad exposure, your puppy may have ‘gaps’ in socialization, and may not be comfortable with, for example, large dogs, or breeds with short snouts, or highly energetic dogs.

That breadth is particularly important because it is always possible to have, later in life, a bad experience with a random (probably under-socialized) dog. If your dog does not have a deep set of positive experiences with dogs of that size and breed, they can learn to be deathly afraid of that type of dog forever (remember, dogs are strong single-event learners, see Chapter 2-11).

Finding appropriate play-mates: there are lots of channels to organize appropriate local play-dates.

Getting that breadth and volume of socialization, with well-behaved dogs no less, can seem daunting. Fortunately, if you look around you will find that there are usually tons of dog owners in your area that are more than happy to have a play-date with a puppy. Here are few ideas for how you can find and connect with them:

  • Local online dog forums: most cities and suburbs, and even many rural communities, have several local dog owner online forums, usually on Facebook but sometimes on MeetUp or other platforms. Some are breed-specific, others are geographical. Join a few of these and post online that you’re looking for playdates to socialize your puppy, and you will get plenty of responses.
  • Local trainers: you can also reach out to local trainers, even if you’re not working with them, saying that you have a puppy that you’d like to socialize with other puppies and non-reactive adult dogs, and asking if they have any clients that might be interested in a playdate. Trainers care deeply about the well-being of dogs, will be grateful that you’re being thoughtful about socialization, and will generally be happy to connect you with some great playdate candidates.
  • Puppy classes: many local shelters, rescues, and trainers will offer ‘puppy classes’, where you can begin working on basic obedience (we will talk more about these in Chapter 2-26) and socialize your puppy with other pups. These are not only great socialization experiences in and of themselves, they also let you meet other owners and puppies for future playdates! Puppy classes are also extraordinarily fun and cute experiences.
  • Neighborhood dogs: depending on your neighborhood, you may also see lots of dogs going for walks. If one of them meets and greets your puppy in a definitively friendly and unthreatened manner, don’t be afraid to see if the owner would be interested in a playdate sometime.

As you can see, there are tons of opportunities in most areas to find dogs to socialize with. Most owners also ‘get it’ – you don’t have to spend lots of time there or socialize with them much, it’s about the dogs!

This has a major added benefit: as you build your ‘dog network,’ you can start to help each other out – taking each others’ dogs along for a hike or play session when one of you doesn’t have time to, or taking each others’ dogs when one of you is out of town. Finding other dog owners with similar training approaches to you can take a lot of slack.

Note that one place we did not mention is dog parks – more on that below.

Dog parks: Be extremely wary of dog parks – especially with a puppy. We recommend strongly that you avoid them entirely!

Dog parks are a popular, tempting option for finding dogs to socialize with. Unfortunately, you should be wary of using dog parks for socialization, and we generally recommend against using them.

As we’ve emphasized heavily, it is important to control who your dog meets, and the circumstances around that. In a dog park, you lose that control.

You cannot filter what other dogs you meet in a dog park. Many might be well-socialized and fun, but even one reactive dog can create a terrible experience for your puppy that imprints and becomes hard to come back from (see Chapter 2-11: Single-event learning).

Even if another dog simply accidentally scares your puppy by being over-excited or confused, it can teach your puppy to be afraid of that breed or size of dog for the rest of her life.

Even without those incidents, dog parks are chaotic. All those dogs running around can be intimidating for a puppy, particularly during fear periods. Given that risk, socializing in the uncontrolled environment of a dog park can easily do more harm than good.

We will touch on this topic more in the Chapter 3-3.

Daycares: Similarly, be careful of daycares. Properly run ones administered by trainers can be perfectly acceptable, but many daycares are understaffed, have no trainers present to separate out and mediate dog-dog interactions, and do not provide enough space for dogs to be appropriately isolated.

By the same token, dog daycares can be a risky environment for a puppy, potentially exposing them to reactive or otherwise poorly-socialized dogs that can breed reactivity and/or other bad habits in your own puppy.

There are daycares run by or with professional trainers that can be a good place for your pup, but you have to be careful in identifying them and trying them. In Chapter 3-3 we will talk more about the risks and rewards of daycares, and what to look for in them.

Socialization & Vaccinations: Puppies who have not yet completed their vaccination schedule are at risk of catching serious illnesses from other dogs. You MUST still socialize your puppy, but appropriate cautions on timing, location, and the choice of other dog are advisable to reduce the chance of risk

As we will cover more in Chapter 5-7, there are a range of varyingly common canine illnesses that can cause serious harm to puppies when their immune systems are weak and their vaccination schedule is not yet complete. As a result, exposing your puppy to adult dogs or even places where adult dogs frequent runs the risk of contracting a disease that could be lethal or seriously debilitate their development.

As I hope we’ve made clear however, socialization with other dogs is a critically important part of your puppy’s behavioral development.

So how do you balance those conflicting needs? Here are our recommendations:

  1. Age – while the ideal socialization window is 3-12 weeks of age, we recommend limiting your puppy’s exposure to other adult dogs until a bit later. Usually there are vaccine tranches around 10-12 weeks and 16-18 weeks, with a week delay after each for the vaccine to be effective (See Chapter 5-7). You could choose to begin dog-dog socialization after either of those windows, depending on your tolerance for risk and your vet’s recommendation.

    While – as we’ve emphasized – the 3-12 week socialization window is the ideal time for behavioral adaptation, (a) successful socialization can absolutely occur after that window, as we discussed in Chapter 1-2; and (b) your puppy should already have received some amount of dog-dog socialization with their mother, littermates, and other dogs around your breeder’s house prior to going home with you, so there should already be some amount of foundation in place.

  1. Choice of partner – As highlighted in previous bullets, your puppy should be meeting one dog at a time, and they should be carefully selected dogs, for both behavioral factors and health factors. In particular, any adult dog your puppy meets should be fully vaccinated and have no signs of illness at the time. This greatly reduces the
  1. Location – Some of the most serious canine illnesses – such as Parvo – are passed on through dog feces and can survive in the open air for days, weeks, or even months. As a result, you should generally avoid taking your puppy to areas where lots of other dogs frequent, particularly when your puppy is very young. Note that this risk varies heavily by region – some regions have vanishingly few instances of Parvo, some have a real risk. Check with your Vet about what the current local disease conditions are for dogs and small animals.

Summarizing: while disease is a concern, the risk is quite low if you socialize:

  • With healthy, fully-vaccinated dogs, one at a time
  • In your own home, a friend’s home, or another area not frequented by other dogs
  • After your puppy has received most of her vaccinations, usually around 16-18 weeks of age for most owners
How to greet other dogs: When you come across another dog, you are the parent, the decision-maker, the gate-keeper; stand in front of your puppy, before allowing an approach. Do not let your puppy rush towards the other dog, even in excitement.

When you are walking your puppy and come across another dog, your natural response may be to simply let the other dog come up to yours and say hello. That however sets the wrong tone for your puppy, in addition to making them more likely to become reactive. When another dog approaches your puppy, your puppy is forced into a decision: what do I do? How do I react? Is this a danger? That defensive thinking can increase the likelihood of a fear response, and make them feel powerless.

Instead, just take a half-step in front of your dog, greet the other dog first (with appropriate posture – we will talk more about that in Chapter 1-3 and Chapter 4-8), and then allow them to meet.

That shows your puppy that you, the owner, are always in control of the situation. It shows them that they do not have to stand alone and defend themselves, and signals to them that this dog is OK.

This approach has multiple benefits. Not only does it minimize the likelihood of having a negative interaction between your dog and the other dog, it also teaches your dog more generally that you are in control, it teaches them to trust you. Trust – that they can rely on you, and don’t have to face the world themselves – is a critical, foundational skill, which we cover more in Chapter 2-27: Building core capabilities.

This same protocol applies, by the way, if it is your dog that wants to approach the other one. The other dog may be reactive, you should not simply let your dog greet every other dog they see. We go more into this topic in Chapter 4-9: Rules for interacting with other people’s dogs.

Recognizing reactivity: understand the signs, and TALK TO A TRAINER if you are even a little bit concerned.

In the chapter so far we have focused on how you can avoid developing reactivity, but how do you know if reactivity has already started?

  1. Understand the signs: if your dog responds to other dogs with wariness, fear, or aggression, that is reactivity. If you start to see it appearing, deal with it right away. The earlier you address it, the easier it will be to stop it from becoming a more serious issue. If you start to detect any potential reactivity: (1) immediately STOP socializing your dog with other dogs – you run the risk of making the situation worse if you don’t know what you’re doing; and (2) go work with a trainer, find a non-compulsion trainer who specializes in managing reactivity, and they can help show you how to socialize your dog with other dogs in a manner that will help reduce the development of further reactivity. We will talk about this more later in the chapter.
  1. Talk to a trainer! If you’re unsure, ask a trainer for an assessment. Look for a reputable, non-compulsion trainer who specializes in reactivity. They should be able to tell if your dog is reactive, to what extent, and to help you work on it. See Chapter 2-23 for tips on identifying an appropriate trainer.

If your dog has started developing reactivity, what can you do about it? We cover that later on in this chapter.

Guard breeds: If you are getting a Guard breed, you must work especially hard on dog-socialization in the puppy period

We go into more depth on these dogs in Chapter 6-11, but certain dog breeds were developed specifically to protect livestock from wild predators. These include some of the most popular breeds in the United States, such as the Doberman Pinscher, Bullmastiff, and Belgian Malinois.

These dogs were often selectively bred to accentuate their guard instinct. Unfortunately, that makes them more likely to become reactive to other dogs if under-socialized.

With these breeds, it is especially important to get them ample dog-socialization while they are in the puppy phase, just as we emphasized with strangers in Chapter 1-3.

Reactivity in adult dogs: Dog-reactivity in adult dogs absolutely can (and should) be improved! You really need to work with a professional trainer, but if you do you will see progress faster than you might think, improving quality-of-life and safety for you and your dog.

Unfortunately, many owners do not realize the importance of dog-socialization, and as a result some adult dogs given up for adoption suffer from varying levels of dog-reactivity. The most severe cases can occur when dogs were used to fight other dogs for sport, or lived in squalor amongst many other dogs that they had to compete with to survive.

If you adopt a dog-reactive dog, it can at first be, like human-reactivity (Chapter 1-3), frustrating and discouraging: every time they see another dog, they may become uncontrollably agitated and aggressive, greatly limiting where you can take them and what you can do together.

Fortunately, dog-reactivity absolutely can be greatly improved. In fact, if you commit to tackling the issue you will see real progress faster than you’d think. Dogs are remarkably adaptable, and you will be amazed at how much progress a reactive dog can make after a few weeks of work. After a month of regular, carefully controlled exposure, a dog that was initially uncontrollable when merely hearing or seeing a dog outside will often be able to go for walks without barking or lunging at other dogs across the street. Your dog will probably never enjoy spending time with other dogs, but they can learn to be safe and calm around them.

Doing so will let you do more with your dog, and reduce the stress they regularly experience.

How do you go about that? Here are some recommendations:

  • We strongly recommend working with a professional trainer. Do not try to tackle dog-reactivity on your own

    Dog-reactivity is a particularly challenging behavior to address, especially at first. If you have a dog-reactive dog, we strongly recommend working with a trainer.

    Many trainers even specialize in dog-reactivity, and have dog-therapy dogs who are specifically trained to be calm and relaxed around reactive dogs, giving your dog a chance to be around other dogs and see them not responding.

    If there was ever anything to seek a professional trainer for, it is dog-reactivity. Every penny will be well-spent. They can get you started, help teach you techniques, and help you get some initial progress in those early socialization sessions.

  • To socialize these dogs, go extremely slow, starting by getting them comfortable being around dogs from a distance

    The approach here follows our usual principles: follow the approaches we laid out in Chapter 1-2, and go very slow, be patient, and be deliberate.

    In dog-reactivity, we can add an important tactic: start from a distance. Here are a couple ways you can go about that:

    • Window-exposure. If dogs regularly walk around your neighborhood, start by sitting in your window with your dog, letting them see the other dogs. When another dog approaches, have them focus on you and use obedience commands (’sit’, ‘down’, ‘paw’, etc. – stick to easy stuff) to get them ‘working’. If they are in ‘work mode’ (see Chapter 2-18) – where they are (if you’ve been working with them as you should be, see Chapter 3-7) confident and focused – it becomes harder for them to enter ‘fear mode’; the occupational therapy helps settle them, keeping them grounded.

      Alternatively, if they are very chewtoy motivated (see Chapter 1-7), you can also try a filled kong or chewtoy, allowing them to self-soothe with that and, again, stay grounded. If they are extremely play-motivated, a tug toy could work, but generally speaking the fear response will override any desire to play.

      Either way, whenever there is a moment where they see another dog outside and – even momentarily – are not ‘freaking out’ – praise and reward that with high-value treats (in Section 2 we will go into more depth on positive reinforcement techniques). Be careful with your timing however, do not reward them reacting to the other dog! They can misinterpret that as “yeah good job yelling at that dog!” As always with training, timing is critical. We will talk about that a lot more in later chapters.

      Note that all of that has to happen before the other dog leaves view – you cannot allow your dog to think they have successfully ‘chased away’ the other dog, that will only reinforce the reactivity.

      If you can’t get your dog to calm down before the other dog leaves, bring your own dog away from the window, so that they can’t see the other dog, and again use obedience work to get them to refocus on you. Once they are calm, try again, letting them back to the window.

      Gradually, your dog should start to react less and less strongly – only good things are happening after all. Eventually, you should get to a point where they can watch other dogs from this distance and not lose control.

    • Outdoor distance-exposure. You can do the same thing outdoors, at a distance from other dogs, following the same protocols.

      The key is starting at a distance. In open-air, ideally 150 feet or so away. That distance does two things:

      1. It allows you to control the situation and the environment – if another dog approaches your dog, you can’t control their actions.
      1. The lack of close proximity reduces the fear response. As we will cover in Chapter 4-3, dogs are highly attuned to proximity, and see close proximity as threatening. They also have very different distance-scales from humans: 30 feet away (across the street) might seem far enough to us, but to a dog that is very close.

    Once you have your dog comfortable with other dogs at a distance, start introducing scenarios where your dog is closer and closer to other dogs. Go slowly – if you move too quickly, you can cause regression. The slower you go, the faster you’ll make progress and the more ingrained it will be (we’ll talk more about this in Chapter 2-15).

    With all of this work, it helps if you first build up their ‘self-control’ through training work. That skill will help them enormously in controlling their emotions and staying focused on you. We will talk more about that in Chapter 2-27: Building core capabilities.

  • Be persistent and don’t get discouraged: the first few sessions can feel disheartening, but we promise you will see progress, faster than you’d think.

    As we said in Chapter 1-3, be patient and do not be discouraged! If your dog is very reactive – becoming violent and uncontrollable when they see another dog – it will initially feel like an impossible, insurmountable obstacle. We promise, however, that when you start to work on socialization deliberately, you will see results quicker than you’d think. You will be amazed at how much a reactive dog can transform in a month after regular, thoughtful socialization sessions.

    Most importantly, do not simply let it go. Too many owners accept reactivity in an adult dog as unchangeable. Despite the emphasis we put in the previous section on socialization during puppyhood, dogs are remarkably adaptable, and you can dramatically mitigate reactivity, often with far less work than you might initially anticipate.

  • Use appropriate body language when passing other dogs.

    When you’re out with your reactive dog and meet another dog, follow the best practices laid out above in the bullet on ‘greeting other dogs’ above[link]. Stand in front of your dog, showing them that you are in control of the situation. This helps your dog ‘un-learn’ their fear and need to take control of the situation. As you build trust with your dog, this technique will provide greater and greater benefit.

Interacting with other people’s reactive dogs: see Chapter 4-9: Rules for interacting with other people’s dogs

If you come across a dog-reactive dog while out in the world with your own dog, what do you do? We will cover this in Chapter 4-9: Rules for interacting with other people’s dogs.

Chapter 1-5: Environmental socialization

“I don’t know why Dewey refuses to go out in the rain”

“Every time I try to get a collar on her it’s a fight, I have to hold her down and pull it over her”

In the previous chapters, we talked about socializing your puppy to people and other dogs. Here, we extend the concepts in Chapter 1-2: Socialization Basics to environments – objects and places. In addition, we will introduce the important concepts of leash reactivity, car training, and surface training.

Environmental socialization: You need to socialize your puppy to the wide range of places and objects they may encounter throughout their lives. Doing so will help them develop into more confident, adaptable adult dogs.

As we laid out in Chapter 1-2, you need to expose your puppy – in an appropriate fashion – to (nearly) the full range of experiences they may encounter in their lives, building their comfort in those situations specifically, and confidence and adaptability more generally.

We’ve talked about how that applies to people and other dogs, but those ‘experiences’ also apply to any novel environmental factors – places, weather, and objects.

As we’ve mentioned, dogs are not very good at ‘generalizing;’ they may love playing with a wide range of toys, but when you bring in a red firetruck they may find it terrifying. Combined with their lack of human context, a whole range of everyday places and objects can fill them with fear, seemingly innocuous things like:

  • Vacuums
  • Rain
  • Statues
  • Balloons

Your puppy, not understanding what those things are, can default to classifying them as threats.

As a result, if you either:

  • Do not expose your puppy to a wide range of places and objects early in life
  • Or, when you expose them and they have a fear response, do not apply appropriate socialization techniques (cf. Chapter 1-2) to acclimate them to it and create positive associations

Then your puppy can grow into an adult dog that is uncomfortable around new places and things.

In contrast, if you give your puppy lots of positive socialization experiences with lots of new places and things, they will grow into a confident, adaptable adult dog that is comfortable in a wide variety of new situations.

Just as with stranger socialization (Chapter 1-3) and dog socialization (Chapter 1-4), it is therefore your responsibility to appropriately socialize your puppy – in your first few weeks together – with a wide range of unfamiliar places and objects.

Places and objects to socialize with: use our checklist as a starting point, and brainstorm places and objects that are very different from what your puppy normally encounters. In particular look for and work (carefully) on experiences that are prone to causing discomfort, like places and things that are noisy or chaotic.

So what sort of things do you need to expose your puppy to? The goal is breadth – as many different types of experiences as you can think of, to build that range of comfort in different types of contexts.

As a starting place, you can use our checklist in Chapter 1-2.

To add to that, think about:

  • What are types of places and objects that are very different from what my puppy has experienced so far? e.g., beaches, apartment buildings, baseball games, stores, malls, or pools.
  • What are places and objects that are loud, big, or move on their own, and therefore prone to causing discomfort? e.g., traffic, public spaces, vacuum cleaners, lawn mowers, or bicycles.

The more diverse a set of experiences you can create, the more adaptable your puppy will become!

In each case, make sure to follow the socialization techniques and principles we laid out in Chapter 1-2. Remember your goal is not just exposing your puppy, it is creating a positive experience that – first – mitigates and dissuades their fear, and – afterwards – rewards their calm and curiosity.

Opportunistic socialization: If your dog is wary of something, don’t just move on – use it as a chance to socialize!

Beyond a deliberate ‘list’ of socialization targets, watch for things your dog is afraid of, and make sure to show them it’s OK.

It might be a random stick, or a lawn chair, or car with a funny shape. If your dog reacts to something, don’t simply move on.

Take a second, say it’s fine, go stand next to the object yourself, putting your hand on it if possible while watching your dog, showing them it is ok. When they calm down and come to investigate themselves, praise and reward them, and let them explore the object – they’ll likely touch it and jump back to see what it does, for example.

When your dog is afraid of something, that’s an opportunity for you to work with them to teach them it’s safe.

Surface socialization: dogs are highly surface-sensitive, and need to be exposed as puppies to lots of different surfaces to make them comfortable.

An important area of exposure that many owners miss is surfaces. Dogs are much more aware of surfaces than we are – they walk on their paws after all, and use their paws as a key sensory organ.

By nature, puppies are highly suspicious of new surfaces, and it is not uncommon for them to refuse to walk on textures they’ve never seen before.

To overcome that, make sure your puppy gets exposed to and rewarded for walking on lots of different surfaces as early as possible. That will make them less sensitive to different surfaces as they get older; otherwise, they will start to avoid unfamiliar surfaces, even refusing to walk on things like grates, leaves, or even grass.

Some surface to make sure to get them on are:

  • Pavement
  • Grates
  • Grass
  • Mulch
  • Dirt
  • Sand
  • Wet surfaces (during/after rain)
  • Snow

If they show reticence to any other surfaces, make sure to note that and do more socialization work around that surface specifically – encouraging any exploratory moves they make onto it with praise and rewards.

As always, do not force them onto new surfaces! As we covered in Chapter 1-2: Socialization Basics, that will only create negative associations. Encourage them, let them explore, and reward them as they do. Remember, your goal is to make the experience fun and exciting for them!

If they are nervous about a surface, take it slow, show them it is safe by going on it yourself, let them experiment, and when they experiment praise and reward them, even for (literal) baby steps.

To help encourage them, you can bring one of their favorite toys, or some great treats, out onto the surface with you. The ‘pull’ of longing for those rewards will usually be enough to get them to experiment.

Because dogs are so surface sensitive, you’ll want to prioritize surface exposure very early on, literally the first couple weeks you have your puppy. If you nip this in the bud, it will not be a problem.

Touch desensitization is particularly important as an early puppy; pair touch and petting with play, treats, and praise

As we discuss in the later chapters in Section 4, dogs are very different from primates. One instance of that is our perception of touch: primates find it comforting, while dogs find it threatening. Their natural response to touch as puppies would be to recoil.

We can teach our puppies to love human touch – petting, cuddling, etc. – by creating lots of positive associations with it.

For touch in particular, very early desensitization, in the first few weeks of life (while still with the breeder), is an important part of development. Any responsible breeder will therefore do some very light touch-exposure with puppies in the first couple of weeks, holding puppies in their hands, and eventually very gently massaging them.

Once you get your puppy, you should continue that process with more active socialization: pet and touch your puppy when you are praising them, treating them, and playing with them. For example if you’re playing with a tug toy together, rub their back or neck while you do so. This gradually teaches them not to pull away, and that in fact touching them is associated with good things.

Over time, your puppy will grow more and more comfortable with human touch, and eventually come to actively seek it out. In Section 2: Core Training Concepts we will explore in more depth this psychological process of positive reinforcement leading to affinity.

Leash and collar socialization: you should give your puppy positively-reinforced exposure to collars and leashes very early on, to get them used to it

With their limited mobility and freedom (we will talk about this further in Chapter 1-10) puppies don’t usually need a collar or leash right away. Nevertheless, it can be extremely helpful to create early positive associations with collars and leashes for your puppy. By making your puppy happy and excited about her collars and leashes, she will become:

  • Much easier to get a leash on in the future
  • Much more comfortable and happy when wearing a collar or leash, making it easier to socialize them in places where they are leashed

On the flip side, if you only introduce collars and leashes to your puppy later on, it will initially weird and therefore uncomfortable to them, making them more prone to wariness and fear when wearing them (initially at least).

You can socialize your puppy with collars and leashes as follows:

Procedure for introducing your puppy to collars and leashes

  • Start with collars, following the procedure below, and then afterwards introduce leashes in the same manner.
  • Start this by putting a collar or leash out on the ground and encouraging them to investigate it. As they investigate it, give them treats to reward their curiosity: every time they look at it or touch it you can reward them. That builds up positive associations with it.
  • Once they are happy and comfortable with the objects, put the collar or leash on them, similarly accompanied with treats and praise. At first they’ll be confused – like “what are you doing?” – so it may be easier to start by just moving the collar or leash against their back and neck briefly, and rewarding that, before graduating to actually putting them on.
  • Finally, before actually using the leash or collar in a practical situation, do lots of fun things with them with it on. Have fun play sessions with the collar, and high-value treats with the leash they don’t get otherwise.

If you do this thoroughly, you will find that your puppy becomes incredibly excited when she even sees her leash! It comes with lots of rewards after all!

As with all socialization, the earlier you do this work, the deeper the positive associations will be, so doing this training early should help a lot.

As a final note, make sure to go through this process with multiple leashes, to get them to generalize. You don’t want them to be comfortable only with just a single specific leash.

Leash handling and reactivity: do not misuse leashes, turning them into negative experiences. Do not apply constant pressure, grab your dog’s collar, or accidentally use them to make your dogs feel less in control of an external stressor. Improperly handling your dog’s leash or collar can lead to reactivity that will make taking your dog out of the house much harder and more dangerous.

In addition to initially introducing collars and leashes to your puppy in a positive manner, you need to make sure to not use collars and leashes improperly. Unfortunately many, many handlers unwittingly and grossly misuse leashes in a manner that creates negative experiences for their puppies, leading to ‘leash reactivity’ – or hyper-vigilance while on-leash.

Here are some all-too-common behaviors you need to avoid:

  • Do not apply constant pressure: The leash should always have a bit of slack. If you are constantly tugging on the leash, you are taking all the fun out of the experience, frustrating your dog, increasing their stress and anxiety, and making them leash-reactive.

    Obviously that’s much easier said than done: puppies are excited to go explore all the sights and smells of the world around them, often leading them to pull on the leash as they try to go where they want. In Chapter 2-28: Loose leash walking we will cover how to handle tugging without applying constant pressure and how to train your puppy or adult dog to give you more slack. It will take patience and consistency at first – it’s one of the hardest things to achieve with puppies – but eventually you will get there.

  • Do not grab her collar: If your puppy is out of control, whether on-leash or at home, it can be tempting to grab her collar to restrain her. Do not do that. If you grab your dog’s collar only when something (she perceives as) negative is happening – such as when you are trying to clip her nails or brush her – you are (a) making her hate her collar, creating collar-reactivity (anxiety and hyper-vigilance), and (b) by forcing her to do what you want, making the experience as a whole negative, which is – as we hope you have learned by now – the complete opposite of what you are trying to accomplish.

    Obviously you should absolutely grab her collar or leash in an emergency situation, such as if she is trying to bolt out the door or lunge at another dog. Just don’t grab her collar in normal, every-day circumstances. Of course, as we’ll discuss in Chapter 1-9: Errorless learning, you really shouldn’t be giving your puppy those opportunities to misbehave in the first place. We will talk about what that means much more in later chapters.

  • Do not use the leash as a restraint to socialize your puppy: If your puppy is afraid of or reactive towards something, exposing them to that while on a leash will only make them more afraid – by constraining their movement, while they try to lunge or flee, you are increasing their sense of powerlessness and therefore fear, rather than confidence and sense of security. If your puppy is afraid of or reactive to something, you should be exposing them to it in a carefully controlled environment, with you present and forward, and following all of the practices we laid out in Chapter 1-2.

    Of course if your dog is reactive, you do need to physically prevent them from running after or away from the target of their fear. A leash is generally not the best way to do that however: instead, choose the context of the situation, for example showing your dog other dogs from behind a fence.

That is just a brief survey of best practices, we will discuss proper leash handling in more depth in Chapter 2-28.

Good leash handling takes some practice and always benefits from professional feedback. As we’ll discuss later on in Chapter 2-26, you should aim to take an introductory obedience course in your first few months with your puppy. Either during class or afterwards, you should show your trainer how you use your leash and get some feedback from her on ways to improve.

Car training: Car training is a particularly important – and sometimes challenging – socialization experience. Give your puppy ample experience in the car while young, follow usual socialization protocols, and make the car – and its destinations – a fun experience.

It is very useful to have your dog be comfortable in your car; not only should you be taking your dog all sorts of places – stores, the woods, the beach, etc. – but in practice you will have to take them places from time to time, such as to the vet, the groomer, daycare, etc. Chasing and fighting with your dog every time you want to go in the car is anxiety-producing for both of you, and will result in you taking them fewer places, to both of your detriment.

In addition to the usual socialization protocols, as laid out in Chapter 1-2, here are some car-specific recommendations:

  • Nausea is often an issue – start young to acclimate them. In cars, for most dogs, the issue is usually less fear of the car and more discomfort and nausea from the motion. Aside from vomiting, you know your puppy is starting to get nauseous if they start drooling or swallowing more than usual, or curling up tightly and rigidly. To help combat that, it is ideal if you can get your puppy plenty of driving experience when they are very young, to help them acclimate.

    Other tips for reducing nausea include:

    • Lowering the temperature in the car – colder temperatures help reduce nausea
    • Don’t drive right after a meal – an empty stomach helps reduce nausea, so waiting until before a meal is usually better
    • Use an essential oil or dog pheromone that calms the motion sickness response – some owners have found lavender oil and adaptil©️ to help
    • Leave the music and radio off – dogs have comparatively sensitive ear drums and loud noises can disorient them even more
  • Make the car a fun experience: get excited about it (”ready to go in the CAR ?!!?!?”), and give them special toys and high-value treats that they only get in the car, at least at first during this socialization process. The car should be something they are pumped to get into.
  • Start with short drives: try to start them with short 5-15 minute drives, which both helps keep their nausea down and helps keep any agitation or anxiety from growing. Instead, they learn “hey that wasn’t so bad, a short trip and all done!”
  • Go fun places: if the only time your dog gets in the car is when they have to go somewhere boring (the vet, the store, etc.), they will quickly hate getting in the car. Instead, make sure you mostly drive your puppy fun places – like for hikes in the woods, or the park to play fetch, or grandma’s house for play and treats. Early on you should aim for at least a 4:1 ratio of ‘fun destinations’ to boring ones, to reinforce that the car usually goes fun places!

    Note: when you are leaving somewhere fun, make sure to doubly reinforce (with treats and toys) getting back in the car. Otherwise, they may start to try and avoid getting back in the car after a fun experience, since they know that means the fun is coming to an end.

Chapter 1-6: Fear Imprint Stages (fear periods)

“[to a cowering puppy refusing to go into the store] Come on Sally, you were fine in the mall yesterday, we’ve gotta go, get inside! [dragging her in]”

In Chapter 1-2: Socialization Basics we introduced the concept of ‘fear imprint stages’ as developmental phases where your puppy is more prone to wariness and imprinting negative experiences. In this chapter we look at that experience and how to manage it in more detail.

What ‘fear imprint stages’ or ‘fear periods’ are: recurring phases, lasting from a few days to a few weeks, during which puppies have a heightened fear response to new stimuli

All puppies go through recurring ‘fear periods’ that come and go throughout their first year or two of life. The first fear period generally starts between 5-9 weeks of age, most often around week 7 or 8, depending on the breed. At around 6 months of age there is often a recurrence, with occasional fear periods cropping up until as late as 18 months. Each period can last from just a few days up to several weeks.

During a fear period, your puppy will suddenly become much more wary of new experiences, more easily frightened by new objects, people, and places.

That means that during this period, they can more easily have a negative reaction, and a more severe negative reaction, to bad experiences. That fact increases the probability of becoming reactive, as we introduced in Chapter 1-2 and will dig deeper into in Chapter 2-11: Single-event learning.

If you’re paying attention to your puppy’s behavior at all – particularly if you’re doing the socialization work you should be (Chapters 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, and 1-5) – it is usually pretty obvious when she enters a fear period: a puppy that was totally fearless yesterday – happily going to new stores, meeting new people, playing with new toys – will today suddenly seem frightened of everything, backing away, cowering, or yipping all the time.

These periods are a natural and unavoidable part of puppy development, as the puppy’s brains start opening up to ‘fear-avoidance behaviors.’ Evolutionarily, that may have helped puppies learn to conservatively identify threats and stay safe.

Handling fear imprint stages: During a fear period, do not stop socialization! You must adapt your approach accordingly, going slower and more cautiously, but it is important to continue socializing.

We obviously have a challenge: fear periods, where puppies are more wary of new experiences, start at around 8 weeks, but that is right in the middle of the critical socialization window!

Don’t worry, you can keep socializing, you just have to adapt your approach accordingly! Remember: your puppy’s development is critically tied to going new places and having new experiences – you cannot let fear periods stop you.

As such, keep socializing, keep training, and keep doing everything you would otherwise do with your puppy.

At the same time, you do need to be cognizant of the fear period and adjust your socialization approach accordingly. Fear periods make your puppy more likely to imprint a negative experiences. If you socialize blithely, you risk creating negative associations that can lead to reactivity.

It is important therefore that you pay attention to your puppy’s behaviors, recognize when they have entered a fear period, and adjust your socialization approach:

Tips for socialization during fear periods

  • Introduce new stimuli (new people, places, objects, etc.) even more slowly than usual and with added caution, carefully following all of the techniques we laid out in Chapter 1-2.
  • Avoid introducing new stimuli that are particularly hard to acclimate to (like fireworks, traffic, vacuums, or crowds) – save those for a day your puppy is feeling confident and curious.
  • For dog-socialization, be especially careful about not introducing your puppy to dogs that could potentially react to them or otherwise cause a negative experience, particularly large dogs that might frighten your puppy during this period simply by trying to be playful. As we discussed in Chapter 1-4, dog-dog socialization is particularly challenging, and runs the risk of creating reactivity.

In other words, during fear periods follow the same practices we laid out in the previous four chapters, just be a little bit more conservative in your judgments on what your puppy is ready for.

Why we call them ‘stages:’ while the onset of these periods is biological, they will not necessarily end automatically without proper socialization

The most common term for these spans of time where your puppy has a heightened fear response is ‘fear period.’ The ‘period’ terminology however leads to a misleading connotation:

  • ‘Period’ is accurate in that the onset of these periods is biological. For example, the first such period starts for most puppies between 8 and 11 weeks of age
  • However ‘period’ could also leave the impression that this stretch of time is automatically finite in duration, that it will end no matter what you do
  • In reality, if you fail to socialize your puppy – or, worse, improperly socialize your puppy -a ‘fear period’ will not end on some automatic schedule

As such, we prefer to use the term ‘Fear Imprint Stages.’ That is yet another reason why it is so important that you do not stop socializing during these intervals!

Chapter 1-7: Chewtoy training

“Yeah she chews on furniture but that’s just what puppy’s do!”

“Sometimes my puppy is just bouncing off the walls and if I don’t play with her immediately I can’t get her to calm down”

“I give her great treats in her crate but it’s not working, she still just wants to get out”

In this chapter we introduce a powerful tool for your puppy rearing and training toolkit: stuffed chewtoys. As you will see, creating lots of positive associations with chewtoys gives you an incredibly effective aid in socialization, crate training, separation anxiety training, and many, many other scenarios with your puppy or adult dog. We will use this tool throughout later chapters.

What chewtoys are: chewtoys are Kongs or similar hard rubber toys that can be stuffed with food and chewed on without falling apart.

Dog chewtoys are hard rubber toys with some sort of internal cavity that can be stuffed with food – either hard foods (like kibble) or spreads (like peanut butter or yogurt). They can be a variety of shapes, from the stacked rings made famous by Kong to corrugated cylinders to all sorts of other things. Here are some classic chewtoys (there are many others)

Unlike other dog toys, chewtoys are designed to be durable enough to withstand weeks, months, or even years of chewing, while still having enough ‘give’ (they are rubbery, not hard plastic) for your dog to enjoy chewing on them.

You can use chewtoys either stuffed or unstuffed, depending on the circumstance:

  • Stuffed: when stuffed with food, your puppy can use their tongue to try and lick and get the food out from inside
  • Unstuffed: when unstuffed, they can chew on the toy, an activity most dogs innately find extremely satisfying
What chewtoys provide dogs: chewtoys intrinsically provide puppies and adult dogs with comfort, satisfaction, and occupation.

Chewtoys do several wonderful things for puppies and adult dogs:

  • Problem-solving & mental stimulation: Stuffed with food, chewtoys provide mental stimulation and develop their problem-solving abilities, as they work to try to get the food out.
  • Positive reinforcement: Stuffed or unstuffed, chewtoys are usually a ‘primary reinforcer:’ dogs intrinsically love them. Unstuffed, dogs and puppies love chewing on things. Stuffed, they are getting some very special, delicious treats (more on that below). We can therefore use chewtoys as a powerful tool in socialization and behavioral training – more on that below.
  • Occupational therapy: Whether trying to get food out or simply chewing on the rubber, chewtoys allow dogs to release pent up energy and focus on something manual, repetitive, and satisfying, allowing them to calm themselves when they are stressed or overexcited.
  • Dental health: Chewing on the rubber helps clean dogs’ teeth and gums. Some chewtoys in particular are design specifically for dental health, such as by using protruding ridges to get in between teeth.
How we can use chewtoys: chewtoys are a powerful tool for crate training, socialization, and occupational therapy. ‘Chewtoy-training’ your puppy will make a LOT of other efforts easier!

The above benefits to chewtoys make them an incredibly valuable tool in our puppy rearing toolbox.

We can highlight a few particularly valuable early uses for chewtoys, that we will dive deeper into in later chapters:

  • Crate training: As we discuss more in Chapter 1-8: Crate training, crates tap into a dog’s ‘den instinct’ to provide a sanctuary, a refuge. Even so, you will need to initially acclimate your puppy or adult dog to the crate, showing them that it is indeed a safe and fun place to be. Stuffed chewtoys make that process a lot easier: if your puppy only gets their favorite, extra-special, ultra-tasty stuffed chewtoy when they are in the crate, it will help make the crate one of their favorite places to be.
  • Socialization: As discussed in the previous chapters on socialization, your puppy will often be afraid or wary of new people or places. Chewtoys are a wonderful tool to help override that fear response and signal to your puppy that everything is fine. If you take your puppy to friend’s house, for example, giving them a chewtoy can help them settle down, giving them something to focus on. It also creates positive associations with the new place, accomplishing the main goal of socialization.
  • Occupational therapy: Sometimes your puppy will be overexcited or anxious; maybe she’s overstimulated, in a fear period, hasn’t gotten enough exercise, or is just having a random ‘puppy moment’ so common during development. Whatever the cause, a chewtoy can sometimes help her calm down. The chewing gives her something to focus on, has a stimulating effect, and triggers pleasure signals that help override neurological stress and fear signals. Chewtoys are therefore a great way to help calm your puppy.

    If you leave a chewtoy out, preferably near her crate, it also gives her a tool for self-soothing – when she feels stressed or anxious, she will learn to go to her chewtoy and redirect that energy, rather than directing it in undesirable ways such as barking or chewing on other things (like your shoes or furniture).

  • Divert from furniture-chewing: We talk about this more in Chapter 1-10 and Chapter 1-9, but you can completely avoid your puppy ever chewing on furniture if you pursue both (a) an ‘errorless training’ approach, where you avoid them ever starting the habit by not giving them the opportunity, and (b) showing them acceptable things to chew – like chewtoys. The combination of the two eventually leads them to understanding that there are two distinct categories of objects: objects I can chew and objects I can’t chew. By letting them chew on chewtoys to their heart’s content, while at the same time preventing or discouraging them from chewing on other things, they will quickly learn the distinction. As long as they have a pleasurable outlet for chewing – the chewtoys – they will eventually not even be tempted to chew on anything else.
  • Separation Anxiety: Similar to general occupational therapy, chewtoys can be used to help alleviate separation anxiety. We will discuss this more in Chapter 1-12, but briefly: if you give your dog a chewtoy stuffed with their favorite filling whenever you leave the house, it does two things: (1) it gives them something positive when you leave the house, helping them learn “hey I guess not everything is so bad when they leave;” and (2) it gives them an outlet for their anxiety, helping them focus on something else and calm themselves. If an owner does a particularly amazing job with chewtoy training (which we’ll cover shortly), they could even manage to get their pups excited when they leave the house, at least early on, because they’re so looking forward to the reward. “yeah whatever bye dad, I’ve got my chewtoy to focus on.”
  • Settle-training: As we cover in Appendix 1-3: Settle, teaching your puppy to settle themselves down, on a mat or at your feet, is an incredibly useful command, whether for bringing them places or getting them to calm down at home. Occasional chewtoys help teach and reinforce the behavior: first, the chewtoy naturally distracts them and gets them to calm down as they focus on it; and second, the chewtoy is a big reward to positively reinforce the behavior, making them more likely to obey your command in the future.

Those are just a few illustrative examples of how you can use chewtoys to train and handle your puppy – once you add it to your repertoire, you’ll certainly think of other uses.

Note that these use cases all apply to adult dogs too! If you adopt an adult dog, chewtoys remain a fantastic tool in your toolkit to help train behaviors and manage their energy or anxiety.

As you can see, chewtoys can make some of the most important early puppyhood things we work substantially easier! They are a powerful piece of our toolkit!

How to ‘train’ chewtoys: teach your dog to love chewtoys by making them delicious, creating lots of positive associations, and making them special.

As much as chewtoys are intrinsically enjoyable to most dogs (’primary reinforcers’), it is worth doing ‘chewtoy training’ to accentuate those positive feelings, ideally making chewtoys really one of your dogs favorite things (in a later Chapter, Primary vs. learned reinforcers, we will talk about the distinction between – and utility of – ‘learned’ positive associations and intrinsic ones).

As you’ll see, in situations like Crate training and Separation anxiety, the more you can create deep, profound positive associations with chewtoys, the more effective it will be as a stress-reduction tool for your puppy.

We can achieve that by introducing the chewtoys in a positive way:

  • The first few times you use the chewtoy, stuff them with some of your puppy’s favorite treats – peanut butter or yogurt usually works well (we’ll talk more about stuffing techniques later in this chapter).

    If you want to try a treat your puppy hasn’t had before that can be a great idea – novelty can be worth a lot – but definitely introduce the food to your puppy separately first, before adding the chewtoy, to make sure it is something that will excite them. For example, let your puppy lick a bit of peanut butter from a spoon. If they go nuts and really want more, then later on you can use peanut butter for the chewtoy.

  • Try to get your puppy excited about the chewtoy before giving it to them. Do it after a short play session, then build anticipation by showing it to them and letting them sniff it while it’s still in your hand. Once they get excited and start wagging and jumping for it, ask them for a “Sit” or “Paw” and give it to them as a reward, making them feel like they’ve earned it.
  • While chewtoys will be useful in all the scenarios we discussed earlier – like crate training, socialization, and separation anxiety – do not initially introduce chewtoys in those cases. You want to build a strong foundation of positive associations with the chewtoys first, before using it in situations that make them uncomfortable. If you don’t, they will associated the discomfort of the situation with the chewtoy, and the chewtoy will lose its appeal.

    Instead, introduce chewtoys on their own, in environments where your puppy is happy and eager. We will talk more about this below.

  • While your puppy is chewing a chewtoy, praise them and give them attention (without distracting them – don’t pull their attention away), to further reinforce the experience as a good one.

The goal is to create a deep well of positive associations with chewtoys, to build on top of the ‘primary reinforcement’ that chewtoys innately provide.

It should not take long – a few sessions over a couple of days is all you should need for most dogs to desperately love their chewtoys.

Do NOT use chewtoys for crate training, separation anxiety, etc. until AFTER you have done chewtoy training

It’s worth highlighting a note from the process above: make sure to NOT use chewtoys for working on anything else (crate training, separation anxiety, socialization, etc.) until AFTER you have finished chewtoy training!

The point of chewtoy training is to get your dog crazy excited about them, to give them a deep well of positive associations, so that you can use those associations later to make other experiences less stressful or scary. If you start using chewtoys in those stressful situations before you’ve finished chewtoy training, the opposite may happen: they could associate the chewtoy with the stress of the situation. In other words, instead of the chewtoy making the experience less scary, the experience can make the chewtoy more scary.

You need to solidify the chewtoy’s positive associations first, such that your puppy can anchor on them.

Introduce chewtoys very early: Given everything it unlocks, it pays to start chewtoy training right away, in the first week you have your puppy.

As we’ve hopefully made clear, chewtoys are a tool that makes other early puppyhood training efforts much easier. Given that many of those efforts should start on Day 1 of getting your puppy – especially crate training (Chapter 1-8) and socialization (Chapter 1-2), it is clearly useful if you can start chewtoy training in that first week you have your puppy as well.

Give chewtoys regularly, not just for training purposes, to maintain positive associations.

Above, we highlighted all the ways you can use chewtoys to great effect to help your puppy deal with stressful or challenging situations. It is important however that the chewtoy isn’t just used at those times. If it is, your puppy can start to associate the chewtoy with bad situations, and it will lose its efficacy.

Rather, you should try to give your puppy regular access to unstuffed chewtoys, and give them a stuffed chewtoy about once every day or two for the first few months you have them. Over time, when a deep well of positive associations has been established, you can wind down the frequency of stuffed chewtoys to once a week.

Teaching self-soothing with chewtoys: when your puppy is stressed or over-stimulated, try redirecting their energy towards a chewtoy. Soon, they will start adopting that behavior on their own.

If you’ve followed the process above for chewtoy-training your puppy, it will be a great source of fun and relaxation for them. As mentioned, that makes chewtoys a great tool for your puppy to self-sooth when they are overstimulated or stressed out, such as by a new experience: when they feel pent-up energy or anxiety, like when they are over-tired or a stranger visits the house, they can relieve some of that energy by chewing on an unstuffed chewtoy.

Often, they will start developing that habit intuitively themselves, given the positive associations you’ve created. You can expedite that however by teaching the self-soothing behavior.

To do so, when you see that your puppy is over-stimulated or anxious, simply try to redirect them towards a chewtoy:

  1. Capture their attention
  1. Show them the toy and move it around to get their focus on it and make it interesting/desirable
  1. Make them do an easy trick they know like Sit or Paw to help keep them grounded
  1. Give them the chewtoy as a reward for the trick, which should hopefully get them to start chewing on it (this is assuming you’ve already completed chewtoy training per above!)

Sometimes they’ll be too distracted, but when this works it will help them learn more quickly to use the chewtoy on their own to manage their energy.

Tips on stuffing chewtoys

You can stuff chewtoys a variety of ways; if you search online you can find lots of different fillings and techniques other owners use.

If you can, it’s great to try different approaches – and different chewtoys – and see what your dog responds most eagerly to.

Here are three techniques you can try – but again there are many more, feel free to experiment and look online for what other people do:

  • Dry stuffing: fill the chewtoy with kibble, preferably a special kibble that they love but rarely get. Make sure to stuff it full enough that the kibble doesn’t just fall out on its own.
  • Spread stuffing: fill the chewtoy with a spread, like peanut butter or yogurt. You can even mix in kibble.
  • Frozen stuffing: if you fill with a spread, you can even freeze stuffed chewtoys. Puppys sometimes love that – the spread solidifies so that when they lick it it takes longer to get it all out, and the colder chewtoy can be soothing in their mouths during teething and even more fun to chew.

In the 2-3 initial training sessions, make sure to:

  • Use really good stuff, your puppy’s favorite foods – you want to make the chewtoy as exciting as possible
  • As mentioned above, only use foods your puppy has already tried and loved, ideally recently. You don’t want to introduce a new food and a new object at the same time, as it may make them wary of the food rather than attracted to it

After the first few sessions however, don’t maintain that same ‘maximum’ level of reward stuffing. You should gradually put lower and lower value foods in the chewtoy, reserving the highest-value stuff for times when you are asking them to do something particularly hard, like socialization or separation anxiety training.

Chewtoy challenge level: adjust the level of challenge to be right for your dog at a given moment in time

For stuffed chewtoys, you should try to adjust the challenge of the toy to your dog’s level, to maintain their interest without frustrating them.

Toys with deeper cavities, smaller openings, and packed with larger or denser kibble will be harder for your dog to get the food out.

If you make the challenge too easy, your dog will get out all the food right away, missing the point of the chewtoy and quickly getting bored.

If you make it too hard however, your dog may get frustrated and give up and/or develop negative associations with the chewtoy.

Initially, during chewtoy training, err on the side of making the ‘game’ easier for your puppy. As they get better at it, increase the challenge both by swapping to new and more difficult chewtoys as well as using larger or more densely packed kibble bits, or stickier spread fillings.

It’s also good to occasionally introduce new chewtoys, with new shapes and cavities, even after initial training, to maintain interest.

Chewtoy sizing: make sure the chewtoy is large enough that your puppy/dog does not choke on it, while small enough to be fun and challenging.

Chewtoy sizing matters – it should be the right size for your dog, at their current age. It should be not so small that your dog can choke on it! The chewtoy should large enough such that it absolutely cannot fit down their throat.

On the opposite end, you do not want the chewtoy to be too large, for two reasons:

  • If it is too large, your dog can’t fit their mouth around any part of it comfortably, so it’s not very fun to chew
  • If the opening to the cavity is too large, it becomes too easy for your dog to get the food out

So following those criteria, try to get a chewtoy that is the appropriate size for your dog.

Since puppies obviously grow, that means you will need to start with smaller chewtoys, and graduate them to increasingly large ones until they are their full adult size.

WASH and THOROUGHLY DRY your chewtoys (if you stuff them with food) – mold can kill your dog

This should go without saying, but if you stuff your chewtoys, you must wash them thoroughly after every use. If you leave food inside the cavity, it can host mold. Molds release a variety of toxins, such that when your dog eats them they can get sick and even die. Moldy bags of kibble, for example, have killed far too many dogs.

Thankfully most chewtoys are machine-washable, so you can stuff them and get them clean pretty easily – just make sure to get any lingering or stuck chunks of food out of there before you put it in the dishwasher (if you have one), and check them after they come out to make sure there’s no bits of food left in there (the small holes make them tough for the machine to reach everything). ‘Bottle brushes’ used for cleaning water bottles are often a helpful, inexpensive tool.

Distinguish ‘play’ toys from chewing toys: designate rope toys as human-only. Not everything is a chew toy.

Not everything should be a chewtoy. While it’s OK for your puppy to chew some of her other toys, you should try to designate some toys as being only for ‘play.’ Rope toys, for example, can be tempting for puppies to chew on, but if you let them you will run into at least two problems:

  1. You’ll go through a lot of rope toys, because they’re not durable enough to withstand chewing
  1. When you want to use a rope toy to play with your puppy, such as to reward them for a behavior, they may take it away and go chew on it instead of playing with you. You have now lost that potential play-reinforcer (see Chapter 2-4: Different primary motivators for why that can be so important)

To avoid that, have a policy around certain toys that they be human-onlye.g., your puppy only gets the rope toy during human play-time, when you play with it together; she doesn’t get access to it on her own.

This behavior is not critical. Some owners put stuffies in the same category – only for assisted-play – and other owners don’t hold anything off-limits. Either is totally fine, just decide what you’re comfortable with and have a consistent policy, otherwise you’ll be living with the consequences indefinitely.

Bully sticks and other food-chews: great supplements/alternatives to chew toys, although some dogs may go through them too fast to be useful as occupational therapy.

In addition to chewtoys, you should consider getting food-chews for you puppy. These include things like:

  • Bully sticks
  • Pig ears
  • Cow ears
  • Beef hides (not rawhides, see below)

These types of desiccated animal parts have much the same effect and benefits as chewtoys. Unlike chewtoys, however, they do not generally last nearly as long. As such, they’re not a replacement for chewtoy training.

They are however a fantastic high-value reward for your pup when you ask them to do something particularly difficult, like settling down quietly while you eat dinner, or being home alone.

With bully sticks, look out for choking risk once the bully stick gets down to a small ‘nub.’ You should replace the stick when it gets small enough to choke on. You can also find ‘holders’ available online that can prevent this from happening.

Bones: do NOT give your dog cooked or dried bones, they can crack their teeth; raw bones are totally fine (and healthy!).

Most dog bones you will see in pet stores are cooked or dried for preservation. You should never give these to your dog: the drying process ‘cures’ the bones, making them, on a molecular level, harder than dogs’ teeth. As a result, dogs can easily and irreversible chip their teeth on dried bones.

Raw bones in contrast are not only totally fine to give your dog, they are also healthy – chewing on (raw) bones can help keep your dog’s teeth clean. If you are a raw feeder, mid-sized bones like turkey legs are perfect. Just avoid very small bones – like small chicken bones – as your dog can choke on them.

Rawhide: do not use rawhides, they cannot be digested and they can cause choking.

Similarly to bones, you should not give your dog rawhides. While they seem innocuous, the process used to make them makes them un-digestible to dogs, unlike bully sticks, pig ears, and the other chews mentioned above. As a result, when they break into chunks and your puppy swallows them, they cannot digest them, which leads to risk of blockage. In addition, the hard chunks broken off can cause choking in some dogs prone to ‘gulping’ their food.

Chapter 1-8: Crate training

“Yeah we’re not crate training, I don’t like the idea of locking my dog in a cage”

“We tried crate training, but when I put her in there she whines and is really miserable”

In this chapter we talk about a much-misunderstood topic amongst new dog owners: crates. We will explain the proper use of crates, and show you how they can help tremendously support the healthy rearing and emotional well-being of your puppy. We will also take you through how to ‘crate-train’ your puppy – how to make the crate a sanctuary and source of comfort for them.

We use crates for dogs as a safe space, a haven, a sanctuary. Fostering comfort with crates is a requisite and critically important part of responsible dog ownership.

‘Dog crates’ are plastic, metal, or fabric crates with one or more entrances that you can close and fasten.

We use crates to satisfy dogs’ natural ‘den instinct,’ providing them with a small, quiet, dark space that they feel safe, comfortable, and in-control in.

We will talk much more about how that effect works shortly, but ultimately crates give us a space that serves two purposes:

  1. It provides a ‘sanctuary’ that your dog feels happy, safe, and comfortable in, helping us and them manage their emotional state
  1. It provides a means to physically sequester your dog, keeping them away from situations that would cause them stress or danger, inside or outside the house

Properly using – and acclimating your dog to – crates is therefore a critically important part of responsible dog ownership.

In the bullets below, we will explore how crates work, when you should use them, why you should use them, and how to acclimate your puppy or adult dog to them.

Crates are not cruel! When properly used, they provide our dogs with both emotional comfort and practical safety. Do not project human biases onto dogs.

First, we should address a common misconception. Many new dog owners – particularly those who grew up with family dogs that weren’t crate-trained – feel that crates are cruel. Owners think that because they are projecting a human primate perspectives onto canines – what human wants to be ‘locked in a cage’ after all? That thinking, however understandable, is misguided: crates – when properly used – provide dogs with both emotional comfort and practical safety.

In the initial stages of crate training – the first few experiences – that might not seem to be the case: just like she is about any new object and experience, your puppy will be wary of the crate. Frankly our own behaviors often unintentionally encourage that wariness: you are probably nervous about crate training, about whether your puppy will acclimate, and so when you very deliberately put out the crate and show it to her, you’re inadvertently making a ‘big deal’ out of it, raising her sense of ‘oh something weird is happening.’

Don’t let that mislead you: once you acclimate your puppy to the crate, it should very quickly become one of her favorite places to be. When your dog is tired or anxious (e.g., from loud noises, from strangers in your home, or from separation anxiety), the crate is where she’ll take herself.

That is in part because of dogs’ ‘den instinct’: dogs seek small, dark, enclosed spaces in which to rest. A familiar den protects them from predators, allowing them to relax. In our homes, a darkened crate in a quiet room also cuts down on stimuli, letting them rest. Crates, when introduced to puppies young and appropriately (i.e. with lots of positive reinforcement – we’ll talk about that shortly), do not make dogs feel trapped; they make them feel safe. The training and reinforcement we will discuss later in this chapter will further reinforce that sense of comfort and safety.

In calming dogs at the same time as physically sequestering them, crates also pull double-duty for us: they help us manage our dogs’ stress, while giving us a way to separate them physically from situations that would be stressful or dangerous for them (we will explore that more below).

So dog crates not ‘cruel’ in any way; on the contrary, they actually provide your puppy or adult dog with agency, control, and stress reduction that she would otherwise not have access to. In the next bullet, we go into how we use that and why that’s so important.

Obviously, crates – like anything – can be used cruelly. We have all seen the horrific images of puppies and adult dogs at puppy mills being kept for hours a day in cramped, unsanitary conditions. Crates, as with all training tools, need to be used appropriately and responsibly, in the manner we will teach you below. When you do so however, they are very much a positive influence on your dog’s life and emotional well-being.

How & why we use crates: carving out a dog-friendly environment from an otherwise human-centric world.

Crates are therefore a powerful means to manage your dog’s stress and help them live happily in human society.

In a later bullet below on ‘crate training,’ we will talk about how to make our puppies feel maximally happy and calm in crates.

For now, however, let’s assume that we’ve completed crate training, such that the crate has become a space our dog adores, that she feels happy, calm, and safe in. Let’s look at how we practically use that to improve our dog’s daily life:

  • Self-regulation/a space of her own: When available passively – i.e. left open and freely accessible in your home – the crate provides a sanctuary your dog can retreat to when they are tired or stressed out. For example, let’s say it’s an evening after a long hike and an hour-long playdate with one of her favorite doggie friends; she’s tired, but you’re watching a loud action movie on TV and the kids are running around trying to play with her. Her crate – ideally placed somewhere quiet, dark, and off-limits to the kids – is ‘her space,’ a place she can go and rest and know she won’t be disturbed.

    She can also use the crate to self-sooth when she’s over-stimulated, much like (and often paired with) chewtoys. When she’s overexcited and knows it, she can take a bully stick or one of her favorite chewtoys or stuffies into her crate and self-sooth with some occupational therapy.

    Essentially, the crate (after crate-training, which we’ll cover shortly) becomes her space, a quiet, solitary den where nothing bad ever happens.

  • Calming/de-stressing: Like human children, puppies, especially when young but even up to 2 years old, can have a hard time regulating their emotions, especially when they are tired, over-stimulated, or hyper-stressed. Rather than letting those situations spiral out of control, crates give you a means to help your dog calm down.

    If your puppy is over-tired and acting out, putting her in her crate (again, after appropriate crate-training) helps her calm down and go down for a nap.

    If your puppy is over-stimulated because you have a bunch of friends over, some crate-time – ideally with a nice stuffed chewtoy (recall Chapter 1-7)- helps her calm down.

    If your puppy is stressed out because there are landscapers in the yard (if you haven’t socialized her yet) and is barking uncontrollably, the crate again helps calm her down.

    Essentially, the crate is a place where we will build lots of relaxed, positive associations such that it helps your puppy ground and re-center themselves. It is the ultimate ‘safe space.’

  • Removing from a stressful stimulus: The crate not only provides a calming emotional influence, it also lets you physically separate your dog from stressful or dangerous situations. That might be a plumber or electrician doing work in the house, landscapers working in the yard, or a parade or fireworks outside. Proper socialization – which we covered in Chapters 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, and 1-5 – should both reduce those instances and increase your puppy’s capacity for adaptability and self-regulation, but that both takes time and will always have some gaps. The crate let’s you remove your dog from those stimuli, putting them in a safe, calm, familiar place.
  • Outside the house: That same application is particularly useful outside the house. You can and should bring your dog to participate in as many parts of your life as you can, taking them to stores, friends’ houses, beach days, events, etc. whenever it is practical and you feel the inclination. There are often situations however, both expected and otherwise, that are not entirely dog-friendly; maybe there are too many people and it overstimulates your pup, or maybe some folks are afraid of dogs and they react to yours, or maybe it’s just a long day of activity and your pup is overtired and overstimulated. Diligent obedience training (Section 2) helps your dog both know how to behave appropriately and how to maintain self-control in those situations, but that takes time to develop. Having a travel crate you can deploy, putting your dog in a quiet room or shaded area, gives a safe and emotionally comforting (for the dog) option for removing them from situations outside the house that are stressful or dangerous for her.
  • Nighttime Crating: Letting your dog sleep in your bed, particularly when they are adults, is totally fine if it is your desire. Crating at night however (in your bedroom, at least at first) brings substantial benefits to you and the dog, especially for puppies.

    For puppies, we go so far as to recommend that everyone should crate their puppies at night. Crating your puppy both helps with potty training (which we’ll discuss in Chapter 1-10) and generally keeps them out of trouble. It also helps them sleep better: remember, the crate (after crate-training) is a safe space: left exposed, they will be more wary and wakeful at night; in a covered crate, they know they are safe, and will get more of those long periods of deep sleep they need to develop.

    Even for adult dogs, they tend to relax better and sleep better in a crate in your bedroom (you will probably sleep better too).

    Finally, getting your dog comfortable with nighttime crating is also useful if you need to board them or leave them with friends or family while you are out of town. Sleeping in an unfamiliar place can be stressful for them; having a familiar constant, a sleeping ritual and environment that is unchanged, can help them a lot with that. If you want to minimize stress for your dog – and not keep your friends up all night – you should make them at least comfortable being crated at night.

    You don’t have to crate at night forever, but we recommend crating every night until the puppy is ~8 months old, at which point if you like you can reduce that to crating at least once a week just to keep them familiar with it.

  • Potty training: We get into more detail on this in Chapter 1-10, but briefly: dogs will instinctively not go to the bathroom in their den. As a result, potty training is really about expanding their definition of what the den is (to a puppy, your house is a whole enormous world, they have no idea that that whole space is ‘inside’). Crates help you start that process: being small, the crates are much more clearly a ‘den’ for your puppy. As long as the crate is not too large, your puppy will not have an accident in there unless they can’t help it, reducing the risk that they wake up from a nap and go potty before you have time to realize that they’ve woken up.

The bottom line is that crates are one of our best tools for carving out a dog-friendly environment from our otherwise human-centric world.

Crate training should start on Day 1 that you get your puppy. Like chewtoys, they are a powerful piece of a healthy puppy-rearing toolkit.

As you read through all the use cases for crates above, you might have noticed that crates are particularly important for puppies: not only are crates a big part of potty training, they also help tremendously with stress reduction and emotional self-regulation, things that 8-week-old puppies – who have not yet completed socialization nor developed foundational skills like self-control and handler focus – are in particular need of.

As a result, you should begin crate-training your puppy on the first day you bring them home.

Fortunately, crate training usually goes fairly quickly if done properly and consistently. It does take some real work – we get into how to crate-train in the bullets below – but the fact that the crate is intrinsically an environment your puppy should find comforting speeds the process along substantially. As long as you introduce the crate positively and with lots of reinforcement, as we will lay out shortly, you should find that your puppy is comfortable in the crate within a week, and ecstatic about the crate within a month.

Crate-training: Puppies must be acclimated to crates. As with socialization, go slowly; introduce it in stages, and make it an incredibly fun and rewarding place to be with treats, toys, and chewtoys.

As much as crates satisfy a natural ‘den instinct’ in dogs, puppies still need to be acclimated and socialized to crating like they do anything else; it is a new experience after all, and puppies are wary of new experiences.

Their initial response to a crate – in part because of our body language as owners (see above) – will be wariness. As such you must, as you would with any socialization, introduce crates slowly and pair the experience with plenty of praise and rewards, to show them that it is safe and to create positive associations.

Below, we will go through tactically how to do that. First, we should highlight some key principles:

  • Gradually increase enclosure and duration: Like socialization, reward each baby-step. Start by rewarding your puppy even just for getting near the crate, then getting into to, then to increasing degrees of the door being closed, until finally getting to the door being closed and latched, for longer and longer durations. Below, we step through individual stages you can use.
  • Move the bar on rewards as you go: As you progressively advance crate comfort, move your rewards in parallel. For example, at first you’ll reward just for stepping inside, but as she gets more comfortable you’ll withhold the reward until she’s all the way in, until the door is closed, etc. In other words, gradually move the threshold on what she ‘has to do’ to get the rewards. This is exactly what we do when shaping behaviors, as we’ll cover in more depth in Chapter 2-7. This will require that although you will be going slow, you still need to be firm. If your puppy knows she can get away with being rewarded with the door open, then they will keep pushing the door open; if you hold firm and start only rewarding with the door closed, she will learn “ok, now to get my rewards the door needs to be closed.” So go slow, but be deliberate and consistent.
  • At each stage, reward only when she is calm/settles: When you move from one stage to the next – delaying the reward until a new condition is met – your puppy will often complain (whine or paw at the crate). That is some combination of annoyance/testing boundaries (I got rewarded for X before, so I bet I can get her to reward for X) and anxiety (this is different and new and I don’t like it). Just as with socialization (see Chapter 1-2), do not reward the whining, reward the settling! When she settles down and relaxes, heavily praise and reward her – she will quickly learn “ok everything is fine, if I just chill out good things happen.” That might seem obvious, but in the moment it can feel like you should reward her for being in the crate – no, you should reward her for being comfortable in the crate.
  • Reward heavily: We want the crate to be the best place in the world. This crate is heaven on earth. That means that she gets the best treats and the most amazing stuffed chewtoys in there. It is all about building excitement for the crate. You should not be using your normal training treats – this is where you pull out the best stuff.

With those principles in mind, here are a few stages you can go through to acclimate your dog to the crate:

  • Step 1. Curiosity: Start by just introducing the crate to their space, rewarding them with treats and praise whenever they approach and explore it. As a new, foreign object, they may initially be wary, so reward for it like you would any other object you’re socializing them to.
  • Step 2. Entry: Start encouraging them into the crate by tossing some great treats in there. Let them smell the treat in your hand first, to get excited, then toss them in. When they enter, praise and reward them heavily.
  • Step 3. Duration while open: Start rewarding them for spending longer and longer periods in there. Give smaller and smaller rewards for entering, and instead start rewarding for staying in there, for longer and longer durations (for your reference, we will discuss duration training principles in more depth in a later chapter, Improving a behavior: adherence, responsiveness, duration, and form). Start with just a few seconds, and work up to several minutes. Per our principles above, if she walks out stop rewarding, and if she goes back in only reward once she’s had some duration in there. Gradually increase the duration delay before you start rewarding. Building a bit of anticipation on her part has the added benefit of making the crate exciting. At this step, move to stuffed chewtoy rewards: stuff her favorite chewtoy with her favorite foods, and place it in the crate. We’ll use that chewtoy approach for the remaining steps, supplementing with treats to reward for specific behaviors (like settling back down or waiting patiently).
  • Step 4. Partial closing: Once she’s comfortable being in there, start closing the door very slightly – it should still be wide open. Gradually start closing the door more and more (making it ‘less and less open’). Per above, shift to only rewarding when the door is partially closed – now being inside on its own is not enough. If she pushes the door open after you close it, do not reward until after partially closing it again and her waiting – with the door partially closed, patiently.
  • Step 5. Closed: Proceed with the previous until the door is fully closed, but still unlatched (so she can push it open). Praise and reward her for staying patiently in there without pushing it open. If she pushes it open, patiently re-close it and restart. The goal is to get her voluntarily staying in the crate, leaving the door closed. Spend plenty of time working at this stage, getting the duration (amount of time she spends voluntarily in there) longer by withholding rewards for longer and longer durations. Increase duration slowly – if she starts opening the door you’re back to square one, so you don’t want to push her patience so long that she does so. Also note to never reward after opening the crate; that would reward leaving the crate, whereas we want the crate to be the fun spot.
  • Step 6. Closed & Latched: Now transition to latching the door. If you did step 5 carefully, this should be no problem – they shouldn’t be opening the door on their own. Per the principles above, only reward her when she settles down – if she’s barking or acting out, do not reward. Wait for even a moment of calm before praising and rewarding, trying to indicate to her that ‘calm’ is the right behavior.
  • Step 6. Duration with you in the room: Continue working on duration with the crate closed and latched.
  • Step 7. Separation anxiety (duration alone): Once she is happy and excited to be in the crate with you around, start graduating to you not being in the room. That is actually the beginning of separation anxiety training, which we will go into in more depth in Chapter 1-12: Separation anxiety.

For each stage, do not move on to the next stage until your puppy is thoroughly comfortable with the current one!!! Going too fast is a recipe for regression. At the same time, be firm: as you move the bar higher, stick to rewarding only for the new bar.

If you can find a breeder that does some early crate-training, that’s a big added bonus – you should value that.

The acclimation process above will go much faster if you have the great fortune of working with a breeder that does crate training early on, around 4 weeks of life. If introduced at that age, the puppies will take to it more easily, and any crate training you have to do in the new environment of your home should be far faster.

Where possible that is wonderful, but unfortunately few breeders today do crate training (it is significant added work for them, and sadly few dog owners value it), so more likely you will receive your puppy at 7-8 weeks of age without them having had any exposure to a crate-like den.

Still, if you happen to find a breeder that does some early crate-training, you should seriously consider paying extra for that. It’s more work and expense for them, but it will make your life enormously easier on day one. As we surveyed above, crate training unlocks a lot of other useful techniques, including for potty training and separation anxiety, as we’ll see in later chapters. If your puppy can come even partially crate-trained on Day 1, that will make your first few weeks much easier.

In a later chapter, Choosing a reputable breeder, we cover other things you should look for when searching for a breeder.

Regression: Regression will happen, it’s part of how puppies learn and develop; be patient and roll back to earlier stages.

As you go through the stages of crate training above, you will encounter regression: one day she’ll happily hang out in the crate for 10 minutes, and the next day she’ll start barking and whining after 10 seconds.

That is completely natural, don’t worry. That is all a part of how puppies learn and experiment. This type of regression will apply to every behavior you train.

When that happens, be patient and revert back several stages. Don’t worry, it will go faster each time. Just because they regress doesn’t mean you’re starting from scratch, they just need reminding. Do NOT force them or push them: that will just cause deeper regression and undo all your training. As long as you recognize the regression right away and restart promptly, moving back to a stage they are comfortable with, they will rapid return to and exceed where they were.

We will cover how to handle regression in behaviors in more depth in Chapter 2-16.

Even after initial training, always reward for crate time! You need to maintain it as an awesome, positive experience.

Even after crate-training is done, you need to maintain that the crate is a wonderful place, otherwise the behavior will extinguish (we will explore that phenomenon more in Chapter 2-25: Extinguishing undesirable behaviors).

So for the first few months make sure to give your puppy high-value rewards every time you put them in the crate. As they get older, you can phase that out to only rewarding some of the time, but in general the reward for going into the crate should be high and frequent.

Pairing with a cue: teaching your puppy to “go crate”

After you have completed crate training – i.e. after they love their crate and go to it voluntarily – you should teach them to go to their crate as a command. That is quite useful, as you’ll no longer have to pick them up to put them in the crate, you can simply ask them to and they’ll know what you mean. It also makes them happier to go into the crate, as it is ‘voluntary’ (on request), rather than physically putting them in there.

We will go into much more depth on how to train behaviors on command in Section 2: Core Training Concepts, but as a preview the approach here is fairly simple: when you tempt them into their crate, start pairing that with a command, like “Go Crate” – saying the phrase every time you put them in. As always, you should be rewarding them for doing so, regardless of the command. Eventually, they will associate the word with the action, and learn to go to the crate whenever you say that cue. If you’ve done a good job with your positive reinforcement, they should dash over to the crate excitedly to get their reward.

Don’t bother them in their crate: once they’re crate-trained, it is their space, don’t spoil that. It is a quiet, solitary space, not a raucous, social one.

Once a dog is crate-trained, you’ll notice that when she’s particularly tired or overstimulated, she will go into it on her own, perhaps bringing a chewtoy or bully stick with her. When she’s in her crate, don’t bother her. The crate should be a place she can escape stimulus.

If you have kids – particularly young ones – make sure they learn to leave your dog or puppy alone when they go to the crate.

Remember, crates are a space for alone time, not for playing. They are fun – with toys and chewtoys and treats – but solitary, quiet fun, not raucous, social fun.

To that end, if you have a crate in your living room, try to place it somewhere that both affords a view of the room, so that your dog can watch you (her family), but is also somewhat quiet and secluded, so that she can go there to avoid noise and disturbances. Even better is if you have a second room somewhere that is reasonably quiet. A bad location, for example, is your kitchen or a hallway, high-traffic areas where she’ll get no peace.

Along the same vein, do not use the crate to physically constrain your dog while you do something they don’t like, like grooming! If you are working on cooperative grooming, for example (see Chapter 5-1), and your dog is antsy about getting her nails trimmed, do not trim her nails in the crate! That not only creates negative associations with the crate, it’s also a betrayal: the promise of the crate is that it is a happy place, a safe place. It’s not the right place to be pushing stressors.

Crate size: Crates are not rooms: they should be just large enough for your dog to comfortably lay down, stand up, and turn around in

With crates, size matters. You should get a crate that is not too big and not too small for your adult dog (for puppies, get an adult crate with an adjustable partition, see next bullet for details). The crate should be just large enough that your dog or puppy can comfortably lay down, stand up, and turn around.

If the crate is too small, obviously it won’t be comfortable for the dog, defeating the point of being a space they can relax.

If the crate is too large however, it also defeats the point of the crate, it becomes just another room. For puppies, a crate that is too large will often lead to confusion and potty accidents (see next). Your dog should be able to lay with her back against most of 2 sides at the same time.

If you have a puppy, try to get a crate with an adjustable partition

As mentioned above, we recommend nighttime crating to help with potty training. We get into more detail on this in Chapter 1-10, but it’s worth mentioning that if you put a puppy in an adult crate, it will be so large that they will often designate a corner as their ‘potty corner,’ defeating the purpose.

Crate location and covers: Crates are meant to be a ‘safe space.’ Do not put the crate in a noisy, bright, high-traffic area of your home. Try to place crates in corners or along walls, and use get a blanket or cover to darken the sides when needed

To provide a ‘den-like’ feel and maximize sense of security, it is usually best to place crates in corners or along walls. In addition, you want to be able to cover all sides but the entrance; some crates come with purpose-fit covers you can use, but otherwise a large blanket works just as well. Sometimes, such as during nighttime sleep, you may want to cover the entrance as well.

Sometimes however it is best to leave a crate uncovered, even if closing your dog into it. For example if there are visitors to your house – like friends or a plumber – and you are crating them because they are overexcited, you may want to try leaving the crate uncovered, so that they can still look out and observe. In those situations, covering the crate but still having noises on the other side can make them more anxious or overexcited, since the noise gives lie to the illusion of security. It very much depends on the dog however – try both covered and uncovered and stick with whatever calms her down more.

If you have a crate in your living room, it’s also helpful, if possible, to place the crate somewhere that both affords a view of the room, so that your dog can watch you (her family), and also is somewhat quiet and secluded, so that she can go there to avoid noise and disturbances. We talk more on that below.

Crate types: different crates are available for different use cases; which you choose is entirely up to your personal preference (as long as you meet the size and covering guidance above)

You can find many different kinds of crate. We do not endorse a particular one here, but for utility we survey some common types:

  • Metal crates – the most common type, these are affordable but a bit heavy and cumbersome
  • Plastic crates – these are fine as well, a bit lighter than metal ones, but they often have 2 sides permanently occluded, limiting your options (there are scenarios you may want 3 of the sides visible)
  • Higher-end crates – various companies and startups have begun making more expensive crates with various conveniences, such as easier collapsibility
  • Foldable travel crates – collapsible fabric crates, these can be great for taking on the road, as they are light and easy to pack and unpack
  • Car crates – rigid plastic crates specifically designed for car safety. They aim to significantly reduce the probability of injury or death to your dog in the event of an accident. We have not reviewed the experimental data on these, so we cannot verify that claim; however, the goal is very much a laudable one, so we encourage any pursuit of safer transport options for dogs in cars

We are certain there are many other types of crate out there, offering various benefits and conveniences. Which you go with is entirely up to your personal preference, it will not matter to your dog. Just make sure you have met all the criteria we’ve laid out so far:

  • Right size – not too big and not too small
  • Firmly latched – dog cannot open it on their own
  • Coverable on all four sides – a blanket will do fine for this
  • For puppies, adjustable partition

Depending on their home and travel situation, many owners end up with more than one crate for different needs (e.g., one in the bedroom, one in the living room, and one in the car).

A blanket or bed in the bottom of the crate are good for dog comfort, although be mindful of heat

It is nice if you can put some kind of blanket or bed in the bottom of the crate, for comfort (your dog is sleeping there after all). Bear in mind however that during the summer months dogs will often prefer the cold ground (blankets and beds get hot to them). Just keep an eye on them and watch where they choose to sleep. If you find that they’re avoid the crate in the summer, sleeping on the floor instead, consider removing the bed.

Chapter 1-9: Errorless learning

“Yeah she steals food from time to time, so we try to keep an eye on her”

“Ugh yeah our puppy is 10 weeks old and she keeps getting ahold of shoes and chewing on them!”

One of the most important concepts in dog training, notably championed by Ian Dunbar, such as in his wonderful book Before & After Getting Your Puppy, is ‘errorless training’ or ‘errorless learning.’ You will find that we apply this concept in nearly every aspect of our lives with our dogs, in everything from puppy rearing to training to how we approach every single interaction.

Errorless learning concept: the best way to prevent your puppy from developing a bad habit is not letting them try it in the first place. If you don’t want your puppy doing something, remove the opportunity and inclination. Eventually, they will lose any compulsion for it.

The concept of errorless training is pretty simple: if you don’t want your dog to develop a bad habit – such as pottying in the house, chewing on furniture, or stealing food – try to avoid them having the chance to do it in the first place.

What you will find is that, amazingly, if you can go long enough without them ever having done a given thing, they will eventually never even try to do it, even given the opportunity; it would feel odd or abnormal to them. If they’ve never chewed on a shoe (because of your care and vigilance), then over time the likelihood that they would even try to chew on a shoe goes down.

In contrast if you let them make a mistake and do the bad behavior, all of a sudden it is now ‘in their repertoire’ so-to-speak; they can conceive of it, and may try doing it again.

There’s a few ways you can think about this effect:

  • Mistakes become habits: remember, your puppy doesn’t know that it’s wrong to chew a shoe, or pee in the house. How could they know that? So if by chance they give it a try, because it seems fun and they don’t know any better, then it becomes a behavior they are familiar with. If they had fun while doing it (chewing for example, as we discussed in Chapter 1-7, is pretty enjoyable), then they will definitely do it again.

    Once they’re familiar with a behavior, they are more likely to try it again. The more they do it, and the more fun they have, the more it becomes a habit.

  • It is much harder to untrain a bad behavior than it is to stop it from developing in the first place. In a later Chapter, Extinguishing undesirable behaviors, we will dive into how to get your dog to stop doing a behavior your don’t like. It’s probably no surprise however that it takes a lot more work to ‘extinguish’ a behavior than it does to just keep your dog from forming it in the first place. With errorless training, you are avoiding it happening in the first place.
  • Making a behavior ‘alien’: On the flip side, if they’ve never done something before (because you have never let them), it would feel odd to them.

    Imagine: if your puppy has only ever pottied outside, never inside, for months and months, it would feel pretty ‘weird’ to them to potty inside.

    That is what you want with your dog: you want bad behaviors to feel abnormal, to feel alien, to feel unnatural. The longer they go without doing a behavior, the ‘weirder’ it will feel to do it, and the less and less likely they become to actually try. Essentially, the behavior starts to exit their normal set of habits.

    The puppy phase is a time when puppies are generally more prone to trying new things, to experimenting. As they get older their habits start to establish. The longer you can keep them from developing bad habits, the less likely they will be to even try those things later on, once they already have established mental norms.

Some common examples can help you see and understand the errorless training effect:

Common examples of errorless learning

  • Chewing on furniture:

    A puppy has no way of knowing that it is wrong to chew on furniture.

    If they have unattended access to furniture, or shoes, they will eventually chew on them. Once they have done so – and probably enjoyed the experience – they will see no reason not to do it again. Now it is just one of the things they do, and can quickly become a habit. If it happens 10 or 12 times, it could take years to break that habit, if you ever fully do.

    In contrast, if you do not give them access to shoes or furniture (in the next Chapter, Potty training, penning, and the expanding circle of freedom, we’ll talk about confining their ‘free space’ at first to achieve that), they won’t have a chance to try it. If you give them chewtoys (recall Chapter 1-7: Chewtoy training), they’ll have a healthy, appropriate outlet for chewing. They’ll never build the habit of chewing on furniture. Later below, we’ll talk about how to then eventually introduce them to furniture, shoes, etc. in an errorless way that prevents the habit from developing later too.

  • Stealing food:

    A puppy has no way of knowing that it is wrong to take food from your plate.

    If you feed them off your plate, or leave food unattended so they can steal it, they’ll learn that human food is fair game. It can take years to train them to not do that.

    In contrast, if you never feed them off your plate, and never leave food out unattended, they will never have the chance to take food from your plate. Eventually, they won’t even think to – they’ve never eaten food from your plate, it would feel strange and alien. In their mind, it’s not even in the space of possibilities.

  • Potty training:

    A puppy has no way of knowing that it is wrong to pee indoors.

    If you wait for them to have accidents, they will learn that indoors is fair game – why not? It will take a long time to fully potty train them.

    In contrast, if you anticipate when they will need to pee, based on their age – taking them out at regular intervals, and every time they wake up from a nap – and take them outside, they will quickly learn that outside is where you pee. Peeing indoors would feel weird to them.

    We dive into this process in much more depth in the next Chapter, Potty training, penning, and the expanding circle of freedom.

As you can see, you have two options with any behavior you want to avoid:

  • Errorless: A few months of vigilance, and you’ll never have to worry about it. With any given behavior, if you can remain errorless for a few months, letting your puppy form a healthy set of alternative habits, they will become very unlikely to develop the bad behaviors.
  • Not errorless: Allow errors, and you may have to keep an eye on your dog forever. If you aren’t proactive in preventing your dog from developing bad behaviors, they will almost certainly develop them. You’ll spend months un-training those behaviors, and even then you’ll pretty much always have to keep an eye on your dog.

Isn’t that a worthwhile payoff?

Bottom line: if you don’t want your puppy to do something, don’t give them the opportunity. If you can be vigilant for just a few months, it saves you years of stress.

This is an important topic, and Ian Dunbar treats the subject really nicely in his book Before & After Getting Your Dog – it’s a great book in general, and we strongly recommend checking it out.

How to stop them: you can achieve errorless learning by identifying the potential behaviors you don’t want them to exhibit, removing any opportunities to do so, and providing appropriate alternative outlets for their needs

It’s all well and good to say “don’t let your dog chew on furniture or potty in the house,” but how do you go about doing that?

The best (and frankly only) approach is to:

  1. Identify what behaviors you want to avoid

    e.g., chewing anything other than toys, pottying indoors, stealing food, jumping on strangers, etc.

  1. Remove or pre-empt/anticipate the opportunities to do those things

    e.g., make sure your puppy doesn’t have access to anything other than toys to chew (in the next chapter, Potty training, penning, and the expanding circle of freedom, we will talk about constraining the area your puppy operates in)

    e.g., take your puppy out to potty at regular intervals and every time she wakes up from a nap, pre-empting her need to potty (we’ll talk about this more in the next chapter as well)

    e.g., never giving your dog food from the table, and never leaving food on a table unattended around her

    Note that you still need to meet any underlying needs – their need to potty, their need to chew (see Chapter 1-7), their need to eat. Do NOT expect them to ‘overcome’ those needs – rather, give them appropriate outlets for those needs (chewtoys, regular bathroom trips outside, regular mealtimes, etc.) to prevent the bad behavior.

  1. After an appropriate period of errorless behavior, gradually start relaxing constraints and giving her opportunity while under supervision

    e.g., in potty training, as we will talk about in the next Chapter, go gradually longer between potty breaks

    e.g., in chewing furniture, start allowing her access to furniture, shoes, handbags, etc.while under watch

    Watch her carefully. If she goes for something she shouldn’t – like food or furniture – prevent her from doing so. After enough reps of being exposed to the opportunity but not acting on it, she will eventually get acclimated to ‘that is simply not a thing we do.’ It will leave her mind as an option.

    Be careful not to proceed to this step too soon. As we made clear above, errorless learning is most effective – if you allow errors in, the learning will take longer. The slower you go, the less likelihood of an error, the faster and deeper learning will be. Slower training leads to faster progress!

You don’t need to be perfect: the fewer errors you allow, the faster and stronger learning will be. However, (a) the occasional error is not irredeemable, and (b) you can relax your vigilance over time

The perfect vigilance we talk about above can seem like a lot, but there are two saving graces that make it not as bad as it might seem:

  1. A single error isn’t the end of the world. The fewer errors your dog makes, the faster your dog will learn. But as long as an error is one-off, it won’t undermine all your hard work. It just means learning will take a bit longer
  1. It’s just a few months of vigilance – then you can start to relax. As the protocol above lays out, you can eventually relax. One of the authors regularly leaves food unattended on the coffee table with his 1-year-old dog, who has never even tried to take a bite.

    The longer your dog goes without exhibiting the behavior, the less and less likely it becomes that she would do so. Over time, you can gradually relax your restricted environment, keeping an eye out to make sure the dog doesn’t lapse. If you got her as a puppy and were consistent from Day 1, you can start relaxing pretty quickly after 6-8 months of age. If you either got an adult dog that already had the unwanted behavior, or a puppy that you initially lapsed with, you will need to be more careful.

    In this way, errorless training is an investment: more vigilance for a couple months now, repaid with years of not having to watch them. Our dog, for example, has never chewed on a single shoe, furniture, or anything other than an approved toy. We don’t have to worry about what we leave on the floor, or where we leave him – isn’t that peace of mind worth a month or two of vigilance?

The limits of errorless learning: RESPECT YOUR DOG’S LIMITS AND BIOLOGY. Your expectations of their self-control need to be both age-appropriate and mindful of their physical and psychological needs.

As we will see when applied, in other chapters, to things like potty training, furniture chewing, barking, and jumping on people, errorless learning is the best way to prevent your pup from developing unwanted behaviors. Conversely inconsistency – being lax and allowing unwanted behaviors to go unchecked – only makes it harder for your pup to learn how to behave in a socially acceptable manner.

At the same time, your puppy is not a robot. They have biological needs and desires – for activity, for play, for chewing, for hunting. They cannot be expected to have absolute, perfect self-control and prevent themselves from indulging in their natural, instinctive impulses, any more than we can expect a three-year-old human child to sit quitely through a boring hours-long dinner without any occupation, no matter how well-raised.

You need to have reasonable expectations of what your puppy can and can’t do, in two particular ways:

  • Make sure their core needs are met first. In Section 3, we will talk at length about your dog’s basic needs for physical activity, mental stimulation, and social engagement, as well as some ways to meet them. If your puppy isn’t getting enough activity or stimulation through healthy, appropriate outlets, you cannot expect them not to try to find other, un-approved, outlets. That’s neither fair nor reasonable. If you don’t want your 6-month-old border collie tearing up the house, errorless learning is necessary but not, on its own, sufficient – you also need to make sure they are getting plenty of other activity outlets for their energy.
  • Have age-appropriate expectations, and gradually build their capacity. In Chapter 2-27 we will talk about ‘core capabilities’ like self-control and how to build them. It’s important to recognize that we build these capacities gradually. As we emphasized in, for example, Chapter 1-8: Crate training and Chapter 1-12: Separation anxiety, you need to take a highly incremental approach: start of easy, and gradually make your requirements of them harder. If you go slowly enough, rewarding them and building their confidence on the way, their capacity for self-control will gradually develop. Age plays an important role here too: plenty of training and practice will build even a young puppy’s self-control, but even the best-trained 6-month-old pup in the world can’t be expected to control themselves in the same situations, to the same extent, as 4-year-old.

The bottom line is errorless training is a powerful tool, but you need to always respect your dog’s needs and capacity. Never ask them to do something they can’t do – setting them up for failure does no one any good.

Chapter 1-10: Potty training, penning, and the expanding circle of freedom

“[As puppy starts to pee in the house] No! Stop it! No! Bad dog!”

“Yeah accidents have been a problem, we try to keep an eye on her but it’s a big house”

“It’s exhausting, every time I take her out I need to walk her for at least 20 minutes before she pees”

In this chapter we cover two important and related practices – potty training and limiting your puppy’s opportunities for building bad habits. In particular, we will be applying the principles we covered in the previous chapter, Errorless learning.

Your puppy DOES NOT KNOW, initially, not to potty indoors! Your puppy does not understand that there are appropriate and inappropriate places to potty; your primary objective in potty training is to give them that understanding.

In approaching potty training, the most important thing for you to understand – and to continuously remind yourself of – is that your puppy does not know what to do. How could they? They need to be taught that ‘we only potty outdoors.’ Heck, they need to be taught that ‘indoors’ and ‘outdoors’ are distinct places to begin with!

That might seem obvious, but ‘in the moment’ owners often feel lost or frustrated at their puppy’s accidents. It is important that you remind yourself: from their perspective, when they need to go to the bathroom they have no idea that they are supposed to do that outside, not inside.

As such, your objective in potty training is really teaching them the concept that pottying inside is different from pottying outside. When they have an ‘accident,’ it is not because they are being ‘bad’ or disobeying you, they simply do not realize they are doing something ‘wrong.’ Once they understand the ‘right’ behavior, they will do everything they can to behave correctly.

If you can remember that, you will do a much better job of potty training, because you will:

  1. More intuitively focus on educating your puppy, not ‘correcting’ them (never ‘correct’ your puppy for accidents – we will talk much more about that below)
  1. Naturally be more pro-active, rather than re-active; since you know that your puppy has no idea where to potty, you’ll learn to anticipate when they need to go and get ahead of that rather than waiting for them to somehow indicate something they don’t even know they should be indicating

Below we will walk through how to teach your puppy that there are right and wrong places to potty. First, however, make sure you understand the principle underlying all of them: the goal of potty training is helping your puppy understand that pottying happens only outside. Once you give them that understanding, they will try their best to not potty indoors.

Errorless learning in potty training: if you consistently avoid accidents indoors, your puppy will learn much more quickly that pottying is only done outside.

In the last Chapter, Errorless learning, we covered one of the most important concepts in dog training. Potty training turns out to be one of its most common and useful applications.

In potty training, errorless learning means anticipating when your puppy will need to potty, and making sure it happens outdoors.

Getting ahead of it, to avoid accidents before they happen, will take some diligence and attention on your part for the first few weeks, but it will pay off with much faster and more consistent potty training, letting you relax a lot sooner. I promise – it is worth the effort.

The power is in consistency: the more consistent you are, the faster and more easily your puppy understands that outdoors is where she does her business, not indoors.

Consider it from her perspective:

  • If she occasionally goes potty indoors, and occasionally goes potty outdoors, how is she supposed to realize that only outdoors is right? Even if it’s one time in ten, it will take a long time for her to get the pattern.
  • If, instead, she never (or as close as you can get to it) goes potty indoors, she will rapidly learn that outdoors is where you go. The pattern becomes clear to her, the right habit forms.

Now you might say “sure that sounds great in theory, but how on earth can I entirely avoid accidents?” Later in this chapter, we will lay out ‘three tactical pillars’ that will help you achieve that errorless potty training.

Aside: ‘Den instinct:’ puppies will instinctively try to avoid pottying in their ‘den’ – we will use that to our advantage. To start, however, they do not recognize an entire house as being their ‘den,’ it is much too big for them

Before we lay out the ‘three tactical pillars’ to errorless potty training, there’s one more concept we want to introduce: puppy den instinct as applied to pottying.

As discussed in Chapter 1-8: Crate training, puppies are born with an ingrained ‘den instinct’ – distinguishing the safe, protected space where they sleep from the ‘outside world.’

As part of that den instinct, puppies will tend to not potty in their ‘den’ if they can at all avoid it.

The problem is that puppies do not realize that your whole house is their ‘den.’ Remember how big your house seemed when you were a child? To a brand new puppy, your house is an entire vast world. It is filled with all sorts of exciting and unfamiliar places and objects and creatures to explore – it’s way too big to be their ‘den.’

Even so, we can use their den instinct to our advantage in several ways. We will see that in one of our tactical pillars below, the ‘expanding circle of freedom.’ For now, just understand:

Puppy den instinct and pottying

  1. Puppies will, by instinct, not potty in their ‘den’ if they can in any way avoid it
  1. Initially, a puppy will only see a space as small as themselves (i.e. their crate) as their den – anything bigger (even an adult dog crate) they will potty in if given the chance

Screwing up den instinct: as a final note on the den instinct: you can screw that instinct up! When we let puppies potty where they play or – worse – sleep, they start to unlearn that instinct, and instead learn that it is fine to potty anywhere (the complete opposite of errorless training). Here are a few common ways that can happen:

  • Using a crate that is too large, such that they start pottying in one corner of it
  • Keeping them confined too long, such that they are forced to pee where they sleep when they can’t hold it any more
  • Letting them pee anywhere in their play area, where they also frolic and nap

Again we come back to errorless training: the more you allow pottying indoors, the harder it will be to unlearn that behavior.

NEVER, EVER, EVER reprimand or punish your puppy for having an accident! It is not only horribly stressful for the puppy, it works against housetraining, not towards it.

As we emphasized above, your puppy only has accidents because she does not understand that she is supposed to go outside.

If she has an accident indoors and you reprimand her, she will not understand why she is in trouble!

If you do so, it will NOT potty train her, it will not help her understand what she is supposed to do.

On the contrary, reprimanding her for an accident will teach her to have negative associations with potty. She will become afraid to potty, especially with you around. That means that she will be less likely to do her business outdoors when you ask her to. Instead, she will wait until you’re not looking and will try to hide her pee, somewhere indoors.

Obviously, that approach is not only stressful and traumatizing to your puppy (imagine being afraid to pee as a child), but also works against housetraining.

Accidents happen; at the end of this chapter, we cover how to handle them appropriately. But needless to say, you should never, ever reprimand your puppy for having an accident indoors.

The ‘three tactical pillars to errorless potty training:’ To achieve errorless potty training, we suggest 3 tactical ‘pillars:’ (i) regularly take your puppy out, to pre-empt accidents; (ii) limit your puppy’s play area to a gradually expanding ‘circle of freedom;’ and (iii) keep outside potty time separate from play time.

Errorless potty training is fantastic in theory, but how on earth do you consistently pre-empt your puppy from having accidents?

We recommend three tactical ‘pillars’ to doing so, each of which we will detail in separate sections below:

  • Pillar 1: pre-empting accidents: know when your puppy will likely need to pee, and take her outside at those regular intervals, before she realizes she needs to go.
  • Pillar 2: the expanding circle of freedom: giving your puppy free access to your entire house from Day 1 is asking for trouble, not just with potty training but with every other bad behavior you can imagine (chewing on shoes, stealing food, etc.). Even if you live in a 350 square foot studio apartment, your house is much too big a ‘den’ for an 8-week old puppy. You should give your puppy free, unattended reign only to an area that is appropriate for her age, gradually expanding that area as she gets older until eventually it includes your entire house.
  • Pillar 3: potty time is business time; the fun happens after you potty: when you take your puppy out to potty, do not do anything else until she has pottied! If you walk her around and let her explore, she’s learning that delaying her potty is rewarding. Instead, go for a walk or do fun things after she does her business.

We will go into detail on each of those concepts below. Put together and diligently executed, your puppy should learn highly consistent house-training within a few weeks, and with barely any accidents in that time.

Errorless potty-training pillar 1: Pre-empt accidents

Learning when your puppy needs to go: Take your puppy out before she has an accident by (a) learning how often your pup needs to potty, (b) taking her out after every nap, and (c) learning her ‘I need to pee’ body language.

The easiest way to achieve errorless (zero-accident) potty training is simply to make sure you are taking your puppy outside at sufficiently frequent intervals to do her business.

If you take them out frequently enough (and make sure that they potty – see Pillar 3 below), they will consistently be emptying their tank outside, and will not have an accident indoors because they do not need to go. With each passing week your puppy’s bladder control will improve and you can gradually make the timespan between taking them out longer and longer.

After weeks of pottying only outdoors, never indoors, they will quickly start to associate only outside with pottying, and they will start to wait to potty until going outside.

How do you know when to take your puppy out? You can follow 3 metrics:

When to take your puppy outside to potty

  1. Interval by age: a good rough rule of thumb during the day (we’ll talk about nighttime shortly) is to make your potty breaks no more than 30-60 minutes apart for every month of age. So if you get your puppy at 8 weeks, you should be taking them out roughly every 1-2 hours.

    That guideline comes with a couple caveats. First, it is just a rough starting place, and should be overriden by paying attention to your puppy:

    • If she’s having accidents more than once a day, you should probably be taking her out more frequently
    • If she’s often going out without needing to do her business (see Pillar 3 below), you can start extending the time between breaks
    • If she’s often going out without doing her business and is also having accidents more than once a day, make sure you’re correctly following the next two metrics in this list and the other two ‘pillars’ below, because the issue isn’t frequency

    Basically, it’s OK for you to experiment with how often your puppy needs to go out until you start to get the right cadence down.

    Generally speaking, err on the side of more frequent, rather than less; again, the goal is errorless, so better to go outside a bit more often than you need to.

    That said, don’t go overboard: if you go out so often that your puppy is only pottying half the time, you’re working against yourself. You want to try to develop a pattern of “every time I go out, I potty.” We’ll talk about the benefits of that habit more later in the chapter.

    A second caveat is that your progress will depend on how well potty training goes. If things are going super well, you may find that her bladder control improves quickly, and you will need to go out less often, as well as vice versa. Again, pay attention to your puppy’s schedule and habits, and adjust accordingly.

    The third caveat should go without saying, but just in case: do not wake your puppy up to take her to potty. If she is sleeping, she is fine; take her when she wakes up on her own (see next metric).

    Whatever timing you land on, set a timer! The last thing you want is to lose track of time and find an accident waiting for you.

  1. Take her out whenever she wakes up from a nap: puppies nearly always need to go potty within a minute of waking up from a nap. Puppies nap a lot, so make sure to be watchful for when they wake. That alone will catch most accidents before they happen.

    Honestly, puppies sleep so much in their first few months of life that this rule alone will meet most of her potty needs; while the timer-approach above is a useful reminder while they’re awake, you’ll often find that the cadence of her napping will pretty much match her potty needs.

  1. Keep an eye on their body language: following metrics 1 and 2 should catch most instances that your puppy needs to pee. Even so, puppies are not clocks, their bathroom needs do not follow a perfect pattern. They will have occasional instances where they need to pee even if they just went 5 minutes ago. As such, you should keep an eye on your puppy’s body language.

    When your puppy needs to pee, she will often start circling, walking around the perimeter of her pen. She may also start sniffing the air or ground, looking for a ‘good spot.’

    If you see her start that circling, pick her up right away and take her outside, she probably needs to go (if she doesn’t, that’s fine, you can always take her back in – see Pillar 3 for how to go about that properly).

    If you see your puppy squat and actually start peeing or pooping, don’t worry – you can actually interrupt that pretty easily. We will talk more about that shortly.

    Finally, after a week or two of errorless training, your puppy will start to see the pattern and figure out that potty is only done outside. At that point, your puppy might start whining or barking, usually while looking directly at you, when she needs to go out. If your puppy starts some unusual whining or barking out of the blue, take the hint and take them out.

All that might seem like a lot of vigilance, but we promise that:

  1. if you stick to it, the process will go pretty dang fast, and you’ll have several hours between bathroom visits within a few weeks
  1. once you get into the habit of it, learning the timing and your puppy’s signals, it won’t take as much of your attention as you think

What if I can’t be with my puppy all the time? The strategy above implies a requirement that not everyone can meet: someone needs to be with your puppy at all times for the first ~4 weeks after you take them home. If you cannot do so – if you need to leave your puppy alone for several hours at a time in the first few weeks after you take them home – there are alternative strategies. We outline that ‘non-ideal’ approach in a separate bullet below. Those alternative approaches will work, you will be able to housetrain your puppy, but know that it will take much longer and be less consistent than the ‘ideal case’ we outline here.

Try to get your frequency right such that your puppy develops a habit of “every time I go out, I potty”

As mentioned in the previous bullet, you want your potty break interval to be short enough that you almost completely avoid accidents, but not so long that your puppy often does not need to potty when you go out. Ideally, you want to get your frequency just right such that your puppy develops a habit of “every time I go out, I potty.”

Achieving that habit confers two benefits:

  1. It reinforces the pattern – every time your puppy does her business outside, it adds one more iteration, one more data point, to the habit of “outside is for potty.” The more she does potty outside, without doing potty inside, the more she will start to associate going outside as a necessary first step before going potty.
  1. It builds bladder control – if she gets in the habit of going potty every time she goes out, her bladder control will start to improve, both because she’s deliberately peeing when she goes out, and because she’s holding it until then. Essentially, you are trying to slowly move her away from ‘peeing happens on its own’ to ‘I choose when to pee.’ If you follow these recipes, that bladder control will develop organically.

In Pillar 3, below, we go into more detail on how to tangibly achieve this, the protocol/recipe you should follow when taking your puppy out.

Nighttime potty training point 1: set an alarm and follow the same daytime principles, but with less frequency.

Now the part most owners dread: nighttime pottying. There is good news and bad news.

First, the bad news:

  • Your 7-week-old puppy will need to potty in the middle of the night, so you will have to set alarms to take her out at an appropriate interval, just as we do during the day. Otherwise, errorless training will break down and you will be taking her out in the middle of the night for a long time.

However, there are two pieces of good news:

  • They need to go much less frequently at night than during the day. While sleeping, dogs (and humans) release hormones that suppress our urinary response, which keeps us from peeing ourselves while asleep. While a 7-week-old puppy may need to pee every 1-2 hours during the day, they should be able to make it at least 3-4 hours at night, so even on Day 1 you will probably only need to go out maybe 1-2 times at night.
  • Nighttime progress is very, very fast. If you do get ahead of it and take them out frequently enough from Day 1 – as well as follow the other nighttime training points below – they will quickly get the idea. You can expect that within a few nights you will only be taking them out once a night, and within a week or two they should be sleeping through the night.

The bottom line is that while the first few nights will be tough, you should be back onto a normal sleep schedule within a few weeks at most.

How will you know when they can go longer at night? We’ll talk about that in the next bullet on crates at night.

Nighttime potty training point 2: crate-train your puppy to keep them from peeing when they wake. An appropriately-sized crate lets us take advantage of puppies’ ‘den instinct,’ making them more likely to whine and wake us if they need to go out (if we’ve waited too long), rather than finding an indoor spot to pee. That backup failsafe helps when we experiment with gradually increasing the time window between nighttime potties.

As discussed up top, puppies will instinctively avoid peeing in their ‘den’ if they can at all avoid it. At night, we use that to our advantage by crating them. If they wake up and need to pee, they will try to get your attention before doing so in their crate, such as by whining or woofing.

If you think your puppy can go longer intervals between potties at night, this safety mechanism lets you try extending that window (longer time between alarms) without disaster – if you push the timing too long, they will try to wake you up.

If you don’t crate your puppy, then when they wake up they will wander around and find a place to potty, almost certainly before you wake up.

A few important points on this:

  • You should still set an alarm. Relying exclusively on your puppy to tell you when they need to pee at night is just asking for accidents to happen. Your puppy’s feedback should be a safety valve, not a primary plan. It is a fallback letting you experiment with the boundaries on how long you can go at night between potties.
  • Use an appropriately-sized crate. As discussed in Chapter 1-8: Crate training, the crate should be just large enough for your puppy to comfortably sleep, stand, and turn around in. If it is any larger, your puppy will designate a corner as the ‘bathroom corner,’ which will undo both your hard work crate-training and your hard work potty-training. Since puppies grow rapidly, the best approach is to get an adult-sized crate that comes with an adjustable partition, allowing you to gradually increase the interior size of the crate as your puppy grows.
  • They may wake you up just to play – handle that appropriately. Just like puppies don’t know that only outside is for potty, they also don’t know that nighttime is only for sleeping. Your puppy will sometimes wake up, but instead of putting herself back to sleep may want to play. In those cases, she may wake up and start whining and woofing to get your attention, trying to get you to do something fun with her. You, of course, have no way of knowing if that’s because she wants to play or needs to pee. We cover how to handle this in a bullet below.

Crating your puppy at night has an added benefit: it helps teach them that nighttime is for sleeping. As we discussed in Chapter 1-8: Crate training, the crate is a calm, relaxing place, it is the den, where we rest, it is not the playpen where we run around and frolic. When your puppy wakes, being in the crate will help your puppy learn to settle themselves back down to sleep, instead of getting antsy and roaming around.

If your breeder did some crate-training already, it will help with the transition. If not, this is yet another reason that you will want to start crate training on Day 1. See Chapter 1-8: Crate training for how to go about that.

Nighttime potty training point 3: nighttime outside is only for business – no play or fun, just out and back in; you need to teach them that nighttime is for sleeping.

As mentioned in the previous point, puppies will sometimes wake up at night and want to play. They’re not being bad, they just don’t yet understand that nighttime is only for sleeping, you have to teach them that.

Doing so is fairly simple: when they wake you up at night, whining or woofing, take them out, give them a chance (on leash) to go potty, and, whether they go or not, take them right back in and re-crate them. Do NOT play with them, walk them, or let them roam or explore. They do their business and they go back in the crate to sleep, those are their only two options.

If you don’t do that – if you let them walk around and explore at night – they will start waking you up all the time just to be let out.

As with every other kind of behavioral training, errorless works: be consistent, always go right out and back in, and they will quickly learn to only wake you up if they need to go bathroom.

Once again, you can see how useful crate-training is: the crate is plenty big to comfortably sleep, but not big enough to mess around. Being in the crate signals clearly to them that they should be sleeping. And, by the way, the puppies need that sleep!

A few tactical notes:

  • Cover the sides of the crate. As mentioned in the previous chapter, Crate training, you should use a blanket to cover all four sides of the crate at night, cutting down on both light and noise to help them sleep better.
  • Leave a (unfilled) chewtoy with them. Puppy brain development can be weird. Sometimes they will wake up and really can’t go back to sleep. That’s OK: to handle that eventuality, it’s not a bad idea to leave a small chewtoy with them in the crate, something they can use to occupy themselves and help them fall back asleep. If you’ve been diligent about not playing with them, and always putting them back in the crate right away, they will soon learn not to bother you if they’re just bored at night. They’ll just occupy themselves with the chewtoy until they fall back asleep
  • Try not to even say anything. Nighttime potty should be, on your part, silent. Talking to them only increases a sense of activity. Open their crate, pick them up, leash them, take them outside, let them do their business, and take them right back in. If you’ve paired a command (”go potty” – more on this below), you can say that.
  • They may still fuss, be firm but use nonverbal comforts. If they are just bored – you’ve taken them out and brought them back in and they’re still whining – don’t cater to that. Leave them in the crate, and let them settle themselves back down. At the same time, don’t let them work themselves into a frenzy – if they are whining, you can place a hand under the blankets, to show them that you’re there, and everything is fine. That should calm them, and once they settle they will eventually fall back asleep

As an aside, note that this is NOT what you should do during the dayduring the day when they potty outside you should reward them with play and exploration. We talk about that much more in Pillar 3 below.

If you catch your puppy mid-accident, just pick them up; it will automatically stop them from peeing, and you can carry them outside. Do NOT yell at them to stop!

This suggestion is a bit unintuitive for owners, and the first time you do it might be a bit scary, but we promise that it works. Puppies will not pee while they are being held. If they are mid-pee and you pick them up from behind, holding them with your hands under their front shoulderblades – they will immediately and reflexively stop.

So if you see them just about to pee, don’t be afraid to run over and pick them up. They will stop peeing, and you can safely carry them outside to finish their business.

One thing to not do if your puppy is mid-accident is yell at them. They do not understand the word “stop.” If you yell at them, it will only confuse them and make them panic. It will not stop them from peeing, and it will create negative associations with pottying, as we warned you against above.

The non-ideal scenario: what to do if someone can’t be at home with your puppy all the time for the first 4 weeks.

The above protocol, taking your puppy out every time they need to pee, obviously only works if someone is around to do so. As we noted above, we recommend that you try to have somebody home with your puppy at all times for the first 4 weeks after taking them home (8-12 weeks into their life). If you really cannot do that, if you must leave your puppy alone for extended periods of time before they are fully housetrained, there is an alternative approach we lay out here. Bear in mind however: this approach will result in potty training taking significantly longer and being less reliable. Instead of completing potty training in 3-4 weeks, it can take a few months.

Even so, many owner’s lives just do not allow them to have someone with their puppy at all times. In those cases, you can do the following:

  1. Make sure to crate-train your puppy right away, see Chapter 1-8: Crate training
  1. When you are out of the house for longer than your puppy can hold her bladder, set up the crate opening onto a small penned play area for her, as we will describe in Pillar 2 below
  1. In the penned play area, put a pee pad or square piece of astroturf. While home, encourage your puppy to pee on that spot once or twice. She will then quickly identify that as her ‘bathroom area’
  1. When you leave the home for extended periods, leave her with access to that bathroom area

    A couple tactical notes on setting that up:

    • Keep the penned area as small as possible. As a puppy, when you’re not home, she should be napping in her crate or using the bathroom if she needs it. Too much freedom will just get her into trouble (as she gets older, this gets relaxed – see Pillar 2 below). She should just have access to her crate and her pee area, with enough separation between the two that she doesn’t get confused about the delineation.
    • Make sure she cannot get out of the penned area! If she knocks over the pen and gets out, exploring the house unattended, you will come home to a host of bad behaviors you’ll have to spend weeks untraining.
  1. While you are home, remove that potty area and stick to the usual recipe for potty training that we’ve outlined
  1. Once her bladder control reaches a point where she does not use the bathroom area while you are out of the house, you can start fully crating her (without access to the potty area) while you’re out of the house.

    Obviously, make sure to take her out to do her business immediately before and after you go out.

  1. Once she is fully potty trained, with no accidents for at least 2 months, and if she reaches a point where you are comfortable with her roaming the house unattended (see Pillar 2 below), you can potentially leave her at home uncrated, at your discretion.

    Note that many owners choose never to do this, and crate their dogs whenever they are home alone. That is perfectly fine and in many cases the best solution for your dog, as long as the periods they are home alone and crated are appropriate. As we will discuss in Section 3, you should not be leaving a dog home alone for 8 hours a day, crated or not.

What if I’m in a fifth-floor walkup with no balcony?

If you live in a city apartment, we generally recommend that you take your puppy to the street to do her business. If you have a balcony, you can put out some astroturf or sod and train her to pee on that, but bear in mind that she may then always pee on your balcony.

If you live on a high floor with no elevator and no balcony, you would ideally still carry your puppy down to the street regularly. If you can’t or don’t want to, you can follow the indoor protocol from the last bullet, using an indoor potty area. We don’t recommend that, as again potty training will progress slower and less reliably, but it is an option.

Errorless potty-training pillar 2: Penning and the expanding circle of freedom

Pen your puppy: appropriately limit the area that they have unattended access to, to avoid bad behaviors – including potty accidents – before they start!

As we discussed in the beginning of this chapter, puppies have a ‘den instinct’ that prevents them from pottying where they sleep, and wanting to potty as far from where they sleep as possible. The problem, however, is that on Day 1 your puppy does not understand that your entire house is the ‘den.’ Remember, as physically mobile as they are, they are still mentally babies, they were just born: from their perspective, even a tiny city apartment is a vast world.

To teach them that the entire house is their den, we recommend a ‘gradually expanding circle of freedom’ approach: start by using a pen to limit how much of your home they have unattended access to, and gradually expand that area to be larger and larger, slowly teaching them that all of inside is their den.

Limiting the space your puppy has access to has two enormous benefits:

  1. Partially aids potty training: since the pen (as opposed to the crate) needs to be amply large enough for your puppy to play and have fun in, it will be larger than just their sleeping area (i.e. the crate), so if you don’t monitor them and take them out at appropriate times (see Pillar 1, above), they will potty in their pen, which as discussed sets back your potty training considerably.

    Even so, by constraining where they have freedom, the pen makes it easier for you to keep your eyes on them to spot them before they have an accident, per Pillar 1 above. If they’re napping, you’ll be able to more easily monitor for when they wake up so you can immediately take them out to potty. If they’re awake, you’ll be able to spot if they start ‘circling,’ as described in the previous section. If they start to have an accident, you’ll catch it more quickly and be able to pick them up before they finish

  1. Stops them from learning other bad behaviors: perhaps even more importantly, limiting the area they have access to enables errorless training of other unwanted behaviors, such as:
    • Chewing on shoes, furniture, or anything other than toys
    • Stealing food or counter-surfing
    • Barking at people outside
    • etc.

    By penning them you can control their environment: they will be surrounded by appropriate toys and treats, and will not have access to e.g., shoes, furniture, human food, or windows. As we discussed in Chapter 1-9: Errorless learning, the longer you can prevent them from ever even trying those unwanted behaviors, the less and less likely that they will ever do so.

    Furniture-chewing example

    Take chewing furniture or other non-toy objects as an example. As we discussed in Chapter 1-7: Chewtoy training, puppies (and adult dogs) love chewing on things, it is soothing and pleasurable to them. If you let your puppy roam free in your house, they will find ‘bad’ things to chew. If you instead:

    • Limit their access, such that they don’t have access to inappropriate things to chew
    • Give them appropriate things to chew (i.e. dog chewtoys)
    • Expose them passively, while you’re with them (see later bullet below), to ‘non-allowed’ objects around the house; i.e. play with them outside of their pen, around shoes and furniture but not letting them actually chew on them

    What you will find is that over time, your puppy will learn the difference between things they are and are not allowed to chew. Again, it is all about showing them a consistent pattern: these are things you can chew (your toys), and these are things you can’t chew (everything else). Puppies aren’t trying to be bad, they just don’t know – by following errorless training principles, you help them understand what they should and should not do. This errorless training really does work: as an example, one of the authors’ (now-adult) dogs is extremely mouth-oriented, using his mouth to explore even as an adult dog, and even he has never, ever, not even once chewed a shoe or piece of furniture. It would feel weird, odd, abnormal, uncomfortable to him – those things, in his mind, are simply not even in the category of ‘chewable things.’

You still need to make pens fun! Penning does not make your puppy unhappy: it is plenty large for them. But you still have to provide suitable stimulation and room to play!

Perception is relative. To your 7-week-old puppy, your studio apartment is a huge world, and their 5×5 pen is a plenty big playground. They’ve got their toys, they’ve got treats, they’ve got access to their crate (their sanctuary, per Chapter 1-8: Crate training), and you play with them in there – what could be better!

You still do need to make the pen fun! Size may not be an issue, but boredom can be if you don’t provide enough stimulation. Make sure to:

  • Make sure they have plenty of toys and chewtoys in the pen, along with access to a water bowl

    Aside: if they enter a ‘splash phase’ – jumping and playing in their water bowl – you should temporarily remove it, instead giving them the water bowl periodically so they can drink, but not actually leaving the bowl in there.

  • Make sure to play with them in the pen get in there yourself. Don’t just stick them in the pen and forget about them!
  • Make sure to give them plenty of exploration time outside the pen, both in your house, in the yard, and outside of the house per your Socialization efforts (see Socialization Basics). Outside-the-pen time just requires that you are paying complete attention to them.

In other words, the pen is their ‘home base’ – make it fun, and be part of it, don’t just sequester them in there.

Note that they may still whine at you, but that’s won’t be because of the size of the pen – it will be because you are outside of it. You’ll be doing something that looks like fun – like cooking dinner or talking on the phone – and they’ll want to participate; or you’ll be working and they’ll want your attention. The issue there is not the pen, so don’t worry about that. In those cases, be careful about ‘caving’ and reinforcing that behavior – your puppy should get plenty of your attention, but she also need to learn that sometimes she has to entertain herself. We will cover that balance in more depth in Chapter 1-14.

Structuring a pen: Any barriers that prevent escape will work, preferably ones that you can easily adjust how large the area is. Set it up with crate access.

Once you’ve started on crate training (you should have right away, see Chapter 1-8), try to set it up your pen with crate-access, such that your crate is either in the pen or opens into the pen, so your puppy can go sleep in it whenever she wants (hopefully you’ve built that habit pretty well).

In terms of what to use for a pen, there are several options, including but not limited to:

  • Premade dog (or baby) play pens
  • Adjustable metal pen walls
  • Baby gates used in concert with your natural hallways and furniture

What you use doesn’t particularly matter, as long as it meets a few criteria:

  • Walls are high enough that your puppy can’t get over them
  • Your puppy cannot knock the walls over
  • Ideally ‘expandable,’ such that you can reconfigure the pen to cover a larger and larger area of your house (more on this below)
  • Either your crate fits inside, or you can open your crate onto it

In terms of pen placement, make sure it is somewhere that you or someone else can keep a constant eye on the puppy, to look out for when she wakes up from a nap or has other needs.

The pen is for unfettered access – you should still play with your puppy elsewhere in the house

As mentioned, you should play with your puppy in the pen, but you should also absolutely be taking your puppy out of the pen and playing with her around the house.

The pen is simply where she has greater freedom. Outside of the pen, you should always be interacting with her and always controlling what she can do, keeping her out of trouble. It’s important to introduce her to the rest of your house however, for several reasons:

  • It’s a prelude to expanding the pen area (see below), introducing her to the idea that the whole house is the den
  • It’s a chance for her to explore new environments and objects
  • It’s a chance to expose her to things she should not do, without letting her do them, i.e. things she should not chew, or windows with people outside she should not bark at. By exposing her to those things with you there controlling her actions (e.g., using distractions to keep her from chewing things or barking at people), you continue and strengthen errorless training
‘Unattended access’ does not mean you can just leave them alone – you should still always have someone keeping half an eye on them

The pen is where they have unfettered freedom and where you can leave them, temporarily, unattended. That does not mean that you should be leaving them unattended for any period of time, as we discussed in the previous Pillar 1.

While the puppy is awake, you need to keep an eye on them to make sure they don’t have an accident or escape the crate. More importantly, you should be regularly playing with them, as we discuss in more depth in Chapter 1-14.

While the puppy is asleep, you need to be watching for when they wake up, since – as covered in Pillar 1 above – you need to take them to potty as soon as they wake up.

If, for lifestyle reasons, you must leave your puppy unattended for prolonged periods of time, there are options on how to handle that. See our coverage of that situation at the end of the previous section on Pillar 1.

The ‘Expanding circle of freedom:’ as your puppy matures, gradually increase the area they have access to, until eventually it covers your whole house. Increase bit by bit, watching your puppy to make sure you haven’t gone too far, too fast.

To start, when you first take your puppy home, your pen should be no more than about 6 feet x 6 feet in area, or a bit larger if the crate needs to be placed in the pen rather than attached. That is plenty of space for your puppy.

Over time, you should then gradually expand the area your puppy has access to, until eventually it covers the entire house.

In terms of when to expand the area and by how much increment each time, you should go off of your dog’s behavior. The more diligent your errorless training of not only potty but other behaviors (like chewing things they shouldn’t), the more quickly you can expand her area of access. Generally err on the side of smaller and slower – if your puppy has an accident or chews some furniture, it sets back your errorless training considerably.

A good approach for testing those boundaries is to increase the area of access, but when you do keep a hyper-watchful eye on your puppy for a day or two with the larger area, to make sure you haven’t gone too far too fast.

As always, it’s about paying attention to your puppy! Learning how to read her, learning her behaviors, learning her inclinations.

Look for areas your puppy spends little time in, and make sure to play there so that she understands that is also part of the den/house.

As you expand the circle of freedom, you will start to find that there may be areas that your puppy doesn’t spend much time in, purely by chance. This might be a corner of the living room you rarely spend time in, or a guest bedroom, or the bathroom. You might just be in the habit of playing by the dining table, and rarely play with them over by the TV, for example.

When you notice that, be deliberate about going and playing with your puppy in those ‘less popular’ areas. If you don’t, you will find that those are the most likely places your puppy will go potty. Because you don’t spend much time there, she may just not realize that those are part of the den as well, even though she has free access to them.

Eventually, your puppy will generalize the concepts of ‘indoors’ versus ‘outdoors’ (you’ll even find, for example, that some dogs won’t go potty in parking garages, because the roof above them categorizes it as ‘indoors’ to them). Until that is firmly established however, make sure to clearly show them that every part of the house (that they have access to) is part of their active living space.

Errorless potty-training pillar 3: Pottying is business time; fun should happen after pottying, but not before

Rule #1: When you take your puppy out to do business, do not do anything fun until after they potty. Otherwise, they will gradually want to walk around and explore more and more before pottying.

When you take your puppy out to do business, always do so on-leash, and do not do anything fun until they potty. Don’t walk for blocks, or walk around the yard.

If you’re diligent about this, they will quickly learn that they need get pottying out of the way before they can go do fun stuff, and they will potty promptly when you take them outside.

If you don’t do this, your puppy will take longer and longer to go potty when you take them out, wandering around and exploring until the fancy takes them.

That is best understood with a classic, illustrative example that we detail in a separate bullet below, where well-meaning owners intuitively walk their dogs around trying to get them to pee, but that has the effect of teaching their dogs not to pee.

Rule #2: If they potty, do NOT go back in right away! Let them explore, go for a walk, or play with them. Otherwise, they will learn that whenever they potty they have to go back in, so they’ll try to avoid pottying!

Fun and play should not happen before potty, but they should happen afterwards. Many owners take their puppies back inside right away, since – from the owner’s perspective – the reason they took them out has been met.

But think about that from a training perspective:

  • Most likely, your puppy wants to be outside, having fun and exploring.
  • If you take your puppy in everytime they pee, they are learning that if they pee they have to go back in.
  • That negatively reinforces peeing! As a result, they will try to avoid peeing, since they know it means they’ll have to go back in!

Instead, make sure that after they pee, they always get to do something fun: play with them, treat them, and let them explore. That is in addition to of course praising and rewarding them for peeing outside in general.

Combined with the previous tactic – no fun until they potty – you are teaching them very clearly: nothing fun happens before you potty, lots of fun things happen after you potty, so potty as soon as you go out!

As they get older, and their habits become ingrained, you can start relaxing this requirement, more and more often taking them in right after pottying. Still make sure however that sometimes you guys stay out and play, to avoid extinguishing the behavior (we will talk more about this in Chapter 2-20: Repetition & Maintenance).

Illustrative counter-example: the way most people walk their dogs unintentionally teaches their dog not to pee for as long as they can, resulting in owners walking around endlessly, begging their dogs to pee!

To see the above points in action, consider an all-too-common scenario that we see every day in cities: an exhausted dog owner wandering around the neighborhood, begging their puppy to pee. We’ve see owners brought to tears, desperate for their dogs to do their business.

If we think for a second, we can quickly see how this situation comes about:

  1. You take your puppy out to pee
  1. She does not do so right away, instead pulling towards a flower bed or tree. You think “ok let’s try a few spots to try to get her to pee”
  1. You keep taking her to new spots, thinking that eventually you will ‘hit on one’ that gets her to pee
  1. From the puppy’s perspective, what does that look like? “the longer I wait to pee, the more new and exciting things I get to see! And I get to pee somewhere better and more interesting!”
  1. As a result, each time you go out – and as your puppy’s bladder control improves – your puppy will take longer and longer to do her business!
  1. When you finally do get your dog to pee, you rush back in, relieved you can finally go about your day
  1. Now however, your puppy is learning: “ouf when I do eventually pee, all the fun stops and we go back in”
  1. All together, your puppy has now learned that she should wait as long as possible to pee!

The underlying problem here is that the owner is not recognizing: YOU are the adult, the parent, you are there to indicate when it is safe and they should potty, and when it isn’t. The owner in the above scenario is looking to the puppy, trying to figure out where ‘she wants’ to pee. That is entirely reversed from what it should be, and sends confusing messages to your dog

If they don’t pee, go right back inside, and try again in a few minutes.

Sometimes you’ll take your puppy out and they just won’t pee. Maybe they don’t need to, or maybe they’re distracted. Either way, that’s totally fine. Don’t release them or play, just:

  1. Wait two minutes to give them a chance
  1. If they don’t pee, come right back inside
  1. If you think that they do need to pee (e.g., if it’s been a while or they’ve just woken up from a nap), go back out in another couple minutes to try again

Continue that iteration until they pee, then let them explore or play and have fun outside as usual.

This habit – pottying as soon as they go out – is incredibly useful to your quality of life, and will help improve bladder control.

Building this habit of pottying as soon as they go outside is not strictly necessary for the healthy development of your puppy. It is however enormously beneficial to your quality of life, not just during the puppy phase but also when they are an adult dog.

You don’t want to be wandering around outside every time you need your dog to pee, especially in the middle of the night or when you’re otherwise busy. You want to be able to take your dog out, have them pee, and move on.

This skill does not just apply to the puppy phase either; building this habit – or failing to do so – will last throughout your dog’s entire life (although you can train this habit later in life too, see below).

On top of that, this practice helps improve bladder control. As mentioned above in Pillar 1, these small instances of getting themselves to pee helps them transition to deliberately peeing, rather than just having it happen on its own.

“Go Potty”: it is useful to teach them a word/command associated with pottying, so that in future you can indicate to them that is what you want them to do.

Throughout this process, it is easy and useful to teach them a pottying command.

You do that by simply saying whatever command you want to use (e.g., “Go Potty”) while they are peeing. As you continue to do so, they will gradually learn to associate “Go Potty” with, well, going potty.

Once they understand what the command means, you will be able to use it to tell them what you expect them to do. That is incredibly useful for communication between you and your puppy, since it helps them understand what you are waiting for.

Consider a scenario: you take your puppy to a friend’s house, and you want them to go potty before you go inside. So you follow protocol and wait outside with your puppy until they do their business. To your puppy however, this is a strange and exciting new yard. They:

(a) are distracted by all the new sights and smells

and

(b) have no idea why you are both standing around waiting; they don’t realize you are waiting for them to go potty

By teaching them “Go Potty,” you can signal clearly to them that’s what you are waiting for. Since they want to explore this new place, they’ll happily potty as soon as they realize what you’re asking for (after all, fun stuff always happens after pottying, doesn’t it!).

Adult dogs can be taught the same habit

If you adopt an adult dog that doesn’t pee promptly when going out, you can teach them the habit the exact same way you would a puppy. Simply go out on leash, and don’t let them play, walk, or explore until they’ve done their business.

Summary: the potty trip protocol

We summarize the above protocol in the following flow diagram:

Final Notes: Handling accidents, and the role of breeders

NEVER, EVER, EVER reprimand or punish your puppy for a potty accident!

We covered this at the beginning of the Chapter. If you’ve forgotten why, return to that bullet. It is pointless, cruel, and counter-productive. Don’t do it.

From an errorless training perspective, don’t panic. Try to understand why it happened, and move on.

Even if you follow all of the guidance in this chapter, accidents will happen. If you do a good job, you will have only a handful ever, but they still do happen.

When it does happen, don’t worry: your ‘errorless’ training isn’t completely undone! Just try to do the following:

  1. Clean it up properly – we explain in the below how to do that
  1. Understand why it happened – think about the situation, and try to figure out why the accident happened. For example, maybe she just got up from a nap, or maybe she was over-stimulated because of the vacuum. Use that understanding to pre-empt it next time
  1. Take a step back, more conservative, on your potty training – you don’t want one accident to turn into regression. If you were able to be a bit more relaxed about your frequency or vigilance, tighten things up a bit more. If you were taking her out every three hours, bring it back down to every two hours for a bit. The more distance you can put between this accident and the next one, the less regression in potty training you will see.
Clean up accidents properly using an enzyme cleaner; otherwise, your puppy will smell it and turn it into the indoor potty-spot

As we will cover more in Chapter 4-4: Olfactory sense, dogs have an enormously more powerful sense of smell than we do. When it comes to going potty, dogs try to designate spots as their ‘bathroom spots’, where they go again and again. Obviously, you do not want one of those bathroom spots to be inside your house!

If you clean the accident up with normal household cleaners, your dog will still be able to smell the spot, even though you can’t.

Instead, make sure to use an enzyme cleaner, designed specifically for pet urine. Soak the pee spot in the enzyme cleaner and let it sit per the recommended instructions for whichever brand you buy. That cleaner will remove the urine scent appropriately, preventing your dog from continuing to smell it.

If you don’t use an enzyme cleaner, your puppy will have the scent of urine in the house, and you risk losing the association you are trying to build between ‘inside’ and ‘den’.

Avoiding post-potty-training accidents: anticipate when they are likely to have an accident – such as from over-excitement or illness – and take them to go potty beforehand

Even after potty training, there are scenarios – particularly in the first 18 months of life, but even into adulthood depending on the dog – where your dog will potentially have accidents. These fall into two categories:

  • Over-excitement: you bring over dog or human friends that your puppy is incredibly excited about. She may then have an accident, either in anticipation or in the middle of play, because she’s so excited she doesn’t even realize she needs to pee (or poop).
  • Illness: miraculously, even a 4 month old puppy will often be able to hold in diarrhea in the middle of the night long enough to wake you up and indicate something is wrong. Even so, stomach illness can strike fast and hard, and your puppy may not be able to control her diarrhea.

In these cases, just do your best to anticipate the events and stay on top of them:

  • In the case of over-excitement, make sure to take your puppy to empty her tank before a playdate.
  • In the case of illness, if your puppy has been having runny poops or otherwise seems out of sorts, pay particular attention to her signals, especially at night. If she rarely wake you up at night, she had runny poops during the day, and she is now whining at 2AM, you might want to take her out right away.
Breeder practices can help expedite the potty training process

As a final note, there are some best practices for breeders that can set up you for an easier time of potty training.

Given the principle of errorless training, you can imagine that potty training goes a lot more smoothly if your breeder has already made headway. Of course newborn puppies cannot be consistently taken out to potty. However, good breeders will at least create a separate space in the puppy pen, such as with a pee pad or a square of astroturf, for puppies to do their business in (their den instinct will naturally incline them towards making use of it). The alternative is letting them potty where they play and sleep, which as we point out above causes them to start un-learning their den instinct of keeping their den and bathroom separate.

Not all breeders do this, and that is OK; while it is ideal and speeds the potty training process for you, the puppies will at the end of the day eventually learn regardless, so no long-term harm is done if breeders don’t follow this protocol. Still, if you’re considering a breeder it can be worth asking about how they manage potty spaces for puppies.

We go through a broader list of what practices to look for in a breeder in the later Chapter 6-3.

Chapter 1-12: Separation anxiety

“Yeah I can’t leave her in the room alone, she whines until I come back, but it’s OK because I work from home and my parents live with us so she’s really never alone”

“Whenever we leave the house even for just half an hour our neighbor says she barks and cries the whole time”

In this chapter we cover separation anxiety training, reducing the stress your dog feels when they are, out of occasional necessity, left home alone.

Dogs are incredibly social animals, even more so than humans; they need company. When left alone, dogs naturally feel anxious.

Dogs, like humans, are ‘social’ animals: they have evolved to operate in groups with other dogs and perhaps, after millennia of co-evolution with humans, even with people. Even more so than humans, dogs need to be around people or other dogs. They are simply not built to be alone.

As a result, when a dog is alone, everything in their brains is telling them to panic. Without training, all dogs suffer from ‘separation anxiety’ – panicking when they’re left home alone.

If we don’t train them to manage it, separation anxiety has substantial negative consequences for both humans and dogs.

That panic can be disastrous, for humans and dogs. It leads to behaviors like:

  • Barking all day: ever heard a neighbor’s dog barking all day long? It’s because they haven’t received separation anxiety training. Their owner isn’t home, so they’re panicking and barking up a storm.
  • Destroying furniture: the anxiety can create a neurotic energy your dog will do anything to try to alleviate. As mentioned in the earlier chapter on chewtoy training, chewing things is an innately soothing experience to dogs. When stressed at home alone therefore, they will try to chew chair legs, wood tables, baseboards, doors, kitchen cabinets, shoes, etc. as a way to calm and distract themselves.
  • Suffering enormous stress: the above behaviors are a serious pain to humans, but imagine what they reflect in the dog: extreme stress. As we said above, dogs are not built to be left alone. The anxiety they suffer as a result is tremendous.
  • Developing reactivity: at her heightened level of stress, your dog is more prone to develop reactivity to any stimuli that enters her world while you are gone. People walking on your sidewalk, or landscapers in the yard, or kids playing next door can all become terrifying to her.
To leave them home alone, we have to teach them to be comparatively comfortable with the experience. It is an unnatural skill that we need to help them develop, for practical life in our human-centric world.

Fortunately, their instinctive separation anxiety does not mean that we can never leave dogs home alone, it just means we have to train them to be able to do so. We have to acclimate them, help them understand that they are safe even if they are alone, and work on calming some of those feelings of anxiety.

In other words, being left alone is deeply unnatural for dogs, but – as always – dogs are remarkably adaptable, so we can teach them. Further below, we will go through a protocol for acclimating them to being home alone. The approach and objective will be very similar to socialization: using a range of tools and techniques, override their feelings of anxiety by instead encouraging and rewarding more positive emotions.

The end result will be that your dog can eventually be left alone, stress-free, for hours at a time – but only if you do plenty of separation anxiety training.

You should NOT leave your puppy home alone if you haven’t done this separation anxiety training yet!

Continuing the comparison with socialization, you will find, as we dig deeper later in this chapter, that separation anxiety training is all about creating positive associations (or at least not negative associations) with being left alone.

As such, if you leave your puppy home alone before completing separation anxiety training, she will, as we’ve discussed, panic. As with socialization, she will then associate that panic with being left alone, and those negative associations will make your separation anxiety training MUCH harder!

As a result, do NOT leave your puppy home alone until after you’ve completed separation anxiety training! That will only create negative experiences that will make it harder to do the training later!

Creating the right environment: To leave them home alone, in addition to separation anxiety training, we also need to create an environment that minimizes their stress.

Before getting into the details of separation anxiety training, we should talk about a second factor that can help relieve dogs’ stress when left alone: the environment you leave them in.

There are a few things you can do in your home to set them up for success:

  • Leaving chewtoys: per Chapter 1-7, chewtoys are a fantastic tool for both:
    • Self-soothing, helping dogs quell stress and anxious energy; and
    • Occupational therapy, giving them something fun and pleasurable to do, distracting them from the fact that they are alone

    As we’ll get into later in the chapter, stuffing chewtoys with delicious food adds the benefit of positively reinforcing you being away, helping create positive associations.

    Bottom line, chewtoys are one of the best tools in your kit for working on separation anxiety.

    As a result, we strongly recommend you complete chewtoy training first before working on separation anxiety

  • Crating: after crate training (Chapter 1-8), some owners crate their dogs when they are home alone, some do not. Both approaches have benefits; which you should take depends on your dog and your training history with them.

    Crating your puppy when you’re out of the house several potential benefits:

    • It keeps them out of trouble: keeping them away from things like food and furniture that they can get into if left alone.
    • It helps them stay calm: remember the crate should feel like a sanctuary to them, a place where nothing bad happens; it helps counteract separation anxiety by making them feel safe.
    • It encourages them to nap: the crate is their ‘den;’ in it, they only have the space (and the associations for) napping or quiet occupation, like chewing a chewtoy. Those are ‘safe’ activities while you’re out of the house, unlikely to get them worked up and anxious in the way that wandering around the house might.
    • It removes them from potentially disruptive stimuli: when they’re alone, all their fear responses are heightened. As a result, stimuli like noises outside or people they see out the window can trigger them to panic. Crating them in a quiet room far from the street serves to physically remove them from stimuli that could cause anxiety.

    It should go without saying, but if you choose to go the crating route do not crate your puppy alone until after you have completed crate training. As we covered in Chapter 1-8: Crate training, the benefits only exist after your dog has a deep well of positive associations with her crate. If you crate her before creating those positive associations, the reverse will happen: the negative experience of the separation anxiety will impart negative associations with the crate. She will start to hate both being left alone and the crate.

    While crating has its benefits, there are admittedly benefits for some dogs to leaving them uncrated:

    • For some dogs, if they are used to being around your house, at the window, etc. and are calm when left alone (i.e. after separation anxiety training), being able to move around the house can actually be calming for them, as they can see that everything is fine.
    • If you’re gone for more than a couple hours, letting them move and walk around is physically healthy. Obviously, that can only be allowed after sufficient errorless learning away from any troublesome habits, such as chewing on furniture or pottying indoors, as we discussed in Chapter 1-9: Errorless learning.

    We do not insist on one or the other approach: think about your puppy, where she is at in her development, how she reacts to things, and try one or the other route. If one doesn’t work well, try the other. Which approach you take can also change with time: perhaps crating works well early on, and over time she can graduate to having free roam.

  • Minimizing disruptions: if you’re out of the house, try to not have strangers – like plumbers, electricians, landscapers, cleaners, or neighbors – come into or around the house. Why add another layer of stress and stimulus for your dog to try to deal with on her own? Whether or not you crate your dog, also consider closing off parts of the house, like street-facing rooms, where they are more likely to see things that make them anxious. Closing shades can be a good idea too.
Technique for teaching your puppy to cope with separation anxiety: Use the process below. Go slow, work in tiny increments, and create plenty of positive associations.

So how do we teach our dogs to be OK on their own for a few hours? Below are a few tools and techniques. As always, we strongly recommend you check out any of the wonderful books on puppy training and development that cover this topic, such as those in our Further Reading[link] list.

  • Introduce in small doses, and stay ‘errorless’: the most important technique in getting your dog used to being alone is working in small increments. To start, leave your puppy alone for a few seconds, that’s it. Literally go outside for 2-3 seconds, then come back in. Start with a couple seconds, then work to 5, then 10, then 15, and so on. You can gradually start working in larger increments: once she’s OK with 2 minutes, try 3 minutes, then 5 minutes, then 7, 10, and 15.

    The idea is that with each increment, you want to come back in BEFORE she panics. Once again this is an example of errorless training: if you consistently leave and then return before she panics, she is learning that “oh they always come back, and I’m always safe in the meanwhile.”

    The goal is that she never enters a panic state, which would only create more negative associations with you being gone.

    Going out for 2 seconds might seem like nothing, but it’s not: you have left – that will almost certainly catch her attention – and you came back. As you work up to 5, 10, and 15 seconds, she’s slowly acclimating to you being gone longer and longer, and each time it is totally fine. By keeping the steps small, no individual step feels jarring or disturbing to her.

    Since separation anxiety is such an instinctual and rapid-onset feeling for them, you must go very, very slowly at first for this approach to work. Again, you’re buying seconds to start, and always coming back before she panics or cries out. Always err on the side of shorter rather than longer duration; it will end up progressing faster in the end. If you push the duration too long and she panics, she’s now primed to panic and you’ll see serious regression. Go slowly, and you’ll see steady progress.

  • If you push too long and she does panic/act out when you leave, use your voice to calm her but don’t come back in until she calms down, even for just 1 second: the ‘errorless’ iteration approach has an added layer of complication. If you mess up and push the duration slightly too long and your puppy cries out, it creates a catch-22:
    • One the one hand, you can’t just come back in. Think about what that reinforces: your puppy panicked and cried, and you came back, so now your puppy thinks that panicking and crying makes you come back. That trains them to panic and cry when you leave.
    • At the same time however, you need to get back in there as quickly as possible: if you let her fall into a panic spiral, you are undoing all the hard work you’ve done, creating deeper and deeper negative associations with being left alone.

    The resolution has two components:

    1. Wait for even a single second of calm, and come back in then. If your puppy panics, don’t come in while they are crying. Instead, wait for even a momentary break in crying, and come back in then. That helps avoid an association between barking/crying and your return. The timing is critical here, and tricky, pay attention. If they start crying again as you go in the room, stop and back out, waiting for them to calm before coming fully in. The goal is to show them “crying does not bring me in.”
    1. Use your voice to show them that you are nearby without actually going in the room. If you do nothing, they will fall into a panic spiral, so you need to help them calm down without going into the room. Talking to them – showing them that you are still nearby – can help do that. You can say their name and use a “settle” command, if you’ve taught that (we will cover that in a later chapter), to try and reassure them and get them to calm down. Most likely at first they won’t calm down (since hearing your voice has reinforced their crying), but now you’ve changed the dynamic: they know you are nearby and – by the tone of your voice – they know that they are safe. They may continue crying, but they will – at some point – pause as they try to figure out what’s going on. Your voice helps buy you that window of opportunity to come back in and reward being calm.

    If you go slow enough, this shouldn’t happen too often, but it will happen and you will need to be prepared. It is probably the hardest part of separation anxiety training.

  • Start with just being in another room: in addition to keeping the duration short, you can also make the initial training process more gradual (and therefore more effective) by making the location change smaller.

    Rather than leaving the house at first, start by just leaving the room.

    Once you’ve worked your way up to a 10-15 minute duration in a separate room, then try leaving the house. When you shift to stepping out of the house, go back to 2-3 seconds (it will still feel out of the ordinary to her, so you need to start slow to help her generalize), but you can work up that duration much faster once she gets the idea “oh it doesn’t matter whether daddy leaves the room or the house.”

  • Use chewtoys: short durations aren’t enough on their own to keep your pup from panicking. You also need to give her some distraction and positive reinforcement. The perfect distraction is a stuffed chewtoy. Building on Chapter 1-7: Chewtoy training, stuffing a chewtoy with one of her rare, favorite foods, something really high value, has several positive effects:
    • Distracts her: working on the chewtoy keeps her preoccupied, keeping her away from panic.
    • Soothes her: as we introduce in Chapter 1-7, chewing is a naturally calming experience. As such, it helps create a dissonance: the chewtoy is signalling to her brain that everything is fine, putting her in a calm state of mind, which helps dampen her inclination towards anxiety.
    • Positively reinforces alone time: giving her this amazing reward when you leave has the effect of rewarding her being alone. Sure you’re gone, but she got this huge reward – maybe you being gone isn’t such a bad thing!

    Chewtoys are one of the best tools for separation anxiety. As such, we strongly recommend chewtoy training (see Chapter 1-7) before working on separation anxiety.

  • Try using a crate (after crate-training): per the earlier bullet in this chapter on environmental factors, a crate can be a helpful tool for calming your pup, controlling her environment, and giving her a sense of safety when you’re out of the house. See perspectives on that above, and consider using a crate during training.
  • Don’t make a big deal out of leaving: when you leave, do not do anything special or act differently. That can be hard: when you leave the house you’ll naturally want to hug and kiss your dog and say goodbye. But by making a big deal out of it, you’re only heightening her awareness and sense that something is amiss. Instead, you can pick a simple command, like “bye bye” or “aloha,” to let her know to expect that you’re leaving, and then just leave. Keep your demeanor cool and casual.
  • Expect regression: Just like we discussed in Chapter 1-8: Crate training, regression is a natural part of puppy learning and development. We handle it in the exact same way:
    1. Look out for it – do not expect that just because your puppy was fine being left alone for 15 minutes yesterday she will be fine today.
    1. Go back to basics – remember, with an errorless training approach, we want to avoid getting to a point where she panics. If she regresses, you need to catch it quick, and roll back your training to well within a point she can handle. If she’s crying out at 5 minutes, go back to 1 minute, and work your way up again. That will be faster than trying 4 minutes and having her cry. Remember, errorless!
    1. Be patient and be diligent – regression can be disheartening at first, but we promise you have not lost progress. On the contrary, the second time you iterate, it will go much faster. It’s not a step back, it’s just part of how puppy brain’s develop. She has not forgotten or lost what you’ve taught her.
Once you successfully train your dog to be home alone, do not abuse that! Do not regularly leave your dog alone for more than 5 hours at a time.

With sufficient crate training, potty training, and separation anxiety, you can in theory leave your dog home alone for 8 hours a day.

Just because you can however does not mean you should.

On the contrary, we do not support regularly leaving dogs alone during the day for more than 5 hours at a time. Even then, if you are leaving your dog alone that long with any regularity you had better make sure they have gotten plenty of exercise and stimulation beforehand!

In Section 3, we go into more depth on the physical, social, and mental stimulation dogs require and deserve from us. For now, suffice to say that dogs are not meant to be alone for 8 hours a day, and certainly not meant to be left alone 8 hours a day without having plenty of time to explore outside, exercise, and play beforehand.

If you’re not willing to give your dog a reasonable amount of time to run, play, and engage with you every day, then you should not get a dog. Remember what we said in the introduction chapter: dogs are not furniture – they are living beings with complex needs and require your engagement and education. They are devoted partners, and you should treat them as such.

Even if you don’t think you’ll ever leave your dog alone, you MUST do separation anxiety training

Some dogs are lucky enough to have owners that can be with them almost all the time. Maybe an owner works from home, or lives in a house with lots of other people. Those are happy dogs indeed. Even in those situations, however, you MUST do separation anxiety training.

Why? Because even if you almost never leave your dog alone, you may be forced to leave them home alone at some point. Maybe you will be going to a special event, or leaving them at someone else’s house while you’re on vacation, or maybe you’ll have a medical emergency. Regardless, on those rare occasions you want your dog to be prepared. The last thing you want to worry about on vacation or at the hospital is that your dog is losing their minds, destroying things, or even escaping the house in her panic.

So regardless of your life circumstances, you should train your dog to be OK on her own in the house. It is an important life skill for her.

Home-alone training needs to be regularly maintained

After initial training, it’s important that you keep the skill up.

If you leave the house regularly – such as for grocery shopping or work – that will obviously happen naturally.

If you don’t however – if, for whatever reason, it’s rare for the dog to be alone – you should make an effort to go out of the house and leave your dog home alone for at least an hour at a time, once or twice a week.

If you don’t, the separation anxiety training will start to atrophy: imagine if your dog hasn’t been left alone for months, and then you go for a beach day and leave them alone for 8 hours. That will be pretty jarring to her, won’t it?

Cameras are an optional but nice-to-have supplemental tool, alerting you if your dog is regressing. If your dog is barking when you’re not at home, you will want to know it.

In-home camera systems, such as Ring and Furbo, let you check on your dog while you’re out of the house. These systems are convenient in that they let you know if your dog is reacting or relapsing. If they start constantly barking or crying, you’ll be able to tell. Without them, you’ll just have to assume they are doing fine, which can lead to unaddressed regression.

Some systems – Furbo in particular but ring has introduced this functionality as well – use machine learning to detect specifically if your dog is barking or crying, sending an alert to your phone so that you can be aware without periodically checking the camera.

If you don’t have a camera system, we encourage you to talk to any neighbors who are often home, and ask them to let you know if your dog regularly barks when your out. Many dog owners don’t even realize that their dog barks for hours at a time when they’re not home!

Having two dogs does not eliminate separation anxiety: you fill a different role. If you have two (or more) dogs, you have to do all the same work.

If you have two dogs, then reading all of the above you might think “thankfully by dogs are never alone – they always have each other – so they should be fine.” Unfortunately that’s not true.

A puppy’s relationship with her owners is different from her relationship with other dogs in the household. As we will explore more in Section 2, you are – if you properly train and interact with your dog – the parent, the member of the team that knows what is going on and is in control, the source of comfort and safety. Your dogs should be looking to you for guidance and direction when they are uncertain. As such, when you are out of the house it is quite possible for both dogs to panic, and even to feed off of each others’ anxiety! As anyone who has lived near two dogs that bark all day can tell you: dogs feed off each others’ emotions. If one gets anxious and worked up, that will generally cause the other one to get anxious and worked up.

As a result, your dogs need you around, not just each other. You still need to do separation anxiety training, and you still need to follow all the same guidance on not leaving them alone too often or too long.

That doesn’t mean two dogs don’t provide each other with comfort and occupation when you’re out of the house – they probably often do, and that may help alleviate some of the pangs of separation anxiety. But it does not eliminate them, or even mitigate them such that you don’t have to take all of the same measures as if you had only one dog.

Not to mention you never know when you’ll need to go somewhere – like the vet – with just one of the dogs.

↗️ Chapter 2-26 (link): Behavioral training the first year

We will come back to this concept later on in the Primer

Another major responsibility you have is starting age-appropriate training with your puppy. ‘Training’ – teaching your dog how to behave, to do what you ask of them – is an essential part of your life with your puppy and adult dog.

Training is so important that we devote three entire Sections, with over 40 Chapters, to it later in the Primer, starting with Section 2: Core Training Concepts.

Across the many Chapters in those Sections we will cover:

  • What training actually is – not just teaching ‘tricks,’ but learning how to work with your dog as a team
  • Why it is important – its benefits for your dog’s development, enrichment, safety, relationship with you, and quality of life for you both
  • What your responsibilities are – when you need to start training, and what that entails on a daily and weekly basis
  • Best practices in training – how (and how not) to train behaviors effectively
  • What resources you can tap into – such as books, classes, and professional trainers – to learn how to train and to improve as a trainer

After we cover those foundational concepts, we will discuss, in the Chapter Behavioral training in the first year of life, how training applies specifically to puppies; what your responsibilities are, when you should start working with them, and how to approach it with young dogs.

So we will come back to this concept later – put a pin in it for now. Just know for now that it is important!

Chapter 1-14: Playing with your puppy & teaching her problem-solving

“[from an owner who has done no training with her dog] Yeah my dog’s cute but not very smart”

“I take her out every hour to pee but she’s still bouncing off the walls!”

In most of the previous chapters we have focused on specific training and skill development you need to do with your puppy. In this chapter we turn to an equally important activity: playing with your puppy! Spending time with them both to enjoy each others’ company, but also to develop their problem-solving capabilities.

This should go without saying, but you need to spend time with your puppy, giving them regular attention. You cannot simply leave them in the background on their own! Plan to spend at least 15 minutes every couple of hours engaging with them.

Dogs are extremely social animals, even moreso than humans. We go into more depth on that in Section 3, but for now understand that puppies in particular need social interaction. They need you to play with them, to stimulate them.

If you simply put a puppy in her pen and leave her alone, she will:

  • Get bored and destructive
  • Get anxious from her isolation and lack of socialization
  • Not develop her mental and social faculties, making her a less-intelligent, less-well-bonded dog

If you don’t want to play with your puppy, then don’t get a dog.

When you get a puppy, plan to spend 15 minutes every couple of hours interacting with them through play, training, or exploration. Later in this chapter, we will talk about the types of stimulation you can provide.

At the same time, draw boundaries and teach them to entertain themselves

As we noted when we covered pens, in Chapter 1-10, your puppy will quickly always want your attention: they may often whine because they think you are doing something fun without them, or they just don’t like that you’re doing something else (like work) and are ignoring them.

In those cases, it is important that you do not cave. First, mentally check that your puppy’s general stimulation needs have been met – have you played with them enough recently?

If yes, ignore them until they calm down, then praise and reward them (for calming down) and go back to your business. They need to learn two important things:

  1. How to entertain themselves – you can’t always be there to stimulate them. It is good for their development to learn how to make their own games, and how to self-sooth.
  1. That you are not their servant – you will always be there to protect them, but you do not follow their orders, it is the other way around.

If they start to work themselves up and get out of control, go over and use an easy command that they already know – “Sit” is a good one, or “down” if they know it; best is “settle” if you’ve taught that to them. Wait patiently until they obey the command, and once they do give them praise and a chewtoy (Chapter 1-7) to help them calm themselves down. If they start acting out again, repeat the cycle – never reward acting out, always reward when they calm down.

If, however, you realize you haven’t played enough with them today, such that they are legitimately under-stimulated, you should still initially ignore them and wait for them to calm down (you don’t want to reward the whining), but once they calm down you should go over and play with them. Be reasonable in meeting your puppy’s legitimate needs for engagement.

5 important types of puppy stimulation: training is also a form of ‘play’ – you should give your puppy a mixture of open-ended play, structured training, problem-solving games, solo occupation, and independent exploration time.

For your puppy, you should make sure they get a mixture of 5 key types of stimulation:

  • Open-ended play – playing with you, just to have fun and build your bond. Games like rope tug or fetch.
  • Semi-structured training sessions – dedicated times to teach them tricks and commands; we will cover behavioral training and training sessions later on in depth in Section 2, in particular Chapters 2-18 and 2-26.

    For now, just note a couple of things that we will expand on later:

    • Training sessions can – and should – be fun for your puppy! (and you!) As you’ll see in later chapters, just because we call it training doesn’t mean it’s not a game.
    • Formal training delivers numerous benefits, including: stimulating her mentally, building capabilities like self-control and focus, improving her problem-solving capacity, building a collaborative bond with you, teaching her to trust and listen to you, and, of course, teaching her behaviors and commands that are useful in a variety of situations.
  • Problem-solving games – give them challenges to solve (that are not too difficult; set them up for success); we will talk more about this shortly.
  • Solo occupation – entertaining themselves, per our bullet above on drawing boundaries.
  • Independent explorationwith you around, to give her a sense of security, letting her explore the world, sniffing and touching things, especially outside. That stimulates her brain, gets her thinking, and makes her more adaptable. We will talk about that more in Chapter 3-5: Need for open-ended exploration.

As a dog owner it is one of your responsibilities to make sure you that you are getting your puppy regular stimulation in all five of those areas. Thankfully, all of them should be pretty fun!

Play problem-solving games with your pup: From day 1, set up some challenges to work on your puppy’s problem solving skills early on – it will make her a far more intelligent dog later in life

There is an extent to which dog intelligence is genetic, but a lot of intelligence is also about early-puppyhood cultivation. The more you mentally challenge your pup, within reason, the more curious and deliberate she will become.

You can achieve this pretty easily: try to create lots of small, achievable challenges for your puppy, and reward them when they figure it out. You should do this throughout your everyday activities together.

Here are a few examples of things you can do:

Example Problem Solving games you can play with your pooch

  • Teach her simple tricks like Sit and Paw (see Section 2: Core Training Concepts).
  • Give her a puzzle feeder or snuffle mat, forcing her to figure out how to get her food out. Chew toys offer a similar challenge, per Chapter 1-7.
  • Give her a toy, but place it behind some obstacles. Show her the toy and get her excited about it (for example by shaking it around and using a happy, high-pitched voice “what’s this? what’s this?”), then place behind some obstacle that she’ll have to navigate it out of, such as under a box she’ll need to push over, or behind a barrier she’ll need to walk around.
  • If you want to work on her scent capabilities, you can hide a very smelly treat (or a very well-loved and hence well-scented toy) behind some obstacle, such as in an (open) box or behind a chair. Show it to her first, let her smell it to get excited by it, then hide it and let her go find it. As an aside, ‘Nose work’ like this is a fantastic thing to do with your dog – we will dig much deeper into it in Chapter 3-5, Chapter 4-4, and Appendix 2-1.

Importantly, do not make the challenges too hard! You want them to win every time, to solve the problem every time. If they just get frustrated and don’t solve it, they’ll just learn to avoid solving problems. We will talk a lot more about this concept in Chapter 2-15: Going slow & rate of progression.

If you screw up and accidentally make a problem a bit too hard, don’t just give them the reward – that teaches them that if they wait long enough you’ll do it for them. Instead, intervene and make the problem easier such that they can solve it. As we’ll talk about in Section 2, you always want to reward your dog for doing something, not just out of the blue.

In the later Chapter 2-27, we will talk more about your dog’s Problem-Solving capability, why it is important, and other ways to foster it.

Chapter 1-15: Puppy exercise and over-exertion

We’ve talked a lot so far about at-home training and skill-development you need to do with your puppy, but obviously your puppy – especially as they grow into adolescents – will need lots of physical activity too! In a later chapter, Need for physical activity, we will go into more depth on their general activity needs; here, we want to start with some puppy-specific guidelines.

Physical Activity is important for puppies!

In addition to play, puppies need appropriate levels of physical activity. We will explore that in more detail in a later chapter, Need for physical activity.

For now, understand that dogs in general and puppies in particular need daily exercise – such as going for walks, running around outside, etc. – in addition to household play. It is critically important for both their physical and mental development. In the latter case, exercise helps get their energy out, allowing them to better focus and learn all the other skills we have discussed in previous chapters

In terms of how much exercise they need, that can vary by age, breed, and your particular puppy. Below, we will provide some rules of thumb.

Puppies have a lot of energy – but their physical endurance is limited. Pushing them beyond those limits is detrimental to their physical development! You must be familiar with what are appropriate and inappropriate levels of activity at a given age.

Puppies have a lot of energy, and as mentioned they need physical activity for healthy development. You have to be careful, however, not to push their activity beyond their bodies’ limits.

If you push a puppy too far – for example taking a 5-month-old puppy on even a 2-mile run with you – it can harm their joint and bone development, leading to serious health problems throughout their lives.

As such, it is important that you, as an owner:

  • Understand what are appropriate and inappropriate levels of activity for your puppy at each stage of their development
  • Do not take your puppy on activities that exceed their physical tolerances
The appropriate level of activity for your puppy depends on their age, size, and breed

The natural question then becomes: how much activity is appropriate? Unfortunately, the answer isn’t an easy formula. Appropriate activity levels depend on:

  • Age – obviously this factor is the most significant. Most 12-month-old puppies can do essentially everything an adult dog can, whereas most 6-month-old puppies should still have the most intense activities – like running or long hikes – limited.
  • Size – counterintuitively, size can work in either direction when it comes to activity: smaller dogs will have to strain themselves more for many of the same activities, but larger dogs can be more prone to joint and bone issues in their development.
  • Breed/body structure – the puppy’s genetic history determines both their rate of physical development and how sensitive they are to musculoskeletal problems.

While that can be a bit complicated, we will provide some rules of thumb you can use as guidance below.

Activity rules of thumb: making sure your puppy gets enough exercise, without pushing them too far.

While the picture is therefore complicated, there are a few rules of thumb you can follow:

Rules of thumb for puppy activity level

  • As a starting point, target 2-4 periods of physical exercise per day lasting 5 minutes per month of age, in addition to normal play. The U.K. Kennel Club recommends this exercise target, on top of normal play, of course depending on the dog’s breed and size (as we discussed above). For example, a 12-week old puppy (3 months old) should get two roughly 15 minute exercise sessions per day.

    ‘Exercise sessions’ can include things like:

    • Going for a walk
    • Going for a hike
    • Play sessions with other dogs (which are much more intense than play sessions with humans)

    While that target is just a rough baseline, it gives you a good sense of what an ‘inappropriate’ level of activity would be: if you have a 4-month-old puppy, taking them on a 2 hour hike is obviously well beyond what they should be doing, regardless of their breed.

  • As long as you are well short of over-exerting them, more is better. As mentioned above, exercise is incredibly important for puppy development. Therefore, don’t let a fear of over-exertion stop you from meeting their very real need. Make sure they get at least two sessions of proper exercise (playing with you at home doesn’t count) per day, of a sufficient duration and intensity for their needs.

    While the U.K. Kennel Club’s guidelines are very rough, they give you a starting point, and – more importantly – help you know how much is too much. Don’t take your puppy on an activity that is 5-10 times longer than the above recommendation. As long as you are short of that though, more is generally better.

  • Make sure your puppy gets exercise every day. The above rule implies this guidance, but it’s worth making it explicit. You must exercise your puppy every day. Leaving them at home for days and taking them out only a few times a week is bad for their physical growth and mental development. It is a basic failure in your responsibility as an owner.

    Don’t worry, that need doesn’t last forever. We will get into this topic in more depth Chapter 3-1: Physical activity, but as your puppy gets older you can and should actually start skipping days, getting them used to being able to occasionally spend 2-4 days hanging around the house.

    When they are 3-6 months old, however, you should be aiming to get them proper exercise every day.

  • Start short and gradually increase. Since the exact physical limits of a puppy vary by breed and size, the best and easiest approach is simply to start at a safe spot, and increase the length and intensity a bit every day. That will give your puppy’s body time to adapt and grow the musculature they need without harming them.

    The UKKC guidelines above are a good starting point. If you stick to that daily, you should see your puppy’s endurance grow, and you can start working up to longer durations.

  • Watch your puppy, and stop immediately if they seem tired. Puppies have lots of energy, and that excitement will often push them far beyond their limits (see below). If they are visibly tired, you have pushed way too far past their limits (you should be stopping long before they tire).
  • Consistency matters a lot – try to provide similar levels of activity regularly; sporadic exercise – such as leaving your puppy at home all week and then taking them for long hikes on the weekend – is particularly bad for their joint development. A puppy that gets a hike every day can, perhaps counter-intuitively, healthily hike longer than a puppy that hikes less frequently.

    That consistency makes avoiding over-exertion a lot easier: if your puppy is getting exercise every day, then as long as she is not asked to do something grossly inappropriate for her age, she will generally be fine. In contrast, if she is not taken for proper exercise for most of the week, then even other age-appropriate exercise on the weekend can injure her.

    As always however, listen to your dog. If you’ve gone for decent hikes three days in a row, and one day your puppy clearly just wants to sleep – let her sleep! Sometimes she just needs to rest and work on growing those muscles and neurological connections.

  • Do not take your dog for runs with you until at least 6 months of age. Humans are built for endurance and long runs; your puppy should not be forced to keep up with that.

    Hikes and walks allow your puppy to self-regulate her exertion better. Running while strapped to you does not. Furthermore, a human running pace may not be a natural, comfortable cadence for your puppy; depending on her size and breed, it may be awkwardly slow or fast for her. All of that risks damaging her joints.

  • Check with your breeder, reach out to breed clubs, and ask your vet. A lot of a puppy’s needs are genetic, so it’s worth checking in with both your breeder and her associated breed clubs, if any, to get their activity level recommendations by age. Your vet should also have a perspective. Cross-reference all of that information, however, and pay attention to your puppy’s physical response: there are widely varying views on activity levels out there, as it is an active area of discussion in the community.

Hopefully those guidelines should give you some level of intuition and a baseline sense of what is and isn’t appropriate to do with your puppy.

Puppies will follow you forever – do not rely on their signals to tell you when they are being pushed too far.

Puppies – and many dogs in general – will follow you forever. They do so for at least two reasons:

  1. As we’ve pointed out several times in this section, dogs are extremely social animals. You are their family, their pack, they want desperately to stick with you and mimic you.
  1. Puppies are incredibly excited by the world around them. Whether you’re in the yard, on a walk, or hiking in the woods, they are surrounded by a colorful array of smells, sights, sounds, and textures that are both frightening and exciting to them. They will want to run and explore as long as they can.

Just because a 3 month old puppy will follow you on a 5 mile hike however does not mean they should. As we made clear above, over-straining a puppy’s body can have serious deleterious effects on their developing physiology.

As a result, it is your job to keep track of your puppy’s activity, and not let them over-exert.

In practice, avoiding over-exertion is pretty easy: don’t take your puppy to activities that are age-inappropriate

You shouldn’t let the above warnings scare you. In the course of normal activity – playing in the yard, going to stores, going for walks – you are pretty unlikely to seriously overstrain your puppy. You do not need to ‘keep detailed track’ of your puppy’s activity. That would be overkill.

Rather, just don’t be an idiot: don’t take your 3-month-old puppy:

  • For a 3-mile hike
  • On a 2-hour playdate with an active 8-month old puppy
  • On a run

In other words, you can follow two guiding principles:

Guiding principles for puppy over-exertion:

  • You do not have to closely monitor your puppy’s daily activity
  • You do have to make sure you don’t take your puppy on age-inappropriate adventures

In the latter case, activities to be mindful of, depending on the puppy’s age, are:

Activities to be mindful of

  • Long hikes (over 2 miles for puppies under 6 months old)
  • Running or skiing with you
  • Time spent running or even walking on paved surfaces (it’s great to exercise our puppy and begin to introduce concepts like leash walking, but too much time on hard surfaces can impact their young joints.
  • Jumping off of surfaces higher than the puppies shoulder height (please don’t let an uncoordinated puppy with not yet developed joints exit the car by jumping out on their own!)
  • Long playdates with older puppies (playdates are great, but if she starts to flag, it’s time to go and give her a chance to nap)
  • Long-throw fetch (throwing a ball a long way and having her chase after it; those repeated ‘bursts’ of speed and sudden stops can wreak havoc on their joint development); shorter-distance fetch sessions, less than 20 puppy body lengths, are fine.

Each of these activities are of course fine and actually really good for the puppy as long as her age is right for the level of strain. You should be doing these things with your puppy when the time is right, just not too early.

But again don’t obsess. As discussed above, as long as your puppy is not operating at 5-10 times what she should be – or isn’t experiencing highly sporadic exercise (nothing for days then lots of exercise) – she will generally be OK.

Chapter 1-16: Rebellious period

In this chapter we talk about a common ‘rebellious phase’ that many puppies go through, and how to handle it.

The ‘teenager phase:’ Some puppies go through a rebellious period during adolescence (6-18 months of age).

As we mentioned in Chapter 1-1, adolescent puppies, between 6-18 months old, will not only often go through recurring fear periods (cf. Chapter 1-6), they may also begin to ‘rebel:’ they may suddenly stop obeying commands and behaviors that they adhered to perfectly when they were younger.

Do not fret, this is a natural part of puppy neurological development wherein they start to push boundaries and operate more independently. In this chapter we will talk about how to handle it.

Handling rebelliousness: Don’t get mad, but also don’t cater to it. Understand it’s a natural process, and go back to basics.

First off, do not get mad at your puppy. We know it can be frustrating, after putting in all that work to build good behaviors, and seeing such wonderful progress, to all of a sudden experience such drastic regression. Getting mad at your puppy however is only going to make the situation worse, both by increasing your frustration and likely causing you to interact with your puppy in a way that only leads to more bad behaviors.

Don’t worry – you have not lost all the progress you’ve made. These phases are to be expected, and – if you handle them appropriately – you will soon be back on track.

While it is a natural part of their maturation, that does not mean you can ignore it when they start to rebel. As we emphasized in e.g., Chapter 1-9: Errorless learning and will come back to again and again in later chapters like Chapter 2-14: Improving a behavior, Chapter 2-19: Consistency & follow-through, and Chapter 2-21: Self-reinforcing behaviors, if you let them ignore your commands or do things that they know they are not supposed to do, good behaviors will quickly extinguish and bad behaviors will quickly self-reinforce.

Instead, when they start to regress on a behavior, follow two rules:

  1. Remain errorless: If, for example, you ask them to offer a behavior that they know how to do, and they choose to ignore you, do not simply move on. Do not do – or let them do – anything else or anything fun until they have done what you’ve asked. Be patient, and wait them out.

    For details on how to go about this in practice, see:

  1. Go back to basics: Treat rebelliousness like a form of regression (Chapter 2-16). Rather than maintaining the same high threshold of expectations, go back to when you were first teaching or shaping a behavior, and start them from the beginning. If you don’t, they’ll just keep failing repeatedly, which makes both them and you frustrated, and negatively reinforces the behavior (we’ll talk much, much more about this in the later Section on Core Training Concepts). Don’t worry, if you go back to basics, they will rapidly progress right back to where they were, and the behaviors will be reinforced all the more strongly for it.

    For details on how to go about this in practice, see Chapter 2-16: Regression.

Chapter 1-17: Puppies and patience

As a final note before we leave the Puppy section of this primer: be patient – with the puppy, and with yourself.

Day 1 chaos: no matter how much you study and plan, the first day it will feel like nothing is going right, there’s too much to keep track of, and you can’t possibly do this.

Everything we’ve covered might seem great on paper, but the first day you bring your puppy home it can quickly feel like it’s all falling apart: your puppy will be stressed, you will be stressed, and trying to start on crate training, potty training, chewtoy training, and socialization will feel overwhelming. You’ll panic because you’ll know the window for training and socialization closes so quickly. As you try to teach them things and socialize them, nothing will go the way it’s ‘supposed’ to, and keeping all these concepts in your head at the same time will feel impossible.

Don’t panic! Everything will be fine, we promise. If you’ve gotten this far, you’re already ahead of the curve.

Don’t panic, everything is fine – if you’re thinking about this stuff at all, you’re already ahead of the curve, and you and your puppy will be fine, we promise.

It’s like this: the entire point of teaching foundational behaviors is teaching your puppy how to learn, how to work with you, how to listen to you, how to trust you, and how to live in human society. They don’t start that way from day 1, and that means that during the first few weeks and months of training and teaching your puppy will not get things right away! You can expect:

  • They’ll get distracted, or frustrated, or scared
  • They’ll seem to get something down solid one day, and the next day have seemingly totally forgotten it
  • They’ll completely blow you off, not listen to you at all, and generally do lots of things they know they’re not supposed to

All of that is entirely natural. In Section 2: Core Training Concepts, we cover how to handle the ups and downs of training. Stick to those principles, be consistent and diligent, and you will see improvement. Training your puppy will get easier and easier (and frankly more and more fun) with time.

As long as you’re paying attention to your puppy and consistently trying to learn yourself, you will be fine; it will get easier and easier, as you practice and your puppy learns.

Be patient with your puppy!

The important thing, when you’re struggling with a training session or your puppy is regressing or misbehaving, is be patient with your puppy! Don’t get frustrated. Take it slow, don’t be discouraged, and trust that progress is happening. If you’re working with them regularly, they are learning, and growing, and turning into a better, smarter, stronger dog.

And be patient with yourself!

And don’t forget to be easy on yourself. You will make mistakes, and that’s 100% OK! As long as you are thinking about the principles we have covered -and tapping into some of the many great educational resources out there[link to further resources] – you will get better and better, training will feel more and more natural and intuitive, and any bad behaviors you accidentally teach your puppy along the way you will be able to remedy, we promise.

By building a strong overall foundation, you will find it much easier to untrain whatever bad behaviors or socialization gaps that do emerge later on.

Even so, make sure to set yourself up for success

All that said, do set yourself up for success:

  • Review this primer to familiarize yourself with the most important concepts a dog owner should know
  • Take the RCOC exam to check and deepen your understanding
  • Get a couple of the amazing books out there, especially on puppyhood, and consider tapping into some of the many other wonderful online and in-person classes and educational resources. See our further studies page for some of our recommended resources (but there are many other great ones out there!)

If you do that bit of work before you get your puppy or adult dog, you will find the first few weeks that much less difficult.

Section 2:

Core Training Concepts

Section 2 Introduction: What training is and why you have to do it

“Yeah I’ve always meant to teach her some tricks but I just haven’t gotten around to it”

“She knows a couple tricks but she’s not very smart so we haven’t really taught her more”

“I just don’t have the time to train her”

“We’re not one of those ‘hardcore dog people’ that get into training and all that”

“Yeah she’s like a cat, very independent, you can’t get her to do what you tell her”

“[as dog runs around yard uncontrollably] Come! Come! Come! Come! Come! Come! Come! Come! [owner gives up and ignores it]”

In this section we will finally start to get into the details of what formal dog training, using operant conditioning, looks like, and how to go about it in a healthy and effective manner.

Training is not optional: it is not a ‘nice-to-have’ or purely a hobby; training is a central, necessary part of being a responsible dog owner.

Sadly, most people – including most dog owners – have a gross misconception about what dog training is. They imagine ‘dog training’ is merely:

  • Teaching your dog ‘cute tricks’ for entertainment
  • Purely a hobby, for the sake of your own enjoyment and occupation
  • A ‘nice-to-have’ – sure it’s convenient for your dog to listen to you better, but not strictly necessary

Those all-too-prevalent views of training are horribly incorrect, and – when owners espouse them – damaging to the lives of dogs and their owners.

On the contrary, as we have hopefully made clear in our prior chapters, and will show even more clearly throughout this section and the ones that follow, training is fundamental to your dog’s life and your relationship to your dog; it is – after Socialization (Ch. 1-2), and perhaps physical activity (Section 3)the most important thing for you to do with your dog.

As we’ve highlighted in previous chapters – and will demonstrate even more here and in the coming ones – training is critical to:

  • Developing key dog capacities like self-control and confidence
  • Satisfying your dog’s need for mental stimulation and work
  • Building a deep, sincere, and collaborative relationship with you, her handler
  • Fostering your dog’s intelligence and problem-solving skills
  • Teaching your dog how to navigate life in a human-centric world
  • Living together with your dog comfortably, peaceably, and with minimal stress for both of you
  • And more!

For puppies in particular, if you have one, early training:

  • Builds good habits early on – and helps avoid developing bad ones
  • Promotes their mental development
  • Accelerates their maturation, building their self-control, obedience, and other capacities
  • Facilitates socialization (more on this below)

We will come back to the benefits of training again and again, but to reiterate here: as a responsible dog owner, you must work on training with your puppy or adult dog, and continue doing so throughout their life!

Throughout the chapters in Section 2, we will introduce you to what training actually is and the techniques and best practices that are healthy and effective.

Before we dig our teeth in, in the next few bullet points we will try to briefly give you a better sense of what dog training looks like and why it matters so much.

What training actually looks like: training is teaching; it is not ‘demanding obedience,’ and it is not ‘learning fun tricks.’ It is teaching your dog how to live and behave: how to operate collaboratively with you as a team, and how to act in a human-centric world.

As we will demonstrate through the chapters in Section 2, training your dog is more than getting them to do the occasional cute trick.

We actually aren’t in love with the term ‘training,’ because outside of the world of dog professionals, it can carry a misleading connotation: when most lay people think ‘training,’ they think ‘getting a dog to do a specific thing on command.’ While that statement is technically not incorrect, the connotation is that the behavior learned is (a) robotic, without judgment or mental consideration from the dog, and (b) limited to a highly specific action, a single event. Both of those things are untrue, and that mentality both sells the dog short and entirely misses the most important points of training.

Instead, we prefer you to think of it as teaching. There are some important differences in the connotations that we want to highlight. Training/teaching is not solely about your dog simply learning some very specific behaviors (although they do learn that); rather, it is just as equally about:

  1. Them building an understanding of appropriate and inappropriate ways to behave
  1. Them developing deeper faculties and capabilities – self-control, problem solving, handler focus, etc.
  1. Them building a collaborative, trusting relationship with you, becoming part of your ‘team,’ and looking to you for guidance

You are teaching your dog how to, and equipping them with the skills to, behave appropriately in human society, both at home/with her family and among society at large. This education not only makes the owner’s life easier, but more importantly it makes the dog’s life far more joyful and enriching: a dog that is taught (trained) well is equipped to understand, interpret, and respond to the environment around them, while a dog that isn’t lives in frequent fear, reacting to events in human society that may seem mundane to us, but they don’t understand and therefore are afraid of.

If that seems a bit abstract right now, don’t worry. As we go through actual training techniques in the following chapters and later sections – and as you eventually start to learn from outside resources like books and classes – the experience and goals of training will become more apparent. For now, let’s give you a sense of the types of things you will be teaching your dog:

  • Teaching foundational on-command behaviors: Teaching them behaviors that let them operate happily and healthily in a human world. Behaviors like Sit, Stay, Down, Settle, Leave It, Tuck, Come/Recall, etc. allow you to control how they behave in different contexts. As we’ll discuss later in this chapter, having consistent adherence to those commands allows you to take your dog more places safely and enjoyably. Teaching and using these behaviors also enables the range of educational options and benefits we cover below.
  • Continuously improving & deepening behaviors: After teaching them what a behavior is, you will be continuously working on their adherence, responsiveness, technique, generalization, and duration. It is not enough to get your dog to understand what they should do when you say “Down;” you need them to actually, consistently do it. Otherwise, the command is worse than useless, undermining your relationship every time you give it.

    Specifically, you will work on, for a given behavior, improving their: adherence (whether they do what you ask), responsiveness (how quickly they do it), technique (how well they do it), generalization (ability to perform the task or behavior in new settings with varying levels of distraction), and duration (for Stay commands, how long they hold it before you release them).

  • Teaching them to trust you and listen to you: As part of training and using commands, you will be teaching and reinforcing in them the mentality that ‘when mom tells me to do something, I do it.’ We will cover this in more depth in Chapter 2-19. The bottom line is that as long as you are consistent about not letting them blow you off (achieving 100% adherence), then the more training you do, the more deeply you will ingrain the notion that ‘when mom tells me to do something, I have to do it.’

    More broadly, you are teaching them to trust your judgment, and to look for your guidance. You are building the habit/mentality in your dog: ‘Mom is in charge, she always knows what to do; if I’m scared or confused, I should look to her.’ In the bullet below on ‘why training matters,’ we will show you why that mentality is so critical and rewarding, for you and your dog.

  • Teaching them how to behave in different situations: Teaching them healthy default reactions to a wide range of daily contexts. Through a combination of commands you’ve taught them and operant conditioning, you will show them the ‘right’ way to behave in a variety of human situations, such as:
    • Not barking at or jumping up on strangers or visitors
    • Not stealing food, and settling down while you’re eating dinner
    • Not running towards other dogs without permission
    • Not running out of the house or yard if you leave the door or gate open

    That is how your dog learns how to live in human society, and how to interact appropriately with other people and animals, in different contexts. That reduces their stress and yours.

That is just a very rough synthesis of what training in practice looks like. As we go through the many following chapters and sections, you will start to develop a more concrete understanding of what we mean.

Why training matters: after socialization (and perhaps physical activity), training is the most important and beneficial thing you must do for your dog, conferring a wide range of staggering benefits for you and her both.

Training your dog in the manner we describe above confers a tremendous set of benefits, and forms the core of your relationship with your dog:

The benefits of dog training

  • Ensures safety: Your dog lacks the context you have in most situations, and, if left to their own devices, can at times be a risk to themselves or others. Being able to command an emergency Down or Settle can stop them from unwittingly running into the street, running towards a reactive dog (or person), jumping out of the car, or biting a child that pulls their tail.

    If your dog is at all reactive towards people or other dogs (see our earlier Chapters, 1-4: Socialization with dogs and 1-3: Socialization with strangers), you especially need to have them under verbal control, to both prevent them from acting on reactive impulses and, in so doing, to help keep them calm and focused on you.

  • Builds a deeper, more collaborative relationship: Training with your dog is, ultimately, working together, as a unit. You each have your roles. You take the lead, evaluating situations and determining what to do, while your dog has her job, doing the ‘task’ (sitting, staying, recalling) that you indicate. Dogs, like humans, are social creatures: they desperately need both a social group and an occupation, a way to contribute to the group.

    To them, the ‘tasks’ you give them are their job, their social role as part of your team. Training together not only satisfies that need for work (see below), it also, in doing so, bonds them to you far more strongly than anything else you do for or with them.

    If you don’t train with your dog, your relationship risks becoming somewhat transactional, rather than a true partnership. Training with your dog, as you’ll see in the following chapters, quickly moves them beyond seeking compensation rewards like food (’primary reinforcers’) and on to being motivated by the fun of work itself, by wanting to do the right thing, by wanting to do what you want. Nothing will bond your dog more strongly to you than training, period.

  • Improves your lifestyle: Having a dog that listens to you, knows lots of useful commands (e.g., Sit, Come, Settle, Stay), and knows good default behaviors in lots of situations lets you do more with your dog, take them more places, and have more fun bringing them along for the ride.

    It keeps them from being a burden or nuisance, both at home and out of the house; if your dog listens to you and generally knows how to behave, then you don’t have to be constantly vigilant with them. That spares you mental energy, and lets you enjoy their company.

    That good behavior and control also keeps them from being a nuisance (or risk) to others.

    There are broader community benefits too: if more dog owners were diligent about training their dogs, dogs would be allowed more places – restaurants, beaches, parties, and stores. Sadly, a large population of poorly-behaved dogs has led to their exclusion from plenty of places that dogs could be perfectly polite and happy in.

    Bottom line, training your dog lets you spend your time with them having fun together, not watching out for them.

  • Improves their lifestyle: Your dog knowing how to behave not only makes them less of a nuisance to you, it also lets them have more fun. They get to go more places – thereby spending more time with you, rather than alone at home. They also get to do super fun activities – like go for off-leash hikes or to the beach – that require them to be under control.
  • Satisfies their need for mental stimulation: As we will explore more in Section 3: A dog’s basic needs, most dogs need to exercise not just their bodies but their minds to be satisfied. Training uses their brains, tiring them out and enriching their lives.
  • Fosters their mental development: As will explore more in Section 3: A Dog’s Basic Needs, the intellectual stimulation of training also grows their mental capacity. Through regular training – learning new behaviors, and getting better and better at old ones – they improve their problem-solving ability and their intellectual capacity.
  • Gives them joy! As we discussed in Need for occupation, work (training) is super fun for dogs! They love it! As long as you go about it the right way. The best practices in dog training today make learning behaviors exceedingly fun for dogs. Unfortunately, there are many outdated and/or mis-guided training practices out there – such as the extensive use of aversive methods – that do the opposite, turning training into a miserable experience for your dog and leading to a range of negative side effects for your dog’s behavior and relationship with you. Throughout the following chapters, we will take you through the right way to train according to the most widely established and evidenced best practices, and where appropriate highlight the wrong ways to avoid.
  • Reduces their stress: After socialization, regular training is one of the best ways to help keep your dog from being stressed and anxious by daily life in a human-centered world filled with noises, people, places, and smells they don’t know or understand. Training achieves this in two ways:
    1. It teaches them to trust you, to trust that you are in charge and in control of situations, so that even when they don’t understand what’s going on, they know you do. While you’re around, they won’t feel the same need to ensure their own protection themselves.
    1. It teaches them how to behave in various situations. By teaching them healthy default behaviors in a variety of contexts (see our above comments on ‘what training actually looks like’), you are giving them comfort with those scenarios. When guests come over, or the landscapers come to the yard, or you’re sitting down to dinner at a restaurant, they know what to do. Just like humans, when you are familiar with a situation and know what to do, you don’t stress; when you don’t know what to do, you stress out.
  • Builds their confidence, self-control, and other foundational skills: As we will cover in Chapter 2-27, there are a number of capacities it is important for your dog to foster, such as self-confidence, self-control, critical thinking, trust (in you), and focus (on you). These capacities not only give your dog a more vibrant, enriched life, they also make her more adaptable, resilient, capable, and better-behaved in the wide range of human contexts you’ll expose her to.

    As we will lay out in Chapter 3-7: Need for occupation, training is one of the best ways to build those skills: it shows her that she can do what is asked of her and get rewarded with praise, building her confidence; it motivates her to hold back from her impulses – such as with a ‘Stay’ – gradually building her self-control; it rewards her for watching you, listening to you, and checking in with you, teaching her handler-focus; and so on.

    Training is your best tool for helping your dog grow into a more competent, capable, attentive companion.

  • Supports Socialization: For puppies, as we covered in Chapters Socialization Basics, Socialization with & reactivity to other dogs, and Socialization with & reactivity to strangers, part of Socialization is making your dog feel comfortable, safe, and in control in novel environments and experiences.

    Training helps you achieve that in at least 3 ways:

    1. Familiar commands for unfamiliar contexts:

      As we’ll cover in Chapter 2-2: Operant conditioning and Chapter 2-18: Training sessions, training sessions should be fun experiences for your dog, and doing ‘tricks’ like Sit, Paw, Paws Up, etc. should have tons of positive associations built up, such that your dog loves doing them.

      In a Socialization context, you can therefore use tricks, particularly very easy, thorough-reinforced ones, to signal to your dog ‘everything is fine,’ giving them something familiar and enjoyable to do even though something new and uncertain is happening. By asking them to offer a trick, you are getting them to focus on you (rather than the stressor), asserting to them that everything is fine, and helping ‘shift’ their brain towards ‘training mode’ rather than letting it slip into ‘panic mode.’

      They won’t have the same focus as during a normal session, and it won’t work if they are really panicking, but the tricks can nevertheless help get over some Socialization hurdles, acclimating your dog to a new space more quickly and easily.

    1. Confidence-building:

      As we’ll cover in Chapter 2-27: Building core capabilities, training helps build your dog’s confidence – a sense that they can handle unfamiliar situations and come out OK.

      That confidence plays an important role in socialization: the more confident your dog is, the harder it is for a new experience to push them into a fear-spiral. That gives you a bit more buffer as you try to acclimate them.

    1. Trust-building:

      As we’ll cover also in Chapter 2-27, training also helps build ‘Owner Trust:’ your dog’s sense that you know what you are doing, that they can go to you when they are uncertain of something, such as when you expose them to new people, places, creatures, and things.

      In a socialization context, when your dog is a bit frightened of a new experience, that ‘owner trust’ gets them to look to you for safety and guidance, rather than simply feeling out of control and scared. In looking to you, that creates an opportunity for you to show them that everything is fine.

Hopefully that list convinces you: the time you put into training yields big dividends; it is the foundation for your relationship with your dog, and your dog’s capacity to navigate life.

If you are not interested in or willing to train your dog, why even get a dog? Remember, dogs are not furniture – they are living beings with complex needs and require your engagement and education.

Consequences of not training: your and your dog’s lives will be more stressful, less enriching and joyful, and your relationship will be shallower.

We laid out the many benefits of training above, but if those don’t convince you to do it, consider the reverse case, the downsides if you don’t train your dog:

  • Their lives will be more stressful. Per above, training teaches dogs confidence, trust in you (their owner), and knowledge of how to behave in many situations. All of those things connect to give dogs a sense of control and understanding in a wide range of scenarios. Without that, your dog’s life will be punctuated by fear and panic whenever, for example, a neighbor waters their garden, you take them to a restaurant or party, or children come to visit.
  • They will be dumber. Per above, training gets your dog to think, developing their mental faculties. Without it, your dog will, frankly, be dumber, and grow more so with age.
  • They will be less happy. Per above, training and ‘work’ provide mental enrichment that both occupy their energy and give them tremendous joy. Without it, they will be both more bored and miss out on one of the greatest sources of fulfillment in a dog’s life.
  • Your life will be worse. Without training, your dog both (a) won’t know how to behave, and (b) won’t consistently listen to you. As a result, your dog will occasionally – or frequently – be an out-of-control nuisance. Instead of a fun companion, they become a dependent you have to keep a constant eye on.
  • Your bond will be weaker. Per above, without training, your relationship with your dog will risk being largely transactional, skin-deep. They will do what you ask only if they feel like it, only if there is something in it for them. They will be near you only when it suits them. Training, as we pointed out, creates an infinitely deeper collaborative relationship – you are part of a team. Training will also make you more in-tune with your dog. We can’t tell you how many owners – even after ten years living with their dog – can’t tell the difference between fear and excitement, terror and calm, or suppression and obedience.

Train your dog. If you don’t, your life together isn’t half of what it could and should be.

Training happens whether you mean it to or not: every interaction you have with your dog is teaching them something.

As we’ll cover in the chapters on Unintentional reinforcement and Self-reinforcing behaviors – and have indirectly demonstrated in our earlier puppy behavior chapters – every interaction you have with your dog and every interaction your dog has with the world is training their behaviors. For example:

  • When you put human food within reach of them, tempting them to steal it, you end up positively reinforcing stealing food (since when they steal it they get the immediate reward of new food!).
  • When you get home, hear them barking, and come into the house, you are positively reinforcing them barking when you’re not home (since barking, from their perspective, ‘made you’ come home).
  • When your dog jumps up on you and you give them eye contact, pets, and attention, you are positively reinforcing jumping up on people.

You can think of ‘training’ in two senses:

  • Formal, deliberate training where you are teaching them to perform a behavior on command
  • ‘Passive,’ often accidental, ‘environmental’ training where you positively reinforce or punish actions they offer in response to environmental circumstances

As you will see in the chapters that follow, one of the biggest parts of training is learning to adopt a ‘trainer mentality’ – to see every interaction through a training lens, to see the power of predictions and associations learned through every day occurrences .

By developing that intuition, you will start to become much more aware and conscious of what you’re reinforcing, and avoid accidentally encouraging unwanted behaviors!

What we cover: in this primer, we hope to help you avoid bad outcomes by familiarizing you with the core concepts of training, so that you understand what dog training really means, what it looks like, and what you’ll need to learn to do it.

The owner education landscape today presents an unfortunate dynamic:

  • On the one hand, as we’ve hopefully convinced you, training is a crucial, necessary part of responsible dog ownership, central to both you and your dog’s relationship, quality of life, enrichment, and even safety
  • On the other hand, unfortunately, training is also the area that most dog owners know the least about

As a result, millions of dogs live considerably worse, shorter lives than they should.

That conflict is actually the main motivation for this Primer, as well as the accompanying Responsible Canine Owner Certification. Our primary goal, our mission, is to start you on your learning journey: to help you realize what you don’t know about dog training, and thereby – hopefully – encourage more owners to take their education more seriously, going on beyond this Primer to read books, take classes, work with trainers, and practice.

In the following chapters, we will introduce you to:

  • Core training concepts, such as operant conditioning, classical conditioning, errorless learning, and shaping
  • How dogs think and learn, such as with single-event learning, intermittent reinforcement, and verbal vs. visual communication
  • Best practices in training, such as going slow, consistency, and maintenance
  • Foundational behaviors, such as Sit, Down, Stay, Recall, and Leave It

Our hope is that after reading these chapters – and hopefully passing the accompanying RCOC – you will come away with:

  1. An awareness of what training entails, of what you will need to learn to be able to train your dog
  1. A basic familiarity with the most critical training concepts, to start building the right training habits, mentality, and intuition, and priming you to remember and understand those concepts better when you see them in the future

As we lay out in the next bullet, we will not endeavor to give you, or expect you to come away with, an ability to go out and train your dog. That will require more from you: that you learn from dedicated resources (books, classes, and trainers) and that you practice with your dog. To start, our focus is on making you aware of what you need to learn, and starting off your learning journey.

What we don’t cover: This primer on its own will not turn you into an able trainer; one of your first responsibilities as a dog owner is to go out and tap into the wealth of excellent, dedicated resources out there – books, online resources, in-person classes, one-on-one trainers, etc. – to learn how to train your dog.

Just as important as what we will do – see the previous bullet – is what we won’t do.

Our ambition in this primer – and the RCOC – is limited: we want you to come away with an awareness of and basic familiarity with the core principles of and best practices in dog training. But that alone does not mean you can just go out and train.

Rather, that is the start of your learning journey. The chapters that follow are merely introductions, meant to hopefully convince you:

  • How important training is
  • How much there is to learn – and the consequences of failing to do so
  • And how big the rewards are to you, as an owner, educating yourself

To go on and learn how to properly train your dog will require that you:

  • Study more in-depth resources – there are thankfully a plethora of wonderful books, online and in-person classes, and professional trainers out there; we recommend some further reading below
  • Practice with your dog – there is no replacement for practice. You have to take what you read and hear here, in books, and in class and actually apply that in training sessions to start to actually learn

We therefore strongly encourage new dog owners, after reading these chapters, to do the following:

  1. Read at least one other book specifically on dog or puppy training

    Here are a few of our favorites (but there are many more great ones out there!):

    • Ian Dunbar’s Before & After Getting your Puppy
    • Karen Pryor’s Don’t Shoot the Dog
    • Patricia McConnell and Brenda Scidmore’s The Puppy Primer

    You can find more great options, as well as great books on other non-training dog-rearing topics, on our Further Resources[link] page.

  1. Take at bare minimum one 6- to 12-week introductory obedience class series! You’ve got a few options here:
    1. Local in-person classes: In almost every part of the country you can find reputable introductory dog training classes, such as through your local ASPCA or other national, regional, and (legitimate) local rescues. Note you do have to be a bit careful – there are unfortunately many trainers out there who follow outdated or misguided practices. We have a dedicated chapter, Classes and professional trainers, that includes finding classes and what to look for.

      Classes are usually taught in a 6- to 10-week series. We strongly recommend doing more than one series. Ideally, we recommend that after a novice obedience course, you take increasingly advanced classes for 4-6 months. They are usually pretty affordable – often no more than $20-$30 per session – and they not only teach you concepts, but they also give you the chance to practice them in real-time with your dog and get tips and feedback from the teacher. They are a great way to broaden, apply, and internalize what you learn here and in books.

    1. Online classes are another option. You lose the benefit of getting feedback from the teacher, but in exchange you can re-watch lessons multiple times, access years’ worth of lessons, and usually get access to a Q&A forum staffed with knowledgeable trainers. As with in-person classes, we recommend pursuing these for 4-6 months.
    1. One-on-one trainer sessions: if you can afford it, these are a third great option. Like classes, you have to be careful to find a reputable trainer (see the Chapter Classes and professional trainers for tips on how). Trainer sessions can obviously give you individualized attention, working on the areas you and your dog have the biggest gaps in.

While it can be expensive to replace classes with a one-on-one trainer, an occasional one-on-one session is a great supplement to classes, especially online classes. Working once or twice a month with a trainer can help you get better, faster.

The bottom line is: training is the area of knowledge most dog owners need to do the most learning in, but thankfully there is an abundance of great resources out there you can and should tap into.

You should be training your dog every day, both actively and passively.

As we we will discuss in Chapter 2-18: Training sessions and Chapter 3-7: Need for occupation, training takes on two forms:

  • Daily dedicated training sessions: you should be doing a 10-20 minute training session with your dog every day.

    Note that is in addition to any classes you take or resources you study to actually learn how to train. For the first year after bringing your dog home, you should be devoting at least 30-60 minutes a week to that personal learning.

  • Constant passive training: you should be using the foundational behaviors your dog has learned all the time, to show them and enforce the right and wrong ways of behaving.
    • Your dog jumps up on the counter? “Off”
    • Your dog wants a new toy you’re holding? “Sit”→”Down”→Reward
    • You’re stepping out to get the mail? Leave the door open, and put them in a Sit-Stay until you get back, teaching them not to cross the threshold without permission
    • Training is something you’re doing all the time, as you use the foundational commands to show your dog the right way to behave, and in so doing reinforce their mentality of doing what you tell them to

The bottom line is: training is not an occasional thing, it is daily and constant.

You will never stop learning as a trainer. But don’t worry, you don’t need to be an expert on Day 1!

Good dog training is not a skill you learn how to do once and then are done. Even the best, most experienced, most knowledgeable trainers in the world are still learning and improving their technique all the time. You will find that with each passing week, month, and year you will get better and better as a trainer, and look back on how you used to do things and think “wow I was such an idiot!”

Don’t panic! That doesn’t mean you have to learn fast or anything like that. You’ll start off rough, and get better with time, and that is 100%, perfectly fine!

Don’t worry that you’ll ‘screw up’ your dog with bad training: you will screw something up, giving your dog a behavior you shouldn’t have, we promise you. But as long as you are (a) trying your best and (b) working on continuously getting better as a trainer, it will be OK. You will spot and fix the behavior later, and in so doing become a better trainer for it.

The bottom line is: don’t stress; the important thing is to start, to try, and to always be looking to learn more.

Don’t be scared – it’s OK to make mistakes, and this is easier than it looks!

We can’t emphasize this enough: yes there is a lot to learn in training, but don’t get paralyzed by that. There are at least two reasons you don’t need to stress, panic, or freeze up:

  1. Mistakes are OK, you can start off rough: As we pointed out in the last bullet, you absolutely, unequivocally do not need to know everything, or do everything right, on Day 1. The important thing is to just start. Read and learn, practice and apply. Keep learning, realizing where you screwed up, and getting better. It’s OK to be really rough and make mistakes when you start.
  1. Getting the basics down is easier than it looks: all these concepts can seem daunting, but we promise: this is easier than it looks. Once you start practicing with your dog, reading them and watching them, the basic concepts will start to become intuitive to you far faster than you think. You do not have to try to remember everything, or do everything correctly. When you actually sit down and start to train, these lessons will trickle back to you, and as you return to this Primer, and your books, and your classes, you’ll see the same principles repeated again and again. While you can spend a lifetime getting better and better at training, you’ll find that you’ll pretty quickly be good enough to give your dog what she needs: a parent, a partner, and an enriching life.

The bottom line is: dog training is ultimately learned through practice – so while you should study, don’t obsess. Learn a bit, then get out there and practice, screw up, diagnose, and get better. Taking classes and getting feedback from professionals can help that process a lot.

YOU have to train your dog: professional trainers are there to help teach you how to teach your dog, not teach them for you. There is no replacement for you learning how to work with your dog

As we come back to again and again throughout the Primer, working with a professional non-compulsion trainer, either through a class or in one-on-one sessions, is a fantastic way to rapidly improve how you understand and handle your dog. Most of the concepts we cover are, frankly, extremely difficult to try and learn on your own, but relatively fast and straightforward to learn with help. Everything we cover in the Primer, a trainer can help you learn far faster and better than you’d be able to on your own. We promise, getting feedback and help from a trainer is worth every penny you spend; it pays big dividends in the quality of life for you and for your dog, by dramatically improving how you interact with them.

Crucially, however, you need to understand:
working with a trainer is about them teaching you how to work with your dog, not teaching your dog for you! As the bullets above – and the chapters that follow – hopefully make clear, there are tremendous benefits to you learning how to work with your dog. At the end of the day, if you don’t learn how to understand, communicate with, and work with your dog, then you can neither achieve lasting improvement in behavior nor provide your dog with a full, satisfying life.

Chapter 2-1: Training as a two-piece process: comprehension and motivation

[Owner tugging on leash] Heel! Heel! [dog clearly has no idea what “heel” means; isn’t enjoying the walk at all]

Over the next few chapters we will introduce you to the basic mechanics and techniques of training. Before doing so however, it is useful to clarify what our objective is:

Training as a two-piece process: your goal is to (a) help your dog understand what you want them to do, and (b) motivate her to do it. Don’t forget the understanding piece – you can’t ask or expect your dog to do something when they don’t understand what you’re asking for!

It is important to think of training any behavior as a two-piece process:

  1. Communicating: Getting them to comprehend what they are supposed to do
  1. Motivating: Encouraging them to do what they are supposed to do

New handlers often forget the first piece. Too often we’ll see an owner dangling a treat in front of their dog, asking repeatedly for a behavior, only to have the dog – who clearly has no idea what her owner is asking for – cycle desperately through every trick she knows, trying to please her owner and earn the treat.

Rewards – as we’ll talk about – are important, but they don’t achieve anything if you don’t take steps to communicate to your dog, as clearly and consistently as possible, exactly what you want her to do.

Of course, your dog doesn’t speak English (or any human language), so you can’t just tell them what you want them to do. Throughout the following chapters – particularly Chapter 2-7: Shaping – we will show you how to actually communicate what you want to your dog.

For now however, just try to remember: when training, always be asking yourself, does my dog understand what I’m asking them to do?

If they don’t understand – if you focus on motivating them, trying to get them to do something, when they don’t understand what you’re asking them to do – it will only make them frustrated and frantic.

Chapter 2-2: Associative learning: the basics

In this chapter, we will introduce the basic mechanisms that we use to train dogs, called Associative learning. Both classical and operant conditioning are forms of associative learning where association are made between events that occur together. In the many chapters that follow this one, we will get into the meat of how to actually apply these mechanisms, but first, here, let’s get familiar with the basic concepts.

Operant conditioning’ concept: Reinforcement encourages a behavior, while punishment discourages a behavior. The core underlying mechanism is: when your dog makes an action and you reward her for it, she develops positive associations with that action, and is more likely to repeat it. If the dog makes an unwanted action, efforts must be made to the dog to communicate that the unwanted action is unacceptable, thus decreasing the likelihood of the behavior occurring in the future.

Operant conditioning is the basic biological mechanism underlying modern dog training practices.

In this chapter, we will merely introduce the basic concept and terminology. It is our aim in this chapter to arm the reader with a sufficient understanding of the way dogs learn as well as a vocabulary to properly navigate conversations with professional trainers.

In the many following chapters, we will show you how that concept is applied, how you can in practice use reinforcement and operant conditioning to actually teach dogs.

The concepts we introduce here might seem a bit abstract at first – don’t worry! They are most easily understood when we apply them, and so will get a lot more concrete when we see them in action in the following chapters. For now, we just want to introduce you to the basic mechanism and associated terminology.

The four quadrants of operant conditioning

  • First, by ‘operant conditioning’ we mean teaching a dog (or person, cat, or chicken) to associate their action with a consequence (e.g., “when I go back to mom after she says ‘come,’ I get something good”). In that way, your dog learns what actions are ‘good’ or ‘bad,’ at least as far as you or the environment define them. That is the basic mechanism by which we teach our dogs, intentionally or otherwise.
  • In operant conditioning, we sometimes refer to the “four quadrants.” These describe the different stimuli that can form the ‘consequence’ side of the action → consequence learning equation. All possible consequences to an action fall somewhere along two dimensions:
    • Reinforcement ↔ Punishment: a ‘reinforcing’ consequence is one that causes the learner (the dog) to do the behavior more; a ‘punishing’ consequence is one that causes the learn to do the behavior less.
    • Positive ↔ Negative: ‘positive’ simply means the addition of something; ‘negative’ means the removal of something.
  • Those two dimensions therefore give us the following 2X2 matrix – called the “four quadrants” – describing the possible ways we can give our dog feedback on a behavior:

    <insert a simple image of the 4 quadrants here; can make something simple up in Powerpoint, or enlist Mia to help!>

  • Note that, contrary to the vernacular use of these words, none of the terms ‘reinforcement,’ ‘punishment,’ ‘positive,’ and ‘negative’ on their own imply the use of a desirable or undesirable (aversive) stimulus. For example, ‘negative punishment’ means removing something your dog wants to discourage a behavior, it does not mean applying an aversive to punish your dog (that would be positive punishment). To put it in simpler terms:

    ‘Reinforcement’ vs. ‘Punishment’ means encouraging or discouraging a behavior

    ‘Positive’ vs. ‘negative’ means adding or removing something, which depending on whether it is reinforcement or punishment could be adding or removing something desirable or undesirable

    That is it.

  • The terms can be somewhat unintuitive, so we will now go through each of these in turn.
  • Positive reinforcement occurs when we add something pleasant in order to increase the likelihood of wanted behaviors occurring in the future:
    • When your dog, deliberately or accidentally, makes an action that you want to encourage – like sitting, standing, laying down, chewing her chewtoy, going in her crate, approaching a stranger, not jumping on a stranger, etc. – you can reward her, immediately, such as with a treat or praise (we will talk about different types of rewards in Chapter 2-3 and Chapter 2-4).
    • That immediate reward for her action is called ‘positive reinforcement.’
    • Because of how dogs, humans, and almost every living thing are wired, when an action is reinforced, the dog (or human, bird, ant, amoeba, etc.) is more likely to do it again. That is because they have a positive association between the action and something good happening.
    • The more frequently the same action is rewarded, the deeper that association, and the more likely the dog is to perform that action.
    • Critically, to reinforce an action, the reward must occur immediately during/after the action. If there is too much of a delay, the dog will not associate the reward with the action. Timing is therefore critical, and we will explore its role in more depth in Chapter 2-5: Marking and timing.
  • Negative reinforcement involves teaching a dog to ‘escape’ or ‘avoid’ something unpleasant by performing a wanted behavior, thus increasing the likelihood of the behavior occurring in the future.
    • The unpleasant stimulus used in negative reinforcement training can vary but usually involve the use of some aversive training tool, such as a prong collar, choke collar, or electronic training collar.

      It is not the aim of this primer to prescribe negative reinforcement training methods. Whether these methods are ethical or not is the topic of much debate in the dog training industry. Our goal here is to simply familiarize the reader with language they may encounter when talking with trainers and other folks in the dog industry.

  • Positive punishment occurs when an unpleasant stimulus is added in order to decrease the likelihood of an unwanted behavior. If something bad happens to your dog after they perform an action, whether you intend to (e.g., correcting or punishing them) or not (e.g., scared by a loud noise), they become less likely to do that action again, developing negative associations.
    • Similarly to negative reinforcement, the unpleasant stimulus that is added in positive punishment usually involves the use of an aversive training tool, such as prong collar, choke collar, or electronic collar. Below we will outline all of the potential cautions and risks associated with the use of such tools. Again, it is not the intention of this primer to prescribe positive punishment methods. Our aim in this chapter is to simply equip the reader with a vocabulary that will help them navigate future dog training conversations.
  • Negative punishment involves the removal of something the dog wants in order to decrease the likelihood of an unwanted behavior occurring. Negative punishment can take on many forms. Turning your back to deny a jumping dog affection, social isolation in the form of removing a misbehaving dog from a situation, or removing a toy or stopping a game with a dog who is non cooperative, are all forms of negative punishment.
    • Although the concept of negative punishment may seem benign (due to the absence of aversive training tools), it still holds the potential to cause emotional damage as well increased problem behaviors in dogs that have an intolerance to frustration and are prone to rage.

You can probably already start to see how we could use positive reinforcement to create pleasant associations with the behaviors we want, thereby teaching our dog. In the bullets below and Chapters that follow, we’ll see exactly how.

Aside: Punishment – positive or negative – and negative reinforcement are controversial topics in dog training. It is not our aim, nor is it ethical or safe, to prescribe methods of punishment in this primer. Incorrect application of any form of punishment, whether in the form of a physical correction or something as seemly benign as the act of withholding something the dog may want, can having lasting emotional impacts. For a dog exhibiting any sort of unwanted, nuisance, or dangerous behavior it is always necessary to defer to a qualified trainer. Does that mean that no professional trainer should ever use aversives or punishment? We’re not willing to go that far: there are dogs with deep and dangerous compulsive behaviors where a very small number of extremely talented trainers find a combination of heavy positive reinforcement alongside very modest and expertly-employed corrections can be necessary. There are sadly few professional trainers skilled and capable enough to handle those situations, but they absolutely do exist and do important, transformational work working with reactive dogs.

Positive reinforcement training is how we teach our dogs what is right behavior, and reward them for that learning

In the last Chapter, Training as a two-piece process: comprehension and motivation, we emphasized that there are two basic components to training: getting your dog to understand what you want from them, and motivating them to then do so.

Reinforcement is powerful because it pulls both of those levers:

  • Communication: By rewarding just the behaviors you are looking for, right at the moment they do them, you are showing your dog ‘do that! That thing you just did is what I want you to do.’

    We explore that concept in more depth in Chapter 2-7: Shaping.

  • Motivation: The rewards themselves motivate your dog to (a) want to understand what you want them to do, and (b) once they understand, actually do it.

    We explore the types of motivators – such as tangible rewards and intangible praise – in Chapter 2-3 and Chapter 2-4

That is the high-level concept. In the following Chapters, we will show you more concretely how to put that into practice.

Operant conditioning is the foundation of dog training. You can reinforce the actions you want, steering them to adopt behaviors and follow your commands.

Let’s start to look at how we can use the reinforcement mechanism to teach our dog things. Here is the very basic concept of using operant conditioning to train; in the chapters that follow this one, we’ll drill down into the many nuances.

Basic concept: how operant conditioning can train a behavior

Suppose you want to teach your dog Sit:

  1. Somehow, either by accident or through shaping tricks, your dog sits .

    (In Chapter 2-7: Shaping we’ll talk about how to get them to do a behavior like Sit this first time)

  1. When your dog Sits, you reward them, such as by giving them a treat. You then repeat that every time they Sit, whether by chance or encouragement.
  1. At first, they might not know why you’re rewarding them, but eventually, since you only reward them when they Sit, they will connect the reward with the act of sitting, realizing “oh, if I Sit, good things happen.”

    (In Chapter 2-5 and Chapter 2-6 we’ll talk about how to help your dog make that connection)

  1. At some point, you’ll introduce a verbal and/or non-verbal command, like “Sit,” alongside the reward, teaching them to associate the cue with the action and reward

    (In Chapter 2-8 and Chapter 2-9, we’ll get into when and how to pair commands with behaviors)

  1. When you repeat this process enough times – over many days or weeks – they will build up positive associations with the behavior and command, such that when you say “Sit” they will do so

That’s it, that’s the essence of dog training! In practice, each of those steps has a lot of nuance to getting them right, which is what we will spend the remaining 30 Chapters in this Section exploring – and what professional trainers spend their whole lives getting better and better at – but that is the basic model we work from.

There is a lot of nuance to the use of positive reinforcement in training!

Above, we just wanted to lay out the core concept of operant conditioning so that you are familiar with the basic mechanism. As you can probably already tell however, there is a lot of nuance in how it is used and how you train a dog; even the best trainers in the world, with decades of experience, are still constantly learning new things.

In the remaining chapters in the Section, we will survey many of these complexities. Obviously, reading this Primer will not be enough to actually make you a capable handler or trainer, but it will hopefully give you an introduction to familiarize you with these concepts, and prepare you for your first classes and training sessions with a professional trainer. As we laid out in the introduction and several other chapters – all dog owners must, at a bare minimum, take at least one 6-12 week ‘basic obedience’ course. See Chapters 2-0, 2-23, 3-6 and several others for why that is so crucial.

Just remember:

  • All training must be centered on your dog’s emotional state, and specifically on creating a pleasant experience for your dog, both educating her, empowering her, and giving her the confidence she needs to both learn and act appropriately. Remember, training and socialization are about learning, and effective learning has to be a joyful and empowering process.
  • Training is NEVER about ‘dominating’ your dog or ‘showing her who’s boss’. Training is about working collaboratively and giving your dog a sense of control – making her feel that her choices can produce good, predictable outcomes. That sense of control and understanding build confidence and fight against fear, working against reactivity.
  • If your dog is exhibiting an unwanted behavior, you need to – as we’ve emphasized time and again throughout this Primer – understand why they are behaving that way, what is going through their head, and address that root need. If your dog is barking or lunging at strangers or other dogs, for example, she is almost certainly doing that out of fear; throwing punishment on top of that has the potential to make the situation worse. If she is tearing up your house, perhaps it is because she’s not getting enough activity, or is anxious or stressed about some environmental stimulus – you must address those root causes and acknowledge your dog’s biological imperatives.
Aversive training tools and methods: Use of aversive training tools with your dog carries a substantial risk of damaging her behavior, psychological health, and relationship with you.

The term ‘aversive training tool’ refers to any stimuli the dog finds unpleasant. This could include choke collars, prong collars, slip leashes, dominant dog collars, head halters, front clip harnesses, electronic collars, or any other tool used to cause discomfort as a means to increase or decrease behavior.

Now that you know what reinforcement and punishment are, you may have noticed that throughout the practices we cover in this Primer we only use positive reinforcement, and the concept of punishment shows up only in how we can avoid or mitigate unpleasant environmental associations during things like socialization and separation anxiety training.

To explain in more detail:

  • Several factors dovetail to make the use of aversive training methods risky with dogs:
    • Dogs imprint much more strongly from aversive stimuli than pleasant ones – i.e. they, like humans, are more likely to react strongly to an averse experience than an ‘equivalent’ pleasant one (see Chapter 1-2)
    • Dogs are ‘single-event learners’ – a single unpleasant experience can imprint a hard-to-unwind response (see Chapter 2-11)
    • Dogs often don’t know exactly what action we are trying to reinforce, as we explore in Chapter 2-1 and Chapter 2-5
  • When you combine these factors, it becomes very clear how aversive training methods could create bad outcomes. These include:
    • Stress & Anxiety: negative associations, by definition, feel bad. When you use discomfort as a training tool, you are introducing bad feelings, rather than good ones, into the learning process. That is the opposite of what you want; when over-used, it will quickly make the training experience stressful for your dog. Like a kid dreading class, your dog will dread working with you.

      When your dog doesn’t know exactly what you want them to do (remember, dogs don’t magically understand what we want!), it becomes doubly stressful.

      When there’s too much of that experience, that stress and anxiety will spill into the rest of your dog’s life, just like a child whose stressful school experience causes them anxiety all day.

    • Demotivation, suppression, and fear: if training sessions are stressful and filled with negative associations – which, again, can potentially happen with only a small amount of aversive training – your dog may lose their desire to train. They’ll stop listening to you entirely, and will avoid training sessions.

      If, in response, you try to ratchet up these methods, trying to force them to train or obey you, that will only create deeper stress, anxiety, and a bad dog-handler relationship.

      If you really hammer them with negative reinforcement and positive punishment, such that they only adhere out of fear/to avoid the penalty, that is suppression, not self-control or voluntary obedience. Suppression is not only incredibly stressful to your dog and damaging to your relationship, it’s also not even a sustainable way of achieving a behavior – your dog will only obey whatever person they know will punish them.

    • Unwanted behaviors: because dogs react so strongly to punishment, it is very easy for them to take the wrong message away. Again, they don’t always know exactly what you want, so they can easily mis-identify the behavior you want to stop.

      For example, consider the effects of punishment during potty training, which all too many owners end up doing: if your puppy has peed in the house and you yell at them for it, what are they learning? Remember, training starts with comprehension. If they peed in the house, that likely means they don’t yet understand that it’s wrong to pee in the house. So when you yell at them, they don’t know what you’re yelling at them for! So what will they do? They will keep peeing in the house, but will start hiding their pee, and become afraid to pee, holding it as long as they can – perhaps not even going when you take them out – before finally succumbing and peeing indoors.

      As you can see, misplaced punishment can quickly lead to unintended behaviors that become very hard to break.

    • Reactivity: negative associations create an avoidance response; that is the evolutionary design of them, that’s how operant conditioning works. When you introduce intentional discomfort into a situation, you are creating negative associations not just with the action you might be trying to correct, but also with the rest of the situation.

      For example, if you yell at your dog for jumping on guests when they visit the house, your dog can start to learn to fear guests, rather than just ‘don’t jump up on them.’

      Since dogs, again, are (a) single-event learners and (b) imprint easily from negative experiences, misplaced punishment can very quickly create reactivity, to people, places, etc. (see our earlier chapters 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, and 1-5 on socialization & reactivity)

    • Bad dog-handler relationships: especially when used to try and teach your dog to do something (rather than not do something), aversive training methods carry the potential to fatally undermines your relationship with your dog. Your dog can quickly start to learn to fear you, rather than rely on you. Being the parent means teaching them that listening to you is their role as a member of your team, your community, that that benefits them and brings joy to their life; that relationship, that bond is a strong, collaborative one. Fear might get them to listen to you, at least while you’re around them, but it won’t make them feel bonded to you.

As you can see, aversive training methods when mis-used has the potential to really damage your dog’s behavior – that’s why so many of the practices we covered in Section 1 were all about avoiding unintentional negative associations during e.g., Socialization, Crate Training, Separation Anxiety training, etc.

That is also why we have not used negative reinforcement or positive punishment in any of the situations or practices we’ve covered in this Primer. The overwhelming majority of pet dog owners – i.e. YOU if you’re reading this Primer – have neither the need, the capability, nor the qualification to use negative reinforcement or positive punishment. Don’t do it.

Does that mean that no professional trainer should ever use these tools or methods? We’re not willing to go that far: there are dogs with deep and dangerous compulsive behaviors where a very small number of extremely talented trainers find a combination of heavy positive reinforcement alongside very modest and expertly-employed corrections can be necessary. There are sadly few professional trainers skilled and capable enough to handle those situations, but they absolutely do exist and do important, transformational work working with reactive dogs. On the flip side, there are many professional trainers who use aversive training techniques as their go-to training tool, and regularly cause significant harm to dogs, including creating or irrevocably worsening reactivity. In either case, you as a pet dog owner are certainly not qualified to be using negative reinforcement or positive punishment as training tools – nor do you need it.

Classical conditioning: Also known as ‘Pavlovian conditioning’, after the findings of Russian physiologist Ivan Pavlov, classical conditioning refers to the automatic, conditioned response that is paired with a specific stimulus.

Pavlov first observed the effect of classical conditioning while conducting his 1897 study on digestion in dogs.

Pavlov found that upon the presentation of red meat (an unconditioned stimuli) the dogs would salivate (an unconditioned response). Upon repeated pairing of an otherwise meaningless neutral stimulus (in this case, the sound of a bell) prior to the delivery of the meat, the bell alone eventually became a conditioned stimulus (as it came to predict the delivery of the meat), which would produce the now conditioned response of salivation even before the meat was present.

This may sound like we are off in the scientific weeds a bit but bear with us! This very concept is the way in which our dogs will form predictions and associations that – for better or for worse – will shape their communication skills as well as how they view the world around them.

Classical conditioning is one of the most important concepts for owners to grasp, it is the way our dog will come to make predictions and associations with all sorts of stimuli, whether that be the environment, sounds, odors, people, or behaviors. Classical conditioning is also a crucial concept used in establishing a verbal language of commands and markers with our dog, creating clarity and helping to bridge the large communication gap between our two species. We will put this concept to work in Chapter 2-5: Marking and timing and Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues.

Order of conditioning: The order in which we pair our verbal cues or commands to behaviors that we want our dog to understand is critical. The efficacy of this process depends largely on the order and timing of how we present and pair our words and actions.

Dogs are not born understanding our language. Some words or phrases may become classically conditioned over time with little effort or even by accident. If an owner asks his dog every day “ Do you wanna go out and play?” prior to a a game of fetch, the dog will (over time) come to understand what that phrase predicts , and some sort of excitement or arousal will likely follow.

For teaching commands that cue obedience behaviors we can employ classical conditioning in a strategic and direct manner to expedite our dog’s understanding of what they are being asked to do..

There are several forms of classical conditioning. The defining factor in each one of these forms of is based on where the neutral stimulus appears in the sequence relative to the unconditioned stimulus. Don’t worry if that sounds complicated, we’ll go through some easy-to-understand examples in a moment.

  • ‘Forward conditioning’ is the mode of classical conditioning which is proven to be the most effective in learning. In this mode of conditioning, like Pavlov’s experiment, the neutral stimulus is placed just before the unconditioned stimulus.

    For example:

    • If we lure a piece of food over our untrained dog’s head, causing them to pick their head up and rock back onto their rear and sit, the food lure is an unconditioned stimulus and ‘sitting’ is an unconditioned response.
    • If this is truly an untrained dog and we command them to “Sit”, this word doesn’t really mean anything yet, it is a neutral stimulus.
    • However, if we employ forward conditioning and put the word “sit” just before our food lure, after some repetition the word “sit” will become a conditioned stimulus to which sitting will be a conditioned response.
  • ‘Backwards conditioning,’ as the name would suggest, is performed in the opposite order. The neutral stimulus is introduced after the unconditioned stimulus. Some learning may occur here but to a lesser degree and with much less efficiency.

    In our previous example, if we lure the dog into the sit position and introduce the word “sit” after the dog reaches the position, usually less association will be formed with that word. Some association may occur over a longer period of time but is far less efficient when compared to forward conditioning.

  • ‘Simultaneous conditioning’ is when the neutral stimulus and the unconditioned stimulus are produced at the same time. Avoiding this is particularly important when trying to pair verbal cues with physical help like luring dogs into positions or behaviors with food. Our physical gestures (especially if we are holding food) are much more relevant inputs to our dogs. If we simultaneously add an otherwise meaningless verbal cue to this picture, the more relevant physical gesture will overshadow the verbal cue and little association will be made.

    Staying with the “sit” example; if we say the word “sit” at the same moment we lure the dog into position with the food, our word can be overshadowed by the physical act of luring and the dog will rely on that physical help to execute the behavior.

Conditioned emotional response: Classical conditioning also appears in the form of ‘conditioned emotional responses’ that occur when associations made from a previous experience elicit a certain emotional state as predicted by the presence of a particular stimulus, such as a person, environment, sound, etc.
  • As we’ve mentioned throughout previous sections and chapters, dogs make sense of their world through predictions and associations. As we will discuss in Chapter 2-5, a ‘marker word’ that predicts reward will elicit a pleasant conditioned emotional response. The visual presence of a toy that is frequently used in high arousal play will also elicit a conditioned emotional response that coincides with the arousal state invoked by that activity. If our dog has previously had an unpleasant nail trim experiences, the site of nail clippers or their sound may elicit an unpleasant conditioned emotional response.
  • It is crucial that we as dog owners are thoughtful in assessing the sort of associations our dogs may be forming in any given circumstance, or around any particular stimulus that may cause excitement, arousal, fear, or avoidance.
  • Counter conditioning is a training technique used by trainers to actually rewire the dogs emotional response to stimuli that elicits unpleasant emotions. This may involve the strategic pairing of something pleasant with something the dog once perceived as unpleasant. Proximity to the stressor, engagement between dog and owner, possible alternate behaviors, reward value, and reward frequency are all components to counter conditioning that are best mapped out by a qualified trainer.

    A word of caution: Implementation of counter conditioning is a delicate skill. Prolonged exposure to a stressor in too close proximity, as well as accidental reinforcement of avoidance or reactivity behaviors are serious risks to be considered. A qualified behavior modification trainer is best suited to help in cases where counter conditioning may be needed.

  • As you might be starting to realize, many of the practices we emphasized in Section 1 e.g., for Socialization, Crate Training, Separation Anxiety training, etc. – were really about avoiding unintended negative associations. Trying to give your dog treats or praise (positive reinforcement) when socializing them with a vacuum cleaner won’t really do any good if her terror (negative association) is far greater.
  • The most proactive step we can do as owners is to keep a watchful eye on our dogs emotional state during any new, potentially stressful, or highly arousing environments, or stimuli. As we covered in our socialization chapters, building trust and engagement with us are prerequisites to taking our dogs into situations that have the potential to cause stress, excessive arousal, or negative associations.

Chapter 2-3: Primary vs. learned reinforcers

In the last chapter we introduced the concept of reinforcement. Before we look at how to apply those to dog training, we need to first better understand what are those reinforcers. We will discuss that in this chapter and the following one (Chapter 2-4: Different primary motivators and how to use them).

Primary vs. Secondary/Learned Reinforcers: Primary’ reinforcers are rewards that your dog intrinsically likes, while ‘conditioned’ or ‘secondary’ reinforcers are things that your dog becomes conditioned to like, i.e. grows to like by association.

A ‘primary reinforcer’ is something that your dog intrinsically wants/likes; they fundamentally, biologically, instinctually enjoy it. Treats and play, for example, are primary reinforcers for most dogs: they are hard-wired to want and enjoy those things.

In contrast, a ‘secondary’ or ‘conditioned’ reinforcer is something your dog learns to ‘like,’ i.e. to feel rewarded by, by developing positive associations. For example, if you say “Yes!” immediately before giving your dog a treat, they will start to develop positive associations with “Yes!”, learning that it means good things. If this sequence plays out the same every time, “Yes!” will become conditioned. Eventually, the secondary reinforcer – “Yes!” – becomes a reward in its own right: you can stop giving the treat, instead just using the word, and it will act like a reinforcer.

Primary and secondary/conditioned reinforcers therefore can both act as reinforcement; the only difference is in whether your dog likes it right off the bat (primary) or whether they need to learn to like it (secondary/conditioned).

Consider a few examples:

  • Food/treats are generally a primary reinforcer; your dog is hard-wired to want them.
  • Playing with your dog is a primary reinforcer; it is intrinsically fun and joyful.
  • Saying “good boy” is usually a secondary/conditioned reinforcer; you do it when your dog does good things, often paired with giving them a treat and showing them favorable tone and body language. Put together, your dog quickly develops good feelings associated with “Good boy”.
  • Saying “No” prior to taking something that a misbehaving dog wants, or blocking them from performing an in appropriate behavior can become a conditioned punisher.

Below, we will talk about how to properly and deliberately train secondary/conditioned reinforcers to make them rewarding.

Note that many ‘secondary’ reinforcers that we use are technically a mixture of the two: they have an element of primary reinforcement, but the secondary associations quickly surpass those. Praise is a perfect example: your higher pitch, delighted tone, and posture will all signal joy to your dog, making them happy (primary reinforcement); as you use praise more and more however in situations where your dog has done something good, they will more and more deeply associate it with good things, turning it into a much stronger secondary reinforcer (more on this below).

In the next Chapter, Different primary motivators, we will get into different common primary reinforcers for dogs. Briefly, these can include: food/treats, play, toys, attention, and even work itself.

In a later chapter, Marking and timing, we will get into useful secondary reinforcers to train as ‘marks’ to reinforce your dog’s actions during training.

Training secondary reinforcers: you can create a strong secondary reinforcer by pairing it with a primary reinforcer

In a moment we will get into why secondary/conditioned reinforcers are so important as a training tool. First, however, let’s explain how you can deliberately create a strong secondary reinforcer.

As you might have noticed, the way that dogs learn a secondary reinforcer is analogous to how they learn behaviors in operant conditioning, as we covered in the last chapter: they build positive associations with them. Here’s how you can do that in practice:

How to train a secondary reinforcer

  • Suppose you want to train a short, emphatic word, like “Yes!”, to be a secondary reinforcer for your dog. In other words, you want your dog to feel good and happy and rewarded whenever you shout “Yes!” (we’ll talk more about why you would want to do that in a moment).
  • To do so, first identify one or more primary reinforcers that work well for your dog (we’ll talk about how in the next chapter, 2-3: Different primary motivators). Let’s say that is treats in this case.
  • Then, start pairing your desired secondary reinforcer – “Yes!” – with one or more primary reinforcers – treats. In other words, just say “Yes!” immediately prior to giving treats to your dog.
  • Over time, your dog will start to associate positive feelings with “Yes!”, since good things (treats) always happen when you say it.
  • As you continue to pair them, for weeks or months, those associations will deepen and the secondary reinforcer will get stronger and stronger.
  • Eventually, you can stop using the primary reinforcer – the secondary reinforcer will be its own reward. Instead, you will move to intermittent rewarding (Chapter 2-13), where you only add in the primary reinforcer to the secondary occasionally. That helps maintain the association, otherwise it may extinguish slowly over time (as we’ll see in Chapter 2-13, intermittent reinforcement will actually strengthen the association more than consistent reinforcement).

Secondary reinforcers can generally be trained very quickly – within one or two training sessions, depending on the age, experiences, and general context of the dog. The stronger the primary motivator (e.g., the more desirable the treat), the faster and stronger your dog will develop the secondary association. Either way, within a few weeks your dog should have a pretty strong association that will only deepen with time, and you can move to periodic maintenance per our bullet above.

The power of secondary reinforcers: learned reinforcers can be both more versatile and more powerful than primary reinforcers.

Primary reinforcers are an important part of training, especially when starting a dog’s training journey: after all, you can’t train a secondary reinforcer without a primary reinforcer to start.

Secondary reinforcers, however, are much more powerful and versatile training tools, for at least three reasons:

  1. Strength: Depending on circumstances, secondary reinforcers can actually become stronger neurological rewards than a given primary reinforcer. That happens because the positive associations build up and generalize:
    • A primary reinforcer, like a treat, is fixed at whatever value it has, based on your dog’s biological desire for it. In fact, the more you use the reinforcer, the less it will generally be ‘worth’ to your dog, as it grows less scarce (a new treat might be the bees knees the first time they get it, but old news the 100th).
    • A secondary reinforcer, in contrast, can grow in value over time as you use it; as you keep building up more and more positive associations with the reinforcer – pairing it with, for example, many different primary reinforcers, like different treats, praise, etc. – it grows stronger and stronger. It is the exact same operant conditioning mechanism as training a behavior, as we’ll see in Chapter 2-20: the more you reinforce a behavior (or a secondary reinforcer), the more positive associations build up, and the more automatic the behavior (or desire for the reinforcer) will become.

    As a result, with proper training, secondary reinforcers can be the best rewards in your toolkit

  1. Versatility: Primary reinforcers, by definition, rely on (a) having them available and (b) being able to deliver them quickly (to quickly reinforce the behavior).

    Whether that’s a treat or a toy, both of those can be difficult. What if you don’t have treats on you? What if you want to reinforce laying down, but when you pull out a toy they stand up?

    Even if you have and can use treats, how quickly can you get it to your dog’s mouth, to reinforce exactly the action you want to reinforce? Remember our Sit example in the last chapter: you need to reinforce the moment they offer the behavior you want; too late and you’ll miss it and reinforce the wrong thing.

    In contrast you can choose your secondary reinforcers to be both instant and always available. Verbal markers – like “Yes!” – or clickers (which we’ll cover in Chapter 2-10) for example provide both features.

  1. Mentality & Relationship: Secondary reinforcers shift the nature of the relationship between you and your dog for the better.

    If you rely on primary reinforcers all the time, your relationship can remain largely transactional. They are learning, again and again, that they should do what you ask because it comes with a payoff. If you either don’t have the payoff (e.g., don’t have a treat with you), or they want the payoff less than they want to do what you ask (e.g., they’d rather chase the squirrel than recall to you for a treat), they won’t behave correctly.

    In contrast, secondary reinforcers that center on you – like praise – teach your dog that you are the reward. Over time, that slowly builds the mentality of “I do what what mom asks because it’s mom and because she asks it.” That doesn’t happen in a day, but over time your relationship will grow more collaborative, more of a team effort, and less selfish.

As you can see, secondary reinforcers have the potential to be an incredibly powerful training tool. For that reason, you will see us tap into them again and again across the other training Chapters. In the next bullet, we’ll introduce you to how we do that.

Markers: you can use secondary reinforcement to train a ‘marker’ that will become your most important training tool. That is one of the first things you must do with your dog.

A ‘marker’ is perhaps the most important tool in your training toolkit:

  • A ‘marker’ is a quick, short, auditory signal – like “Yes!” – that you train as a strong secondary reinforcer, following the recipe above (see previous bullet, ’how to train a secondary reinforcer’)
  • You can then use that marker as a positive reinforcement in operant conditioning.

    Recall from the previous Chapter, Operant conditioning, that we train a dog’s behavior by reinforcing an action that we want them to do. For example, if we want them to Sit, then we reinforce it when they Sit, eventually pairing that with a command (which we’ll talk about in Chapter 2-8). If we just used primary reinforcers, we would treat or otherwise reward the dog when they sit. With a marker, we will both ‘mark’ them (say “Yes!”) the moment they Sit, and we will then, as quickly as we can, treat/reward them.

  • Because it is fast and easy to deliver, a marker, used alongside primary rewards, makes that training process much easier than using only primary reinforcers.

    Remember, effective training relies on reinforcing the behavior the moment your dog does what you want them to. Primary rewards – like treats or toys – take time to get to them, and often distract them from the behavior itself (when you go to treat them for sitting, they’ll stand up to get the treat!), both of which can lead to weaker reinforcement or even reinforcing the wrong behavior.

    In contrast a marker – which is then followed up with treats/primary rewards – let’s you reinforce the behavior you want precisely. You can mark at exactly the moment they do the right thing. That makes training much easier, more fluid, faster, and more effective.

    We will talk about this concept a lot more in Chapter 2-5: Marking and timing.

  • In addition, as we covered above, over time markers can become stronger reinforcers than the mere primary rewards. Your dog will start to do what you want because they want to do the right thing, they want to earn the “Yes!”, they want to earn your praise. That both deepens your relationship and makes training go faster and smoother.
  • There is another benefit to markers and secondary reinforcers as well: they generally come from you. It starts to build the notion that you and your attention are a reward. In contrast with food or an independent toy (i.e. non-collaborative/competitive toy), the reward is something you are holding back and then providing. Building secondary reinforcers tied to your person – such as praise and markers – go a long way towards building a collaborative, rather than transactional, relationship.
  • If that process seems a bit vague right now, don’t worry: as we dig deeper into training technique, particularly in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, this concept of using a marker to reinforce behaviors will become clearer

Markers can be a verbal signal, like “Yes!”, or anything else audible, like a ‘click’ from a training clicker (we will introduce you to those in a later chapter).

To be effective, a marker must have two properties:

  1. Fast – as we introduced in Chapter 2-2, and will dig deeper into in Chapter 2-5: Marking and timing and Chapter 2-7: Shaping, for reinforcement to be effective you need it to happen as close as possible to the action you want to reinforce. If your reinforcement is too slow, your dog may not associate the right action with the positive reinforcement, and even if they do the mental connection won’t be as strong. For example, if you are trying to train Sit by marking and rewarding your dog whenever they sit, you need to mark the moment they sit; if you delay, they might be not understand what you’re rewarding. We’ll see more concrete examples of this in later chapters.
  1. Short – for the same reasons, a good marker is short; you want the reinforcement to be instantaneous. If you use a word that is too long – like “Good Boy” – the action you want to reinforce will often be over before you’re done saying it, leading to confusion.

Note you absolutely can (and many trainers do) train multiple markers, there’s no need to stick to one. You can even train different markers for different contexts, as we’ll talk about in later chapters.

That is just an introduction to Markers; in a later chapter, Marking and timing, we will dig deeper into how to properly use them

In another chapter, Clicker training, we will introduce you to the ‘clicker’ technique pioneered by Karen Pryor, where you can train a small ‘click’ from a cheap, handheld device as a secondary reinforcer. As you’ll see in that chapter, clickers offer several benefits over a verbal marker. There are a few concepts we need to cover before then however.

Chapter 2-4: Different primary motivators and how to use them

“I can’t train my dog, she just isn’t that interested in treats”

“She won’t do anything if I don’t have treats on me”

In the last Chapter, Primary vs. learned reinforcers, we discussed the definition and value of primary motivators. In this Chapter we explore what are those primary motivators for dogs, how they differ from dog to dog, and how to best use them.

Not all dogs are the same: motivators can vary widely from dog to dog. You need to watch, learn, and understand what best motivates your dog.

When most people think of ‘rewarding’ their dog, as a primary reinforcer, they think giving a treat. And it’s true: most dogs are pretty motivated – often very motivated – by food and treats.

Food is not the only motivator however, and it’s important that you learn about and look for other motivators, for at least three reasons:

  1. Despite what many owners and even trainers think however, not all dogs are heavily food motivated. There is a small but appreciable minority of dogs that are, out of some fluke of nature (or more likely as an unintended consequence of long-term selective breeding), not terribly interested in food or even treats.
  1. Even for dogs that are food motivated, that is not necessarily the only or even greatest thing that will motivate them.
  1. As we’ll see later in this chapter, different motivators can work better in different scenarios, and different motivators can encourage different types of response and relationship with your dog.

In this chapter, we’ll look at four of the most common sources of motivation (i.e. primary reinforcement) for dogs:

  • Food & Treats
  • Play
  • Attention
  • Work

Different dogs will be motivated by each of these – or other – motivators to different extents. Note that these four motivators are not exhaustive; this is just one framework to think about motivation in, there are many other, equally (or more) valid frameworks out there.

Regardless, it is important that you learn what most motivates your dog. As we introduced in earlier chapters and will cover in more depth below, the stronger a reward is, the faster your dog will learn a given behavior: a stronger positive reinforcer creates a greater positive association with the behavior you are reinforcing. That stronger positive association makes them more excited to do the behavior again in the future!

By understanding what best motivates your dog – and using that motivator – you will have a much easier time getting your dog to learn.

Food motivation: treats are a strong primary motivator for most dogs, with ‘higher value’ treats depending on their individual preferences, mood, and recent history. Monitor their preferences over time, use a diversity of treats, and use small portions.

Most (but not all) dogs are, to varying extents, ‘food motivated:’ they will do what you want for food.

If their food motivation is strong enough, they will work even for their usual meals. If that’s the case, you can use regular meal-times as a training opportunity, such as by showing them their meal and then asking them to do a few behaviors (like “Sit,” “Down,” “Roll-over,” etc.) that they already know before giving it to them. As the saying goes, “never waste a training opportunity.”

To really motivate them however, you will generally want to use treats – special foods they don’t get normally with meals.

A given dog at a given moment in time will perceive some treats as ‘higher value’ than others.

You can’t really predict what treats your dog will see as ‘high value; you’ll have to experiment.’ Some treats – like dehydrated beef liver or pieces of cheese – tend to be very high value for most dogs, but not always. The best way to identify ‘high-value’ treats is by buying a selection of different treats, and seeing which ones your dog gets most excited about. Some trainers like to set up a ‘preference board’ with different treats and see which one their dog goes for first, but even without that you can usually figure out pretty quickly what treats your dog likes the most just by watching their response.

What treats your dog sees as ‘high value’ will change over time. Your dog’s taste will change and shift. Foods that they wouldn’t touch a month ago they may now desperately want. As we’ll talk about more below, they will get bored with even ‘high value’ treats the more you give it to them. Whatever the cause, just recognize that your dog’s taste will fluctuate, so actively monitor what treats they are most excited about and adjust your reward regimen accordingly.

In general, they will like diversity. Regardless of ‘high value’ or not, try not to reward with just a single treat all the time. They will quickly get bored of the reward. Get a ‘treat pouch’ and mix in a selection of treats that you can draw from randomly during training sessions. That diversity will keep all of the treats interesting to your dog for longer.

Treats do not have to be large. Reinforcement has to do with what the treat is, not how much of it there is; dogs are terrible at even recognizing how big or small a treat is. It’s the taste that matters. As such, cut treats into small pieces. That will make them last longer, and help ensure they don’t negatively impact your dog’s health (treats are rarely nutritional).

NOTE: while you should identify what treats are novel and high-value for your dog, you shouldn’t use those high-value treats all the time! As we’ll see, high-value treats should be used sparingly to improve reinforcement of new, difficult, or critical behaviors. Do not ‘up the ante’ if your dog isn’t responding to a treat! That will only make your dog picky and hold out for better and better rewards. We will talk more about these concepts in more depth below.

The stronger the reward, the faster and deeper the learning for that behavior.

We’ll look at primary reinforcers other than food in a moment. First, however, this is a good point to explore a principle of rewards in general.

The more your dog is motivated by a given reward, the stronger the reinforcement it provides. If your dog does an action you want and gets a big reward (higher-value, more novel) as a result, they are much more likely to do that action again than if they got a small reward. ‘Bigger’ rewards create larger positive associations, leading to faster operant conditioning i.e. faster, deeper learning.

That is even more reason to learn what motivates your dog. If your dog is more play-motivated (see below) than food-motivated, you should be using play to reinforce new or difficult behaviors, not treats.

As we’ll discuss in the next bullet however, that does not mean that you always want to use high-value rewards. On the contrary: tailor the strength of the reward to the circumstances (see next)

Don’t overuse ‘big’ rewards: they will grow less valuable with time. Prioritize bigger rewards towards reinforcing new behaviors, reinforcing behaviors your dog is reticent to do, or as ‘random jackpot’ rewards.

While bigger rewards lead to better learning, that does not mean you should always use the ‘biggest’ rewards. Primary reinforcers tend to fade in strength with use. Suppose you love peanut butter: if you have it once in a while, you’ll adore it, but if you have peanut butter for every meal, every day, you’ll tire of it quickly.

As a result, you don’t want to be caught in a trap of ‘upping the ante’ all the time.

Instead, once you identify what the biggest motivators for your dog are – like the ‘highest value treats’ – reserve their use for four cases:

  1. New behaviors, especially difficult ones: you want to use bigger rewards to teach new behaviors, because that rapidly creates the positive associations needed to get them to want to learn and keep doing them. Once they have a behavior down and do it regularly, you can gradually move to lower-value rewards for maintenance, with occasional ‘jackpots’ (we will discuss that more in Chapter 2-13 and Chapter 2-20).
  1. Challenging circumstances: In Chapter 2-17: Generalizing context we will talk about teaching your dog to perform a behavior not just in the comfort of your home but in all sorts of distracting circumstances. Those challenging circumstances are the same as challenging behaviors – it’s an added difficulty, so you should be increasing the reward when they overcome it to reinforce that behavior more heavily in the face of adversity. That not only improves reinforcement of the specific behavior, but also builds their handler-focus and self-control (Chapter 2-27), as they are learning it pays to stay focused and work under distraction.
  1. Behaviors your dog is, for whatever reason, reticent about: some of the most valuable behaviors for everyday life, like Recall and Stay, are ones that your dog is least inclined to do; they are behaviors that run counter to your dog’s impulsive desires, relying on their self-control. Those are cases that you want to bring out the big guns, giving them big rewards in exchange for the big ask you’ve given them. It’s a case where you want to create as strong a positive association as possible to help overcome their impulses to disobey.

    Note that such reticence might appear randomly: maybe for whatever, indiscernible reason, your dog is just really hesitant to give you Paw, even if they normally love to. In Chapter 2-19 we’ll talk about how to handle those situations and coax them to eventually offer it. Once they do offer it though, give them a big reward. In the moment that can feel counter-intuitive: you are likely frustrated at them for not doing what you asked, even though it’s easy for them, and you might have a desire to ‘punish’ them for their hesitation with a weaker reward. That will have the opposite effect from what you want however: they weren’t very motivated to offer the behavior, and you’ve given them a weak reward, so now their reticence seems justified. Instead, if they eventually do what you ask after much hesitation, give a big reward to build up reinforcement for finally doing it. Of course, be mindful of not accidentally reinforcing the delay: if you only give large rewards after hesitation, your dog will learn that waiting to do what you ask pays bigger.

  1. Random jackpots: In a later chapter, Intermittent reinforcement and jackpot rewards, we will talk about some unintuitive but powerful techniques you can use in how and when you use big/high-value rewards that will, because of how dog (and human) psychology works, yield particularly strong reinforcement.
Play motivation: most dogs LOVE to play! You can use tug/rope-toys as a fantastic training tool.

Another common motivator for many dogs is play, such as playing tug with their owner. Open-ended playtime is something you should of course be doing with your dog regardless (see for example Chapter 1-14), but you can also use play as a positive reinforcer during training.

To use play as a reinforcer: when they offer the behavior you want, mark it (Chapter 2-5) and immediately give them the toy and play with them for a bit, rewarding them for the behavior.

Some of the ‘play-games’ that work best as reinforcers are:

  • Tug-toys/rope-toys
  • Flirt poles
  • Catch/tennis balls

Try to pick a game that your dog really loves.

Some tips on using play as a reinforcer:

  • When you play as a reinforcer, make sure to make the play long enough; it can’t just be a single throw of the ball or tug on the rope. If it’s too short, your dog’s disappointment will be stronger than their enjoyment, turning it into a negative reinforcement. Still, 20-30 seconds should be sufficient, if you have your momentum and cadence down.
  • By the same token, make sure to ‘get into it.’ Don’t be mechanical, really play with them, even if it’s only for 20 seconds. It has be sincere, high-energy, and engaged for it to be fun for your dog.
  • Keep the momentum going, go from play into the next command, more play, and so on. Keep your dog’s energy at the right level for learning, keep it exciting and fun. We will talk more about this in Chapter 2-18: Training sessions.
  • As with any reinforcement, reward with the toy at as close as you can get to the exact time and location of the behavior you’re looking for. All the principles we will cover in Chapter 2-5 apply here! With toys that can be a bit more physically awkward than with treats, but with practice you’ll get the hang of it.

As you might be able to see already, play can be a bit trickier to use in training as a positive reinforcer than treats: treats are fast and temporary, whereas when you whip out a toy you need to play with your dog for an appreciable amount of time. That makes it hard to do higher-frequency training, hopping from activity to activity. It can also make it hard to teach new things, as there is a fair amount of delay between repetitions, making it harder for your dog to see the ‘pattern’ of action→reward to correctly identify the action you are looking for.

Even so, play can be one of the most powerful motivators at your disposal for many dogs, giving you a great tool for some of the hardest behaviors – like Recall, Stay, and Heel. For example, one of the most effective ways to teach a strong Recall is to play heavily with your dog – such as with a flirt pole or rope toy – when they return to you. That really nicely reinforces: “when my mom says ‘come’ and I go back to her, lots of great things happen! It’s a party! I’m so excited whenever mom says ‘come’!”

For some dogs play can be super arousing. For some owners and trainers this could appear problematic, but in actuality it presents us with a unique opportunity. If we teach our dog obedience behaviors inside of playing games, we are not only honing those behaviors, we are also teaching the dog to be mentally flexible and communicative in higher states of arousal. This is a huge win for dogs that are more motivated by their predatory instincts and tend to chase small animals.

Both neurotransmitters -chemical messengers that our bodies can’ function without- and endogenous opioids – pain blocking ‘feel good’ chemicals- present during play promote faster learning, greater information retention, and increased memory. Their presence also create a feeling of safety and creative flexibility, making play an ideal venue for learning!

As a result, play is one of the best reinforcers you can use for training, but the hardest to learn from a book. If you’re interested in using play as a reinforcer, we recommend either:

  • Taking a class on the topic of ‘play as a reinforcer (if you’re lucky enough to have one nearby)
  • Finding a trainer familiar with using play as a reward to do a few sessions with
  • Checking out some of the online courses and seminars on the matter; you can find some leads on online courses our Further Resources page
Attention-motivation: attention itself positively reinforces a dog’s behavior. You can use that to effect, but it also leads to a lot of accidental reinforcement of bad behaviors, as we will see in Chapter 2-12: Unintentional reinforcement.

One of the easiest ways to positively reinforce your dog is one you usually don’t even think about: giving them attention.

  • Attention is a motivator: By ‘attention’ we specifically mean looking at them and talking to them/praising them in high-pitched tones. Touching and petting, as we discussed in Chapter 2-3, can also become reinforcers.

    That attention from us – their parent – is a significant reinforcer for dogs. We often do it without thinking, and in a training session that’s totally fine! When our dog does something we want them to do, we instinctively praise them and pay attention to them.

  • Accidental reinforcement: That makes attention an easy training tool. Unfortunately, however, because we often give attention to our dogs instinctively, we often accidentally reinforce bad behaviors.

    When your dog does something you don’t want them to do – like whine/cry, chew on a shoe, or bark – what is your instinct? You go over to them and talk to them! That attention in itself is positive reinforcement.

    Take the classic example: jumping up on visitors. When a guest comes to your home, and your dog jumps up on them, what happens? Most guests will look at them and interact with them, saying “hi bubba!” in a high-pitched voice. All of that is positive reinforcement. Without meaning to, your guests are reinforcing the behavior of jumping on them.

    In Chapter 2-12: Unintentional reinforcement we will explore this concept – and how to avoid it – in greater depth.

  • Withholding attention from attention-seeking behaviors is a healthy form of ‘negative punishment:’ On the flip side, withholding attention is probably one of the most powerful ‘negative punishment’ tools:
    • If your dog, especially as a puppy, is acting out to try to get your attention, such as nipping at your or jumping up on you, you can pointedly ignore them by facing your body towards them but looking up and away from them, just like a Momma dog does
    • At first that will frustrate them, but the second they stop acting out, you can look back at them and give them attention and praising them for behaving. If they start acting out again, go back to ignoring them.
    • At first, they may start to act out and then settle knowing that it will get them attention, potentially leading to more acting out. Once they get the idea however, you can start delaying longer and longer before looking back and giving them praise and attention. That will teach them pretty quickly that settling is the right way to behave and gets them attention, while acting out does not.
    • That is a classic example of properly-used negative punishment.
  • Unwanted attention: As a final aside, don’t forget what types of attention dog’s find enjoyable and what types they find threatening; as we will cover further in Section 4, many instinctive human behaviors that we find comforting can actually feel threatening to dogs, particularly puppies who haven’t fully developed the positive secondary associations with human mannerisms yet.

    As always, watch your dog and her body language to learn what she finds rewarding and what makes her nervous.

Work-motivation & ‘high drive’ dogs: all dogs love to work, to do tasks and succeed at them; some dogs are ‘high-drive’ and especially love working.

Some dogs, particularly working lines for certain breeds (see Section 6), are what we call ‘high drive.’ These dogs love working – they love having a task and executing on it. That process – trying for something and achieving it – is intrinsically motiving to them; it is a primary reinforcer.

All dogs – and humans – have this intrinsic motivation to some extent; that’s why we love games, and even make up games for ourselves (“Try to do X, and if you do it you win!”). That biological programming drives us to be active and productive, a useful evolutionary adaptation.

‘High drive’ dogs however have been bred – or ended up by chance – to really want to work.

Note that if you invest properly training with your dog i.e. making training sessions fun, fast, regular, and filled with rewards – she will come to love working as its own reward! For pups with lower intrinsic drive however it is more a secondary motivator: they are building positive associations with work over time.

In contrast, ‘higher drive’ dogs start with a higher baseline love of work, and will tend to always love it more than other dogs do. They will also have a greater need to work; failure to give them plenty of training and ‘tasks’ to do can lead to destructive behaviors, depression, and anxiety. See Chapter 3-7 for more discussion of high drive dogs.

Regardless, whether your dog loves work and training intrinsically or because of built-up positive associations, it is a wonderful thing! It makes your training sessions even more fun, and progress even faster, for both of you.

We will talk more about work-motivation and how to keep training fun in Chapter 2-18: Training sessions.

Never waste a training opportunity! If there is something your dog really wants, use it as a reinforcer!

Sometimes your dog will desperately want something completely random, for no obvious reason: maybe they want to go look in the closet, or for you to give them a toy that they haven’t cared about in a year, or for a piece of vegetable that they’ve never liked.

The reasons don’t really matter: if your dog desperately wants something, that is a great training opportunity! Remember, the stronger the reward, the better the learning.

If you have something your dog really wants, make them do a challenging trick/behavior that they know but are usually reticent to do, like Recall, Stay, or Heel. Since they really want what you have, they’ll be more likely to offer it, earning that reward.

Since the reward is strong, that experience will make them much more likely to do that behavior in the future.

A couple notes on this though:

  1. You should NEVER use this technique to teach them a new behavior (one they don’t know). With a new behavior, your dog doesn’t know what you want yet. As such, they need to be focused and paying attention to you. If they are worked up and fixated on a reward that they desperately want, it is much too distracting for them, they won’t be able to figure out what you want, and they will degenerate into desperation and frustration. They’ll probably offer you every trick that they already know in some desperate attempt to get the reward. Clearly, that process does not work, so only use these types of rewards with tricks your dog already knows.
  1. Don’t be a jerk. They desperately want this thing, so don’t withhold it too long. That creates a tremendous amount of stress and negative experience, and they’ll get increasingly worked up as they become desperate for the reward. If they just can’t get themselves to do what you ask, lower the bar – ask them for something easier, and give them the reward then.
  1. NEVER permanently withhold it. It should be flipping obvious based on the above, but your dog should always be able to earn the reward. Don’t take the thing they desperately want, hold it over them, and not give it to them. That will just make them start exhibiting resource guarding behavior, and it’s a jerk move on your part.
How you motivate matters as much as what you motivate with: motivation goes beyond tangible rewards, and into how you operate and interact with your dog. Like tangible rewards, that varies from dog to dog, and you need to learn yours.

Beyond the ‘big’ motivators – play, food, attention, etc. – there is also nuance in how motivators work best for your dog. For example:

  • Some dogs love momentum – they love moving quickly from thing to thing
  • Other dogs love novelty, doing things or interacting with things that are new and different
  • Other dogs love competition, like successfully pulling a tug toy away, or ‘beating’ a puzzle toy
  • Other dogs love mimicking, doing things that other dogs are doing
  • And so on

Over time, you need to learn how your dog likes to operate. That is every bit as much a part of motivating your dog as choosing the right reward is.

Chapter 2-5: Marking and timing

“[Several seconds after their dog has done a trick] good boy!”

In Chapter 2-3 we introduced the concept of a ‘marker’ – a short, auditory signal (like “Yes!”) that you condition as a strong secondary reinforcer for your dog. In this chapter, we will dig into the concept of markers – what they are, their benefits, how to train them, and how to properly use them – in more depth.

Marker definition and use: A Marker’ is a short, auditory, secondary reinforcer that, once you’ve conditioned your dog to it, becomes your central training tool. Your marker will be your main positive reinforcer, used in conjunction with primary rewards (like treats).

A ‘marker’ is perhaps the most important tool in your training toolkit:

  • A ‘marker’ is a quick, short, auditory signal – like “Yes!” – that you train as a strong secondary reinforcer. See Chapter 2-3 for how to condition your dog to a secondary reinforcer.
  • You can then use that marker as a positive reinforcement in operant conditioning.

    Recall from Chapter 2-2 that we train a dog’s behavior by reinforcing an action that we want them to do. For example, if we want them to Sit, then apply positive reinforcement when they sit, eventually pairing that with a command (which we’ll talk about in Chapter 2-8). If we just used primary reinforcers, we would treat or otherwise reward the dog when they sit. With a marker, we will both ‘mark’ them (say “Yes!”) the moment they Sit, and we will then, as quickly as we can, treat/reward them.

  • Because it is fast and easy to deliver, a marker, used alongside primary rewards, makes that training process much easier than using only primary reinforcers.

    Remember, effective training relies on reinforcing the behavior the moment your dog does what you want them to. Primary rewards – like treats or toys – take time to get to them, and often distract them from the behavior itself (when you go to treat them for sitting, they’ll stand up to get the treat!), both of which can lead to weaker reinforcement or even reinforcing the incorrect behavior.

    In contrast a marker – which is then followed up with treats/primary rewards – let’s you reinforce the behavior you want precisely. You can mark at exactly the moment they do the right thing. That makes training much easier, more fluid, faster, and more effective.

  • In addition, as we covered in Chapter 2-3, over time markers can become stronger reinforcers than the mere primary rewards. Your dog will start to do what you want because they want to do the right thing, they want to earn the “Yes!”, they want to earn your praise. That both deepens your relationship – it centers the reward on you rather than a ‘payment’ – and makes training go faster and smoother.

Markers can be a verbal signal, like “Yes!”, or anything else audible, like a ‘click’ from a training clicker (we will introduce you to those later in Chapter 2-10).

If all of this seems a bit hypothetical for now, don’t worry. In the next chapter, Shaping, we will start to see more practical examples of using marking to train.

Timing is critical: you need to watch your dog carefully and time your marks for exactly the moment they do what you want. If you mark too early or too late, you risk reinforcing the wrong behavior! That is part of the power of markers – as an auditory signal, you can be much more precise in your timing than with physical rewards like treats.

Whether you use a marker or a primary reward (like treats), it is essential that you time it correctly: you must use the marker or reward at the exact moment your dog does the behavior you want, not a second sooner or later.

To see why, first recall how operant conditioning works, from Chapter 2-2:

  1. Your dog does an action you want, like Sit (in the next Chapter, Shaping, we’ll talk about how you actually get them to do that)
  1. You reinforce that action – in this case with a marker and reward
  1. That achieves two things:
    1. It helps indicate to your dog that that action, the one they just did, is what you want them to do (although it can still be ambiguous exactly what action you liked – more on that in a moment)
    1. It creates positive associations with that action, making your dog want to do that action more
  1. By repeating that process – marking and rewarding every time your dog does the action you desire – you deepen those associations and make them more and more happy to do that behavior

Looking at that process, you can see why the timing of your reinforcement is so critical: if your timing is off – too fast or to slow – you make it harder for your dog to figure out exactly what behavior you are reinforcing.

Consider an example: reinforcing Sit:

  • You want to reinforce your puppy sitting, so when she naturally sits down, you mark and reward it (in the next chapter, Shaping, we will cover more concretely how you can go about that).
  • If you mark too slowly, even 2 seconds late, your puppy has already turned her attention to something else; she may even have started standing up already. From your dog’s perspective, what have you reinforced? Standing up? Looking left?
  • If you mark too quickly, before she has finished sitting, you could startle her and she stops – now you’re reinforcing not sitting, as opposed to sitting
  • If you mark precisely when she sits, the signal is unambiguous: “oh mom likes what I just did, which was sitting, let me try that again”

That’s not to paint too grim a picture: even if your timing is bad, with enough repetitions your dog will eventually get the idea. What you will find however is that the more accurate your timing, the faster your dog will figure out and learn a behavior. Good timing in your marking makes a big difference in how fast your dog will learn.

The value of timing reveals the power of markers, vs. treats or play. With a marker, your reinforcement timing can be much more precise. A marker is auditory – you can signal instantly. With treats or toys it takes time for you to physically get that reward in front of your dog. That delay in rewarding makes your timing more ambiguous.

The precise timing that a marker provides actually provides two benefits, both of which accelerate learning:

Benefits of markers and their precise timing

  1. Clearer communication – as we laid out above, the shorter the delay between the action and the reward, the clearer it is to your dog what action is being rewarded
  1. Stronger reinforcement – it turns out that because of the way dogs’ (and humans’) brains work, the less delay there is between an action and a reward, the stronger the resulting reinforcement (positive association). In the extreme case of a ‘zero-delay’ reward (such as when the thing they are doing is itself rewarding), the behavior becomes very strongly imprinted, very quickly.

The bottom line is:

  • Good timing of your positive reinforcement is a critical part of effective training; the better your timing, the faster your dog will learn
  • Using a verbal marker makes it much easier to get your timing right
Caution: if using a marker, bad timing is made worse. With markers, your timing has to be especially good

Despite all the benefits of markers, you should be aware of a downside: with a marker, the risks of poor timing are a bit higher than with treats or play rewards.

While a marker gives you more precise control over timing, it is, for the same reason, more punishing when you get your timing wrong.

Since treats and toys have a delay, that delay gives you a bit of cushion: the delay creates ambiguity, so if you’re a bit too fast or slow your dog can still associate it with the right action. The timing is still essential, but it’s slightly more forgiving.

With a marker however, the lack of any delay tends to quickly teach your dog that you are reinforcing exactly what they just did. If you’re off by even a little bit, you can quickly make them think you like what they did before or after the actual action of interest.

Marker + primary reward combinations: Generally, particularly early on, you should nearly always use a marker and a primary reward (like treats).

As we mentioned above, you generally want to use a marker (”Yes!”) and a primary reward (treat) when you reinforce a behavior, even after the conditioning phase (training the marker, see Chapter 2-3).

While the marker on its own, especially after lots of use and conditioning, is a reinforcer, adding in a primary reward like treats only serves to create stronger positive associations, which – as we discussed in Chapter 2-3 – leads to better, faster learning.

The marker and the primary reward serve different roles:

  • The marker gives you better timing. As discussed above, that more precise timing leads to better learning by making it clearer to your dog exactly what you want to reinforce, and minimizing the delay in reinforcement.
  • The treat/primary reward gives you stronger reinforcement, stronger positive associations.

Eventually, after about a year of working with your dog regularly, your marker – and simply doing a good job – will become more and more motivational to them relative to primary rewards; work will become its own motivator. Even then, however, primary rewards should still be a consistent part of your training regimen.

That doesn’t necessarily mean, however, that you should give a primary reward every time, even early on. It turns out that, because of the way dogs’ brains work, making rewards somewhat random can actually increase the strength of reinforcement. We talk about that concept and technique later on in Chapter 2-13.

Marker properties: To capture timing effectively, a good marker must be fast and short.

To be effective, a marker must have two properties:

  1. Fast – as discussed above, for reinforcement to be effective you need it to happen as close as possible to the action you want to reinforce. If your reinforcement is too slow, your dog may not associate the right action with the positive reinforcement, and even if they do the mental connection won’t be as strong. For example, if you are trying to train Sit by marking and rewarding your dog whenever they sit, you need to mark the moment they sit; if you delay, they might be not understand what you’re rewarding. We’ll see more concrete examples of this in later chapters.
  1. Short – for the same reasons, a good marker is short; you want the reinforcement to be instantaneous. If you use a word that is too long – like “Good Boy” – the action you want to reinforce will often be over before you’re done saying it, leading to confusion.

Good verbal markers are therefore short words, like “Yes!”. Feel free to use any word you want, as long as you are consistent.

Clicker training: ‘Training clickers’ can be extremely effective markers. We will introduce those in Chapter 2-10.

Besides verbal markers, ‘clicks’ from a small handheld training clicker can be an extremely effective marker – very fast and nicely distinct. We will introduce ‘clickers’ and their use in training in a dedicated Chapter, Clicker training.

You can train multiple markers.

Note you absolutely can (and many trainers do) train multiple markers, there’s no need to stick to one. A marker is just a secondary reinforcer. There is no ‘limit’ to how many secondary reinforcers your dog can learn; just because one thing makes your dog happy doesn’t mean another thing can’t also make your dog happy.

You can even train different markers for different contexts, such as in the next bullet on ‘duration markers.’

Duration markers: you can train a second marker to reward your dog for holding a ‘duration’ behavior, like Stay.

In some behaviors that we will cover later, like Stay and Settle, you will want your dog to hold that position until you give them a Release command. As we’ll cover in Chapter 2-14: Improving a behavior, your dog won’t have the self-control to hold that position indefinitely at first; you will therefore have to work on duration of the behavior. You’ll start with only having them hold for a brief period before rewarding and releasing them, then once they get the idea you will start gradually increasing how long you ask them to hold the position.

To facilitate that process, some trainers like to train a duration marker. That will be another marker that is a different word from whatever your usual marker is (for example, we use “Yes!” as our main marker and “Good” as our duration marker). You will also train this marker as a secondary reinforcer (recall Primary vs. learned reinforcers for how), but you will only use this marker when they are holding a behavior and you want them to continue holding it.

For example, if you want your dog to stay in Sit for 10 seconds (after having worked them up from 2, to 3, to 4, to 5, and so on), you could say “Good” (your duration marker) every 3-4 seconds while they hold it, and then “Yes!” (your main marker) at the end along with the Release command (see Stay & Release).

The reason that can be helpful is that you most often use your main marker, “Yes!”, when your dog has completed a behavior correctly (it is a reward after all). As a result, when your dog hears it, they may be in the habit of thinking that they’ve already done whatever they were supposed to do. As you train more, that habit will fade (since you will often have them do a sequence of things), but at first it can be there. As such, your main marker, “Yes!”, could cause your dog to break their hold. Rather than just stand there silently, a duration marker can help indicate to them “you’re doing a great job, keep at it, not done yet”.

Chapter 2-6: Trial-and-error learning

Earlier, in Chapter 1-9, we talked about errorless learning as a key mechanism for guiding your dog’s behavior. As we showed, that is an extremely effective mechanism for teaching your dog how to behave in a socially acceptable manner. As you might have noted however, errorless learning doesn’t say much about teaching your dog new behaviors. In this chapter, we will introduce a complementary learning mechanism: trial-and-error learning.

Errorless learning’s limitations: errorless learning is fantastic at (a) teaching what not to do, and (b) building consistency in a behavior, but doesn’t help much when teaching a new behavior.

Before we get into trial-and-error learning, it’s worth reflecting on what we know about Errorless Learning.

Errorless learning, as we’ve seen, is extremely effective in two particular situations:

  1. Avoiding a behavior: as we showed in Chapter 1-9: Errorless learning and at several points elsewhere, if you let your puppy do things they aren’t supposed to (chew on furniture, pee in the house, jump on visitors), those behaviors can start to self-reinforce and become harder and harder to un-learn. Your best bet for avoiding an unwanted behavior is never letting it crop up in the first place, usually by simply not giving your puppy or adult dog the opportunity (e.g., taking your puppy out to pee regularly, not giving them access to furniture early on, and not letting them greet visitors until the Sit). We will talk even further about this concept in Chapter 2-25: Extinguishing behaviors.
  1. Building consistency in a known behavior: as we will talk about in Chapter 2-19, once your dog has been taught a behavior (e.g., settle on the couch whenever the family sits down to dinner), the more consistent you are in requiring that behavior (i.e. rewarding it when they do it, and not moving on until they have done it) the more strongly it will get reinforced and the more automatically they will do it. Eventually, it evolves from an active choice into an automatic habit.

Those are important scenarios, but something’s missing: what about learning a new behavior? Errorless learning doesn’t help us much there: if your dog doesn’t know a behavior you want them to do, they’re obviously not able to comply with your request to do it.

Trial-and-error learning: when we want to teach our dog something new, we have to encourage our dog to try things, and use operant conditioning to reward the ‘steps in the right direction’ that we want

In Chapter 2-2 we introduced the concept of reinforcement learning, providing the foundation for teaching our dog new behaviors. The concept, as you’ll recall, is (perhaps deceptively) simple: if we reward a behavior, your dog will do it. The more we reward it, the more and more consistently they will do it.

That chapter, however, begged the question: how do we get them to offer the behavior in the first place? If they don’t offer the behavior, we aren’t able to reward it.

In the next chapter, 2-7: Shaping, we will get into tactically how we go about that.

But first, in this chapter, we will talk about the core neurological learning mechanism underlying the approaches we’ll take in shaping: trial-and-error learning.

Pioneered by EL Thorndike in the early 20th century, the core concept of trial-and-error learning can be simplified as follows:

  • When faced with a situation where they don’t automatically know what to do (such as when confronted with a new situation, or when you look at your dog expectantly and they don’t know what you want), a dog – or human, or most any animal – will just try something
  • If that doesn’t ‘work’ (doesn’t produce a positively reinforcing outcome), they’ll try something else, and so on
  • Per Chapter 2-2, as soon as one of the things they try is rewarded, they will continue to focus on that

This concept has since been refined by generations of research, including the development of concepts like operant conditioning, but the core take-away for you is simple: to use operant conditioning to teach new behaviors, you need to let your dog take a trial-and-error approach, with you guiding them through reinforcement of the target behavior.

Trial-and-error learning as a training mentality: Why do we talk about trial and error learning? The core mechanism is just operant conditioning, but it’s important to understand your dog’s agency in this process. They need to choose to try things – you are not forcing them to. Taking a ‘trial-and-error mentality’ can help you make better choices as a trainer.

Now you might ask: why do we bring up trial-and-error learning? Isn’t it just another way of looking at operant conditioning?

In a sense yes, it is. Operant conditioning however is a ‘cold machine concept:’ your dog does what you reward them for doing. As you’ll quickly find when actually working with your dog, the real world isn’t so neat and tidy.

Yes operant conditioning absolutely works, but the devil is in the details:

  • How do you get your dog to offer the behavior you want to reward?
  • Once you reward it, how do they know precisely what you were rewarding?
  • What if the behavior is actually a complex combination of multiple behaviors – how do you piece those together? Even a seemingly ‘simple’ task, like Fetch, is actually quite complex when you can’t explain it to your dog in English: first they need to go after the ball, then they need to pick it up in their mouth, then they need to bring it back to you, and finally they need to give it to you.

In other chapters, such as Marking and Shaping, we talk about specific techniques for tackling problems like those, but taking a ‘trial-and-error learning mentality’ for your dog will help you teach more naturally. In particular, understanding that your dog is learning by trial-and-error helps make a few things clear:

  • The importance of agency: to teach your dog a behavior, they need to choose to offer that behavior. You are rewarding something they try. As we’ll talk about more in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, if you try to just manipulate their body into doing what you want, learning doesn’t work well: they’re so focused on what you’re doing, they’re not understanding what you want them to do. Learning is about reinforcing their choice to do a certain thing.
  • Learning mode: your dog needs to be prepared to learn. If you want your dog to learn something, they need to be in a trial-and-error frame of mind. You need them to be actively trying things, and paying attention for what gets rewarded. If you reward a behavior when they’re not paying attention, can they learn? Yes, in theory, but in practice the learning is slower and weaker, because they’re not paying attention enough to make that precise connection between what they did and your reward. If you want to teach your dog, you need to get them into a learning frame of mind. EL Thorndike called this the “Law of Preparation,” and it’s nothing new to any parent or school teacher – it applies just as well to your dog. We will talk more about that in Chapter 2-18: Training sessions.
  • Unintentional reinforcement: if you accidentally reward the wrong moment, your dog can get hung up on the wrong thing. We talked about this a lot in Chapter 2-5: Marking and timing, but now you might be able to understand that concept more intuitively. If your dog is trying different things to see what gets rewards, and you reward a second too early or too late, they might think you rewarded the next or last thing they did. They’ll think that’s what you wanted, and will try repeating that endlessly – it worked the first time after all. That should just highlight to you how important it is to get your marking and reward timing right.

Chapter 2-7: Shaping

“[owner pointing at his side] Heel! Heel! [dog clearly has no idea what owner is asking for]”

In the previous chapters we introduced the concept of positive and negative reinforcement, and how they can be used to encourage your dog to continue doing or not doing something. But how do you actually get them to understand what you want them to do in the first place? That is where shaping comes in:

Shaping: you can teach your dog a particular behavior by breaking it down into smaller steps, establishing and reinforcing the first before adding a second, third, and so on.

As we highlighted in Chapter 2-1, the first step in teaching your dog a new behavior is getting them to understand what you want them to do. Unfortunately, your dog doesn’t speak a human language. So how do you actually show them what to do? How do you create that understanding? That is where shaping comes in.

Shaping, also known as Splitting, conceptually works as follows:

  1. You break down the final, complete behavior you want into much smaller, simpler steps – smaller actions.
  1. You get them to offer the first action, either by waiting until they offer it randomly or by using your body or the environment to encourage them (we will explain ways to do that later in the chapter).
  1. The moment they offer the action you want (the first ‘step’ of the sequence), mark it and reward it. That indicates clearly to them “that is something I want you to do.”
  1. Repeat that process until they clearly understand that that action is what you are looking for.
  1. Then, move on to the second ‘step:’ when they offer the first step, now use the same techniques as you did in (2) above to get them to, accidentally or with guidance, offer the second ‘step’ of the behavior. Start marking and rewarding now only after the second step.
  1. Repeat that rewarding until they have now learned that you want both steps.
  1. Repeat the same procedure for the third, fourth, and so on steps until they have the complete behavior.

Example: Shaping Sit

One way to shape ‘Sit’ is as follows:

  • You can split Sit by rewarding even the smallest lowering of the back legs, and the gradually asking them to lower them more and more – without lowering their front legs – until you have a complete Sit.
  • To start, put a treat in your hand, face your dog, show them the treat, and move your hand/treat forward over their head. As their eyes follow the treat and look up, they will naturally start to lower their hind legs, to let them tilt their head up more.
  • The second they start to lower their back legs, mark and reward.
  • Don’t get greedy and wait too long (wait for their hind legs to lower too much). If you wait too long, they may turn around, which is the wrong behavior. If that happens, do not mark or reward. Reset and start again
  • Repeat the process, until they start to automatically lower their hind legs when you start to make the motion – now they’ve got the idea
  • Next, push it a bit longer – not marking and reward until their hind legs are a bit lower than before
  • Repeat that process, gradually pushing them to go lower and lower with their hind legs before you mark and reward
  • If at any point they start to lower their front legs, stop and do not mark or reward. Just like turning around, that is the wrong behavior (for this trick). Reset and try again, making sure to mark and reward fast enough such that they don’t start to lower their front legs
  • At any step, if they start to regress and offer the wrong behavior, go back several steps, to an ‘earlier/easier’ step in the sequence, and start rewarding there, then build up again. If you keep hammering at it at the current step, you will start to shape the wrong behavior. Note regression is a natural part of the learning process, especially with more complex behaviors, see the Chapter Regression
  • At various points during or after that process, you can start to introduce a verbal (”Sit”) or hand command, pairing it with the behavior so that they learn to offer the behavior on cue. In a later chapter, Pairing cues, we will discuss your options for when and how to add in verbal and non-verbal commands.

That is how we use operant conditioning to create a complete behavior: splitting it into much smaller actions that are easier to isolate and reinforce. For this example we’ve used a very simple behavior, Sit, but the same principles apply (and work!) for even extremely complex behaviors, from splitting a flock of sheep into two groups and herding each in different directions, to delicately picking up a lost chick in her mouth and bringing her back to the coop.

Repetition & Understanding: Your dog doesn’t necessarily know what action you’re rewarding: repetition is critical to creating understanding.

Remember the philosophy from Chapter 2-1: your first job is to make your dog understand what you are asking for.

To see how most new trainers lose sight of that, confusing their dog as a result, let’s look at the Sit example above from your dog’s perspective:

  • When they lower their hind legs the first time and you reward it, they do not know what they did to earn that reward!
  • Remember, they lowered their hind legs without thinking, it was an automatic response to help them look up.
  • So when you praise and reward them for it, they have no idea you’re rewarding the lowering of their hind legs. For all they know, you’re rewarding ‘looking up.’
  • You know what you are rewarding them for, and so you project onto them and think that they know it too, but generally speaking they won’t.
  • If you move on, going to further stages (deeper lowering of hind legs) before they understand precisely what you are rewarding, they will start to do the wrong thing (like turn around or lay down). Then, when you don’t reward them, they will get frustrated, because they don’t understand why they aren’t getting rewarded, or what they need to do. That frustration leads to poor learning, and a dislike of training (for both of you).

The solution to this is two-fold:

  1. Indication: where possible (it isn’t always), try to draw your dog’s attention to the action you are looking for, without distracting from the shaping sequence/action itself. For example, if you are training ‘Heel,’ pointing emphatically down to your side with your arm helps indicate to them ‘this area to my side’ is the focal point of this interaction. Later in the chapter we’ll talk about how, more generally, you can get your dog to offer the initial behavior to start shaping.
  1. Repetition: more generally, repetition is your best tool. They may not understand what you’re rewarding the first time they do it, but if you have them keep repeating the behavior, marking and rewarding each time, they will eventually catch on to the common factor. Note that the better you time your marks (see Ch. 2-5: Marking and timing), the faster they will understand that repetition: if you consistently mark right as they do the desired behavior, it becomes easier to make the connection than if your marking is sloppy or delayed, creating ambiguity in what exactly you’re reinforcing.

Depending on the dog, her experience, and the complexity of the action, they can catch on within a few repetitions, or it can take as many as 20 or even 50 repetitions.

Regardless, the important thing is that you remember our philosophy: the first part of training is getting your dog to understand what you want.

Look through your dog’s eyes, and repeat things as many times as necessary until you are certain that they understand what you are looking for, what exactly they are doing to earn the praise and reward.

Good timing on your marks matters a lot! when shaping, the more accurately and precisely you mark, the faster your dog will learn.

It is important that you time your mark precisely:

  • If you’re too slow, you risk reinforcing the wrong behavior (such as turning around or lowering her hind legs), which you’ll then have to un-train
  • If you’re too fast – rewarding them too quickly – they’ll stop going as far, they’ll start offering less and less of the movement, never making it to the next ‘step’ of the split sequence

We cover this concept in much more depth in Chapter 2-5.

Go slow! keep your incremental change between steps small, and don’t proceed from one step to the next until they fully get it. If you go too fast such that they get confused, they will get frustrated and regress. The slower you go, the faster they will learn.

It is important that you:

  1. break down the overall behavior into sufficiently small increments; and
  1. don’t move on from one step to the next until the current step is thoroughly established

If you go too quickly – either with steps that are too big or moving too soon from one to the next – your dog can get confused and/or start to offer the wrong behavior, which ends up forcing you to go back to an earlier step.

We cover this concept in much more depth in Chapter 2-15.

Pairing a cue/command: at some point during shaping, you will need to introduce a verbal and/or nonverbal command

At some point during shaping, you will need to introduce a verbal and/or non-verbal command to indicate to your dog ‘offer this behavior when I say/do X.’

In Chapter 2-8 and Chapter 2-9, we will explore options for when and how to pair commands.

Regression: even if you go slowly enough, regression is a natural and inevitable part of how dog’s learn; don’t stress about it, but do handle it appropriately

Regression is a natural part of how dog’s learn. Don’t stress about it, but do handle it appropriately.

In Chapter 2-16: Regression we cover how to handle regression the right way.

Catalyzing initial behavior: There are three ways to elicit the behavior you want for a given step: wait until they offer it randomly, encourage it with your body or environment, or manually move them

In Stage 2 of our shaping protocol (above), you have to get your dog to offer the action you want, so that you can then mark and reward that action. But how do you get them to offer the action in the first place? Without that, you’ve got nothing to mark and reward.

There are three basic techniques:

  1. Random chance: wait for them to offer the action on their own

    In the case of Sit or Down, that would be watching them until they, just in the natural course of hanging around, start to sit or lay down. The moment they start to show the action you want, mark and reward it.

    When you reward “whatever they just did” (in their mind), they will generally try to think to themselves “what did I just do?” and may then offer the behavior again (or, more often, something else they just did that is not what you actually rewarded for).

    With this approach, timing is especially important, because if you wait too long they will likely move on to another behavior that is unrelated.

  1. Encouragement: elicit the action you want by using your body and the environment to take advantage of their natural biomechanics and psychology.

    In our Sit example, that is the technique we used. When you raise move something forward over your dog’s head, their natural impulse is to sit down and look up.

    This is generally the best option for shaping a specific behavior when you don’t want to wait for your dog to randomly offer the behavior you’re looking for.

  1. Manual molding: physically move your dog’s body/limbs the way you want

    In our Sit example, this might involve trying to ‘fold in’ their knees with your hand, then rewarding when they bend.

    This approach is the weakest of the three, by far, and you should generally avoid using it unless absolutely necessary. Here’s why:

    • In the other two techniques, your dog is ‘making’ the action, they are choosing – consciously or subconsciously – to do the action.
    • When you modify your dog’s body, you are making the action, they are just along for the ride.
    • That makes learning very slow, or not progress at all, because they will get the wrong idea about what is being reinforced: their legs being lowered, as opposed to them lowering their legs. You are losing the action → reward sequence, where they do something, and are rewarded for it; instead you are actually rewarding them for not doing something (for letting you move them).
    • Furthermore, it often just won’t work, as your attempt to ‘mold’ them will lead them to do something else. In the Sit example, if you try to push down their butt or fold in their knees they will likely look back to see what it is you’re doing, which is not the behavior your want (indeed, that is a great way to actually shape ‘look back’)

    Nevertheless, if you must use this approach for something, try to mark and reward when they start to follow your movement themselves. In the Sit example, when you try to fold their knees, mark and reward when you see their muscles start working to follow your movement. That gets you closer to the ‘encouragement’ technique.

Back-chaining: you can also shape from the end of a behavior backwards, and that in many cases works more effectively.

For simplicity of understanding, in the examples we’ve given so far in this Chapter we described shaping a behavior forward, starting from the first posture change (like lowering the butt just a bit, for Sit), and then gradually shaping towards the final target behavior (sitting all the way down). That process is often called ‘forward chaining.’

For some behaviors however, it can actually be easier to shape backwards: start from the final posture, and shape towards the initiation. That is called ‘back-chaining.’

Consider one way of back-training ‘retrieve’ (bringing something back to you and giving it to you):

  1. First, separately, train the behavior Give (Ch. 8-7): train your dog to give you something they are holding in their mouth.

    Now, your dog can Give you something back that you give to them.

  1. Next, have your dog take something in their mouth, put them in a Sit-Stay (Appx. 1-1), walk away, and then release them, encouraging them to come to you, and then ask for Give when they get to you.

    Now you have shaped them coming to you and giving them something.

  1. Next, shape them picking up something that you place at their feet (not easy, you may have to train a separate ‘pick up’ command), then bringing it to you, then dropping it for you.
  1. Next, shape them going to something you’ve placed, then picking it up, then bringing it to you, then dropping it for you.
  1. Finally, shape them going after something you toss, picking it up, bringing it to you, and dropping it for you.

As you can see in that very terse example (obviously to actually shape the behavior, you’ll need to design that process in more careful detail), you can start from the end of the retrieve behavior, and work backwards towards the beginning.

Depending on the behavior, sometimes backward-chaining can be easier than forward-chaining. Neither is always the right answer: consider the behavior you want, see how other people have done it (look at some reputable training books or websites of reputable trainers online)

There are many ways to shape a given behavior, and none of them are ‘the right one.’ Start with one, and if that doesn’t ‘click’ for your dog, try another angle.

For any given behavior – Sit, Down, Paw, Touch, Heel, etc. – there are many different ways to shape them. If you pick up 5 training books or watch 5 training videos for the same behavior, you will often see 5 different ways of shaping, especially for more complex behaviors.

It doesn’t really matter which shaping sequence you try first. Pick one that you think will work well for your dog, and give it a try.

If your dog isn’t getting it, if it’s just not ‘clicking’ or you’re having trouble getting them to offer the first or second step of the sequence, abandon it and try another approach. Different approaches can work better for different dogs; it just depends on the dog – how they think, other behaviors they’ve learned, the experiences they’ve had.

Also, don’t be afraid to come up with your own shaping sequences! If you’re a responsible owner, following all the precepts we’ve laid out in this Primer, no one will know your dog better than you do. So if you think you know a good way to get your dog to offer a behavior, try it! As long as you’re not marking & rewarding the wrong actions, there’s no harm done if it doesn’t work

‘Building block’ tricks: As we’ll cover in later chapters, some behaviors, such as Touch, are useful building blocks/tools to shape other behaviors

Sometimes, simpler behaviors can be used to shape more complex ones. Touch (Appx. 1-8) is a great example of that:

  • Touch teaches your dog to boop their nose on your open palm
  • Once you’ve established that, you can use your hand as a target to get them to boop other things
  • For example, if you want your dog to ring a bell when they need to go potty, you can hold your hand behind the bell, ask for ‘Touch,’ and when they hit the bell open the door
  • After you repeat that a few times, they will get the idea that hitting the bell while your hand is there will make you open the door. You can start to pair that with a new command, like “Bell”
  • Then you can remove your hand, and still give the command “Bell.” At first, they will be confused, since you’ve changed the scenario – “how can I hit your hand if it’s not there?” The first few times, if they don’t offer the behavior in a few seconds and they start to get frustrated, you can put your hand down and then remove it after they’ve committed to hitting the bell. Eventually, however, they will figure it out and learn that they just need to hit the bell

That’s just one example; there are hundreds of ways to use Touch to train other behaviors, not to mention using other ‘building block’ behaviors.

A few behaviors that are particularly useful building blocks are:

  • Touch/Target (Appx. 1-8) – Gets them to hit things with their nose
  • Paw (Appx. 1-10) – Gets them to hit things with their paw
  • Sit (Appx. 1-1) – You often want them to start (like Paw or Pretty) or finish (like Heel or Middle) another sequence with a Sit

We cover these in a reference section at the end of the Primer, although you should also be learning these sorts of tricks in your first basic obedience course – which, as we’ve emphasized several times – every responsible dog owner must take, at a bare minimum.

Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues

“[to dog that clearly has no idea what ‘down’ means] I keep saying ‘down’ but she won’t do it”

“Sit! Sit! Sit! [as dog ignores them]”

So far we have covered how to reinforce a behavior you want your dog to do, to get them to want to offer it voluntarily. In this chapter, we dig into pairing that behavior to a command, so that you can ask your dog for it.

Pairing cues: Positive reinforcement will get your dog to offer a behavior on their own; to get them to do a behavior on command you need to pair the behavior with a visual and/or auditory signal

A behavior – like Sit, Down, or Recall – is not terribly useful if you haven’t taught your dog to do it on cue (command).

To do so, you need to pair the cue with the behavior, as follows:

Process for pairing a cue:

  1. To start, when you feel the dog has mastered the physical execution of the behavior through shaping or luring with food, you can now say the cue word, followed by a brief pause just before you lure them into the behavior. Once they execute the behavior you can mark and reward them.

    That process starts to mentally associate the cue word with the experience.

  1. The brief pause between our cue word and the luring help we provide the dog is critical. After several repetitions, the dog will begin to perform the behavior inside of that brief pause, showing us that they have formed an association with the cue word and no longer need the help of the food lure. As always, we will mark and reward the behavior as soon as it is performed.

    That process now starts to clarify that the cue is associated with the behavior itself, not the reward.

  1. In the end, we are left with a verbal cue that now elicits a behavior!

Note that a cue can be verbal (like “Sit”) or non-verbal (like raising a finger). Generally, you will want to use both. In Chapter 2-9, we will dig deeper into that topic.

When to pair a cue: there is some debate on the topic; some trainers suggest you can pair cues during initial training, while others advise pairing a cue only after a behavior is established.

When do you start to introduce a cue into a behavior? There are two current schools of thought here:

  • From the start: some trainers believe that you can start introducing the cue word right away, while your dog is learning the behavior (i.e. figuring out what you are looking for), so that they always associate the word with the behavior.
  • After construction: other trainers believe you should wait to introduce the cue word until after your dog has learned the behavior and had it amply reinforced.

Based on current evidence, we do not yet feel comfortable rejecting either approach. For behaviors that require a great deal of movement or body awareness it may be best to lure with food prior to adding a cue to make sure the dog can physically perform the behavior.

Do NOT repeat cues! Repeating a cue just sounds like a new cue and distracts your dog from compliance. It does nothing.

Nearly every trainer and training book out there has sighed at a simple and inevitable phenomenon: humans cannot help themselves from repeating cues. If you say “Sit” and your dog doesn’t sit right away, what do you do? Instinctively you say “Sit” again, and again, and again.

Do not do that. Do not repeat a cue: say it once, clearly, and give your dog a moment to process it and comply. Repeating the cue achieves absolutely zero.

What if your dog doesn’t comply? In a later Chapter, Consistency & follow-through, we will go into that in great detail. For now, in short, you wait them out. Do not let your dog blow you off – don’t let them do anything fun until they’ve done what you’ve asked. If they’ve forgotten the command, you can repeat it after a long enough delay; we talk about that in the later chapter.

All of this assumes, by the way, that your dog has already learned the behavior and cue, i.e. that they know what you are asking for and choosing not to do it. Make sure of that! If your dog is just confused and doesn’t know what you want, it’s both unfair and counterproductive to ask them to do it!

Chapter 2-9: Verbal vs. visual communication

In the last chapter, Pairing cues, we introduced the concept of cues (commands). In this chapter we talk about what makes a good cue, and the difference between verbal and visual cues:

Related Chapters: Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues

Verbal and non-verbal cues: You can pair a behavior with verbal cues and/or with non-verbal hand signals.

Practically, you can train two types of cue:

  • Verbal – a spoken word or sound, like “Sit,” “Ok,” or “Potty”
  • Non-verbal – usually a hand-gesture, like:

    Sit:

    Down:

    Stay:

    You can also use other body language signals, like a nod or crouch, but humans aren’t very good at being consistent with those, so we recommend sticking to hand gestures

Both types of cue are paired with a behavior in exactly the same way, as we laid out in Chapter 2-8.

You can pair a behavior with either or both verbal and non-verbal cues, and can pair multiple verbal/non-verbal cues to a behavior if you like.

Non-verbal cues are generally stronger than verbal cues, but you should pair both a verbal and non-verbal cue with almost every behavior – especially critical safety ones.

Generally speaking, for whatever reason, non-verbal cues, with the same amount of pairing and reinforcement, tend to be ‘stronger’ – elicit a faster, more consistent response from your dog – than verbal ones. Maybe it’s because we drone on so much our dogs block out our voices, who knows. Regardless, you should absolutely use hand signals as cues, particularly for your most common, critical cues, like Sit, and Down.

Since your dog isn’t always looking at you however, you should also train verbal cues for all your behaviors.

Usually give both the verbal and non-verbal cue for a behavior, but sometimes use just the verbal, and sometimes use just the non-verbal, to get them in the habit of complying regardless.

After pairing both the verbal and non-verbal cue for a behavior, get in the habit of using both.

Most of the time, use both of them together, as that will maximize adherence and thereby strengthen the behavior (we’ll talk about this more in Chapter 2-14).

You should also practice with them separately however, sometimes using just one or the other. That will teach your dog ‘even if you can’t see me, you still have to listen to the verbal cue’ and ‘even if I don’t say anything, if you see the signal you have to do it.’ You don’t want your dog to only listen if you give both cues.

Choosing a good verbal cue: choose words that are short and distinct; avoid using grammar.

For a given behavior, you can choose whatever verbal cue you want. For “Down” you could say “Floor,” or “Low,” or “Blargh.” Your dog doesn’t speak English, it’s all the same to them.

You should follow a few guidelines however:

Guidelines for choosing a good cue word

  • Short – Just like with marking, the less delay between word and action the better. Shorter words are also clearer to your dog; too long and it starts to sound like background noise.
  • Distinct – Try to keep your cues as different as possible between different behaviors. It can be hard for your dog to differentiate between human sounds. For example, “Down” and “Dive,” or “Outside” and “Inside,” can sound pretty similar to them. If you’ve ever learned a foreign language, think back to early listening exercises: wasn’t it hard to pick up on and distinguish certain words? Without a human language center in their brains, it is even harder for dogs.
  • Uncommon – Where possible, try to choose words that you don’t use too often. The rarer a word, the easier it will be for your dog to notice when you say it, and the more ‘distinct’ and important it will feel to them

After choosing a word, be careful how you use it too, specifically: Don’t use grammar! Your dog does not understand sentences, they only add background noise and make it harder for them to hear the actual cue. As such, try to get out of the habit of ‘talking’ to your dog.

Instead, ‘speak’ in single words, that your dog knows.

For example:

  • Do not say “Do you want to go to the car?” – instead say “Car?”
  • Do not say “Do you want your dinosaur toy?” – instead say “Dinosaur?”
  • Do not say “Can you sit?” – instead say “Sit!”

For that reason, it can even be helpful to choose cue words that are gibberish, or in a foreign language, as long as you can remember them easily.

Tone matters: your dog hears tone as much as they hear the cue. Speak clearly, but train your dog to respond to even soft, quiet cues. That gives you room to escalate to firmer tones if need be.

Dogs are very sensitive to tone and volume, as we discuss further in Chapter 4-8. That has two particular implications for you as a trainer:

  • Use a consistent tone/voicing with a given verbal cue: try to speak to your dog with a consistent tone. Most people do this naturally without thinking, developing a ‘voice’ they use with their dog, just like they do with their babies.

    That consistency helps your dog (a) recognize when you are talking to them (as opposed to all the other blathering you and others do around them); and (b) understand what you are saying to them

  • Train cues at normal, or even soft volumes: some trainers use firm, commanding tones – “Sit!”, “Down!”, “Come!” – as a tool to make your dog more likely to comply. That does technically work – as we explore in Chapter 4-8, your tone can be used to get your dog’s attention and push them to listen to you. However, it backs you into a corner: if you teach your dog to Sit only when you shout “Sit!”, you will (a) always have to shout “Sit!”, they won’t listen if you say it quietly, and (b) when your dog is in a distracting environment or an emergency, there is nowhere for you to escalate.

    Instead, we recommend using a pretty ‘normal’ or even soft tone when you pair cues with your dog. With proper marking and reinforcement, as we’ve discussed in the Chapters so far, you should have no problem getting your dog to comply regardless of your tone. Then, if your dog is distracted or otherwise likely to blow you off, you can a use firmer, louder tone to shock them into paying attention to you and obeying, telling them “wow this is serious mom means business”

Chapter 2-10: Clicker training

In Chapter 2-5: Marking and timing we talked about verbal marking, and briefly mentioned an alternative, powerful, and increasingly popular marker technique – clicker training. In this Chapter, we will introduce you more fully to the technique:

Clicker training concept: in clicker training, you use a push-button ‘training clicker’ as your marker.

Developed by Karen Pryor, clicker training is an incredibly effective and increasingly popular marking technique. Before we get into its benefits, let’s introduce the concept:

  • In clicker training, rather than (or in addition to) using a voice marker (like “Yes!”), as we introduced in Chapter 2-5, you use a mechanical ‘training clicker,’ which is a small, cheap, push-button device that produces an audible ‘click’

  • You condition your dog to associate the click with positive reinforcement exactly as you would any other secondary reinforcer, by pairing the clicks with treats/primary rewards (recall Chapter 2-3, where we go through that process). If you already have a vocal marker, like “Yes!”, you can use all three at the same time – the clicker and vocal marker, followed up by a primary reward.
  • Once your dog is conditioned to the clicker, that will be the main marker you use, using it the exact same way you would your vocal marker (per Chapter 2-5).

Simple right? Let’s see why it is so effective.

Benefits of clicker training: versus a verbal marker, clickers offer greater precision and an even more unambiguous signal to your dog.

In Chapter 2-5, we discussed how markers in general are your most powerful training tool. It turns out that clicking as a marker is even more effective than a verbal marker, for two reasons:

  • Precision: Recall from Chapter 2-5 how important mark timing is: you have to mark exactly when your dog does the action you are you looking for, as that both makes it easier for your dog to figure what you are rewarding and it makes the reinforcement stronger.

    Because of our own biomechanics and neurology, you will find that you can click a moment faster with a clicker than you can said a vocal marker out loud. Speaking out loud for some neurological reason takes a fraction of a second for our brains to actually register that we want to speak and then speak, creating a delay.

    The clicker therefore offers greater precision in marker timing.

  • Communication clarity: The clicker is also a more unique sound than your vocal marker. Your vocal marker is two-fold harder for your dog to interpret: first, the word itself is often a word you say in other contexts, even though your tone and body language will make it clear to your dog when you are using it as a marker and when you are not; and second, your voice in general is often background noise to your dog, you (and others) are probably droning on all day around her.

    All that translates to extra mental processing your dog has to do before they ‘register’ the positive reinforcement of your mark. That effectively creates a delay, even if you marked instantly.

    In contrast the clicker is unambiguous to your dog; they only hear it in a training, reinforcement context. As a result, the moment they hear it the primordial, ‘lizard’ part of their brain that control operant conditioning feels good.

    The equation, clicker = positive reinforcement, is faster and clearer than with your vocal marker

Those factors might seem like a marginal benefit, but it turns out those fractions of a second make a big impact. Because the clicker is so unique and distinct – they don’t hear anything like it – you will quickly find:

  1. That your dog loves being clicked, it will become one of the most powerful reinforcers/motivators. When you’re clicking their behaviors they will work harder than any other time
  1. That your dog learns faster when being clicked. Because the clicker timing is so exact, your dog will find that they understand what you’re asking for much faster than if you use your voice.

Bottom line: clicker training can accelerate learning substantially, it is very much worth giving it a try

Further resources: You should try out clicker training. There are numerous great resources out there to learn clicker training technique.

The above treatment might give you a sense of how clicker training works, but it’s most easily understood by learning from one of the dedicated resources out there. We recommend that everyone should at least give clicker training a try. You can learn more from:

  • Books – Any book on clicker training by, or endorsed by, Karen Pryor will be a good reference. One of these is a great and inexpensive place to start. You can find a few options on the Further Resources page.
  • In-person classes or trainers – The Karen Pryor Academy certifies trainers around the country in clicker training, many of whom then go on to teach classes on clicker training or offer one-on-one sessions. You can find a trainer near you through a tool on the Karen Pryor website.
  • Online courses – The Karen Pryor Academy runs an online clicker training class, geared at trainers (rather than owners), which can be a good next step after you’ve done some clicker training work with a professional trainer yourself.

Chapter 2-11: Single-event learning

“[After dog gets spooked by an unexpected vacuum cleaner] Oh sorry! Sorry babe, it’s just the vacuum [owners then continues to vacuum while dog runs away to another room]”

In several previous chapters we have highlighted that dogs are ‘single-event learners,’ making them more prone to imprinting bad experiences and becoming reactive. Let’s look a little more closely at we mean by that.

Single-event learning concept: a single negative experience with something can cause a dog to be reactive to it indefinitely.

When we say that dogs are ‘single-event learners,’ we mean: a single bad experience can cause them to wary of a stimulus permanently. In other words, if something unexpectedly frightens or harms your dog, intentionally or otherwise, your dog can learn to forever be afraid of that thing, just from a single experience.

Here are a few all-too-common examples:

  • Example: becoming reactive to a certain type of dog: suppose your dog has had plenty of great experiences playing with other dogs. One day, however, you take them to the dog park, and a poorly-socialized dog lunges at and pins them in a non-play way (cf. Chapter 4-7 and Chapter 1-4). Your dog was giving play signals and expecting play, and this poorly-socialized dog surprised her with something very different, very scary, and unexpected.

    Perhaps the whole thing is over in a second as your dog yelps and gets away. Perhaps you don’t even notice. Regardless, the intensity of your dog’s fear in that situation could imprint on them, and they can potentially become forever afraid and wary of that type of dog, by whatever distinguishing feature your dog notices. Maybe it is their size (becoming afraid of bigger dogs), or their coat texture or color (becoming afraid of black labs), or even some aspect of their scent that you can’t even detect.

  • Example: becoming reactive to children: suppose the first time your dog meets young children, everything is going fine at first. After 15 minutes or so however, one of the children – not meaning any harm, just playing – grabs a foam bat and whacks the dog from behind. That startles and scares the dog.

    From that single experience, your dog could potentially develop a permanent fear and wariness of children – hiding from them, snapping at them, etc.

  • Example: becoming reactive to blue tree flags: suppose you’re hiking with your dog, and she is happily, distractedly running to and fro across the path. You turn a corner on the trail, and your dog looks up to see, unexpectedly and right in front of her, a tree stump with a small plastic blue marker flag sticking out of it, perhaps to mark it for removal. You know there’s nothing special about it, sometimes the top of trees get cut off and only the stump is left, but for whatever reason – the unexpected profile, the way the light hits it, the way the flag waves – it surprises and scares your dog. She starts barking at it manically in a panic. You hurry her along farther down the trail away from it (not the appropriate response, as we’ll see shortly).

    From that experience your dog learns, oddly, to be afraid of red flags, or tree stumps, or both. Every time she sees one, she is overcome with anxiety and starts barking in a panic.

As you can see, the concept is pretty simple, if concerning: a single bad experience is sometimes all it takes to make your dog afraid of something!

Will a single negative experience always cause reactivity? No, of course not, but with dogs it has the potential to.

What defines a negative experience: a negative experience is defined by how your dog reacts to something, not by the event itself. It doesn’t matter if something is actually harmful to your dog – only if they perceive it as harmful. If your dog is suddenly frightened, look for the cause.

Later we’ll talk about how to respond to negative events that your dog may learn from, but first we should clarify how to recognize them.

A ‘negative’ event is defined from the perspective of your dog, not by you.

A branch falling or a child poking your dog from behind might seem innocuous to you, but might – for whatever reason having to do with your dog’s frame of mind at that particular moment – be terrifying to your dog. On the flip side, something you’d think would scare them, like a honking car, or lawn mower, they be completely blasé about.

You can’t always predict what will scare your dog, but fortunately you really don’t have to. All you have to do is watch your dog. If your dog is suddenly scared or frightened, you should see it in their body language (See Chapter 4-5 and Chapter 4-6). It is generally pretty obvious, they will ‘flip’ from:

  • Loose-bodied, happy-go-lucky, tail waving easily, curiously exploring things, wandering around

to:

  • Stiff, rigid, tail unmoving, staring at what they’re afraid of, jumping back, perhaps barking frantically

If your dog suddenly becomes frightened, you know something has happened. Look around, play back the last few seconds, and try to figure out the cause, then respond appropriately – which we’ll lay out below.

Consequence of single-event learning: a single bad experience has the potential to make your dog fearful of or reactive to something permanently. You must look out for negative experiences and respond to them appropriately.

As you can see, dogs are much more prone than humans to imprint a negative experience permanently.

Because, sadly, most owners today don’t know this, those owners don’t look out for negative events, and don’t respond to them appropriately. In a moment we will talk about how to handle these experiences, but first let’s consider the consequence: if you don’t recognize and respond to it, letting your dog get scared by something can produce a life-long fear that will cause stress, anxiety, nuisance, and potentially danger.

Single-event-learning is a significant potential cause of reactivity in dogs, which as we pointed out in Section 1 leads to not just inconvenient but outright dangerous behavior, contributing heavily to the enormous volume of dogs given up and rehomed or euthanized every year.

Don’t be one of those owners: recognize that a single negative experience can have a permanent effect on your dog, and combat it appropriately.

Responding to a single negative event: to prevent your dog from imprinting a negative experience, (a) build a strong socialization foundation beforehand (per Chapters 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5), and (b) recognize and respond appropriately to unintended negative reinforcement experiences immediately, with counteracting socialization protocols and positive reinforcement

Even with a maximum of vigilance, it is impossible to protect your dog from negative experiences.

Don’t worry, as long as you do two things, your dog will be fine:

  1. Build a strong socialization foundation: in the chapters 2-5 in our puppy section, we explored in-depth the importance and execution of Socialization, exposing your dog positively to a wide range of people, places, creatures, and things in order to make your dog comfortable with that wide range of experiences.

    That strong foundation of Socialization both:

    1. makes negative experiences less likely to happen, since fewer things will surprise your dog; and
    1. when they do happen, makes your dog less likely to imprint from them, since your dog will be more adaptable, more confident, and less generally wary of new things

    In other words, doing lots of socialization with your dog makes it more likely that they’ll see a negative experience as a one-time thing, and not a lesson to be forever learned

  1. Recognize and respond to events: when your dog is suddenly scared, figure out the source of their fear and address it immediately and heads-on.

So how do you respond appropriately? Here’s what to do:

Responding to a ‘negative event’ to combat single-event learning:

Treat the experience exactly as you would a Socialization experience – see Chapter 1-2 for more detailed protocols, which we can summarize here:

  1. First, get down to your dog and position yourself in front of them, showing them that you are in control of the situation, that they do not need to defend themselves.
  1. Then, figure out what exactly is scaring them or scared them. Look at what they’re looking at/barking at, and play back the last few seconds in your head.
  1. Put yourself physically to the side but between the dog and that object – showing your dog that you will protect them, but still letting them see the source of their fear.

The next steps depend on the nature of the source of fear:

If it is an inanimate object:

  1. Go up to the object yourself and touch it, showing your dog it is fine and safe
  1. Look back at your dog and encourage them, with high-pitched tones and relaxed body language, showing them everything is fine (in Chapter 4-8 we will discuss body language in more detail).
  1. Hold some treats out in your hand, near the object, waiting for your dog to be coaxed by the treats to come nearer. If your dog won’t come all the way, bring the treats to them first, then try again with the treats gradually closer.
  1. Eventually, your dog should start sniffing the object curiously themselves, checking it out themselves to see if it really is safe. Once they start investigating it on their own, praise and reward them throughout (positively reinforcing the experience).
  1. Let your dog investigate as long as they want; don’t rush, and don’t move on until they are relaxed with the object and moving on themselves.

If it is another person:

  1. Assuming your dog is not reactive, then if possible, such as if it’s a friend or amenable stranger, ask the person if they’d be willing to say hello to your dog.
  1. If they agree, give them some treats to give to your dog, and go stand next to them.
  1. Follow the protocols in Chapter 1-3: Socialization with people.

If it is another dog, and the dog is exhibiting aggressive or over-active behavior:

  1. This situation is trickier. If the dog is a danger (i.e. legitimately did something aggressive and not-playful to your dog, see Chapter 4-7), then go to your dog, crouch down in front of her, comfort her, treat her, and generally try to return her to a more normal emotional state as quickly as possible, to avoid any bad experience lingering in her brain and imprinting more deeply.
  1. Then, remove your dog from the situation, go off and do something fun, elsewhere.
  1. Finally, try to organize several play-dates with another well-socialized dog that looks like the dog that scared yours, both in size, coat, and color. Ideally the same breed and age. At first, expect your dog to be wary – that’s natural. Follow the protocols in Chapter 1-4 to make that as fun and enjoyable experience as possible. If you do, it will eventually override the negative experience.

If it is another dog, and the dog is actually fine and just friendly

  1. Sometimes your dog will perceive another dog as scary or aggressive even if they’re not. If that’s the case, first follow the same first step as the previous – crouching down with your dog, comforting her, and bringing her emotional state back up to healthy as quickly as possible.
  1. Then, however, you do not necessarily need to remove your dog from the situation, if you can make this interaction more positive. For example:
    • If the other dog just surprised your dog, such as appearing unexpectedly, then they can probably play happily together now that your dog is no longer caught unawares.
    • If the other dog was too energetic with/focused on your dog, then either you or the other owner can draw the other dogs attention, with toys or treats. That will give your dog a chance to approach them, without feeling crowded.
  1. Be mindful however: if the other dog did something to scare your dog, even if they were well-meaning, and you think they might do that again, it is better to just remove your dog from the situation and follow the steps above, setting up another playdate with a similar dog.

    Note in particular that the other dog need not be aggressive to scare yours: even if they are merely playful but over-active, that could frighten some dogs.

Chapter 2-12: Unintentional reinforcement

“[As dog jumps on visitors] Owner: Oh sorry about that!

Guest: haha no problem, hi bubba! [guests pet and pay attention to the jumping dog]”

“Oh thank god she’s FINALLY peeing, we’ve been walking for ages, now I can get back to work”

“[dog starts barking because her owner is working i.e. not paying attention to her] Hi baby! What’s up? What are you barking about?”

So far we have primarily focused on deliberately training your dog. As we mentioned briefly when talking about attention as a primary reinforcer however (Chapter 2-3: Primary vs. learned reinforcers), it is quite easy to accidentally train your dog, by unintentionally reinforcing bad behaviors, or punishing good ones.

Your dog is always learning: everything you do is training your dog, giving them feedback, whether you intend to or not. That leads to them learning lots of bad behaviors because of their owner’s actions.

Whether you intend to or not, every time you do something that your dog does or doesn’t like, you are positively or negatively reinforcing whatever they just did.

The easiest way to see that is through some common examples, each of which we see almost every day:

Common example behaviors learned from unintentional reinforcement

  • Puppy won’t go potty, takes forever:
    • What you do:

      You take your puppy out to potty. If they don’t pee right away, you wander around the yard or down your street, trying out different spots to try to get them to pee (you’re busy, or tired, after all, you just want them to go so you can get on with your day). Once they finally go, you return home.

      Now think about what you’re reinforcing: your dog presumably likes being outside. Going back inside could be interpreted as punishment. Since you are going back inside as soon as they pee, you run the risk of punishing going potty.

    • What your dog learns:
      1. When I pee, we go back inside.
      1. When I hold my pee, we not only stay outside, but we wander around and explore new things!
    • The result:

      Your dog will hold her pee as long as possible, only peeing when she can’t hold it any more!

      In your attempt to get on with your day, you are ironically making your dog take longer to pee!

    • The right way to do it:

      As we laid out in Chapter 1-10:

      1. When you take your dog out to pee, keep them on-leash (even in your yard) and don’t move about. Stay in one, maximally boring spot until they finally do their business.
      1. Immediately after they do their business, don’t go back in! Praise them and then let them explore! If it’s in your yard, let them off leash, and maybe play fetch with them. If it’s in the city on your street, take them for a short but fun walk, letting them sniff things (see Sniff-aris in Chapter 3-5)
  • Jumping up on visitors:
    • What your visitors do:

      When visitors come to your house, your dog jumps on them in excitement. Obviously, your visitors then give them attention – a cute dog is jumping on them after all – petting them and saying “Oh hello good girl! Aren’t you the cutest!”

      Now think about what your guests are reinforcing: as we covered in Primary vs. learned reinforcers, attention is a primary reinforcer for dogs. When your guests give your dog love and attention after she jumps up on them, they are reinforcing jumping up on people.

    • What your dog learns:

      When I jump on people, they give me attention!

    • The result:

      Your dog will jump up on guests when they visit, no matter what you tell her to do. Even if you try to correct her or force her down, she’s got all those positive associations with jumping up on people – talk about mixed signals!

    • The right way to do it:

      Before your guests come in the house, ask them to please only give your dog attention if she has ‘four on the floor’. If she jumps up on someone, ask them to completely ignore the dog, pretend she doesn’t exist, until the second she gets down off of them – then give the dog attention.

  • Won’t stop barking
    • What you do:

      When your dog barks, you come over and soothe her

      Now think about what you are reinforcing: you are reinforcing barking.

    • What your dog learns:

      Barking makes my mom come to give me attention and comfort me.

      Also, I was probably right to be scared, since my barking made her act abnormally

    • The result:

      Your dog will bark as much as always

    • The right way to do it:

      When your dog barks, do one of two things. If you have a Stop command (like “Enough”) trained, use that to get her to stop. If you don’t, demand some actions that will distract her – like Down, Roll Over, etc. In either case, once she stops barking, even briefly, treat and reward her.

  • Picky eating
    • What you do:

      Your puppy doesn’t eat her dinner. You of course want her to grow healthily, so you try a second, different kibble, which she eats happily. After a couple of days she stops eating again, so you try adding some egg on top, and that gets her to eat

      Now think about what you are reinforcing: since your dog clearly likes new food, you are reinforcing holding out for better food!

    • What your dog learns:

      If I don’t eat and hold out, my mom will give me new, better food!

    • The result:

      Your dog will be a picky eater, demanding ever more

    • The right way to do it:

      A diverse diet is good for your dog, so don’t just give them the same thing every day. However, whether they get a new food or not has to be your choice, i.e. unexpected to them, not a result of their actions.

      You can do that as follows:

      • Rotate your dog’s food, to give them some diversity, on a schedule that is reasonably frequent (say once every 4-5 days)
      • If your dog doesn’t eat a meal you put down, give them plenty of opportunity to eat it, and if they don’t then just take it away. Do not give them more food or treats until the next meal-time. The rule is you eat what you’re given or not at at all. Make sure to give them the same food at the next meal, even if it would otherwise be on the normal rotation schedule. Otherwise, they will learn that holding out gets them better food at the next meal.

      Aside/Exception: as a result of centuries of selective breeding, some dame-sire pairs can occasionally result in a litter of pups with under-expressed hunger hormones. As a result, a small population of dogs do legitimately have no desire to eat. In these cases, still follow picky eating protocols as discussed, but if your puppy really refuses to eat for so many days that they are vomiting from hunger and/or growing too slowly, you will have to train your dog to eat, using other primary reinforcers like treats. That is a tricky process, and we suggest you seek a professional trainer who specializes in that, even virtually.

As you can see, you and others are constantly giving your dog reinforcement and punishment without meaning to. As a result, your dog is learning all sorts of lessons without you intending to, often with some very annoying consequences!

View all interactions as training: Every time you interact with your dog, think about what feedback you might be giving them; get in the habit/mentality of seeing everything through the lens of reinforcement. Soon it’ll become second nature, and you’ll start seeing better behaviors in your pup quite soon!

So how do you avoid unintentional reinforcement? It’s actually pretty simple: view every interaction you have with your dog as training, even if it’s not a formal training session.

Every time you react – often subconsciously – to your dog’s behavior, stop and ask yourself:

  • What am I reinforcing right now?
  • How does this look to my dog?

That might superficially seem difficult, but we promise you’ll actually find that after a day of that you’ll quickly build the habit, and will do this without second thought. It will rapidly become second nature to you to see everything through the lens of reinforcement and punishment.

There’s a big added benefit too: you’ll become a better trainer. Once you start looking for the positive reinforcement and punishment in everything, you’ll start thinking from your dog’s perspective better, and get better at guiding their behaviors.

Once you start looking for reinforcers everywhere, you won’t be able to stop.

In fact, you’ll find these same principles apply incredibly well to babies, young children, and frankly even adults. For that reason, building this mentality won’t just make life easier with your dog, you might find it also makes life easier with your kids.

Chapter 2-13: Intermittent reinforcement and jackpot rewards

“Oh yeah she won’t do a trick if I don’t have food on me”

Now that we’ve introduced how to use operant conditioning to teach your dog a new behavior, we can introduce two useful techniques for strengthening the behavior, deepening the positive associations and your dog’s desire to do it: intermittent reinforcement and jackpot rewards.

Intermittent reinforcement concept: after your dog has learned a behavior, phasing out constant primary rewards can actually deepen a behavior.

There is an interesting quirk of how dog (and human) psychology works: if you start to reward for a behavior only intermittently, meaning sometimes you give nothing, it counter-intuitively makes your dog want to do the behavior more.

At first, when your dog is first learning a new behavior, you have to reward them every time (more on that below). Once they have the behavior down, however, you can start phasing that out: still mark every time, so that they know they did what you asked correctly, but don’t necessarily give them a primary reward. Sometimes you will, sometimes you won’t, they won’t be able to predict it.

It turns out that that uncertainty – not knowing if a trick will yield a primary reward or not – strengthens the behavior, i.e. makes them more likely to offer the behavior in the future.

Only introduce intermittent reinforcement after a behavior is established.

Do not introduce intermittent reinforcement for a given behavior until after your dog has already thoroughly learned that behavior and offers it freely.

If you introduce intermittent reinforcement too early, two things can happen:

  • If it’s before your dog fully grasps what you are looking for, intermittent reinforcement will confuse them and make it harder for them to figure it out (cf. Chapter 2-7)
  • If it’s before your dog has built up positive associations and is excited to do the behavior, intermittent reinforcement may just de-motivate them, like “oh if I’m not getting paid for this then whatever”
Why it matters: not everything should pay. Try to avoid an exclusively transactional dynamic to your collaboration with your dog.

There are really two reasons to introduce intermittent primary rewards:

  1. Dog psychology: as we covered above, intermittent reinforcement taps into the way a dog’s brain works and makes them more likely to offer a behavior when you ask for it.
  1. Expectations for primary rewards: in addition, however, we think it is valuable to phase out the dynamic of ‘you do tricks in exchange for treats.’

Consider the latter point. If your dog gets treats every single time they do a behavior you ask, treats quickly become a core part of the equation: I do what you ask in order to get treats; if you don’t have treats, I don’t do it. That could become a purely transactional relationship.

But it doesn’t need to be that way. As we discussed in Chapter 2-3, markers and secondary reinforcers can be just as powerful as or even more so than primary reinforcers. Treats can be the initial motivation to get your dog excited about learning something new, but you should eventually phase that out so that your dog does what you ask because it is what you ask, because it will earn your praise, your marker indicating ‘yes you did what I asked.’

For dogs, there’s more joy to life than treats – just as with humans there’s more joy to doing something for others than cash payment. If you are:

Then working with you should become something your dog enjoys, for the most part, in and of itself.

You want to create a dynamic where your dog is working because they are having fun working together with you! Where they want to work, and they want to do the ‘right’ thing, as indicated by your marks. That is a collaborative relationship, as opposed to working purely because you pay them to work.

Random intervals: to be effective, intermittent reinforcement has to be done at random intervals.

To actually work, intermittent reinforcement must be highly random – you can’t reward e.g., every 3rd or every 5th time. If you do, your dog will eventually pick up on the pattern. They will know you only reward every 3rd time you ask for something, and they will either not do it or not put in the effort for the remainder of the times.

Instead, reward as randomly as you can: sometimes three times in a row, sometimes not for 3 or 4 times.

Note that it has to be really random, not just a little bit: if you reward sometimes every 2 times, sometimes every 3 times, your dog will still perceive a pattern. You should be rewarding every time sometimes, and every second, third, or fourth time at other times. It must be totally unpredictable.

Jackpot rewards: just like intermittent reinforcement, occasionally – randomly – giving out a massive ‘jackpot’ reward taps into dog (and human) neurology in a way that strongly reinforces behaviors. You should absolutely use occasional jackpot rewards to create more excitement around a behavior, even when your dog is first learning something new.

Another technique that works on its own but pairs particularly well with intermittent reinforcement is jackpot rewards: every so often for a given trick/behavior, give your dog a huge reward, such as 5 treats instead of one, or a pretty rare, special, almost-never, super-high-value treat or toy.

Like intermittent reinforcement, this technique ties to the way dog (and human) brains work: when something occasionally yields a ‘jackpot,’ our brains are wowed by that one-time experience, and we try to reproduce it. We will become much more excited about/strongly inclined towards doing that behavior than we would if we just got the same reward every time. That is the reason, for example, that people love slot machines and gambling in casinos: even though you lose more often (and more total) than you win, when you do win it’s a big payoff! That drives right into how our brains work.

For dogs, that means that if you randomly insert a jackpot reward every once in a while, it will strengthen that behavior considerably – give them a deeper positive association, make them more excited by doing the behavior, and make them more eager and willing to do it.

A couple notes on using this technique:

  • Can be paired with intermittent reinforcement, but doesn’t have to be. Jackpot reinforcement can be done on its own, without intermittent reinforcement. Just give a small reward most times they offer the behavior you ask for, and a jackpot ever once in a while.

    If you do use intermittent reinforcement however, jackpot rewards pair nicely with that: sure sometimes your dog doesn’t get a reward, but sometimes they get a big reward. The two techniques combine to keep your dog guessing and making them eager to find out what will happen each time.

  • You can – and should – use jackpot rewards even when first teaching a behavior. Unlike intermittent reinforcement, which you should only use after your dog has a behavior fully established, you can start using jackpot rewards right away with a new behavior. In fact, it can be better to start with jackpot rewards, as it will make the new trick/behavior more exciting to your dog!
  • If using multiple treats, feed them out one at a time, or spread them out physically. If your ‘jackpot’ is a slew of treats, don’t give them in one handful: your dog will gobble them up and barely notice. Instead, spread them out, giving them to your dog one by one in rapid succession; he’ll hardly be able to believe that the treats keep coming! Alternatively, you can toss all the treats down so that they spread out, letting your dog hunt out all the amazing goodies.
  • If you use a super high value treat, still give more than one. As noted, dogs think more in terms of increments than total sum volume. A high-value treat is great, but 2-3 of the high-value treat will really drive the point home.
  • In addition to treats, use your energy! As part of the jackpot, explode with excitement and praise! You should always be offering genuine, excited praise, but in jackpots go even more over the top.
  • Keep the interval random! Like intermittent reinforcement, the frequency of jackpots must be totally random and unpredictable for your dog. See our discussion above.

There is very little to lose with jackpot rewards, we recommend you get in the habit of doing it all the time, and more generally do not give the exact same reward all the time! That gets boring to your dog – switch it up! They never know what they’re going to get!

Chapter 2-14: Improving a behavior: adherence, responsiveness, duration, and form

In the chapters so far we have talked about not just the foundations of training – operant conditioning and shaping but also a range of techniques and best practices for making that learning process as effective as possible. Now is a good time to ask: what is our end goal with a behavior? As we continue to train it and reinforce it, what are we aiming for?

The goal for a behavior: our ultimate objective in training a behavior is to reach a point where your dog does precisely what you want, and does it automatically, without thinking. That means working on adherence, responsiveness, duration, and form.

Once your dog grasps the basic idea of what you are asking for with a given behavior, your work is not done!

After your dog gets the idea, you should work with them to improve four things:

  • Adherence – your dog should do what you ask them to do 100% of the time
  • Responsiveness – your dog should obey your cue instantly, without delay or hesitation
  • Duration – for commands with duration (like Stay), your dog should stay in the requested position until you give them a release command
  • Form – your dog should perform the behavior to whatever standard you want to set (e.g., with Touch, her nose has to actually touch your hand, not just get close)

If you don’t do that – if you stop once your dog gets the idea, what will happen?

  • She’ll blow you off – only doing the behavior when she feels like it
  • When she does do it, she’ll take forever, screwing around until you’ve repeated it
  • She won’t Stay for more than a few seconds
  • She’ll barely do a behavior – like just slightly lowering her butt for Sit and not actually sitting on the ground

In other words, the behavior will be, in a practical sense, useless. A command she doesn’t follow, or follow properly, does nothing to help you modulate her behavior. It defeats the point of training

You must train your dog on a given behavior to the point where she does precisely what you ask for, automatically.

So how do you achieve that? In the bullets below, we’ll cover what each of those 4 dimensions means and how to work on them.

Two notes: you improve a behavior only after they understand it, and improvements apply only to a given behavior.

Before we dive into the dimensions of improvement for a behavior and the means of doing so, we want to point out two things to keep in mind:

  1. Improving a behavior only comes after they understand it. As we’ve emphasized several times, your first step with a new behavior always needs to be getting your dog to understand what you are looking for. You can’t start working on adherence, responsiveness, duration, or form until your dog gets what you’re asking for in the first place; it would just confuse them.
  1. You improve each behavior individually. Getting your dog to Sit instantly, perfectly, 100% of the time does not mean they will Recall perfectly, if at all. You have to work on adherence, responsiveness, duration, and form for every behavior you teach your dog. Of course there are shared effects – if you’ve taught your dog to respond promptly to 10 different commands, they start to know your expectations – but still all the protocols we discuss below have to be applied to each behavior you train.
Going Slow! With ALL of the below, it is critical that you take it slowly, and not increase the challenge too quickly.

We will talk about this concept in depth in the next Chapter, Going slow & rate of progression, but the basic concept to keep in mind for now is: if you increase the challenge of a behavior too quickly, your dog will not learn well, grow frustrated, and ultimately regress in the behavior, setting you backwards. The slower you raise the bar on all the variables we discuss below, the faster they will learn.

Adherence 1: your dog should follow a command reflexively, without thinking, 100% of the time. To achieve that, build up tons of positive associations with it and never let them blow you off.

A command is only useful if your dog actually does it. The goal here is all or nothing: they must do it every time. Why? Two reasons:

  1. The time you most need a behavior is in an emergency – such as your dog running towards the street or after a stranger. Often it will be at a moment with lots of distractions. If your don’t doesn’t obey reflexively, you won’t be able to get their attention.
  1. Training is about trust in you and your judgment. As we highlighted in the introduction, What training is and why you have to do it, a big part of training is building your relationship with your dog. Part of that relationship is them recognizing you as the parent, trusting in your judgment and doing what you say. That means commands cannot be optional

To achieve 100% compliance, we do two things:

  1. Strong Reinforcement: Build up tons of positive associations. Most of the techniques we’ve worked on so far – from mark timing to intermittent reinforcement – have focused on a single goal: strongly reinforcing the behavior. The more strongly you reinforce the behavior, the more eager your dog will be to do it!

    Eventually, your dog wanting to do it will translate into a habit: the more and more they do a behavior, the less and less they will think twice about it. It will become automatic.

    The more strongly you reinforce a behavior, the faster you will get to 100% adherence.

    As such, when you are first teaching a behavior – especially a particularly tricky one – use high value rewards! We discuss that further in Chapter 2-4.

  1. Consistency: Never let your dog blow you off. When you give a command, you either have to be certain that your dog will follow it (because of all those positive associations) or you have to be able to ‘enforce’ it (not let them do anything fun until they’ve followed the command).

    If you let them blow you off, even once (recall Chapter 1-9: Errorless learning), they will quickly see the command as optional.

    If you never let them blow you off, not even once (again, errorless learning), they will quickly learn that they have to do it, they won’t even try to blow you off (except perhaps for occasional fits of adolescent boundary-testing).

    We discuss this concept and techniques for doing so in more depth in the Chapter 2-19: Consistency & follow-through.

That’s it! If you do both of those, you can have even the most difficult behaviors – like Recall – automatic within just 2-3 weeks!

Don’t be complacent though – the more proactive consistent you are, in reinforcement and follow-through, the faster your dog will learn and reach 100% compliance with a command. Even a smidge of inconsistency or lame reinforcement will delay progress substantially.

Example: Recall:

Recall is a super tricky behavior, because it requires that your stop doing something super fun – chasing a squirrel, smelling a root – give it up and instead come back to you.

  • If you (a) use a long-line to ensure your dog can never blow off your recall command (see Consistency & follow-through) and (b) give your dog super big, high-value rewards for recalling (the best treats, lots of them, with tons of praise and rewards) – you can have them recalling consistently within 3 weeks, even off a squirrel
  • If you instead (a) have no enforcement, so your dog can (and will) blow you off when they are more interested in something else than you, and (b) just use normal training treats as a reward – you may never get a consistent recall
Adherence 2: distractions make adherence harder; start in a familiar, calm environment and work up to more distracting spaces

A final note on adherence: distractions make compliance harder. It’s easier for your dog, from a willpower standpoint, to do what you ask when there’s nothing else going on, when it’s just the two of you in your living room. If you’re in a distracting environment – like a crowded public place, a dog park, or the woods (with lots of tempting smells) – it takes a lot more willpower for your dog to focus on you and do what you ask.

You can’t avoid those environments however – you need your dog to follow your command regardless of the context.

In a later chapter, Teaching your dog how to behave in the real world, we will dig deeper into this concept and its implications. Briefly, it means:

  • Start off in environments with minimal distraction, get adherence to 100% there
  • Then gradually introduce more distracting environments, working them up to 100% adherence in those

And remember – all of this applies to a single behavior. You have to work on adherence with each behavior individually. A dog with a perfect Down could completely blow off a Recall.

Aside: Raising the Threshold: the ‘3 Ds’ – distraction, distance (from you), and duration – increase the challenge of a behavior. Make sure to raise those thresholds slowly

In the previous bullet on distraction, we described a process of gradually increasing the level of distraction around when you ask for a behavior. We call that process ‘raising the threshold:

  • Gradually, you’ll want to work on raising the threshold for the ‘3 Ds’: distraction, distance (next bullet), and duration (later on in this chapter).
  • Each of these variables increases the challenge for your dog: the more distractions, farther they are from you, and longer they have to hold a position, the more self-control and focus they will need to comply.
  • With all of these, you want to make sure to raise the threshold slowly! If you increase the challenge too quickly, you are setting yourself up for failure; if you remember back to Chapter 1-9: Errorless learning, those failures will not only reduce your dog’s enthusiasm, but will lead to regression in the behavior.
  • By the same token, don’t change multiple variables at the same time. When you add a distraction, that should be the only increase in challenge you introduce. In fact when you raise the difficulty in one variable, it is wise to reduce the challenge temporarily in other ones. For example, your dog may have a perfect 1-minute Sit-Stay with you 10 feet away at home, but if you are now going to ask them for a Sit-Stay in the yard, start off with you next to them and keep the duration short. Once she’s doing well at that threshold, you can start raising the duration and distance back up.

We talk about this concept more broadly in Chapter 2-15.

Adherence 3: distance from you is another source of challenge for your dog.

Similarly to distraction (see ’Adherence 2’ bullet above), asking your dog for a behavior when they physically farther away from you raises the difficulty. Your proximity helps them focus on you and not fixate on distractions, both because you are a physically more apparent stimulus and because the farther they are from you, the more isolated and wary/fearful they will feel. The farther they are from you, the more attentive they may be to their surroundings, watching out for threats, since you are not there to respond.

You should treat distance from you as another threshold variable, increasing the challenge just as distractions did. That means:

  • Introduce distance gradually, working your way up.
  • Don’t add increased distance and new distractions at the same time: pull one lever at a time.
  • With distance, you can introduce it dynamically by cuing them when you are next to them, and then asking them (i.e., with a Stay command) to hold the position while you take a step away (then eventually two steps, three steps, and so on until you can walk away and back).
Responsiveness: your dog should respond to a command instantly, without delay or hesitation. You achieve that by gradually demanding faster and faster response times for a reward.

Once your dog learns and understand a new command, so it no longer has novelty, she will often start to delay in her response to it, hesitating and debating whether to do it or not, whether it is worth it.

If left unchecked, that hesitation will grow, leading to longer delays and ultimately undermining adherence.

Even if adherence were perfect, you don’t want a delay in response:

  • First, it sets the wrong dynamic – you want your dog to view the command as a prerogative, not a choice
  • Second, it’s impractical – if you need your dog to Down to prevent them from doing something bad, then you need them to do it now, not after they’ve run into the street or lunged at another dog

So how do get an instant response time?

Process for improving response time of a behavior

After your dog has learned a new behavior and had it pretty strongly reinforced, gradually start demanding shorter and shorter response times as follows:

  • If they respond ‘quickly,’ give them a big reward
  • If they respond slowly, reset them (with another behavior they know really well and have strong adherence for, like Stand, Sit, or Touch) and try again

Gradually move the bar for ‘quickly’ to be faster and faster.

A couple notes on implementation:

  • Don’t get too aggressive too fast with the threshold – you want to set up your dog for success. Set response times you know they can hit, ideally without even resetting. If you have to reset more than once, you are moving too fast.
  • Don’t start this process until the behavior has already been pretty strongly reinforced! The protocol above means that sometimes they’ll be doing the behavior and not getting rewarded (because they were too slow). If the behavior hasn’t been reinforced strongly enough yet, they’ll just get bored with the behavior and stop doing it entirely!
Duration: When you give your dog a Stay command, they should hold it indefinitely until you give them a Release command. You can achieve that by gradually increasing the duration that you ask them to hold a position

For ‘Stay’ commands: Sit, Down, Settle, Tuck, etc. you need your dog to hold in that position until you give them whatever their Release command is. If you don’t

That is one of the hardest things for a dog to do however: you generally ask them to ‘Stay’ in order to prohibit them from something that they actively want to do: chase after a mailman, run towards another dog, follow you to the car, or wander around the restaurant smelling and eating things. Asking them to ‘Stay’ therefore demands tremendous willpower.

It is very much achievable however, for any dog, you just have to build it up slowly. The process is very similar to what we did in separation anxiety training: start with tiny durations, and gradually work up:

Process for improving duration of a behavior

After your dog understands the basic posture/position (Sit, Down, Settle, etc. – whatever you are currently working on) you are looking for, you can then start extending duration as follows:

  1. Have your dog hold the position for a very short periodshort enough that you know they won’t break – before marking, rewarding them, and giving them their Release command.

    If they’re breaking before you can mark and reward them, you are waiting much too long! To start, aim for no more than 1 or 2 seconds at most.

  1. Very very slowly increase how long you delay before marking, rewarding, and releasing. If you started at 2 seconds, move up to 3 seconds, then 4, then 5, then 6. Not until you’re at 10-15 seconds can you start increasing by larger increments, and even then still quite slowly.

    The goal is to extend the duration by so little that your dog does not ‘break’ on her own. Again, recall errorless learning principles: the fewer times your dog breaks on her own, the less accustomed to that she will be. In Chapter 2-15 we will further emphasize this point.

    As you make the delay longer and longer, give bigger and bigger rewards, that can help make them more excited to wait for their reward, rather than wandering off to something else.

    Unless you train a ‘duration marker,’ see below, do not mark during her hold; that risks signalling to her that she’s done.

  1. If your dog does break on her own, either because:
    1. You’ve moved the bar too much; or
    1. She goes through a regression (a natural part of learning, see Ch. 2-16: Regression)

    Don’t worry, it is inevitable. In that scenario, do not mark and reward (since you’ll be rewarding breaking). Instead:

    1. Reset her (have her walk away and re-approach)
    1. Try again, this time reducing the duration significantly – when you have regression, you want to take 3-4 steps back, not just 1, before building back up again.
  1. Continue this process until you have her duration up to around 60 seconds. Then, go back to shorter durations – just a few seconds – but start walking away and doing other things.

    Above, you’re asking them to hold most likely while you’re standing there. That’s a good place to start, but in ‘real world’ usage other things will be going on, and you will need them to Stay even while you go do something else.

    Work up again to 60 seconds or so, now with you walking away and doing other things (it should go much faster this time). As before, if they break on their own, reset and try again and roll back your duration target significantly before working up again.

  1. Then, go back to shorter durations again – just a few seconds – but start practicing in environments with distractions.

    Just as we did with adherence: to start you should be in a familiar, boring environment, but as her duration gets better and better you want to start practicing in places with distractions like other people, cars, dogs, etc.

    When you do, make sure to go back to a very short duration (the distractions are a new variable that makes the problem harder) and gradually work up again. Furthermore, start with easier distractions, like being in your yard, before gradually working up to harder ones, like the dog park or woods.

    See the ‘Adherence 2’ note above for more on this process.

  1. Finally, continue your duration practice to longer and longer durations – two minutes, three minutes, five minutes, 10 minutes, and so on – in a range of environments. Follow the same processes as above, and still be careful not to move the bar too much, too fast.

Eventually, you’ll get to a point where your dog will hold the position indefinitely until you give them their Release command.

Some further notes on implementation:

  • It can be helpful to train a ‘duration marker’– a different reinforcement marker than your usual one, used specifically to tell your dog ‘you’re doing great, keep doing it’. Refer back to when we covered this concept in Chapter 2-5: Marking.
  • NEVER mark after they break! This is harder than it looks: if you watch them, notice they are about to break, and try to mark and reward them before they break you will sometimes be a moment too late and accidentally mark after they break. When that happens, you are reinforcing breaking, not holding!

    To avoid that accident, increase duration only gradually, watch your dog like a hawk, and consider using a quick marker like a clicker (see Chapter 2-5 and Chapter 2-10)

Form 1: By incrementally raising the bar on your shaping, you can gradually improve your dog’s technique to whatever level you feel is right for you and your dog

Depending on the behavior and your interest, you may also want or need to work on your dog’s form.

Here are some examples:

  • For Sit, you generally want their butt fully on the floor, not hovering
  • For Down, you generally want all four forearms and your dog’s chest on the ground
  • For Touch, you generally want your dog to touch her nose to your hand, not just get close
  • For Paw, you generally want your dog to put their paw in your hand, not just get close
  • For Heel, you generally want your dog’s heads up, not down to the ground sniffing

If you are interested in competitive obedience[link to AKC site], there are very specific postures associated with each command that you can, if you desire, work on training your dog in minutely.

For most owners achieving a precise form isn’t necessary – in the next bullet below we talk about what ‘level of perfection’ you might or might not want to aim for – but regardless you may occasionally find yourself in a situation where your dog has started ‘half-assing’ a technique to such an extent that it is no longer useful. Most dogs, in fact, will start to get lazy with a given behavior and only pantomime it.

Whatever your target, the process for improving and maintaining your dog’s form is conceptually simple:

Process for improving the form of a behavior:

After your dog has the basic concept down:

  1. Identify what aspects of her form you want to improve

    e.g., do you want her butt lower? Her leg to the left? Her head looking up?

  1. Just as we did in Chapter 2-7, come up with a way to get your dog to organically offer the change you are looking for (that is the tricky part)
  1. Once they offer the postural change you’re looking for, mark and reward that – just as we did with shaping
  1. Only mark and reward the new, more precise form, stop rewarding the ‘old’ way they did it, and gradually move the bar – don’t ask for a big change right away, try to break it into small changes wherever possible.

While that process is conceptually simple, there is a real art to step 2, to coming up with a shaping pathway to encourage your dog into the new form. If you’re trying to shape a particular posture change, we strongly advise you to look out there at approaches other people have taken, or consider working with a trainer in your area, either in a class or one-on-one, on whatever behavior you want to focus on.

And remember: there is no one way to shape a behavior! Try different approaches and see what works for your dog!

Form 2: The ‘level of perfection’ you aim for is up to your personal desire! Beyond the minimum to meet the practical needs of a behavior, you should shape further if you enjoy it; your dog will love it – they’ll love training regardless – but you should do what you enjoy, as that will lead you to train more and bring a better energy to training!

Unlike adherence and responsiveness, where you should strive for perfect compliance, when it comes to technique the level of perfection you target is entirely up to you. You can look at it from two perspectives:

  • Practical needs – a Sit where your dog just barely lowers her butt and then comes back up is not terribly useful for keeping her out of trouble (see Sit for where you’d use it). A Touch that you want to use to shape other behaviors – like Bell – isn’t very useful if your dog doesn’t put her nose all the way to your hand. With a given behavior, you should ask: when and how will I use this, and what is the standard of form required to meet that need?
  • Personal desire – do you enjoy shaping your dog into increasingly perfect ‘Down’ posture, with body straight and legs to each side? If you do, if it’s a fun activity, go for it! You should consider doing Obedience or Rally trials with your dog! They’ll enjoy it!

For once, don’t worry so much about your dog’s perspective here: your dog should love to work with you in almost whatever capacity. As we will cover in more depth in Chapter 2-15, Chapter 2-18, and Chapter 3-7, if you are training correctly – with lots of positive reinforcement, good momentum, and the right level of difficulty – your dog will love training. Getting to better form isn’t necessarily a chore for them, it’s a game (if you’re doing it right and following the principles we’ve laid out!).

Rather, how ‘perfect’ you should get your dog’s form depends on what you enjoy. If you find shaping your dog’s form perfectly to be tedious and prefer teaching new behaviors/tricks instead, that’s totally fine! Do what you enjoy – that will lead you to train more, and to bring a better energy to training.

Form 3: Whatever standard of form you land on however, be consistent

Whatever standard you decide on for a given behavior, you must be consistent in your expectations. If you slacken your standards, your dog will start to slip, and will begrudge you or get frustrated when you raise the bar again. Just be consistent, and they’ll appreciate it.

Chapter 2-15: Going slow & rate of progression

In this chapter we talk about one of the most important but often-forgotten principles across everything we teach our dogs: going at the right pace.

Go slow: the slower you take it, the faster your dog will learn.

We have emphasized this concept many times already, in both Training and in Socialization: when you are trying to teach your dog something, don’t go too fast.

Whether you are trying to teach your dog that you want them to lay down or that men with beards aren’t scary, going slow speeds their progress.

We can think about ‘going slow’ in two main contexts: training and socialization. Below we will discuss each of these in turn.

In training:

  • Going slow means:
    • Shaping behaviors in small incremental steps, not moving from one step to the next until they firmly understand the previous one (recall Chapter 2-7)
    • Improving behaviors – their responsiveness, duration, and form – very gradually; start behaviors in ‘easy mode,’ and only very gradually raise the bar on their response time, duration, and posture (recall Chapter 2-14)
    • Raising the threshold on the ‘3 Ds’ – distance, distraction, and duration – very slowly. As we discussed in the previous chapter, each of those variables increases the challenge of adherence for your dog. You need to make sure to (a) raise the threshold slowly, and (b) when you raise the difficulty in one variable (e.g., distraction), you should temporarily lower the difficulty on others (duration and distance, as well as responsiveness and form). See Chapter 2-14 for more discussion of what that looks like.
    • Teaching your dog behaviors at an appropriate difficulty level; starting with simpler, easier-to-follow behaviors and gradually working up to more complex and/or more difficult to stick to behaviors (we will talk about this more shortly)
    • Errorless training – not challenging your dog past the point that you know she can do the right thing.
  • If you go too fast, your dog:
    • Won’t be able to figure out what you want, they’ll get confused and do the wrong thing, leading to both weakening the target behavior and strengthening a wrong one
    • Will get frustrated, because this is a game to them; they want to do the correct thing and get the marker/reward
    • Will regress, their failures will end up setting them back in their learning to where they were 2-4 sessions ago
  • If you go slow enough, your dog:
    • Will learn faster: by working in small increments, they’ll ‘get it’ at each stage – they won’t get confused; by working errorlessly, they won’t get confused, and will progress consistently
    • Will learn better: successes will reinforce the desired behavior, strengthening it
    • Will be more confident: nothing hurts your dog’s confidence than failing at things and not knowing why
    • Will be more fun for your dog (and you!): training sessions are most fun when your dog is successfully figuring out new things!

In socialization:

  • Going slow means:
    • Exposing your dog to new stimuli slowly, one at a time, and letting her engage with them at her own pace (recall Chapter 1-2)
    • Taking things like crate training, potty training, and separation anxiety training slowly: expanding durations bit by bit, slowly working up to longer duration
    • Errorless training – not putting your dog in a situation where bad behaviors or responses emerge
  • If you go too fast, your dog:
    • Can become reactive; negative experiences can create or reinforce fear responses
    • Can regress in her behavior; if you push the duration on crate training or separation anxiety training too long, too soon, the negative experience can make her afraid of the crate or being alone
  • If you go slow enough, your dog:
    • Will become confident and adaptable; positive socialization experiences ‘snowball’ – as they have more and more positive experiences, with no or as few negative ones as possible, their confidence and willingness to engage with new experiences grows
    • Will pick up good behaviors faster and more consistently; they will love their crate, never potty indoors, and have no problem with you out of the house. The less room you leave for negative experiences, the faster they will acclimate to a situation

The bottom line, as we have reiterated throughout this Primer, is that you want to set your dog up for success:

  • The more your dog succeeds, the faster she will learn and the more confident she will be
  • When you go too fast and your dog fails, you set her progress back, weakening reinforcement

But not too slow: in training, you still need to maintain your dog’s interest; make sure they are feeling confident but challenged

In training, there is an important caveat to going slow: if you go too slow, your dog will get bored.

Later, in Chapter 2-18: Training sessions, we will talk about the importance of training being fun for your dog (and you!), and how to go about that.

Part of that fun is having training sessions at the right level of challenge.

If you ask your dog only to do things she already knows super well, she will get bored even with plenty of primary reinforcement (unless she is extremely food motivated). Even if she didn’t, that doesn’t create much learning or growth.

So while you should err on the side of caution, still challenge your dog.

How do you know the right rate to work at? Watch your dog! Watch your dog! Watch your dog! As we will discuss further in Chapter 4-6, if you pay attention to her you will start to be able to read her, to know when she is excited and when she is bored. You will be able to tell when she is bored with what you’re asking of her.

Also note: some days you’ll need to go faster or slower than others. Some days she’ll be ‘on her game’ and you’ll teach her three new behaviors, and other days will be a struggle and you should stick to easy stuff she already knows. We’ll talk about that more in the Chapter 2-18.

Difficulty of behaviors and training progression: start with easier behaviors – those that are both simplest to understand and easiest comply with – and gradually work up to harder ones – those that are complex or require significant willpower

In previous Chapters we’ve discussed the virtues of ‘Going Slow’ when training a given behavior. You should also however make sure to take it slow when considering what behaviors to teach your dog.

Some behaviors are harder than others, for one of two reasons:

  1. They are more complex – some behaviors, like Bow and Pretty, are difficult to shape; they are complex and/or unnatural postures and movements that can be hard for your dog to understand what you’re looking for.
  1. They require significant willpower – some behaviors, like Stay, Tuck, and Heel, are difficult for your dog to comply with. They require abstaining from something that they want – like following you, chasing a squirrel, or wandering around and exploring. That can be hard for your dog to resist.

As always, you want to set your dog up for success. That means start your training relationship with the easiest behaviors – things like Sit and Paw. Then, gradually work up to more and more difficult behaviors, like Stay.

What if you screw up and go too fast? In training, we always reward for doing something; do not reward for nothing! Make the problem easier and reward for that.

What if you screw up and make a challenge too hard? You don’t want your dog to get frustrated and build negative associations with the trick or with the training experience in general, so you do want to reward them.

However, in training you must only reward your dog for doing something (that you want), never for doing nothing. If your dog gets frustrated and you reward them, you are only reinforcing them getting frustrated and giving up.

Instead, make the challenge easier and reward them when they overcome that.

If it’s during shaping, reward for an earlier step, or adjust your shaping sequence to be more gradual and easier for them to pick up.

If you have to abort a command entirely, give them a new command, something easy that they know how to do and reward that.

Chapter 2-16: Regression

At several points in Socialization and Training we have mentioned ‘regression’ as an inevitable but challenging part of learn – let’s take a closer look at that phenomenon:

Regression: Dogs sometimes regress in an ability, becoming unwilling or unable to do a trick they used to, or afraid of something they’ve never been afraid of before. That can occur as a natural part of the learning process, but also as a result of pushing too quickly.

Sometimes your dog will regress:

  • When shaping or improving a behavior, something they were doing easily and readily just yesterday, or even a few minutes ago, they will suddenly struggle with.
  • When socializing them, even outside of a fear period, they will be afraid of something that they were comfortable with just yesterday.

Regression can occur for one of two reasons:

  1. Regression is a natural part of dogs’ learning process: Regression is just part of how dogs learn, of how their brains work. You’ll make tons of progress one day, but the next all of a sudden it will seem like they’ve forgotten everything. Don’t worry: as we’ll cover in a second, as long as you handle it appropriately the switch will flip back on the next day and they will know the behavior better than ever.
  1. Regression can occur if you push them too far: As we’ve covered many times, if you ask too much of them and they fail, they can regress several steps.

    During duration work – like holding a Stay (Ch. 2-14) or staying calm during separation anxiety training (Ch. 1-12) – if you increase the time increment too much (like jumping from 5 seconds to 15 seconds) such that they break, the next time they will be set back several steps (they could break after 2 seconds).

    During shaping (Ch. 2-7), if you aim for too big of a change in one step they can get confused and forget all the steps you’ve shaped already.

    That is why errorless learning (Ch. 1-9) is so important: if you push too far too quickly such that your dog makes an error, you get set back several steps.

Handling regression: don’t worry, you haven’t lost all your progress. Go back to the beginning and start over, and they will catch back up right away.

So what do you do when regression happens? Have you lost all the progress you’ve worked so hard for?

Don’t worry! While she may not realize it your dog does still ‘remember’ all the work you’ve done. When you see regression:

  1. Recognize it right away, and don’t push any further.

    ‘Pushing through it’ is the worst thing you can do: remember, training goes fastest and best when your dog is succeeding. If they regress/get something wrong and you ask them to do it again, they will just do it wrong again. The more they do it wrong, the more frustrated they get, the more you are negatively reinforcing the behavior and weakening it, and the more they will regress.

  1. Go back and start from the beginning; treat it like you’re teaching them this behavior/socializing them to this stimulus for the first time – or at least go back to where you were a few steps ago.

What you will find is that while it can take one ‘reset’ session for them to find their feet again, by the next session they will have caught right back up, and even have surpassed where they were. It is just a quirk of how their (and our) brains learn.

Chapter 2-17: Generalizing context

“[bringing dog to a friend’s house] I’m so sorry, he never jumps up on people at home!”

“I don’t know what’s going on, he did the trick perfectly in class! I just can’t get him to do it at home”

“His Fetch is great with his orange ball, but he won’t really retrieve anything else”

In the chapters so far we’ve talked about how to teach your dog a given a behavior

Dogs are not great at generalizing: changing what might seem like a small variable to you can seem like a completely new situation to your dog

In Chapter 1-2 we first encountered the notion that dogs are not good at ‘generalizing,’ at least as compared to humans.

As humans, one of our great strengths is taking something we learn in one context, and applying it to a different one. We generalize rules very easily. Dogs aren’t like that – they struggle to generalize:

  • If you teach your puppy to Sit on command in the living room, and you do that on five or six occasions, they won’t realize that Sit isn’t specific to the living room. When you ask them to Sit in the kitchen, they’ll look at you like they have no idea what you’re talking about – because they don’t!
  • If you teach your dog to Down on command, but no one else ever uses that command with them, they won’t understand that anybody can give them that command
  • If you teach them to Settle when you eat dinner by the TV, then they’ll have no idea that they also need to Settle when you have dinner at the dining table
  • If you teach them to Fetch with a specific orange ball, they won’t necessarily apply the same behavior to anything else you throw.

That’s important for you to understand as a trainer: your dog doesn’t automatically generalize a behavior in one place and time to other places and times.

Initially keep it simple: when first teaching your dog a behavior, try to keep the context – where and how you do it – consistent. That will help them figure out what exactly you’re asking for.

As you can recall from Chapter 2-1, your first job is getting your dog to understand what you want them to do.

As part of that, you should start your training by keeping the context consistent – ask for the same thing, in the same way, in the same place.

Do that just until your dog gets the idea – until it ‘clicks’ what you are asking for: “oh, they want me to put my paw in their hand (Paw);” “oh they want me to lower my butt (Sit);” “oh they want me to lay down (Down)”

Do not stay uniform too long however – that is just until your dog grasps what action you are reinforcing. As soon as they start to offer the behavior you’re looking for, move on to generalizing (the next bullet). Depending on the dog, their past experience, and the complexity of the behavior, that should usually take 2-10 iterations.

Generalization: once your dog gets what you are asking for, you should quickly start working on it in many more contexts. That will help them generalize the behavior, and ultimately strengthen it

Once your dog grasps what action you are reinforcing, you very quickly want to break that uniformity. You want to start asking them for the behavior in as many different contexts – different rooms, different places, indoor/outdoor, with different people around – as possible.

By varying the context, you achieve two things:

  • You generalize the behavior: ‘Paw’ means put your paw in the handlers hand regardless of if you are in the living room, the kitchen, the park, in a crowd, near other dogs, etc.
  • It strengthens the behavior: By asking for the behavior in more contexts, you are broadening and deepening the associations you create with it, leading to stronger learning (i.e. making them more likely to follow your command)
Context is more than location: variations on a behavior might seem trivial to you, but baffle your dog.

For ease of explanation we’ve focused so far on changing the environment, but often the behavior itself involves variables that your dog isn’t aware of.

For example, many owners train Down as a sequence from Sit. When you do that, your dog won’t initially understand that you can Down even without doing Sit first.

As another example, you might teach Give using a certain toy. If you do, you’ll have to teach your dog that Give applies any toy, and eventually any object that they’re holding.

Where possible and appropriate, teach your dog to generalize from the very beginning – such as, in our example, by using a variety of different objects to teach Give.

Some contexts are harder than others: don’t ask your dog to offer a new behavior in a distracting context – like around other dogs – until it is firmly established.

A caveat to our point on generalizations is to recognize that different contexts have different difficulties:

  • Places that are more familiar and with less distractions – like rooms in your home, your yard, or a family member’s house – let your dog focus on you and on learning.

    Those are where you should initially train and reinforce a behavior.

  • Places with more distractions – like crowded public spaces, dog parks, or the woods (with lots of amazing scents) – make it harder for your dog to focus on you and on learning

    Those should be the last places you generalize for behaviors, after you have built up tons of positive associations and they are nearly automatic in their adherence.

You still absolutely should ask for behaviors in high-distraction environments once your dog is ready (i.e. once they really have that behavior down strongly): assuming they do what you ask, it will deepen the behavior even further. Just don’t move to those environments until your dog is ready.

And remember: training – and generalization – apply to individual behaviors. Just because your dog has learned to Sit in a crowded room doesn’t mean she will Down. You have to work each behavior up this ‘ladder’ of contexts.

Don’t swap handlers when learning a behavior: When teaching a behavior initially, keep the handler constant until they fully grasp it.

An exception to the above technique of generalization is the handler. If you live in a multi-handler household (such as with your spouse and/or children), then designate who will teach the dog a given behavior. During the initial learning phase, you don’t want to switch handlers; it turns out that slows learning.

Once they have a behavior firmly established and on-command however, you do want to have other handlers ask for it, so that they generalize the handler as well.

Essentially, the handler is the last variable you change when teaching your dog a new behavior.

Go slow, and lower the difficulty: new locations and contexts raise the difficulty of a behavior; make sure to set your dog up for success by not going to quickly, and lowering the challenge in other variables.

As we discuss in Chapter 2-14 and Chapter 2-18, training in a new location or context increases distraction – there are all sorts of novel or uncommon sights, smells, noises, people, creatures, and objects to pay attention to (or even be afraid of).

As we’ve discussed in this chapter, it’s important to work under those circumstances, but that increases the challenge for your dog. To compensate, you need to lower the bar in other variables, such as what tricks you work on and how readily you reward a behavior. For example:

  • When transitioning to a new environment, stick to easier tricks that your dog already knows, as these are more likely for your dog to follow despite distractions. Don’t try to introduce new behaviors.
  • Start with easier, more familiar environments, like your yard, and slowly work up to more distracting ones, like a park or store.

See Chapter 2-14 for more discussion on the ‘3 Ds’ threshold variables – distraction, distance, and duration – and how to lower the difficulty in one whenever you increase the others.

Chapter 2-18: Training sessions

“She’ll work for treats but she hates training sessions”

We’ve focused so far on techniques for training a given behavior; let’s take a step back and look at what your training sessions as a whole should look like.

Definition: What we mean by ‘work’ for a dog: ‘work’ is doing any task we’ve trained them to do, whether that is tricks, sports, or a formal ‘job’; to them, it is essentially a game.

When we talk about ‘work’ for a dog, we mean doing a task, a job, that they have been trained for. You could also look at that as any time your dog is playing a ‘game’ with outside rules that they can ‘win’ at.

That could be:

  • Following cues you give them, like Paw, Pretty, or Down
  • Performing a human-assistance job, such as herding sheep, bomb detection, or being a seeing-eye dog
  • Doing dog-sports, like scent work, Agility, Rally, or Obedience (see Appendix 2-1: Dog sports)

In each case, they are:

  1. Learning a ‘game’ that we have taught them
  1. Playing that game; knowing that they are doing a good job; and being rewarded for it
Dogs love (and need) ‘work’!

We put ‘work’ in single-quotes because humans often associate their own jobs with tedium, stress, and obligation. That is the unfortunate end product of a complex set of cultural phenomena, and has little to do with the biological drive of humans (and dogs) to enjoy doing tasks, which are essentially games.

As we will cover in Chapter 3-7, ‘work’ for dogs is a fun, joyful thing, on top of being enriching.

In that later chapter, we will explain how work:

  • Brings them joy
  • Satisfies their need for mental stimulation
  • Increases their confidence
  • Builds their trust in you
  • Creates a deeper, more collaborative relationship with you
  • Improves their behavior

Needless to say, ‘work’ is a critical part of an enriching life for a dog!

‘Work’ can take many forms: including: dedicated training sessions, ongoing/passive obedience, and dog sports.

As we will cover in Chapter 3-7: Need for occupation, ‘work’ can take several forms:

  • Dedicated training sessions: daily 5-15 minute blocks where you work on deepening and improving known behaviors and learning new ones
  • Ongoing/passive obedience: giving your dog commands and reinforcing them just in the normal course of daily activities
  • Dog sports: teaching your dog established dog sports like Scent Work, Rally, Agility, Competitive Obedience, and Dock-Diving so that you can take her to local (or even national!) trials to earn ‘Titles’ or even ‘Placements’ (top-3 awards).
  • Formal human-assistance work: a human-assistance job like sheep herding, bomb detection, or service dog work. Obviously that is not relevant to the vast majority of dog owners.

As a responsible dog owner, it doesn’t really matter how you get your dog occupational therapy; as long as she’s getting enough work, your dog will be happy. Everyone of course needs a foundation of obedience training, as we’ve emphasized several times, but beyond that whether you do dog sports or teach them tricks it doesn’t matter: you should do what you enjoy, as that will get you to do it more often with your dog, and bring better energy to the experience.

Dedicated training sessions: you should set aside 5-15 minutes for a dedicated training session at least once a day.

As we’ll talk about shortly, training should happen all the time, not just in formal sessions. Even so it is useful to have dedicated sessions where you work primarily on learning new behaviors and reinforcing old ones.

You should budget time nearly every day for at least one, but ideally 2-3, 5-15 minute sessions, depending on their age (more on the age point below).

Note training does not occur solely during these sessions – you should be ‘training’ your dog, both using cues and using rewards to shape more general behaviors, throughout the day, in all your interactions with them. We will talk more about that continuous/constant aspect of training later in this chapter, as well as in Chapter 3-6.

For now, however, we want to focus on ‘dedicated training sessions:’ formal time you devote specifically to learning new behaviors and reinforcing existing ones.

Guiding principle: first and foremost, training sessions should be fun! For your dog, and for you!

In a moment we’ll get into tips for how to run a training session, but first you should understand the overriding principle: training must be fun! Your dog should be having the time of her life!

Ultimately, the goal of training is to teach her to do things, and the core of achieving that learning, as we covered in Chapter 2-2 and all the chapters that followed, is building positive associations with both (a) doing specific behaviors and (b) more generally doing whatever you ask her to do.

In other words, your dog needs to have fun training. That is an absolute pre-requisite.

The more fun your dog is having, the more eager she will be to learn and to follow your cues.

If you make your training sessions fun, over time that builds positive associations with training, making her more and more excited to do what you ask.

As an added bonus, it’s likely that if your dog is having more fun, you are too!

How to run a fun training session: pay attention to your dog, watch her energy, and set the right cadence.

Fortunately, as we’ve pointed out, ‘work’ is intrinsically enjoyable for dogs. Even so, you need to approach training in a way that takes advantage of their love of work, rather than diminishing it.

Below we lay out our guidance for running a good training session. As another resource, Karen Pryor treats the subject particularly nicely in her book Don’t Shoot The Dog – we recommend giving it a read!

Tips for running a training session

Reinforcement:

  • Follow all the positive reinforcement practices we’ve discussed so far: use primary reinforcers that actually motivate your dog; use markers and time them well; identify higher-value rewards and use them at the appropriate times; etc.
  • Bring excitement to the session! You want training sessions to feel fun and exciting; that means you should come across as excited! Be happy, loose, and excited in your tone and posture. Work them up a little bit before the session: “are you ready to train? are you ready to train!!!??? yay let’s go train!”

Cadence:

  • Operate at the right difficulty level: see the chapter Going slow & rate of progression; if you try to shape behaviors too quickly, or try to teach behaviors that are too difficult too early, your dog will get frustrated, regress, and learning will slow. Raise the bar at a pace where your dog is winning and follow errorless learning principles
  • Keep the momentum going: you also don’t want to go too slow. Dogs love momentum in training. As soon as they do something right, move on to the next thing! Keep commands coming one after the other: as soon as you’ve rewarded one thing, move on to the next with very little delay.

    That means you have to prepare mentally ahead of time: you should always have in mind the next thing you want to work on. If you go into training sessions – especially early on – deciding what to do as you go, you’ll end up pausing too much and killing her momentum.

    At the same time, make sure not to

  • Adjust to your dog’s state: your dog’s energy and capacity will vary from day to day; some days, everything will be ‘clicking’ for her and you can teach three new tricks; other days she’ll struggle to focus or understand and you should stick to easy stuff she already knows. Gaige your dog’s current energy and learning capacity and adjust the session appropriately!

Length:

  • Sessions should be 5-15 minutes, depending on age: learning is best done in shorter chunks. If your sessions are too long, your dog will start to get tired or bored; it loses its excitement and novelty. For young puppies, sessions should be only a few minutes. As they get older, they should be 10-15 minutes at a time. Note that other than your dog’s energy (see next bullet), there’s no practical limit to the number of sessions you can have per day however.
  • Watch your dog’s energy: if they start to flag, do a final easy trick and stop. Don’t pre-determine the minimum length of the session – if they flag at 5 minutes, that’s fine. Some days, your dog really won’t be in a mood for training at all, and that’s OK too. Don’t force it – do a couple easy tricks, reward them and do a play session or something.
  • End on a high note: you want training sessions to end positively, to leave positive feelings and associations with training in general and the specific behaviors you’re working on in particular. That means:
    • Go slow on difficulty – try to set the difficulty at a level where your dog is winning.
    • Don’t push sessions when your dog starts to flag; do a couple easy tricks and stop
    • If your dog is struggling today (but still open to training), stick to easy stuff, and keep it short

To summarize more generally:

  • Pay attention to your dog and her energy level! If she’s bored, up the challenge; if she’s struggling today, take it easy; if she just doesn’t feel like training, sometimes that happens too! Don’t force it; read your dog and respond accordingly
Location: After you have the basic practice down, try to hold training sessions in lots of places. That will not only help with generalization but also build your dog’s focus and improve reinforcement.

As we talked about in Chapter 2-15 and Chapter 2-17, you should start off your training journey in a distraction-free environment, a familiar place like your living room.

Once your dog gets the training session ‘idea’ down however, you should start running training sessions in new and different environments. Start with your yard, and work up to novel places or places with distractions like other people, new smells, or even dogs.

That achieves three things:

  1. Helps generalize behaviors – we cover this concept in Chapter 2-17
  1. Builds focus – by learning to focus on you in the presence of distractions, your dog will get better and better at staying focused on you and on the task
  1. Improves reinforcement – if you can strongly reinforce a behavior even in a distracting environment, it deepens the behavior

Make sure to go slowly here. Training in a new location increases distraction – there are all sorts of novel or uncommon sights, smells, noises, people, creatures, and objects to pay attention to (or even be afraid of). It’s important to work under those circumstances, but that increases the challenge for your dog; to compensate, you need to lower the bar in other variables, such as what tricks you work on and how readily you reward a behavior.

Remember, the goal is, as always, errorless learning (Chapter 1-9). That means choosing the context such that while it may be more challenging for your dog, they will still succeed. If your dog gets distracted and ignores you, you are actually undermining your training, as we will cover more in the Chapter 2-19. For example:

  • When transitioning to a new environment, stick to easier tricks that your dog already knows, as these are more likely for your dog to follow despite distractions. Don’t try to teach new behaviors.
  • Start with easier, more familiar environments, like your yard, and slowly work up to more distracting ones, like a park or store.

See Chapter 2-17: Generalizing context for more guidance.

‘Work mode’: Eventually, your dog should start to develop a ‘work mode:’ a ‘business time’ mental state that you can put them into when you need them to focus.

By having regular, frequent, dedicated training sessions, whether they are for basic obedience or whether you start to work on dog-sports, you will find that your dog will eventually start to distinguish ‘work mode’ from ‘play mode.’ Once your dog enters a ‘work mode’ mentality, she will be more focused on you, more responsive to what you ask, more primed to learn, and less diverted by distractions.

It takes time for that mentality to develop, but it is incredibly useful: if your dog is in a dangerous or distracted situation, you can more easily get her under control by transitioning her into a ‘work mode.’

For example, let’s say your dog spots a squirrel and goes to chase it:

  • Asking for a Recall there can be really tough – that requires a ton of willpower for your dog to shift her brain away from the squirrel and onto you.
  • Asking for something easier however, that you have hopefully heavily reinforced such that it is automatic (see Chapter 2-14), like a well-reinforced Sit or Down, can be easier for her to obey without even thinking.
  • Once she’s done that, you can start to chain commands – if you got her into a Down, you can flip to a Sit, then a Look, then a Pretty, then a Down again.
  • She might be confused at this point, but those chains of commands will start to put her into ‘work mode’ – to trigger the associations that ‘this is business time’. That will get her focusing on you, and forgetting about everything else. Once you’ve got her, now you can try a Recall

To help your dog make the transition into a ‘work mode’ mental state, you can even start cueing the beginning of training sessions, using a verbal cue like “work time!” You can then use that command any time you want them to focus on you, just making sure to (a) follow up with a short training session, asking them to do a few commands; (b) only do that when you have a reasonable probability of actually being able to capture their focus, i.e. dependent on what other distractions are present; and (c)

Training outside of sessions: ABT – Always Be Training! Training should be happening all the time, not just in formal sessions!

Dedicated sessions are important as a time to focus and learn new things, but training should be happening all the time. You should think of that in several ways:

  1. Every time you interact with your dog, you are training them whether you mean to or not. As we covered in Chapter 2-12: Unintentional reinforcement, every interaction you have with your dog is positively or negatively reinforcing them.

    Get into the habit of, whenever you interact with your dog, thinking to yourself: “what behavior am I encouraging or discouraging right now?”

  1. Use commands throughout the day, in real world situations. Don’t just ask your dog to Sit or Pretty during training sessions, do it while you’re sitting at the computer, going into the grocery store, before giving them their meal, whenever.

    You want to (a) get them in the habit of listening to you all the time, not just during training sessions; and (b) continue reinforcing behaviors in different contexts and scenarios.

    If you only pay attention to training during formal training sessions, you not only miss out on consistent reinforcement (see Chapter 2-19), but your dog also won’t generalize cues or behaviors (see Chapter 2-17). It is critically important that training does not happen only in dedicated sessions!

    That can serve a second purpose as well: as we will cover in the later Chapter, Teaching your dog how to behave in the real world, you can use obedience commands in different scenarios to show your dog the appropriate way to behave in them. For example, if you take your dog to a restaurant, put them in a Tuck; if you are having dinner at home, put them into a Settle; when guests visit, put them into a Sit; and so on.

    Always carry treats with you; whenever you have your dog, you should have some treats. You don’t want them to think “I only get rewarded during training sessions” – they would quickly stop obeying outside of sessions.

  1. Never waste a reinforcer: As we introduced in Chapter 2-4 – you never want to waste a training opportunity. If your dog randomly gets it into her head that she really wants something – like a particular stick, a piece of broccoli, her dinner, a toy you’re holding – don’t waste that reinforcement opportunity. Ask her to do something before giving it to her. The more desperately she wants something, the stronger the reinforcement, the better the learning.

    As we covered in Chapter 2-4, in these situations don’t try to teach them something newtheir intense desire for the object will be too distracting for them, they won’t be able to think properly or focus, it will just frustrate them. Instead, ask them to offer a behavior that they know, but that ideally is one they don’t like to do/rarely offer. That makes the best use of the reinforcement. If your dog hates to Roll Over but they really want some broccoli you’re holding, make them Roll Over! They’ll do it faster than they ever have.

Chapter 2-19: Consistency & follow-through: errorless learning in operant conditioning

[With an off-leash dog] “Come! [dog ignores] Come! [dog continues to ignore] Hah sorry, she’s only so-so on recall, let’s just keep hiking and she’ll eventually catch up”

In Chapter 1-9: Errorless learning we covered the concept of errorless learning as applied to puppy habit formation. It is such an important concept to training in general however that we wanted to reiterate it here.

Errorless training reminder: it is far harder to untrain a bad/erroneous behavior than it is to avoid it forming in the first place

In Chapter 1-9 we covered the concept of ‘errorless training.’ It is a critical way of thinking as a handler and trainer, and if you feel rusty on the topic we recommend you review that Chapter, or check out one of the other great books out there on the subject, such as Ian Dunbar’s wonderful Before & After Getting Your Puppy.

Follow-through: never, ever put your dog in a situation where she is likely to blow you off. If your dog starts ignoring your commands, that habit will deepen, you’ll never get them to consistently trust and follow your instructions.

Errorless training (Chapter 1-9) applies to almost everything you do with your dog, and you should get in the habit of thinking in errorless terms. There is a specific application of errorless training principles to operant conditioning however that is worth explicitly highlighting: follow-through.

We see the following with dog owners every day:

  • Dog owner gives a command – like Sit or Come
  • Dog blows it off, does their own thing, and the dog owner tries fruitlessly repeating it, trying other commands, and/or eventually giving up and moving on

That teaches your dog a terrible lesson: that your commands are optional.

From an ‘errorless’ lens, it builds a habit of ignoring you. Every time your dog blows you off, it becomes more acceptable to them.

That is the single best way to extinguish a behavior you are trying to train. If you say “Down” and your dog doesn’t do it, they have just un-paired that command, and un-learned that behavior.

That means: every instance you give a command and your dog ignores it, it weakens that behavior.

Remember all the work we’ve done up to this point to train a behavior on your dog? Don’t un-do that work by letting them blow you off!

You can also think about this from a relationship perspective: ignoring you is also not healthy for your relationship. Remember, you want to foster a collaborative working relationship with your dog. That means that they trust you to – as the party with more experience and context – to know what to do in different situations, and that you can trust them to do what you ask of them. If you had an employee or colleague or friend who ignored you when you asked them do things, would that be healthy or mutually respectful? You are part of a working unit – that means you need to respect your dogs desires and needs and emotions, and that they need to trust and respect that it is beneficial for them to follow your commands.

In the rest of this Chapter, we’ll talk about some tips for making sure this never happens.

Do not give a command unless you are either (a) able to ‘enforce’ it, or (b) certain your dog will follow it.

Be careful of when to give commands. Do not use commands willy-nilly, and do not use them unless at least one of two things is true:

  1. You are able to ‘enforce’ it: ‘enforce’ just means you are in a context where your dogs alternative options are constrained, such that nothing fun happens until they do what you asked them to do. They generally means one of two options:
    1. They’re on-leash: they can’t do anything fun until they’ve followed your command. If you say “Down,” nothing fun happens until they do it.

      Later in the chapter, we’ll talk about how to ‘wait them out’ appropriately, until they follow the command.

      For behaviors that require movement – like recall – you should have them on a long-line, so that you can (gently) ‘reel them in’ or direct them to where they are supposed to be.

    1. You have something they really want: if you have something they desperately want, like a toy or treat they are begging for, you can give a command and withhold the treat/toy until they do it. Since they’re completely fixated on the reward, you can wait them out (see below) and not give it to them until they do what you asked.

      Two notes on this:

      • Never waste a reinforcer. As we discussed in Chapter 2-4, if your dog randomly wants something – to enter a certain room, to have a certain stick, etc. – don’t waste the opportunity. Those are super high value rewards that, as we covered in Chapter 2-4, provide super high reinforcement for any behavior you pair them with. Don’t be a jerk, making them miserable trying to do something they’re struggling with (withholding something they want desperately can cause them tremendous stress), but do find a way to use the reinforcer. See Chapter 2-4 for more.
      • Don’t ask them to do something unless they know how to do it! As we’ll remind you below, if they don’t know a command, they can’t do it, so don’t use a reward they are desperate for to try and train that. We talk about that more in Chapter 2-4 and Chapter 2-7.
  1. You are certain they will follow: if you follow the techniques we’ve covered in previous Chapters, such as Chapter 2-14: Improving a behavior, eventually each of the behaviors you train should be reinforced to the point where your dogs does them automatically, without even thinking. Once you reach that point with a given command, where they always follow the order, then you can relax about being able to coax them into doing it.

    Be careful though – if they start to test the boundaries, and blow you off even once, don’t let it happen again!

They can’t do what you want if they don’t know what you want. Do not give a command that your dog doesn’t not know!

It should be obvious, but if your dog doesn’t know what you want, they can’t do it. We talked about this concept in Chapter 2-7: Shaping – go back there if you need a refresher.

When you do give a command, do not move on or let anything fun happen until they comply

As discussed above, to ‘enforce’ a command you have to constrain their options and not let them do anything fun until they comply.

The technique to ‘wait them out’ is as follows:

  1. Give them the command. If they do it right away, mark, praise, and reward them!
  1. If they don’t do it right away, wait calmly until they do.

    Per above, they should be on-leash or otherwise restricted from being able to do anything else fun until they comply.

    Look at them, make eye contact, and wait.

  1. Do not repeat the command again and again. That does nothing, and confuses the commands, as we discussed in Pairing cues.

    Say it one time, make sure they heard you, and then wait.

    If it goes on long enough, such that they’ve forgotten what you’ve asked – say after about 10 seconds – you can repeat the command to remind them.

  1. Wait until they do it – repeating every 10 seconds or so if and as needed.

    9 times out of 10 they will do it.

  1. If after 90 seconds or so they still refuse to do it, you’ve probably pushed them too far – asking for too much, too long (see Chapter 2-18). Ask them for a series of pretty easy commands, then take a break

Be strong – it can be nerve-wracking, but your dog will eventually do what you ask.

More importantly, if you’re consistent in doing this, your dog will learn that they can’t wait you out. The first time you use this technique they might take a full 90 seconds to do what you ask, but every time after that they’ll delay for less and and less time.

The payoff: if you consistently follow-through on commands, and never let them blow you off, behaviors will become automatic, and they will generally listen to you more.

If you are diligent and never let them blow you off, you will reap two big rewards:

  1. Behaviors will become automatic: if you combine this consistent follow-through with building up positive associations, you will quickly achieve the goal of getting your dog to follow a command instantly, automatically, without thinking or hesitation, as we discussed in Chapter 2-14.

    After all, they know they have to do it anyway – they’ve got no choice in the matter – so they might as well just do it.

    Positive associations on their own are great, but if you aren’t consistent with your follow-through, you’ll lost it

  1. Your dog will listen to you more generally: follow-through is most effective on the specific command you’re training, but it also spills over into other commands, even brand new ones. Your dog will start to develop the habit of ‘when mom tells me to do something, I have to do it, I never get away with not doing it’

Chapter 2-20: Repetition & Maintenance

In the earlier Chapter Improving a behavior: adherence, responsiveness, duration, and form we talked about working on a behavior to make it more automatic. Once you reach that point however, you can’t rest on your laurels. Behaviors have to be maintained through regular use and reinforcement.

Repetition: When first training a behavior, work on it as frequently as you can, ideally every day if not more than once a day.

When you train a new behavior, try to practice it every day with your dog, ideally even 2-3 times a day, for the first few weeks.

That regular reinforcement, along with all the other techniques we’ve covered in this Section, will help strengthen the behavior.

The more ‘reps’ you can get in with a behavior at first, the more strongly your dog will follow it.

That comes with a caveat however: as we discussed in Chapter 2-18, don’t let your dog get bored. If they start to get tired of a trick, especially within a given session, take a break from it. Keep it novel when you need to.

Maintenance: After training and refining a behavior, it needs to be maintained or it will extinguish.

No matter how well you’ve trained a behavior, how strongly you’ve reinforced it, if you stop using and/or reinforcing the behavior, eventually your dog will stop doing it! (In Chapter 2-25, we’ll actually talk about how simply preventing a behavior can eventually extinguish it).

Imagine you learn a language, or an instrument, or a card trick. If you don’t practice it for a year, or five, or ten, you will likely not be able to do it as well, or perhaps even at all!

The more strongly you reinforce the behavior – with all the techniques we’ve covered in this Section – the longer it will take for the behavior to ‘extinguish;’ even so, all behaviors eventually extinguish. That means you have to maintain it.

With all the hard work you’ve put in to training a behavior, why throw it away!

To maintain a behavior, keep using it, keep reinforcing it, and maintain a consistent standard.

Fortunately maintaining a behavior is pretty easy:

  • Keep using it – Don’t go months without asking for a ‘Roll Over’ or ‘Tuck’. Every time you use a behavior, it deepens the habit! (as long as they actually do it, remember Chapter 2-19 on follow-through)
  • Keep reinforcing it – As we discussed in Chapter 2-14 and Chapter 2-13, once you have a behavior firmly established you don’t need to give a primary reward for it every time they do it. At some point, the behavior should become automatic, your dog will do it without thinking. Even so, you do need to regularly reward the behavior. It doesn’t have to be every time, but your dog should still be rewarded pretty regularly for a behavior, even if they don’t overtly need the reward to comply. If you don’t, eventually they can start to get lazy.

    Per Chapter 2-13, you should occasionally – randomly heavily reward the behavior; that will keep it fresh and exciting for them.

  • Maintain a consistent standard – Do not let them start slackening their form, responsiveness, or duration. Again following errorless learning principles, once you start to slacken standards they will start to slip more and more.
  • NEVER let them blow you off – Do not let them get lazy and stop offering the behavior. This is such an important point it has its own chapter, 2-19: Consistency & follow-through.

Chapter 2-21: Self-reinforcing behaviors

So far we’ve focused on behaviors that we reinforce, either intentionally or, in the case of Ch. 2-12: Unintentional reinforcement, unintentionally. There is a third category of behavior to be aware of however: ‘self-reinforcing behaviors.’

Self-reinforcing behaviors are actions – like barking or stealing food – that inherently generate a result your dog likes, causing them to do it more and more even without your involvement. Because they are self-reinforcing, they can become very strongly reinforced, very quickly, and be hard to get rid of.

Some behaviors, often unfortunately, are self-reinforcing: the inherent result of the behavior is pleasing to the dog.

A few classic examples are:

  • Barking – the act of barking itself can be enjoyable; even if it isn’t, if your dog is barking at something, like people walking down the street, they will naturally be satisfied by the result (people continuing to walk, away from the house) thinking that they caused it, even if it would have happened on its own.
  • Stealing food – when the dog takes food, the food is its own reward (in the absence of any punishment from you)
  • Digging – digging is itself a pleasurable activity for most dogs
  • Chewing furniture

In each case the action reinforces itself, creating a positive feedback loop that deepens and deepens the behavior.

When a self-reinforcing behavior is a nuisance, that becomes a very difficult problem, as such a deeply reinforced – and constantly self-reinforcing – behavior becomes hard to untrain.

Avoiding self-reinforcement: the best way to stop self-reinforcing nuisance behaviors is to prevent them from appearing to begin with. Anticipate potential behaviors and don’t give your dog the opportunity.

The best way to avoid these behaviors is to prevent them to begin with, following our errorless learning principles.

For example:

  • If a dog has never been allowed to steal, not even once, and has never received food from the table (which might inspire the idea to steal), they won’t think to do so. If the dog never sees someone to bark at on the street, they won’t start the behavior.
  • As the years go by, you can be less and less vigilant, as the idea of stealing the food – a deliberate act they’ve never done before – will feel more and more ‘weird’ to them. Just imagine, if you were at a restaurant, how would it feel (to you) if you thought about walking over to take someone else’s food from another table – odd, right?
  • We cover this concept in more depth in Chapter 1-9: Errorless learning.

So try to anticipate a potential bad behavior – like stealing food – and remove any opportunities for it to happen.

Finding an alternative: if the behavior would satisfy an intrinsic need, avoid its appearance by providing an appropriate alternative outlet.

If it is a behavior that satisfies an intrinsic need – like a compulsion to dig, or chew – find an alternative, appropriate outlet.

For example in the case of digging, put a little sand pit in your yard and encourage your dog to dig there, while preventing them from digging anywhere else (for example if they start digging elsewhere, pick them up and put them in the sand pit). They will quickly learn that the sand pit is where you dig, just like they learn not to potty indoors.

Check out Chapter 1-7 and Chapter 1-9 for more examples of this approach.

Un-training a self-reinforcing behavior: This can be extremely difficult. Follow the practices in Chapter 2-25: Extinguishing/untraining undesirable behaviors and be extremely diligent.

If it’s too late, and the behavior has crept in, the only solution is diligence. See Chapter 2-25: Extinguishing behaviors for approaches you can use, and stick to them.

If possible, working with a professional trainer on that particular behavior is advisable.

Either way, it will take time, and every lapse will be a setback, but it can be done.

Chapter 2-22: Don’t blame your dog’s behavior on their personality

“Sorry Rufus just doesn’t like strangers”

“Haha yeah Jack is very independent, he doesn’t listen to us, he’s like a cat”

“[as Marcus jumps on guests] Sorry he’s just really friendly!”

One thing we hope the chapters so far – both in this training section and in our earlier puppy chapters on socialization – have made clear is how much your dog’s behavior is driven by her experiences and your interactions with her, intentionally or otherwise. Armed with that perspective, it’s worth explicitly addressing a common misconception.

Common Misconception: ‘my dog does X because that’s just the way she is.’ In reality most dog behaviors of interest to us are learned, not innate.

Not knowing any better, many pet dog owners will erroneously ascribe all sorts of behaviors to their dog’s personality. For example, we say things like:

  • “Oh Sally just doesn’t like strangers”
  • “Oh Sally is just really friendly, that’s why she jumps on people”
  • “Oh Sally is just mischievous, that’s why she steals food”
  • “Oh Sally just doesn’t like to swim”

And so on

We treat these behaviors as innate and inevitable. As we hope the many previous chapters on training, and the earlier ones on socialization, have made clear: that is profoundly untrue.

All of the behaviors described above are learned. You (or a previous owner) taught them those behaviors. You may not have realized you were – as we explored in Chapters 2-12: Unintentional reinforcement, 2-21: Self-reinforcing behaviors, and 2-25: Extinguishing behaviors – but they did learn that behavior. They did it once, it was reinforced, and so they kept doing it. That could be a result of accidental reinforcement, poor training, or a gap in socialization (Chapter 1-2). Either way, it is a learned response.

That is important to understand, because those behaviors are not the dog’s fault or responsibility, they are yours. You are the adult: your responsibility as the dog’s guardian is to teach them what behavior is and isn’t appropriate as a member of your community.

Some behaviors you might decide to live with or let go – and sometimes that can be fine! At the end of the day training is a lifelong, imperfect journey; your dog doesn’t need to behave perfectly in all circumstances. But it’s important that you understand that is a choice, that you can change the behavior if you choose, and that it is not the dog’s intrinsic personality.

Hopefully, the concepts we’ve covered so far in this section have helped you understand how behaviors arise, how to avoid them, and how to untrain unwanted ones.

Aside: actual innate behaviors

As an aside, a specific set of behaviors are innately bred into dogs, particularly job-specific patterns. These include things like:

  • Herding
  • Pointing
  • Fetching/retrieving
  • Hunting/prey drive

Indeed, it can be quite a magical experience watching an 8-week old Pointer puppy, seeing a bird for the first time, instinctively, reflexively, and distinctively point at it with their body; or a 3-month-old border collie instinctively trying to herd other animals, family members, or robotic appliances. We will talk more about those sorts of behaviors in Section 6.

In addition to those job-patterns, there are behaviors and biases innate to all dogs, as we will explore in Section 4. These include things like:

  • Burying high-value rewards
  • Seeking den-like spaces for comfort
  • Disliking loud, deep noises
  • Chasing other dogs, animals, and small people

Note that all of these are automatic, reflexive actions; they are not preferences. When we say “oh Sally just jumps on people that’s who she is” or “Sally just hates other dogs that’s who she is,” we are incorrect; those are behaviors that Sally has learned through her life experiences, and can – if necessary, and depending on how deeply those behaviors have been reinforced – unlearn them if you so choose. In contrast, the actual innate behaviors listed above come ‘pre-programmed.’

Where these truly automatic behaviors are innocuous, it is fine to let them be. Where they become problematic, you can work on extinguishing them, using the tactics we survey in Chapter 2-25: Extinguishing behaviors. When doing so, bear in mind that these pre-programmed behaviors are compulsions; your dog can’t help them, they biologically feel a need to execute them. As such, you really need to provide a healthy outlet for these types of behaviors. You can’t simply try to extinguish them on their own.

In particular, as we mention in Method 8 of that chapter, it is generally healthiest and most sustainable to redirect the behavior to another, safer target. Remember that this is a compulsion, something they feel a need to do. You can train a dog to use their willpower to resist it, just like you can train yourself to resist eating or mating, but that is more draining and stressful than providing a safe, healthy outlet for the need.

Aside: Personality vs. Behavior

All of that is not to say that all dogs are blank slates. As we will cover in the Chapter 6-5, dog’s do have intrinsic personality differences, both across breeds and even within litters. These personality traits however tend to be biases, not specific behaviors. They incline the dog to be more or less receptive to learning different habits or behaviors, but they don’t make those behaviors inevitable.

All dogs for example will struggle with separation anxiety, but more ‘dependent’ (lower ‘boldness’) dogs will struggle moreso. That doesn’t mean that ‘Sally just hates being left alone’ – it means that Sally needs more, and more careful, separation anxiety training (see Chapter 1-12).

There is obviously a genetic component here: dogs, presumably because they have evolved as pack animals, get anxious when they are alone. But dogs, like humans, are capable of adapting to unnatural environments (within reason), as long as we show them and teach them that everything is fine, that they are not in danger, and that those unnatural experiences can still be fun.

Chapter 2-23: Classes and professional trainers

“I don’t have time to train, but I found a trainer who says he can take Sadie and have her with perfect recall and obedience in 3 weeks”

“We can’t get Rocky to stop barking at strangers, so we’ve been working with a trainer who has shown us how to use a prong collar to correct the barking”

Throughout this Primer we have repeatedly highlighted the importance taking classes and working with a professional trainer when possible. In this chapter we provide some more context on when and how to best use trainers, and how to identify ones who follow best practices:

Classes and trainers are for YOU to learn, not your dog! your dog can and will learn behaviors quickly if you learn and follow training best practices – such as those we’ve covered so far – in all your interactions with your dog. Classes and professional trainers are not there to teach your dog, they are there to teach you how to act with your dog.

As has hopefully become clear from the rest of this Section, fast and effective dog training has everything more to do with you, the trainer, and far less to do with the dog.

If you are good at:

  • Reading your dog
  • Figuring out and adjusting the pathway to shape a given behavior
  • Marking at the right instants
  • Using reinforcers appropriately – understanding the varying ‘values’ of different rewards, and adjusting when and how you reinforce to the circumstance
  • Being consistent
  • Moving at the right pace
  • Holding regular training sessions
  • Using your body language

And so on, then your dog will learn.

In other words, successful training has very little to do with your dog, and everything to do with your competency as a trainer and handler.

To that end: working with professional trainers is primarily about teaching YOU how to handle and train your dog, NOT about them teaching your dog behaviors. Getting behaviors down, reinforcing them, and maintaining them over time requires consistent, regular training and reinforcement. If you expect a professional trainer to do that, then you’ll need them to live in your house.

As we’ve hopefully made abundantly clear throughout the Primer so far, YOU need to work with your dog. That is necessary for:

  • Engendering any desired behaviors – per Chapter 2-12 and Chapter 2-19, if you aren’t interacting with your dog appropriately, you will just undo whatever work your trainer achieves
  • Building a collaborative, working relationship with your dog – as we’ve highlighted and demonstrated in many, many chapters so far (e.g., Aside #3; Chapter 2-0; Chapter 3-0; and so on)
  • Learning how to read, understand, and communicate with your dog – per e.g., Chapter 3-5.
  • Building your dog’s core capacities, like confidence, self-control, and handler-focus – see Chapter 2-27

Too many dog owners fail to bring that mentality to bear – they go into training looking for someone else to train their dog. That is both ineffective and costly. Remember, it is part of your responsibility as a dog owner to train your dog!

When to work with trainers: there is always more to learn, so if you have the financial resources to regularly take classes and work with a trainer, you absolutely should. If not, you should still take at MINIMUM one introductory course, and go to a trainer if you are struggling with a particular issue, especially reactivity.

Everyone, even the best trainers in the world, are constantly learning from others and getting better. You can always benefit from classes and professional trainer sessions.

Whatever level of experience you’re at, trainers can:

  • Teach you new techniques
  • Observe and give you crucial feedback on how you interact with your dog
  • ⭐ Give you new ways of looking at and understanding your dog
  • Help you deal with situations or behaviors you’re struggling with
  • Help you shape behaviors you’re having trouble with

As you can see, working with a trainer – either in a class or one-on-one – provides MASSIVE returns on making you better at interacting with and understanding your dog

Obviously, however, finances are a big limitation (time should not really be a limitation, as if you don’t have the time to work with a trainer, then you don’t have the time to train your dog, and therefore you should not have a dog).

So, in general, take whatever training you can afford, and fill in the gaps with some of the many wonderful free or inexpensive books and online resources out there (see our Further Reading page).

Even if you can’t afford continuous work with trainers however, there are two particular circumstances that you will want to tap into them:

  • EVERY owner must AT BARE MINIMUM take at least one 6-12 week introductory obedience class

    As we discussed in the Section intro: What training is and why you have to do it, no amount of reading and studying is a replacement for practice, and practicing in a class gives you a chance to get live feedback from a professional trainer. Their tips will really help you grasp the concepts we’ve covered (and more), and make them a deeper, more intuitive part of your thinking.

    As such, we strongly encourage that every new dog owner take at bare minimum an introductory course, such as those often offered by your local rescue shelters.

  • If your dog suffers from a specific issue that you are struggling to figure out how to train, consider a private one-on-one trainer session

    If your dog has a particularly tricky behavioral issue, such as human-reactivity (Chapter 1-3), dog-reactivity (Chapter 1-4), or difficulty with a tricky but important behavior like Recall or Leave It, you should seriously consider getting a one-on-one session with a professional trainer.

    Rather than trying to figure out how to navigate the issue yourself, a professional trainer who has seen this behavior many times in many dogs can help you come up with an effective approach to tackling it.

    In the case of severe behavioral issues, like reactivity or resource guarding, try to find a trainer that specializes in reactive dogs, or at least has worked with many of them. It is an especially pernicious challenge to overcome.

Identifying a reputable class/trainer: be careful, there are a fair number of trainers who follow outdated or misguided practices that can do more harm than good

One more very important caveat on training classes and professional trainers: there are, unfortunately, a lot of obedience classes that use outdated techniques, such as alpha dominance or compulsion training, that have been proven not only ineffective but harmful to your dog’s training and their relationship to you.

Dog training is a constantly evolving field, and there are many legitimate differences of opinion and style between trainers; that is totally fine. What is not fine however are techniques that the preponderance of research and community experience over the last few decades has shown to be ineffective and/or damaging to your dog’s experience of life and relationship with you.

As such, you should only take classes or work with trainers who follow the core of widely-established best practices. Below are some tips for what to look for.

Tips for identifying responsible trainers and classes

  • Classes run by or endorsed by a reputable local animal shelter or adoption center are often safe bets. An important caveat however: unfortunately, many “rescues” are actually fronts for puppy mills, so you have to be careful there as well. If the rescue charges over a thousand dollars to adopt, has little or no application process, and regularly has entire litters of pure-bred dogs, they may be a front for a puppy mill. See Chapter 6-2 for more details on this topic and what to look for.
  • Do not work with a trainer that uses compulsion as the core of their training technique. Work only with trainers who center their training on (a) understanding the emotional state of the dog and (b) working to create a positive, joyful experience for them, while placing a large emphasis on motivation.
  • If a trainer promises to teach your dog perfect obedience in a few weeks without your involvement, do not work with them. That’s not only not possible, but they are most likely “achieving” that with excessive use of negative reinforcement that will lead to rapid regression, damage your dog’s relationship with you, hurt your dog’s confidence, increase their stress, and make future obedience work much harder.
  • If the venue or trainer also offers training/classes in dog sports (e.g. Rally, Agility, Scent Work, Competitive Obedience, etc.), with placement medals to show for it, that is often a good sign!
Dog sports: in addition to obedience work, you should consider exploring dog sports; they are a super fun and engaging way to meet your dog’s needs and enjoy yourself at the same time

In addition to obedience work – which is the focus of this Primer and the associated RCO certification – you should also consider exploring dog sports – things like scent work, rally, agility, competitive obedience, dock-diving, etc. In Chapter Dog Sports we survey a few different sports.

You can learn a dog sport either in a class or through online videos, and then practice them at home at your leisure. They are fantastic because they are generally laid-back, fun, and a great way to both mentally stimulate your dog and form a closer bond with them through collaborative work.

If you start to get bored of teaching your dog general tricks and obedience, picking a dog sport can be an absolutely wonderful way of building the same foundational skills while adding some goals and competition.

Chapter 2-24: Teaching your dog how to behave in the real world

So far, we’ve focused primarily on teaching your dog specific behaviors on cue. We are interested however in using those commands to more broadly teaching your dog how to behave appropriately in a wide range contexts.

Training’ goes beyond learning specific commands, to using those commands to teach teach your dog the appropriate way for them to act in a wide range of contexts.

In Section 2 Introduction, What training is and why you have to do it, we mentioned that training with your dog means not just teaching them to obey commands, but also teaching them what the right way to behave is in a variety of human contexts, from your living room at dinner time to friend’s houses, playgrounds, restaurants, picnics, buses and trains, etc. Given that your dog has to live in a human world, learning the right way to behave in those circumstances will reduce their stress – knowing what to do gives them a sense of familiarity, comfort, and control – and make your life easier – you won’t have to constantly manage your dog. It lets you bring your dog more places, and have more fun doing so.

So how do you go about doing that? It’s pretty simple:

  1. Think through and decide how you want your dog to behave in different contexts

    Inside the house: During (your) dinner at home, do you want them to ‘Settle’ on the couch? When guests visit, do you want them to ‘Sit’ by the stairs?

    Outside the house: At a restaurant, do you want them to ‘Tuck’ under your chair? On a hike, do you want them to ‘Down’ when they see another dog, and wait for a Release before approaching?

    Basically ask: in a given situation, how do I want my dog to behave? Be reasonable – don’t expect your dog to have an infinite amount of willpower. For example you can ask them to ‘Sit’ for a minute when guests visit, but then you should release them and let people say hi to them and play with them.

    Later in this Chapter, we list a few common example scenarios that you can take as inspiration.

  1. Expose your dog to that wide variety of contexts; both at home, and outside the house – friend’s homes, playgrounds, baseball games, restaurants, etc.
  1. Use cues and positive reinforcement to show your dog that ‘right’ way to behave

    When you sit down for dinner, ask them to ‘Settle’ on the couch, and when they do reward them with a nice stuffed chewtoy.

    When you go to a restaurant, ask them to ‘Tuck’ and ‘Settle’ under your chair, and reward them with periodic praise and treats.

    When unknown dogs approach, ask them to ‘Down,’ and when you’ve confirmed with the other owner that you can approach praise them and Release them to go play (maybe even associate a “Go Play!” word)

In other words, use the toolkit of foundational behaviors you develop to teach your dog how to behave out in the world.

As you ask your dog to do things, they will start to learn ‘ok, this is what I do at dinner, this is what I do when the doorbell rings, this is what I do in a restaurant’ etc.

There’s an added benefit too, as we covered in Chapter 2-17 – the behaviors you use will strengthen as you use them in more diverse circumstances.

Common scenarios: we provide a list of cases where you might want to implement a rule.

On your own, you should think through ‘how do I want my dog to behave?’ in a given context, then start asking for that behavior. Here are a few common scenarios:

Table: Common scenarios to teach your dog ‘appropriate behavior’

  • During (human) dinner: Settle or Place
  • While on walks: Look/Check in with you periodically
  • When doorbell rings: Sit or Down until you give them their Release command
  • When guests come over: Sit or Down until you give them their Release command
  • When they see another dog: Sit or Down, until you release them and give them permission to go play
  • At a restaurant: Tuck under your seat
  • In a crowd: Heel or otherwise stick close
  • On a ‘sniff-ari (Ch. 3-5):’ Recall when called (and then they can go right back to exploring)
  • When meeting new people: Sit until you give them their Release command
Consistency: ambiguity is the enemy of learning in dogs. Be consistent in what you ask of your dog, and they will more quickly learn the appropriate thing to do in a given situation.

This broader behavioral training is another great application for errorless learning: make sure that you are consistent in what you ask of your dog. Always ask them to do it, no exceptions.

If you make your dog ‘Tuck’ at restaurants sometimes but not all the time, it will make it much harder to get them to ‘Tuck’ at all. If you ask your dog to ‘Down’ when you see on-leash dogs but not off-leash ones, it will be harder to instill that behavior at all. Even if there are differences – like nicer restaurants versus more casual ones, or on-leash dogs versus off-leash ones – it can be hard for your dog to pick up on and learn those differences.

The less ambiguous you are in the rules you decide on, the faster your dog will learn them, and the better they will follow them.

Decide on the rules for different situations, and always make them follow those rules.

Chapter 2-26: Behavioral training in the first year of life

“Oh no he’s too young to start training, for now we just play with him – we’ll start training in a couple months”

“[talking about an 11-week-old puppy] He’s got Sit and Down down but I just can’t get him to do a Tuck

Now that we have learned, in previous Chapters, the basics of dog training through shaping and operant conditioning, we can return to the discussion of puppy rearing from Section 1: Puppy Phases and Socialization.

Training is an essential part of your life with your puppy!

As we have now thoroughly covered – particularly in Chapter 2-0, Chapter 3-6, and Chapter 3-7 training is a major, requisite part of your life with your dog.

To briefly summarize just a few of the many benefits we’ve covered, training is an essential part of:

  • Giving your dog a safe, happy, enriching, and low-stress life
  • Meeting your dog’s need for mental exercise and work
  • Building your dog’s core capabilities, like self-control, confidence, adaptability, and handler-focus
  • Creating a deep and collaborative relationship between you and your dog
  • Fostering your dog’s intelligence and problem-solving skills
  • Teaching your dog how to behave in different contexts, both for their safety, their stress reduction, and your quality of life
  • and more!

Early, age-appropriate training can have particular benefits for puppies:

Training benefits for puppies

  • Lays foundation of collaboration – playing with you is more fun when you listen and follow commands; gets them and you in the habit of working together.
  • Builds positive associations with ‘work’ – learn that work is fun; work is a game, per Chapter 3-7 and Chapter 2-18.
  • Uses their energy – structured play, where they need to think, is going to tire them out a lot faster than just running around bouncing off the walls.
  • Builds their brains – having them learn tricks forces them to use their brains and think and problem-solve.
  • Develops critical skills and capabilities – accelerates their maturation, building important capacities like their Self-control, Obedience, and Trust; we devote the entire later Chapter 2-27 to this topic.
  • Aids Socialization – early training can actually help smooth Socialization, both by building their confidence, fostering trust in you, and giving you a way – through familiar, positively-reinforced commands – to signal ‘everything is fine’; see Chapter 2-0 for more on that topic.
  • Helps avoid developing bad behaviors – as we covered in Chapter 2-24, and Chapter 1-9, many common bad behaviors – like jumping on people, chasing after dogs, and stealing food – can be avoided by teaching your dog commands that are mututally-exclusive with the bad behavior, like down or settle. In Appendix 1 we will explore some of these behaviors in more depth.
  • Teaches them to listen to you – listening to you brings rewards! That ‘handler-focus’ is a particularly useful competency to foster early. We will discuss that more in Chapter 2-27.
  • Gets valuable commands deeply ingrained – it turns out that commands you teach – if taught properly and with plenty of positive reinforcement – in your puppy’s first few months of life get deeply ingrained in their early-puppyhood brains. If you can teach your dog sit (Appx. 1-1), Touch/Target (Appx. 1-8), and – if you’re really good – down (Appx. 1-2), and recall (Appx. 1-12), in their first few months, those behaviors will be extremely strong in them.

As you can see, training has particularly big benefits for puppies. If Socialization is the most important thing you can do with your puppy (cf. Chapter 1-2), training is a very close second. As a responsible dog owner, you must work on training with your puppy, and throughout their life.

In the rest of this Chapter, we will cover when you should start training with your puppy, and what age-appropriate training looks like.

Training with puppies: For puppies, introduce training in an age-appropriate progression, starting with play and training mixed together, before eventually graduating to formal training sessions. Throughout their first year of life in particular, you need to put significant time and energy into training.

As a new dog owner, you should go into puppy training with three expectations in mind:

  1. You need to put in the time: in several other chapters – Chapter 2-0, Chapter 2-18, and Chapter 3-7 – we covered your need to train with your dog daily, both in formal training sessions and passively throughout your interactions.

    It is worth noting however that the first year of your puppy’s life will take the most time and work from you in training, for two reasons:

    1. Your puppy hasn’t developed training skills and habits yet. As we’ve covered in previous Chapter, training with your puppy will get easier and easier over time as they (a) build key skills and capabilities like handler-focus, obedience, problem-solving (Chapter 2-27); (b) get used to (and enjoy) training and develop a ‘work mode’ (Chapter 2-18); and (c) just get better at it as they learn more and more commands (Chapter 2-15).
    1. You need to learn yourself how to train! As we’ve covered in previous Chapters, you will be always growing and improving as a trainer. The first few months however will of course be the ‘hardest’ as you start to learn the basics and build your intuition. With time, training will both take less of your energy – it will be more intuitive – and you will get better at it – developing better technique and following better practices.

    Don’t worry, with each passing month training will get both easier and less time-consuming; while you should be training your dog throughout their life, both teaching new behaviors and maintaining old ones, it will demand increasingly little of your time and energy.

    And as we’ve explored several time snow, that training also pays big dividends. The earlier you start to build these skills and good habits in your puppy, the easier they are to teach. The up-front work now saves you a lot more work later!

  1. You need to learn how to train: As we’ve covered, reading this Primer isn’t enough. In particular in your first 6 months with your puppy, you should be reading a couple books (see Further Resources), taking some basic obedience classes (see Chapter 2-23), and practicing with your dog!

    You have to learn how to train, it’s not automatic!

  1. You need to follow an age-appropriate progression: You can’t start an 8-week-old puppy on formal 15 minute training sessions. They lack both the patience and the underlying skills – like even recognizing the ‘pattern’ of training (’oh mom is trying to get me to do something, and she’ll reward me if I figure out what it is!).

    Instead, you will need to introduce training as a concept gradually, mixing it with play and everyday life before graduating to more formal sessions.

On the final point, we lay out below one way to approach that progression:

Puppy training progression

  • 8-16 weeks of age (Months 1-2 after go-home):

    As discussed, your puppy won’t have the patience, skill set, or understanding of the training ‘process’ to start dedicated formal training sessions.

    Instead, do the following:

    • Mix ‘training’ into your play sessions: during play sessions (recall Chapter 1-14 on playing with your puppy), you can start to introduce training for simple tricks.

      Pick a couple commands that are super easy to shape in a single step; we recommend sit (Appx. 1-1) – where you can just move your hand with a treat over their head – and Paw (Appx. 1-10) – where you can just pick up their paw yourself and reward them, until eventually they start putting their paw into your hand to get a treat.

      Then, amidst play sessions you can start to introduce them: use your body to get them to offer the behavior, then praise and reward when they do it.

      At first of course they won’t know what’s going on, but with such simple behaviors they’ll pretty quickly start to figure out ‘oh if I do this, I get a reward!’

      That both introduces the training process to them and starts to build their focus and self-control!

    • Reinforce good habits: even without teaching specific commands, you should look for when your puppy happens to offer a behavior that you’d like to turn into a habit, such as:

      When they do something like that, just mark (see next) and positively reinforce the behavior, starting to build good habits. They’re doing it randomly – not on cue – but by reinforcing the right behaviors, you will get them to offer them more of their own volition.

    • Start reinforcing your marker: per Chapter 2-5, you need to condition your dog onto a marker, by pairing it with treats and other primary reinforces. You can do that pretty much from Day 1 that you have your puppy: treating them alongside your marker, especially if they happen to offer a behavior you like (like looking at you).
  • 17-28 weeks of age (Months 3-4 after go-home):

    You should now have at least a marker conditioned and a couple commands trained. At this age your puppy will still struggle with attention-span and self-control, but we can start to introduce short training sessions:

    • Introduce 5-minte training sessions: You can now introduce a couple 5-minute training sessions daily, per Chapter 2-18, where you start to teach new commands
    • Start adding more foundational commands: In Appendix 1, we will survey the most common and valuable behaviors to teach your puppy in the first year.

      In these first few months, a few in particular to consider working on are:

      Those behaviors are both (a) straightforward to shape; (b) incredibly valuable in teaching them how to behave more generally (like leaving feces alone, ringing the bell to go potty, and laying down when guests come over; recall Chapter 2-24); and (c) help develop key skills and capabilities (Chapter 2-27).

      If you are ambitious, it can even be good to try to teach your dog:

      As we discuss in those Chapters, those behaviors are especially difficult behaviors because they require substantial self-control, so we would normally not introduce them at this age except for the phenomenon we mentioned at the start of this Chapter: behaviors that your puppy learns in the first months of life are extremely deeply-reinforced, for good and for bad.

      Since Recall and Settle/Stay & Release are both two of the hardest behaviors to get high compliance on and are some of the most lifestyle-beneficial behaviors to have ‘automatic’ (just imagine the utility of a perfect recall), teaching them to your puppy very early, while difficult, would pay off big down the road.

      If you don’t get to those, don’t sweat it, but it’s worth calling out the benefits for particularly dedicated trainers.

    • Continue asking for tricks during play: In addition to formal training sessions, keep asking for the easier tricks that they already know well, using play as a reward. Mid-play, such as during a game of tug, when you have the toy hold it to your chest, give the command, and then the second they do it (they’ll do it pretty fast) go back to playing. That is an incredibly high value reinforcer for most puppies, and therefore a great way to both deepen those behaviors and improve their general obedience.
    • Continue working on ‘good manners:’ keep reinforcing all the good habits we discussed in the previous phase. In particular, start really getting down loose leash walking.
  • 7-12 months of age (Months 5-10 after go-home):

    At this age their focus and self-control should be getting much stronger, both through maturation and because of your training. Now you can move on to essentially adult-level training:

    • Continue 2x daily training sessions, now 10-15 minutes long: your pup should now start to be able to enjoy longer sessions.

      Don’t set a ‘fixed’ time though: as we discussed in Chapter 2-18, make sure to pay attention to your dog’s energy and engagement, and if they start to struggle, get tired, or get distracted – don’t push on! Do a couple easy tricks (to end on a high note – recall Ch. 2-18).

    • Start introducing static duration commands: you can now start teaching ‘static duration’ commands, where your dog has to hold a position until you give them a ‘release’ command. These include:

      As we covered in Chapter 2-14, you will start with very short durations, just a few seconds, and then slowly work them up to longer and longer durations, following our errorless learning strategy.

    • As they learn more behaviors, can gradually start increasing complexity: As your dog learns the easier commands, you can start introducing more and more complex ones, as we discussed in Chapter 2-15.

      In the Appendix 1 and Appendix 2 we survey some of the most common and useful behaviors to consider, but there are a world of tricks you can teach your dog. The important things is to maintain their interest and keep training fun!

    • Start using commands during daily life: As we covered in Chapter 2-24, we train behaviors not just to use them in a training context, but rather to teach them how to behave appropriately in a wide range of situations.

      Now that you have a few behaviors well-reinforced, and your dog has a bit more focus, you can start using them (and continue reinforcing them) in daily life, not just during dedicated sessions.

      For example, when you’re going out for a walk, you could ask your dog for a Sit→Down→Sit→Paw sequence; or when you’re having dinner with friends you can ask for occasional brief Down-Stays to reward them and keep them from running wild.

      As we covered in Chapter 2-17: Generalizing context, make sure to stick to behaviors that are already thoroughly-established in the training sessions before asking for them in more distracting circumstances.

    • Work up to off-leash hikes: As we discuss in Chapter 3-5, off-leash hiking is one of the best ways to meet your dog’s physical and mental stimulation needs. Unfortunately, to do it safely and effectively you need to work your way up to that capability.

      In Chapter 2-29: Off-leash requirements, we go through what behaviors you need to have down to allow your dog off-leash and how to get yourself there, using intermediaries like long-leash hikes.

Chapter 2-27: Building core capabilities

In previous chapters we have mentioned several times how socializing and training your dog not only teaches them specific behaviors and adaptations, but also builds their general set of abilities. Before diving into specific behaviors and commands to train your dog on, we should look more closely at those broader underlying capabilities:

Socialization and training go beyond teaching specific behaviors and adaptations; they also build your dog’s core capabilities – self-control, resilience, handler-focus, problem-solving, etc.

Throughout this Primer we have talked about the importance of socializing and training your dog to achieve a wide range of benefits; five of them tend to stand out:

Benefits to socializing and working with your dog

  1. Deepening your relationship – building a collaborative relationship; working in a partnership; teaching them that you are a source of security and sanctuary for them
  1. Letting them live more joyful, less stressful lives – as they get comfortable with the array of situations the human world has to throw at them
  1. Learning valuable specific behaviors – both habits – like not stealing food, not peeing in the house, not jumping on guests – and cued behaviors – like sit, down, and recall
  1. Meeting their need for mental stimulation – providing occupational stimulation
  1. Developing their core capabilitiesover time, building your dog’s capacity to succeed in their life with you; things like self-control, resilience, handler-focus, problem-solving, and so on

In the many chapters so far we have focused primarily on the first four benefits, but have still hinted at the importance of the fourth: when you teach your dog, they not only learn the specific lessons you teach them, they also grow more able to learn and adapt to new and increasingly challenging behaviors and situations in the future.

We summarize a dog’s relevant capacity into 9 capabilities spanning their internal capacity, environmental response, and handler-relationship. You should be familiar with each of these and have them on your mind as you train, socialize, and live with your dog. Being mindful of building these capabilities – things like confidence, self-control, and handler-focus – will help you make better training decisions, more intuitively.

Part of your job as a responsible dog owner is therefore to foster those core capacities.

To do so, you need to know what they are and keep them in mind throughout your training, socialization, and general life with your dog.

Why? If proper training and socialization develop these capabilities automatically, why do you need to actively keep them in mind?

Because by keeping these capabilities in mind – things like your dog’s confidence, self-control, and handler-focus – by being mindful of them, you will make better, more intuitive decisions as a trainer. For example:

  • When you think in terms of building your dog’s self-control, you will intuitively know to expand the duration on separation anxiety training slowly, to build that skill up.
  • When you think in terms of building your dog’s confidence, you will intuitively not shape too quickly, not moving on until they’ve grasped the previous step
  • When you think in terms of handler-focus, you’ll intuitively praise and reward them when they are focused on you, and ignore them when they are distracted.

In addition to helping you execute training and socialization techniques more intuitively, familiarizing yourself with these capabilities helps you track and respond to your dog’s development. You can:

  • Spot areas of weakness and strength to inform how you handle your dog. For example:
    • If you know your dog struggles with handler focus, you can make sure to be especially careful and gradual when introducing distractions (Chapter. 2-17)
    • If you know your dog struggles with openness/adaptability, you can make sure to go particularly slowly and carefully during Socialization (Chapter 1-2)
  • Help you foster and track your dog’s development in each area over time. For example:
    • If you know your dog struggles with handler focus, you can spend more time working under distraction and rewarding heavily for focus to help develop her handler-focus
    • If you know your dog struggles with openness/adaptability, you can make sure to invest more heavily in careful but broad and thorough socialization

So what are those core capabilities? There is no single definitive framework; a great number of behavioral scientists have worked hard to produce a growing body of literature exploring the many facets of a dog’s capacity. As practitioners, we have organized a dog’s capacity into 9 individual capabilities bucketed into 3 categories, below.

As such, this list is NOT definitive, authoritative, or exclusive! Rather, it is just a helpful way for a new owner to start thinking about how your dog can grow and develop through life experience.

Our non-definitive list of core canine capabilities

Internal capabilities

  1. Self-control – you could also call this willpower or restraint; it is being able to resist their impulses, to think twice before jumping
  1. Task Focus – ability to focus on a task or objective, not getting distracted; note we differentiate this from handler-focus, below
  1. Problem Solving – you could also call this critical thinking; it is being able to think through situations and problems

Environmental response capabilities

  1. Resilience – ability to cope with new or frightening situations, to not have them lead to a fear response or anxiety
  1. Openness – you could also call this adaptability; ability to adapt to new situations, with minimal stress or frustration
  1. Confidence – trust in themselves and their ability to handle unexpected situations, as opposed to feeling like they lack control in those scenarios and falling into a fear response

Handler-relationship capabilities

  1. Handler Focus – being always aware of you, checking in regularly
  1. Obedience – listening to you, obeying quickly and without question
  1. Owner Trust – trusting that you, the handler, are in control and know what’s going on, as opposed to taking control of situations themselves

In the rest of this Chapter, we will go through each of these and summarize:

  • What each capability is
  • Why it matters; what its benefits are to you and your dog
  • What activities can help you build these capabilities

Note that these capabilities are not disconnected – each can help foster the others. We will talk about that more at the end of this chapter.

Internal capabilities: Self-control, Task Focus, and Problem Solving

Self-Control, willpower, restraint: your dog’s ability to resist her impulses is perhaps the most important capability for you to foster in training.

What this capability is

‘Self-control’ is your dog’s ability to deliberately not do what she wants to do. When you tell her to sit and stay, she has to resist her impulse to get up and wander around, or go grab a toy, or go chase another dog or person or squirrel.

Why it matters – the benefits to you and your dog

From a training perspective, Self-control is perhaps the most valuable capability of all those we discuss, even moreso than Obedience and Handler-focus.

As we have highlighted several times, some of the most important behaviors you will teach your dog rely on her ability to first resist her impulses, and then do what you ask of her/expect her to do.

Just to pick a few examples:

  • When she wants to chase a squirrel or run after another dog, instead listening to and obeying your sit, down, or recall command
  • When you need her to stay put while you go grab the mail, answer the door, or run after your toddler, obeying your Stay command and not breaking it until you Release her
  • When she wants to chew on something she knows she shouldn’t, and she has to stop herself (cf. Chapter 1-7)
  • When you want her to walk on a ‘loose leash,’ rather than pulling at it to get to smells she wants (cf. Chapter 3-5)

As your dog develops her self-control, she will be able to:

How to build this competency

  • All training you do builds your dog’s self-control; every time you get your dog to focus on you instead of something else, that practices and improves their self control.

    The entire operant conditioning model we discussed in the previous Section – focusing on you, figuring out what you want them to do, and doing what you want them to do – requires that they control their impulses, improving that ability.

  • The best way to foster self-control however is training ‘static duration’ commandssit, down, place, stay & release, etc.; commands where your dog has to stay where you tell them, controlling their desire to break position and go do something else. As you gradually work on duration training (Chapter 2-14), their self-control will commensurately improve.
  • Eventually, once their self-control is strong enough to learn the high-demand behaviors recall and heel, using those behaviors will further practice and therefore improve their Self-control
Task Focus: your dog’s ability to focus on a task or objective let’s you work more smoothly with her, and comes with training and age.

What this capability is

Task focus is your dog’s ability to stay focused on whatever ‘tasks’ they are meant to be doing, ignoring external distractions.

‘Task’ is a general term in this case, and can be anything they are supposed to be doing, for example:

  • When shaping a new behavior: focusing on figuring out what action you are trying to reward them for, what action you want them to do
  • When given a command they know: once they decide to follow your command (see Obedience below), going about it and not getting distracted (e.g., if you ask them to recall, not stopping halfway to go smell a flower)
  • When playing a game: playing the game consistently and not getting distracted (e.g., if you’re playing fetch, not dropping the ball halfway to go smell some bushes or chase another dog)

Note Task-focus is different from Handler-focus, which we discuss later in the Chapter. Handler focus is the habit of regularly checking in with you, of always being aware of where you are and what you are doing; Task focus is the ability to focus on whatever they are doing and ignore distractions. In other words, Handler focus is an external focus on you, while Task focus is an internal focus on themselves and what they are doing.

Why it matters – the benefits to you and your dog

Stronger Task Focus lets your dog:

  • Perform longer, more complex ‘tasks’ (tricks and games)
  • Work with you more smoothly, with fewer interruptions
  • Operate in an environment with more distractions

It is obviously a pretty handy feature.

How to build this competency

  • Both playing with you and training with you build your dog’s habit of focusing on a task
  • When playing games or training with your dog, don’t let them get distracted, try to keep them focused on you. That builds the habit of staying focused on the task. From an errorless learning perspective, try not to let them get distracted so as to build the habit of uninterrupted focus.
    • Start with games and tricks that are shorter and faster-paced to help keep their attention
    • During both play and training sessions, maintain momentum to keep them interested (cf. Chapter 2-18: Training sessions)
    • If they get distracted during a play or training session, do something to grab their attention back – like waving your hands, talking loudly in a high, happy voice, or whistling – and reward them when they
  • In addition to being developed through practice, Task Focus has more genetic dependency than most other capabilities; some dogs and breeds are ‘higher drive’ (see Chapter 2-4: Different primary motivators and how to use them), and therefore more inclined from birth to have better focus.
  • Age also plays a big role in Task focus; unsurprisingly, younger puppies are more easily distracted, while as dogs get older their attention span improves.
Problem solving: fostering your dog’s ability to think critically develops her brain and makes her a faster learner.

What this capability is

Problem solving is your dog’s ability to, when confronted with a challenge, work out a solution on her own.

By ‘challenge’ we mean any scenario where your dog wants some outcome and needs to achieve it on her own, for example:

  • She wants a stick but it is stuck between two trees, so she needs to figure out how to re-orient the stick to get it out
  • She is using a snuffle mat, puzzle feeder, or chewtoy (see Chapter 1-7), so she needs to figure out how to get the food out
  • During training, you are trying to shape a new behavior, so you are marking and rewarding when she does a certain action; she needs to figure out what action exactly you are rewarding/want her to keep doing

It is your dog’s ability to think through situations and problems.

Why it matters – the benefits to you and your dog

Stronger Problem Solving ability improves your dog’s ability to:

  • Learn new tricks faster/follow less incremental Shaping steps (see Chapter 2-7 and Chapter 2-15)
  • Learn more complex behaviors
  • Better understand and interpret your actions
  • Explore her environment, such as on open-ended walks, with more enjoyment and engagement
  • Be generally more intelligent

How to build this competency

  • Give your dog Problem Solving challenges. Concoct for your dog age- and skill-appropriate challenges, such as hiding a toy behind an obstacle, or using a snuffle mat/puzzle feeder.

    See Chapter 1-14: Playing with your puppy, where we surveyed a few different kinds of challenges you can introduce.

    By setting up challenges and rewarding them for overcoming them, you get their brain working. Over time they will be able to solve harder and harder problem.

    As always, make sure you don’t make them too difficult; set them at age- and ability-appropriate levels. Failure only leads to frustration and gets them in the habit of giving up. If you accidentally make a challenge too difficult, follow the training practices we learned Chapter 2-15, and make the challenge easier, then reward them. Do not reward them for giving up. See Ch. 2-15 for details.

  • Shaping and learning new tricks is intrinsically problem-solving: your dog needs to figure out exactly what you are trying to get them to do, based on your marking and your body language. The more you teach your dog new things, the better her Problem Solving will get.
  • It is important foster Problem Solving early – from Day 1 of puppyhood. There is a reason we introduced working on your dog’s Problem Solving ability in the puppy section (Chapter 1-14): moreso than any other capability we cover, it is important to start on Problem Solving early, ideally starting on Day 1 that you get your puppy (as always, with age-appropriate challenges).

    The reason is simple: Problem Solving challenges during early puppyhood contribute to your dogs intelligence later in life. The earlier you start working on Problem Solving, the smarter your dog will be.

  • Better Task Focus (above) helps with Problem Solving: the longer and more fully your dog can focus on a problem before giving up or getting distracted, the more chance she has of solving it.

    When she does so, that builds both her ability and desire to solve problems!

Environmental response capabilities: Resilience, Openness, and Confidence

Resilience: your dog’s ability to cope with new or frightening situations reduces their chance of becoming reactive and helps them lead a less stressful, more diverse and exciting, life.

What this capability is

Resilience is how your dog responds behaviorally to her emotional fear response when she is confronted with a new, unexpected, or otherwise frightening situation. Those situations can be any experience that is novel for your dog, as we discussed in Chapter 1-2: Socialization Basics. For example, hearing fireworks for the first time, hearing a loud band play for the first time, meeting a deer or cow for the first time, seeing a street musician for the first time, etc.

A more Resilient dog will be less likely to panic-spiral and lose control when they are afraid, while a less resilient dog will be more so.

Resilience also applies to your dog’s ability to be alone. As we cover in Chapter 3-4 and Chapter 1-12, dogs are incredibly social creatures that need familiar company; leaving your dog alone is always stressful for them, even after separation anxiety training. Resilience helps them keep a lid on that stress.

Note the difference between Resilience and Openness (the next capability below):

  • Openness is how likely your dog is to have a fear response to a new or unexpected experience
  • Resilience is how your dog handles that fear response

Why it matters – the benefits to you and your dog

Greater Resilience:

  • Reduces the probability that your dog will become reactive when she is exposed to something new or surprising that scares her or makes her wary; see Chapters 1-4, 1-3, and 2-11.
  • Makes Socialization easier; per Chapter 1-2, during socialization you need to carefully introduce your dog to new places, people, creatures, and objects, trying to expose them to those experiences without provoking a fear response, or if they do have a fear response gradually calming it down and replacing it with positive associations. The more resilient your dog is, the easier that process obviously becomes. See Chapter 1-2 for details.
  • Lets you to take your dogs more places, with less fear that they will have a negative experience that spirals out of control. It lets you leave your dog at home alone longer, for example, or travel with your dog more easily.
  • Makes your dog’s life less stressful, as they will be more able to manage their fear and anxiety
  • Makes it easier to regain control of your dog when she’s scared, such as if she’s attacked by another dog or person, or otherwise frightened. It reduces the chance that she will bolt out of fear, or descend into panic and confusion

How to build this competency

  • Socialization is the best way to build Resilience, as we discussed in Chapter 1-2.

    The more new experiences your dog gets exposed to, following proper socialization practices, the more times she goes through the cycle of being afraid of something and then learning that it’s not scary. Each times she goes through that cycle, she is getting more comfortable with her fear, learning that it is a temporary and manageable state.

    Importantly, when you follow the process we laid out in Chapter 1-2 you don’t simply leave her afraid, but rather use the environment and your body language to reduce her fear and reward her curiosity. That experience teaches her to manage her fear.

  • Greater Self-control (above) helps your dog build Resilience: Self-control builds her capacity to separate her emotions (her impulses) from her actions (her choices). Practicing self-control builds the habit of controlling her emotions, which extends (partially) to her fear response.
Openness: fostering your dog’s ability to adapt to new situations, without fear or anxiety, lets you do more with your dog and gives them a less stressful, more fun, and more enriching life.

What this capability is

Openness is your dog’s tendency to not react to new or unexpected situations with fear.

Where Resilience is the ability to manage a fear response, Openness is the ability to not have a fear response in the first place.

Why it matters – the benefits to you and your dog

Greater Openness:

  • Lets you do more with your dog. It is easier to take them more places without worrying about them. That in turn gives them more diverse experiences in life.
  • Makes their life less stressful, as it is punctuated by fewer fear responses
  • Lets them be more curious, and enjoy new places and experiences more. With less fear response, your dog is able to explore and enjoy new places and things, rather than being afraid or wary of them
  • Makes Socialization easier; per Chapter 1-2, during Socialization your job is to expose your dog to new places, people, creatures, and things in a manner that minimizes their fear response. The more Openness your dog has developed, the weaker their fear response, and the easier Socialization is.

How to build this competency

  • Socialization is the best way to build Openness, as we discussed in Chapter 1-2: Socialization Basics.

    The more new experiences your dog gets exposed to, following proper socialization practices, the more she learns that new experiences aren’t scary! That gradually makes her more and more open to new things

  • Early on, personality can play a significant role. Most capabilities we cover in this Chapter are fostered primarily through life experience. Openness and Task Focus (above) are the two capabilities where your dog’s genetics can potentially play a larger role early on.

    In Chapter 6-5 we will survey the different ‘dimensions’ of a dog’s innate personality traits. One such dimension is ‘curiosity,’ which for our purposes we can think of as their initial bias towards being more open to new experiences and less likely to have a fear response. Puppies that are, genetically, more curious will start off with more Openness.

    As we will cover in that Chapter however, owners tend to over-index on these traits, and life experience quickly overwhelms those innate predispositions. If your dog happens to be more intrinsically curious, that will make it easier to foster Openness; if not, don’t fret, with proper Socialization they will become happy and comfortable with new experiences.

Confidence: your dog’s self-confidence is critical to almost everything your dog does. Along with Self-Control, it is one of the most important skills for you to foster.

What this capability is

‘Confidence’ in our usage is a dog’s willingness and inclination to address/problem-solve unexpected or uncomfortable situations, as opposed to feeling like they lack control and falling into a fear response.

For example:

  • When you are shaping a new technique, a dog with high Confidence will try out different actions that they think you marked, even if they’re not sure, whereas a dog will low Confidence may just look at you in confusion and lay down
  • When approached by another dog that they don’t like for whatever reason, a dog with high Confidence will have a healthy reaction – ignoring them or signalling, with a growl or bark, that they want them to go away. A dog with low Confidence in contrast will experience stiffen and exhibit either aggression – lunging, biting, or growling even after the other dog has moved away – or extreme submission, such as urination.

More Confident dogs are more willing to trust in their own abilities, and therefore less likely to panic when they don’t immediately know what to do.

Why it matters – the benefits to you and your dog

Confidence – alongside Self-control (above) is one of the most important traits to foster in your dog. It:

  • Reduces the chance your dog will become reactive, and the chance that she will be dangerous if she does. Higher confidence dogs feel more in control; they are less likely to spiral into panic when they feel threatened, and they are less likely to use aggression proactively.
  • Makes them more open to new experiences. Higher Confidence dogs will also tend to more Openness: since they feel more confident in their own abilities, they will feel less disconcerted by new experiences.
  • Reduces the probability of negative single-event learning (Ch. 2-11). A dog with a reservoir of self-belief is less likely to draw broad conclusions from a single negative event.
  • Makes them more excited to work, and more willing to learn new and more challenging behaviors
  • Improves their interactions with other dogs. More confident dogs – which is independent of whether they are more ‘dominant’ or ‘submissive’ – interact and play with other dogs in a healthier fashion. They are comfortable with their personal boundaries and preferences, and comfortable asserting those with other dogs calmly and firmly, rather than out of fear and aggression.
  • And more

How to build this competency

  • The best way to build your dog’s confidence is to create situations for them to succeed. The more they succeed at things – the more they confront challenging, uncertain, or uncomfortable situations and get through them safely, happily, and ‘on their own’ – the more confident they will become in their own abilities.

    It is analogous to the Socialization process: the more your dog is faced with uncertainty but comes out fine, the less she will fear uncertainty.

  • By that token, you can build your dog’s confidence through training, socialization, and problem solving activities:
    • Training builds confidence when your dog both successfully learns new behaviors (’figures out what mom is asking’) and exhibits known behaviors on command (’recognizes what mom wants and does it’), as we covered in Chapter 3-7.

      The important thing is to set your dog up for success: per Chapter 2-15, if you go too quickly in shaping or choice of behaviors, your dog won’t be able to figure it out or obey, leading to them getting frustrated and hurting their confidence

    • Socialization builds confidence when your dog interacts with a new person, place, or object and you reward them for it. They went out on a limb – engaging with something they were scared of – and were met with success! Not only did nothing hurt them, but you praised and rewarded them for trying!
    • Problem Solving builds confidence when you present your dog with a challenge and they overcome it, receiving the object of their desire. See our discussion of Problem Solving above
  • Regardless of avenue, two themes should stand out:
    1. Reward your dog for figuring things out: when you reward your dog with tons of praise and primary reinforcers (recall Chapter 2-2) for doing a trick correctly or exploring an unfamiliar space, you are reinforcing the behavior of trying!

      Ultimately that is what confidence is: a willingness to try.

      The more you can reward and reinforce the habit of ‘giving things a go,’ the more confident your dog will be

    1. Don’t go too fast: whether in shaping or socialization, you need to raise the challenge bar for your dog slowly. As we covered in depth in Chapter 2-15, if you expect too much, too fast you will set your dog up for failure, hurting their confidence

Handler-relationship capabilities: Handler Focus, Obedience, and Owner Trust

Handler focus: over time, through consistent training, your dog should grow more attentive and focused on you both during and outside training sessions.

What this capability is

‘Handler-focus’ is your dog’s habit of:

  • Outside of training sessions, regularly checking in with you, being aware of where you are and what you are doing – especially outside of the house
  • During training sessions, looking at you and listening for your commands

Why it matters – the benefits to you and your dog

Handler-focus is valuable both in training and ‘real-world’ contexts:

  • Makes training smoother and more fun; the less you have to work to constantly hold your dog’s attention, the more you can focus on teaching.
  • Keeps them close when off-leash; by having the habit of checking in with you regularly, your dog is less likely to wander off and get lost.
  • Makes them more likely to follow your commands and less likely to be distracted; the more focused they are on you, the less likely they are to be distracted by something else.

How to build this competency

  • Training with your dog: The best way to build Handler-focus is training with your dog. The training process, where you shape new behaviors, practice existing ones, and positively reinforce their attention and compliance:
    • Gets them in the habit of engaging with you
    • Intrinsically rewards them for paying attention to you, in two ways:
      1. The positive reinforcement when you give them attention and reward for tricks
      1. The general fun and excitement of the process! (Recall Chapter 2-18, where we talk about the importance of making training sessions fun).

    As you start doing training sessions in increasingly distracting environments (per Chapters 2-17: Generalizing context and 2-18: Training sessions) – such as the yard, the park, other people’s homes, etc. – that will build their habit of focusing on you in all contexts, not just at home.

  • Reinforcing their attention: you can also specifically train Handler-focus:

    Keep half an eye on them when they’re playing or walking with you, and whenever they happen to look at you, mark and reward it!

    That positively reinforces voluntarily checking in with you!

    That is a particularly good game to play with them as puppies.

  • Train Look/Check-in, and use it regularly: As we will cover in the later Appendix 1-5, you can put the game from the previous bullet on cue, asking them to “Look” at you and rewarding them for it

    Once you have it on cue, you can ask for ‘Look” in a wide range of contexts, such as off-leash walks, generalizing the behavior.

Obedience: listening to you, obeying quickly and without question.

What this capability is

‘Obedience’ is your dog’s overall tendency to do what you ask them to.

Note the difference from training a specific behavior to high compliance (as we discussed in Chapter 2-14):

  • With good training practices and lots of positive reinforcement, you can get your dog to obey a given behavior consistently, immediately, and automatically (per Chapter 2-14)
  • That high adherence does not generally extend to other behaviors however, that you haven’t reinforced as much
  • In contrast, what we are calling ‘Obedience’ is your dog’s general tendency to obey commands.

    A more Obedient dog requires less training and positive reinforcement to achieve a high adherence and responsiveness on a given command, in addition to having higher average adherence for all commands across the board.

The more developed your dog’s Obedience level is, the more they will not only do what you ask but do so in the face of greater distractions or more appealing alternatives (like chasing a squirrel rather than recall, or eating your dinner rather than leave it).

Why it matters – the benefits to you and your dog

High Obedience:

  • Makes your dog more likely to do what you ask, by definition
  • Deepens your relationship with your dog, as they think in terms of operating as a unit, rather than operating purely as an individual
  • Makes it easier to train new behaviors, per our discussion above

How to build this competency

  • Training: The best way to build Obedience is training: as you improve your dog’s adherence and responsiveness on individual behaviors – per Chapter 2-14 – your dog will gradually grow more obedient generally.

    As you keep working on compliance, over time they will more and more see doing what you ask as the ‘standard’ – as the way they are supposed to behave.

    See Chapter 2-14 for detailed discussion.

  • Errorless training: That process is particularly sensitive to errorless training, per Chapter 2-19.

    If you never let your dog blow you off, if they always have to (eventually) do what you ask, they will gradually stop trying to disobey. By not letting disobedience happen, you will more quickly build the mentality of ‘when mom asks me to do something, I do it.’

    See Chapter 2-19 for detailed discussion.

  • Personality & Genetics: like Task Focus (see discussion on that above), Obedience is somewhat correlated with a dog’s ‘drive’ (Chapter 2-4). Higher-drive dogs are more inclined to working in general, and therefore more inclined to follow your instructions when you ask them to work.
  • Owner Trust & Handler Focus: the more you develop your dog’s Owner Trust (next bullet below), getting them to trust your judgement, and Handler Focus, getting them to pay attention to you more, the easier it is to develop their Obedience, actually getting them to do what you ask.
Owner Trust: You want to foster in your dog a habit of looking to you for guidance, trusting in your judgment.

What this capability is

By ‘Owner Trust’ we do not mean that your dog simply trusts you not to hurt them. Rather, by ‘Trust’ we mean that:

  1. your dog trusts in your judgment
  1. your dog looks to you for guidance, particularly in situations that are novel, uncertain, frightening, or confusing to them

That is as opposed to feeling a need to handle situations on her own.

Where Obedience was listening to you when you tell them to, Trust is actively – of their own volition – looking to you for guidance, such as when they are scared or confused.

Why it matters – the benefits to you and your dog

Owner Trust is a subtle but incredibly powerful mentality to foster in your dog:

  • Improves safety – you have context on situations that your dog lacks; when your dog is scared or uncertain, you want them looking to you for direction, not dealing it with on their own, which could result in them mistakenly attacking another person or dog, or running away.
  • Lowers their stress – being able to turn to you where they are confronted with an uncertain or frightening situation is the best possible valve for stress release.

    When your dog’s Owner Trust is low feels that they are ‘on their own;’ just like humans – imagine when you’re in a scary situation on your own, as opposed to with friends and family you trust – that isolation makes them more wary and stressed in uncertain situations.

    Getting them to look to you and trust that you will know what is going and will protect them gives them a much healthier way to deal with uncertainty.

  • Avoids or mitigates reactivity – Reactivity, as we discussion in Chapters 1-2, 1-3, and 1-4, arises from your dog’s sense that they need to protect themselves from something that frightens them.

    By getting them to seek and trust in your protection, rather than try to protect themselves alone, you are dramatically reducing the chance that they will become reactive.

  • Deepens your relationship – Owner Trust is part of a deeper, more collaborative bond between you and your dog. It is them recognizing you as their ‘parent,’ as someone they can turn to when they are uncertain or scared. It establishes you as a source of comfort, and as part of their ‘in-group.’
  • Fosters Handler Focus – By looking to you when they are uncertain or confused, they are building and deepening the habit of looking to you in general.

How to build this competency

  • Work on Handler Focus: getting them in the habit of focusing on you in when you ask for it will start to build the habit of them focusing on you in general.

    Furthermore, by drawing their attention to you in situations where they might not know what to do, you specifically reinforce Owner Trust, by establishing the norm of ‘when I don’t know what to do, mom tells me’

  • Socialize them following best Socialization practices: As we covered in Chapter 1-2, part of good Socialization practice involves using yourself – your positioning and body language – to show your dog that new stimuli, like new surfaces, rooms, people, and objects – are safe.

    For example, if they are wary of an unfamiliar surface, like gravel, you can go on it yourself, crouch down and encourage them to join you, praising and rewarding them for each tepid, exploratory step they take.

    In doing so, you are not only teaching them not to be scared of that stimulus, you are teaching them that you know what is and is not a danger. Since they are rewarded with a positive outcome, you are reinforcing the pattern of ‘if I’m scared or uncertain of something, good outcomes come from me looking at what mom is doing.’

  • Teach your dog how to behave in different scenarios: As we covered in Chapter 2-24, you should apply the commands you teach your dog, like settle and tuck, to real world situations, to teach them ‘this is how to behave when we go to a restaurant,’ or ‘this is how to behave when we go to a new house.’

    Through that process, you are building the norm and expectation of ‘mom knows what to do in different situations,’ making them more likely to look to you for guidance when they don’t know what to do.

Final comments

These capabilities aren’t disconnected: developing one also helps foster others. The more you work on any of your dog’s capabilities, the more broadly competent and well-behaved they will become

At several points in our survey above we have highlighted how these capabilities can reinforce each other. For example:

  • Greater Self-Control makes it easier for your dog to focus on their task or handler, improving Task Focus and Handler Focus
  • Greater Owner Trust – in you, the handler – naturally improves both Obedience – as it makes them more inclined to listen to you – and Handler Focus – as it makes them look to you more frequently when they are confused, helping develop that habit
  • Greater Confidence makes them less likely to have a fear response, helping foster their Resilience and Openness.

As you can see, working on each of these capabilities helps advance the others. By actively fostering your dog’s capabilities, you are raising a more broadly competent, capable, happy, well-behaved dog.

Chapter 2-28: Loose leash walking

Every owner needs to, at least occasionally, walk their dog on-leash, whether around their neighborhood, on errands, at events, or on hikes. Unfortunately, that experience can be incredibly challenging and frustrating for both dog and owner. In this chapter, we give you a first introduction to some basic leash skills, although that skillset – like everything with cover in this Primer – is much better-learned in your first classes and training sessions with a professional trainer.

You need to clearly differentiate, to your dog, three different types of walk: You should clearly distinguish ‘structured/business’ walks from ‘fun/exploration’ walks. Use physical, verbal, and environmental cues to make the scenarios distinct, to help them learn that their behavior needs to be different in each scenario. Be extremely consistent in your ‘rules’ for the different cases.

In Chapter 3-5 we will go into more depth on the notion that not all walks are the same, both in:

  • What they provide for your dog
  • And what ‘appropriate behavior’ you want to teach your dog.

In that chapter, we will differentiate three types of walk:

The three types of walk (see Ch. 3-5 for detail)

  • Structured walks: on-leash ‘business walks,’ where your dog has a ‘job’ – to stick with you. This includes loose-leash walking and, eventually, heel (Appx. 2-5). On these walks your dog is not free to do as they please. They are not allowed to pull or tug in different directions. Their job is to stick near you.
  • Off-leash or long-line nature hikes: hikes that are for your dog’s enrichment, a chance for them to explore. On these walks your dog is largely unconstrained – they can do what they want, subject to some constraints (not getting too far away from you, and recalling (Appx. 1-12) when called).
  • On-leash sniff-aris: on-leash, even urban, ‘replacements’ for off-leash or long-line nature hikes. Like off-leash hikes, these are chances for dogs to explore, they are dog-led and largely unconstrained to the best of your ability (and everyone’s safety).

See Chapter 3-5: Need for open-ended exploration for more details on these walks as well as what different benefits each provides.

It is important to teach your dog to distinguish between these different types of walk, because your dog’s behavior should be different in each! In structured walks, your dog has to stick close to you and pay attention to you, they can’t just go sniff whatever they want. In off-leash hikes or sniff-aris, your dog is more free to explore.

Most owners don’t do this, they go out for a walk, sometimes around the neighborhood, sometimes on an errand, sometimes in the woods, and while they have different expectations in each case, they don’t communicate that to their dog. So what happens?

  • The dog has no idea that these are different situations with different expectations.
  • So she just does what she wants, going after scents that interest her. Sometimes that is ‘punished’ with leash pressure (when she pulls on the leash during a neighborhood walk) and sometimes that isn’t (when she’s allowed to explore in the woods). She won’t understand why it is or isn’t negatively reinforced, so she won’t learn anything.
  • As a result, she becomes a terrible walker. She’s always pulling, never listening to you. At the same time, she doesn’t enjoy herself, since she’s always frustrated by not being able to do what she wants.

Instead you need to differentiate these types of walk:

  • Each type of walk should have different, clear, and rigidly consistent rules: On off-leash hikes/sniffaris your dog can go explore to her heart’s content (while maintaining some ‘proximity bubble,’ see Chapter 2-29: Off-leash requirements). On structured/loose leash walks your dog has to stick by you and go where you go, not pulling or chasing after scents, dogs, or squirrels.

    Once you decide on what the rules are, it is essential that you are rigidly consistently with them. Remember: ambiguity is the enemy of learning with dogs. The more clear you are, the easier it is for your dog to learn the right behavior.

    That means when on a loose-leash walk, never let them pull you towards a scent they want to explore. On the flip side, when on a sniff-ari, never restrain – within safe limits – where they go.

    If you are consistent in your rules for the different scenarios, your dog will quickly – per errorless learning (Ch. 1-9) – learn how to behave differently in different scenarios.

  • To avoid compromising on your rules, make sure you meet your dog’s needs! As we will discuss in Section 3, your dog needs certain levels of activity and mental stimulation.

    If you need to go on a structured walk but your dog has had a boring at-home day, it’s not really fair to ask them to restrain themselves. You yourself might feel guilty too, and be tempted to grow lax in the rules.

    Do not compromise on the rules; per above, that just breeds bad habits. Instead, make sure to meet your dog’s needs before asking them to go for a structured walk. Play with them, do nose work or dog sports with them (Appendix 2-1), or go on a sniff-ari (Chapter 3-5) with them. Then go on the structured walk with your heart at ease and their energy at bay.

  • Each type of walk should have multiple clear signals: such as:
    • Different leashes
    • Different collars or harnesses
    • Different words (”walk” vs. “hike”)
    • Different shoes or clothes you wear
    • Different rituals (such as a series of commands, or going out a different door)
    • etc.

    Anything you can do to differentiate the different types of walk will help fix in your dog’s mind that these are distinct scenarios.

    The more signals you can use, the easier it will be for your dog to tell the difference.

    Whatever you choose, you have to be consistent in the signals. Don’t wear your hiking shoes, or use the hiking leash, on a structured walk. That will only confuse the dog.

If you do those three things, your dog will quickly learn to behave differently on different types of walk.

How to use a leash: Do not apply constant pressure. Leave slack, and if your dog pulls simply stop. Be highly consistent in your rules on what they can do when on-leash.

One of the most common and frustrating things we see every day is bad leash skills. Please, do yourself and your dog a favor and follow these rules:

Leash handling rules

  • Do NOT apply constant pressure: We see this all the time: dogs pulling from their owners and owners trying to hold their dogs back, being dragged along. That is a terrible habit: it’s physically bad for your dog (can lead to developing neck and back problems), it deepens the habit of pulling (since it doesn’t actually stop them from pulling), and it can even reinforce pulling if you give way or give in and your dog gets to a good scent.

    DO NOT DO THAT, do not tug on or apply constant pressure on a leash.

    Instead, the proper way to use a leash is:

    • If your dog pulls, stop moving. Stand rigid. They get to make no progress as long as they are pulling.
    • Then, when they stop pulling, and leave slack, then you can start moving again. You can also mark, treat, and reward them for leaving slack.

      In fact, whenever they are not pulling, treat, and reward them for leaving slack. We will talk more about that shortly.

    • If you do that, they will quickly learn that slack is rewarded, while pulling isn’t, and they will stop pulling

    On your first few walks, the constant stopping every time your dog pulls will be tedious, for you and your dog. You won’t make much progress. However if you time your rewards well (recall Chapter 2-5), and you are consistent in stopping every time your dog pulls (recall Chapter 1-9), your dog will pretty quickly start to understand the rules of the game, and will stop pulling. Just make sure to provide plenty of rewards when they are behaving well, to keep the experience fun (more on this in a moment).

  • Reward good behavior; make the walk net fun: as we discussed in Chapter 2-2, you have to be very wary of negative reinforcement, which leash corrections are a form of.

    If walks are filled with you correcting them every time they do something wrong, they might learn not to pull but they’ll also learn to hate structured walks. That both makes your dog’s life needlessly less joyful and makes your life more of a pain as wrangling your dog onto structured walks gets harder.

    Instead, work on positive reinforcement for good behavior. Whenever your dog isn’t pulling, mark, praise, and reward them with a treat. They will quickly learn that not pulling, and not chasing after dogs or scents, pays off while those ‘bad’ behaviors do not. We will look at this more later in this Chapter.

    If you do that, your dog will grow to enjoy structured walks! Do they get to do everything they want to, chasing after scents? No, but they do get to go outside, stretch their legs, spend time with you, get some attention from you, get occasional treats, and pick up some neat smells as they walk by. On the whole, it’s still a fun time!

    If you have a ‘high-drive’ dog (See Chapter 2-4), they can even learn to see structured walks as ‘work mode’ and come to enjoy them as a task well-done!

  • Have consistent rules: as we discussed in the previous bullet above on different types of walk, you should have consistent rules for what your dog is and is not allowed to do on a given type of walk. If they are not allowed to go after scents that interest them on a structured walk, never allow them to do so (use a different type of walk for that, like a sniff-ari (Chapter 3-5). Allowing your dog to do something may seem like a ‘treat’ or ‘gift,’ but it is actually just creating confusion and therefore frustration when they’re not allowed to do that.
  • Do not give commands while applying pressure: A lot of dog owners, when there dog is pulling, will start shouting commands at their dog, trying to get them under control. Don’t do that. While you’re redirecting them from pulling, you’re not training the behavior of walking without pulling. Worse, shouting commands while applying constant leash pressure just creates a negative association with the command, thereby un-training your hard-won commands.
  • Do not grab your dog’s collar: grabbing your dog’s collar to force them to do what you want is a great way to make your dog reactive! If your dog is doing something you don’t like, use your body to physically stand in their way, and use all the training work you’ve done, everything you’ve learned in this Section and the previous, to get them back under control.
  • Maintain good posture: depending on the leash and collar you are using (more that below), dogs can have a lot of power and leverage to pull against you. If you have even a moderately-sized dog, they could overpower you, pull you down, and run off. To help avoid that, and to help foster good loose-leash habits (see next bullet below), you should maintain a strong posture. That means: hold the leash at your sides or otherwise near your waist/core. That will give you the most strength and leverage. Do not hold your hands up to your chest or with your arms extended out, positions which give your dog a lot of extra power if they pull on you.

Good leash handling takes some practice and always benefits from professional feedback. As we covered in Chapter 2-26, you should aim to take an introductory obedience course in your first few months with your puppy. Either during class or afterwards, you should show your trainer how you use your leash and get some feedback from her on ways to improve.

Training loose-leash walking: On ‘structured walks’ you should train your dog to walk with a ‘loose leash’ by not letting them pull and rewarding them when they don’t.

Good loose-leash walking as we’ve described can seem impossible to new dog owners, especially those with puppies. Their dogs’ constant pulling can seem unbearable and inexorable. It really is not only doable however but pretty fast and easy, it just requires a brief period of unwavering commitment to the process. Here is how you can go about it.

We will talk about two potential methods we can endorse, although there are many other out there: a ‘classic’ stop-go method, and a newer ‘circle method’ recently pioneered by Denise Fenzi:

Training loose-leash walking option 1: the ‘stop-go’ method

When you take your dog on a structured walk:

  • If they pull, stop. This stops them from getting to what they want to get to.
  • Do not proceed until they stop pulling.
  • Once they stop pulling, continue moving, until they pull again, at which point stop again.
  • Whenever they are not pulling, whenever they are walking with slack in the leash, regularly praise and reward them

    Note that you should not praise and reward them if they are sitting with slack, as might happen after you stop (because they pulled). You want to reward (thereby shaping) walking with slack in the leash.

  • Be 100% consistent. Every time they pull you stop. Never move forward while they are pulling. Only move forward when there is slack, praising and rewarding periodically as you do.

That’s it! While that seems simple – and it is – be prepared for your first few walks like to be very slow, with lots of stopping. It could take 10 minutes to make it 10 feet. That’s fine; once your dog understands the game, they will quickly follow the rules.

Training loose-leash walking option 2: Denise Fenzi’s ‘circle method’

The ‘stop-go’ method is a tried and true classic, but more recently Denise Fenzi has refined and popularized the ‘circle method’ of training a loose leash.

At a high level, this method is similar to the stop-go method, but rather than stopping you instead redirect the dog into a circle, forcing them in a wide arc before letting them go back to their original object of interest. The idea is that by redirecting their momentum rather than forcing them to a total stop, you reduce frustration on the dog (and you), while still teaching them ‘to get where I want I have to leave slack’.

There is a fair bit of nuance to this method, so rather than try to communicate its execution here, we recommend you check out the resources and videos on Denise Fenzi’s website: here.

We’ve found this method quite effective – it is definitely worth giving a try if you’re struggling with loose leash walking.

Aside on strong pullers and risk of injury: if your dog pulls very badly, especially if they are a large, strong dog, be aware that they can injure themselves by pulling too hard and too long, even if you are not applying pressure. If your dog runs that risk, consider using a slip collar, prong collar, or no-pull harness; as we lay out below, these tools have risks associated with them if improperly used, but if used properly can allow you to train your dog’s loose leash walking more safely and quickly.

Work with a trainer! Leash handling is a surprisingly difficult – and incredibly important – skill. In your basic obedience class, talk to your instructor and get feedback and tips on your leash handling

For many pet dog owners on-leash walking is a big part of their and their dog’s life. Leash-handling skills are not easy, but getting them right can significantly improve your quality of life, reducing frustration for both you and your dog.

As such, in your first 6-12 week Basic Obedience course (which, as a reminder, every dog owner must take, at a minimum), you should ask your instructor for feedback and tips on leash handling.

Chapter 2-29: Off-leash requirements

“Sally come! COME!” [As her dog runs around happily off-leash, completely ignoring her]

[As her dog, off-leash, runs up to another dog without permission from the owner] “Sorry! Don’t worry she’s friendly”

“I can walk with Sally off-leash even on sidewalks, she knows to stick close to me”

“Oh yeah we always let her off-leash. Her recall is like 80% there so it’s a good chance to work on it”

As we will cover in Chapter 3-5, there is great value in off-leash hiking for your dog. You cannot let your dog off-leash however until you have thoroughly establish certain behaviors. In this chapter we will go through what those requirements are, why they are important, and how to get there.

Off-leash hikes are great for your dog: Off-leash hikes, where your dog is free to both run and use their olfactory sense to explore, are incredibly valuable for your dog, providing multiple types of both physical and mental stimulation. You should work towards taking your dog on off-leash hikes regularly.

Refer to the Chapter 3-5 on why off-leash hikes can be such a wonderful, enriching experience for your dog, meeting their needs for physical, mental, and olfactory stimulation.

Off-leash requirements: you cannot hike your dog off-leash until they meet certain requirements, like extremely strong recall, and develop healthy off-leash habits. If you let your dog off-leash without first training them in these areas, they will both pose a risk to themselves and other dogs and will develop bad off-leash habits that you will have to untrain.

As important as opportunities for off-leash exploration are, you cannot let your dog off-leash until they meet certain requirements:

Off-leash requirements

Dogs should not be allowed off-leash, even in woodland settings, until they have the following behaviors firmly established:

  • Perfect recall: Your dog should recall (Appx. 1-12) on command, without hesitation, 100% of the time, even off of tempting distractions, like a squirrel they are chasing. As we’ve laid out in the previous Chapters, you’ll have to do this with lots of reinforcement, consistent/errorless follow-through, and training in a variety of high-distraction settings.

    Without this, your dog could get lost chasing something far away, can fall off a ledge or cliff they misjudge, or could run after a reactive dog and get attacked.

  • Emergency down: Your dog should down (Appx. 1-2) instantly, on command, 100% of the time, even if they are distracted by – again – chasing a squirrel. As we discussed in Appendix 1-2: Down, you can train a second, less-used and more-heavily-rewarded, cue for Down and use that as your ‘emergency’ down for higher compliance in emergency situations.

    Without this, your dog runs the same risks as if their recall is imperfect (previous bullet).

  • Not greeting other dogs without first getting your permission: As we cover in Chapter 4-9: Rules for interacting with other people’s dogs, you cannot let your dog run towards other dogs without first getting permission from you (who will get permission from the other dog’s owner).

    Without this, as we laid out in Chapter 4-9, your dog could run towards a reactive dog and get attacked, or could even start to cause reactivity in other dogs who get scared by yours. Even if your dog is ‘friendly,’ another dog may not interpret their actions that way. Do not let your dog approach other dogs without permission. That means either/both:

    • Having a leash on-hand to immediately leash your dog when you see another dog
    • Teaching your dog to automatically go into a Down or Sit when they see another dog, rather than running towards them (see Chapter 4-9 for approaches on how to train that)

    For your part, you should always ask the other owner for permission before you let your dog say hello. See Chapter 4-9 for detail.

  • Proximity bubble: Your dog should have free rein to explore off-leash within a limited range. You do not want them running a mile away chasing a scent (they could). You need to train them to remain within some large but reasonable distance, typically around 100 feet. They should get into the habit of regularly checking back in (looking at you) to make sure you’re not too far away.

    You can train this by starting on a long-line (see bullet below), by regularly asking for (and rewarding) Look/Check-in, and by recalling them if they get too far out.

If you let your dog off-leash before they’re ready, you will:

  • Pose a risk to your dog and others: even if your own dog isn’t reactive, they can run towards other dogs that are reactive (they’ll have no way of knowing).

    That can easily trigger a violent response, resulting in injury or even death for your dog, or harm to humans.

    If your dog runs up to a person who is afraid of dogs, they may strike or kick or otherwise harm your dog. A kick to the ribs of a dog can easily break their ribs and damage internal organs.

  • Fosters bad habits: as you now well know from all our discussions on and applications of errorless learning (Ch. 1-9), letting your dog off-leash before they are ready will let them blow off your commands, chase after other dogs, run far away, etc. Every time they do those things, it deepens the bad behavior and weakens the good one. Letting your dog off-leash without proper training will only make that training harder later.

    Remember our errorless learning principles: even if your dog obeys 95% of the time, and blows you off 5% of the time, that 5% will gradually undermine the behavior! (especially in emergency/high distraction situations!)

  • Is stressful and rude to other people and dogs: even if you don’t care about dogs running up to you, other people may not feel the same. As we already mentioned other dogs may be reactive, and your dog running at them is not only dangerous it also makes the other dog’s reactivity worse! (recall Chapter 1-4).

    Don’t do that. If you are hiking off-leash, you are responsible for having your dog under voice control, to match the needs of others.

Long-line hikes: until your dog or puppy are ready for off-leash hiking, use a long line as a ‘bridge’ to start developing the right behaviors

So how do you develop those off-leash behaviors? Some of them – like Emergency down (Appx. 1-2) and recall (Appx. 1-12) – you can train and reinforce separately and heavily on their own. Other behaviors however, like the proximity bubble, are easiest to train on hikes themselves.

To get there, we recommend using a ‘long-line’ – essentially a longer version of a nylon leash, typically 15-30 feet long.

The ‘long-line’ achieves two things:

  • It is long enough to let your dog explore, giving them the benefits of an off-leash hike (see Chapters 3-5 and 2-28)
  • But it still prevents them from blowing you off (recall Chapter 2-19), allowing you to errorlessly train (Chapter 1-9) appropriate off-leash behavior.

Consider a few off-leash training circumstances we laid out earlier in the chapter:

  • Training off-leash Recall: you ask for recall and your dog blows you off because they are more interested in some scent or small animal.

    Without a long-line: you have no way of enforcing them coming to you. They blow you off, weakening the behavior! (see Chapter 2-19)

    With a long-line: you can slowly ‘reel them back in’ (gently), praising and rewarding them only when they shift their attention back to you and start voluntarily walking towards you. This builds up errorless learning of recall on hikes!

  • Training ‘proximity bubble: you want your dog to maintain a maximum range (see above), but they want to go off farther and explore

    Without a long-line: you have no way to maintain the bubble, unless your recall is super sharp

    With a long-line: the long line automatically maintains a bubble. As long as they stay within the length of the line, they can explore freely. If they reach its end, they get stopped. As long as the line is long enough (see below), they will be happy to stay within the bubble – there is plenty to explore!

  • Training not running towards other dogs: your dog wants to run towards other dogs when they see them, instead of waiting for your permission

    Without a long-line: your dog can run at other dogs, a very bad behavior as we discussed above. You have no way to stop them (unless your emergency down and recall are already rock-solid). That is not only a safety risk, it also both fumbles errorless training of the behavior you want (checking in with you before approaching other dogs) and it can positively reinforce the behavior of running towards other dogs (if they end up playing with your dog and it’s lots of fun for them).

    With a long-line: your dog can’t run towards other dogs. When you spot another dog, you can recall your dog (enforcing with the long line), put them into a down, ask them to Look/Check-in, and then (after you’ve gotten permission from the other owner) you can let them say hi to the other dog (see Chapter 4-9 for details on training this)

As you can see, long-lines allow you to train good off-leash behaviors, like ‘training wheels’ for off-leash hiking.

Once your dog has thoroughly established good off-leash behavior, then you can start letting them off!

If your dog regresses – they are generally fine off-leash and then all of a sudden start blowing you off or behaving poorly – you can return to long-lines and work on those behaviors again, just as we covered in Chapter 2-16: Regression. Per that Chapter, regression is normal and temporary; as long as you deal with it promptly, they’ll return to good behaviors right away.

A couple final notes on long-line use:

  • Long-line length: For length, we recommend erring on the longer side, making sure the line is long enough for them to happily explore within its radius: if the leash is too short, it can end up constraining your dog’s movement too much such that they start pulling more. If the leash is long enough, they will stop pulling, as they will have plenty of space to explore. Our 5-month-old 25 lb poodle puppy was an absolute monster on a 15 foot line, but when we switched to 30 feet all of a sudden he was perfectly well-behaved – he had enough room to explore that he wasn’t frustrated.

    Remember, there are different types of walk with different rules – recall Chapter 2-28. Long-line hikes are about free exploration, your dog should be able to roam (while following the limited set of rules we laid out above). That is different from a ‘structured walk,’ where you dictate where you go. As we covered in that Chapter, the clearer and more consistent you are about defining and following rules, the more easily your dog will be able to follow them.

  • Flexi-leads: ‘Flexi-leads,’ which automatically extend and contract, can be a handy alternative. Just be mindful that the metal wire on flexi-leads can maim a human or dog if it wraps around a limb; the wire can cut right through a limb if enough force is applied, such as with a large dog. If you opt to use a flexi-lead, make sure to read the manufacturer’s instructions on proper use, watch some videos on what to avoid, and make sure to not let it wrap around any dog or human limbs. If you have a heavier, larger dog, we recommend sticking to long-lines.
GPS Collars: These can be a handy fallback for your peace of mind, and a good activity-tracking tool

In the last few years GPS collars – like Fi, Whistle, Tractive, and FitBark – have come onto the market.

These collars generally do two things:

  • Track your dog’s location, so that if they get lost and you can’t find them, you can track them down with your phone
  • Track your dog’s activity, so you can see how their activity level varies day to day

The first functionality can be good if you are afraid of your dog running off or getting lost; it is great for your peace of mind.

The second functionality is actually really handy for you: as we cover in Chapter 3-1, you must meet your dog’s minimum daily and weekly activity needs.

Do NOT walk your dog off-leash on sidewalks! Only walk your dog off-leash in fenced-in areas or wooded/rural off-leash designated trails. Never walk your dog off-leash anywhere near a road!

In the last few years we have observed a significant up-tick in a ridiculous phenomenon: people walking their dogs off-leash on sidewalks.

We cannot believe we have to say this, but DO NOT WALK YOUR DOG OFF-LEASH ANYWHERE NEAR A ROAD.

We do not care how well trained your dog is, how strong her recall and down are, how experienced she is near roads. Even if she is fine 99% of the time, it only takes one incident of them getting spooked or spotting something they want to chase for them to run into the road and get hit by a car.

The most-experienced trainers in the world do not walk even their best-trained dogs off-leash on sidewalks. It is a stupid thing to do. Don’t do it.

It doesn’t even do anything helpful for your dog. First off, if you are on a structured walk (Chapter 2-28), they shouldn’t have free-rein anyway. And second, even if you are on an urban sniff-ari (Chapter 3-5), a long-line will give them all the same freedom of movement with none of the risk.

Don’t be an idiot, don’t do it.

Chapter 2-30: Human food

[While feeding her dog some scraps] “Haha yeah if I don’t give her a little bit she’ll beg forever”

[While putting food on the coffee table, in easy reach of her dog] “Yeah we try to keep an eye on her, she’ll steal food occasionally when we’re not looking”

Stealing food and begging are common but easily avoidable behaviors.

Don’t feed dogs from your plate: If you don’t want your dog to steal food, never give them food off your plate, and don’t leave them around human food unattended. Over time, that will lead to errorless learning that human food and my food are separate things.

Stealing food and begging are all-too-common behavioral issues with dogs. Fortunately it is very easy to avoid if you are proactive about it.

As we covered in Chapter 1-9, if you never give your dog the opportunity to steal food, they will eventually not even think to.

That translates to:

  • For the first 6-12 months you have your dog, do not leave them unattended around human food, ever. Don’t give them the chance to steal it.
  • For the first 6-12 months you have your dog, do not feed your dog off your plate. Don’t give them your food while you are eating it. You can still give them (nutritionally appropriate) ‘human food’ separately, but there should be a clear distinction between food for you and food for them.
  • Even for their own food, food should always be offered by you, never taken by them.

We cover this concept in more depth in the Chapter 1-9: Errorless learning.

If you don’t do this, at best your dog will start begging regularly, and at worst they will steal food when they get the chance.

Fixing stealing/begging: if they already steal or beg, go back to good errorless learning habits and eventually the behavior will extinguish.

What if your dog already has these habits? You can deal with that following any of the methods we laid out in Chapter 2-25.

See that Chapter for details.

Of those methods, the most effective for begging and stealing tends to be Method 4: Extinction. If you fall back on the good errorless learning habits we laid out in the previous bullet above, eventually their inclination to beg and steal will fade.

Section 3:

A Dog’s Basic Needs

Section 3 Introduction: 12 basic needs you have to meet

“I have a Malinois and I work 14 hour shifts. I have a dog walker but he’s still tearing up my home :/ !!”

“Oh Sally just loves sleeping at home all day, she barely even wants to go out when we let her out haha”

“I’d love to take her hiking more but I just don’t have the time [then why did you get a dog]”

In Section 1: Puppy Phases and Socialization we focused primarily on specific skills and behaviors you need to help your puppy develop over the first few weeks and months of their life. In this Section, we will expand that discussion to cover, more generally, what are the basic needs – ranging from physical exercise to mental and social stimulation – that you must meet for your puppy or adult dog to lead a healthy, happy, enriching life.

Your dog’s 12 basic needs: Your dog’s needs extend beyond mere survival. As an owner, you are responsible for putting in the time to meet the full range of your dog’s needs: survival needs (food, water, shelter), educational needs (socialization, behavioral training), activity needs (high-intensity physical activity, total physical activity, dog-dog social time, dog-human social time), and enrichment needs (open-ended exploration, work/training, and problem solving practice).

Not knowing any better, many dog owners believe that their responsibility starts and ends with meeting their dog’s basic ‘logistical’ needs: food, water, shelter, walks to potty, and occasional vet visits.

That could not be farther from the truth. Dogs have tremendous physical, mental, and emotional capacity. They live rich inner lives, and have a commensurate need for activity and enrichment. It is one of your primary responsibilities as a dog owner to meet those demands. Doing so not only provides your dog with a better life, it adds depth and substance to your relationship and life together. Throughout the chapters in this section – and across this Primer as a whole – we hope to show you not just what you have to do for your dog, but also how much joy and fulfillment those irreplaceable experiences can add to your life! This is the heart of owning a dog!

To help conceptualize and track those needs and make sure you’re meeting them, we have organized a range of needs into a 12-component framework below. In the chapters that follow we will survey each of them in more detail.

Note: ‘Examples of sufficient activity’ are levels appropriate for an ‘average’ adult dog, except where otherwise specified. Throughout the relevant chapters in this Primer, we dive into more nuanced guidelines that may vary with age, breed, personality, and other factors.

Note that many of these needs overlap and can be met simultaneously. For example, an off-leash hike provides both physical activity and open-ended exploration, and Rally work provides both behavioral training and occupational therapy.

Table: Summary of the 12 Basic Needs you must meet for your dog

Survival Needs

  1. Food

    Provide sufficient nutrition for your dog; neither over- nor under-feeding, and ensuring a diverse diet with a wide range of nutrients, while avoiding harmful substance

    Example benefits:

    • For puppies, healthy growth and physical development
    • Longevity and general health
  1. Water (Chapter 4-2)

    Ensure your dog has free access to water and stays hydrated

    Example benefits:

    • Necessary for health and survival
    • Reduces risk of over-heating (Chapter 4-1)
  1. Shelter

    Keeping your dog indoors at night, and at least providing indoor access during the day; ensuring they are sufficiently warm in the winter, cool in the summer, and protected from the elements

    Example benefits:

    • Longevity and general health
    • Dog learns to be comfortable indoors, and how to behave indoors

Learning to live in human society

  1. Socialization (Chapter 1-2)

    As we covered in Chapters 1-2 – 1-5, your puppy (or, occasionally, adult dog) must be exposed – carefully and positively – to a wide range of experiences such that they become comfortable with life in a human world

    Example benefits:

    • Without socialization, dogs can become reactive to other people, dogs, places, and other stimuli
    • Lets you take your dog places without stressing them
    • Increases resilience and adaptability
    • Builds trust in her owner

    Examples of sufficient activity levels:

    • Puppies should meet 200 people in their first 12 weeks of life
    • Socialization against everything in our socialization basics checklist, from vacuum cleaners to people with hats and facial hair
  1. Behavioral Training (Chapter 3-6)

    Dogs need to be taught how to behave appropriately in human situations, such as at dinner time, when off-leash, when at a restaurant, when guests visit, etc.

    Example benefits:

    • Builds trust and a collaborative relationship with her owner
    • Builds core competencies such as self-control, confidence, and handler-focus
    • Teaches how to behave appropriately in wide range of human contexts, improve dog and owner quality of life

    Examples of sufficient activity levels:

    • Errorless training to not potty indoors, steal food, chew furniture, etc.
    • 15-minute behavioral sessions at least once a day, teaching things like Stay, Tuck, Recall, etc.

Getting energy out and having fun

  1. High-intensity physical activity (Chapter 3-1)

    Activity where your dog goes ‘all out,’ sprinting and moving, at an age appropriate level

    Example benefits:

    • Long-term muscle and bone development, improving longevity and overall health
    • Gets out energy, avoiding destructive behavior and improving mental health

    Examples of sufficient activity levels (for an ‘average’ adult dog):

    • 20 minutes of fetch, frisbee, or flirt pole per day
    • 20 minutes of playing chase or wrestle with high-intensity dog buddy per day
  1. Total physical activity (Chapter 3-1)

    Getting sufficient total levels of activity per day

    Example benefits:

    • Long-term muscle and bone development, improving longevity and overall health
    • Gets out energy, avoiding destructive behavior and improving mental health

    Examples of sufficient activity levels:

    • 30-60 minute walk or hike each day
    • Two or three 3-5-mile hikes each week
  1. Dog-dog social interaction (Chapter 3-3)

    If not reactive, spending time with other (well-socialized) dogs

    Example benefits:

    • Learning and improving upon reading and projecting appropriate dog social cues
    • Satisfying types of play and stimulation that are hard to get otherwise

    Examples of sufficient activity levels:

    • One-on-one playdate with a friendly (i.e. gets along with your dog), well-socialized dog once a week
  1. Human-dog social interaction (Chapter 3-4)

    Being with their core social group – i.e. humans they know well – most of the time, even after separation anxiety training (Ch. 1-12)

    Example benefits:

    • Critical for mental health

    Examples of sufficient activity levels:

    • Not leaving your dog home alone for more than 3-4 hours on a daily basis (occasional is fine); the rest of the time they should be with an owner or someone they’re familiar with

Growth, bonding, and enrichment

  1. Open-ended exploration (Chapter 3-5)

    Unstructured, scent-based, independent exploration of new or changing environments

    Example benefits:

    • Mental stimulation
    • Burns their energy/tires them out rapidly
    • Improves their intelligence and problem-solving capabilities

    Examples of sufficient activity levels:

    • 30-60 minutes of off-leash nature hiking per day
    • Free access to a yard backing on to protected nature land
    • 15 minutes of Scent Work (Appendix 2-1: Dog Sports) per day
  1. Work / Training (Chapter 3-7)

    Teaching your dog obedience and tricks, ranging from Sit and Down to Tuck and Heel

    Example benefits:

    • Builds a collaborative relationship with your dog, as opposed to a transactional one
    • Builds your dog’s trust in you
    • Increases their confidence
    • Improves dog’s handler-focus

    Examples of sufficient activity levels:

    • 20-30 minutes of Rally work per day
    • Two 10-15 minute training sessions per day
  1. Independent problem-solving (Chapter 1-14)

    Creating surmountable challenges your dog has to think through to get something they want, such as retrieving a toy from behind something or getting food out of a complex chewtoy

    Example benefits:

    • Improves their general intelligence and problem-solving capabilities
    • Increases their confidence
    • Makes them more actively conscious of their surroundings

    Examples of sufficient activity levels:

    • Using puzzle feeders
    • Using stuffed chewtoys
    • Setting up age- and capability-appropriate problems for your dog semi-daily
    • Shaping new tricks

In the chapters that follow, as well as the primer as a whole, we will explore each of these needs in more depth.

Dogs need more than physical activity – they also need mental stimulation and social engagement

As should be clear from the table of needs above, meeting your dog’s needs goes beyond getting them exercise. Dogs – like humans and most other mammals – require diverse mental stimulation as well. They need to be challenged.

We can group those mental challenges into three buckets: nose-work, problem-solving, and task-work.

  • ‘Nose-work’ is the most foreign of the three concepts to humans. As many people know, and as we explore later in Chapter 4-4, dogs have a much stronger and more nuanced sense of smell than humans do. When they go outside, they ‘see’ rivers of hundreds of distinct scents, each flowing and diffusing in different gradients, painting them a picture across time and space.

    That vast amount of sensory information requires brain power to process. Once they learn to start using their nose actively – whether independently or through Scent Work (Appendix 2-1) – they will start to think through their scents, separating different types of smells, identifying ones they know and ones that are novel, following the trails and tracks of interesting scents, etc.

    All of that is extremely stimulating – and exhausting – to them. As an example, if you ever do formal Scent Work training with your dog, you’ll find that initially they will be completely exhausted after a mere 3 ‘searches’ for hidden scents.

  • Problem-solving we previously covered in Chapter 1-14. Presenting your dogs with (surmountable) challenges and letting them independently work through them develops their ability to think through problems independently. It gets them to watch their environment, and think through cause and effect connections.

    Working that problem-solving muscle is perhaps best satisfied through dedicated training sessions, as part of ‘task-work’ (below), where they learn new tricks and apply old ones to increasingly high quality. Puzzle toys and makeshift challenges also work. Overcoming these challenges and being praised for them gives them confidence, and makes them more conscious of their surroundings.

  • Finally, ‘task-work’ encompasses two related and often overlapping activities:
    • Behavioral training (obedience work) – where you teach your dog to trust and follow your commands
    • ‘Trick’ training/working with humans – where you teach your dog to perform tasks with some objective, which are essentially games from their perspective.

    In both cases, your dog is learning to trust you and collaborate with you, in addition to developing a range of fundamental skills and capabilities such as self-control, handler-focus, and intelligence.

    This work is absolutely critical from two perspectives:

    1. Owner perspective: your dog will behave better, in a wider range of scenarios, and have a deeper, more collaborative relationship with you
    1. Dog perspective: your dog will get a closer relationship to her tribe (you), and satisfy their intrinsic need to work, to have tasks to do

We cover each of these needs in more depth in Chapter 3-6 and Chapter 3-7.

In addition to mental stimulation, dogs have social needs. As we’ve mentioned several times in previous chapters in the Puppy Phases and Socialization Section, dogs are extremely social beings, moreso even than humans. Thorough separation anxiety training makes them able to be left alone, but they will never feel truly happy and comfortable on their own. In Chapter 3-4 and Chapter 3-3 we will explore that need, and how you can address it, further.

Not all needs are equal. If you have to make trade-offs, socialization, training, and physical activity should be your top priorities.

As we argue in the next bullet, you have a moral and ethical responsibility to meet the full range of your dog’s needs, providing them with a long, joyful, enriching life.

While that is the ideal case, and a standard we uncompromisingly stick to, we understand that there are two realities for many dogs and owners:

  1. Sometimes, something has to give
  1. To a new dog owner, this can all feel overwhelming, especially at first

We will address and mitigate both points – and put your mind at ease – in later bullets below. For now, however, we want to recognize that not all your dog’s needs are equal.

In order to simplify things for you, and help you organize and prioritize your dog rearing, here is the order of priorities:

Table: Highest-priority responsibilities for a dog owner

In order of importance

  1. Basic survival (food, water, shelter)
  1. Socialization
  1. Physical Activity – of any kind, as much as possible
  1. Training
  1. Everything else – open-ended exploration, problem-solving, work, dog-dog and human-dog social time

Socialization, as we covered in earlier Chapters (cf. Chapter 1-2), is critical to setting your puppy up for success later in life. Insufficient socialization can lead to debilitating reactivity that at best gives your dog a life punctuated by stress and anxiety and at worst creates a risk to the lives of your dog and others. Physical activity is absolutely necessary for managing your dogs energy and psychological state. Training is crucial, as we will cover in depth in Section 2, to building a collaborative relationship with your dog and giving you and them and high quality of life.

Being a responsible dog owner means, first and foremost, meeting their basic needs. In taking them into our homes, we are accepting the responsibility of giving them an enriching life.

When we breed dogs and bring them into human homes, we rob them of their agency, their ability to provide joy and enrichment for themselves. Our homes are designed for humans, not dogs. A human child at home can find many ways to entertain themselves – play with toys, go online, read books, call friends. As we will cover more Dog Physiology and Psychology, canines are not humans. A dog stuck at home cannot do the things dogs do to live fulfilled lives. Most dogs need to use their nose to explore new scents and places; they need to run, flat out; they need to socialize with humans and other dogs.

That creates a fundamental responsibility for dog owners: by breeding a dog and taking them into your home, you are robbing them of their ability to provide enrichment for themselves, and therefore you are responsible for providing them with a rich, fulfilling life.

As we said in the introduction, dogs are not furniture. You have to give them time and energy. That investment is comparatively modest – perhaps 6 hours a week for a typical adult dog – and it pays you back in spades with not only love and companionship but the joy of watching your dog grow, learn, and enjoy the world.

Even so, if it’s a price you’re not willing or able to pay, you cannot responsibly own a dog. Dogs cost money too, depending on where you live (do you need to drive to get to an off-leash park?) and how much time you have (do you need to hire a walker while you’re at work during the day?). If you can’t afford to give a dog a good life, you should not get a dog.

If you are saying to yourself “but my dog is perfectly happy napping at home all day, going for a couple walks around the neighborhood,” then you are wrong. Unless they are very old, or from a very particular breed, your dog is most likely some combination of depressed and mentally under-developed due to lack of stimulation.

Not meeting your dog’s needs is not only morally reprehensible, it can also lead to a plethora of negative consequences.

The primary impact of neglecting your dog is leaving them with a life that is shorter, less fulfilling, and less enriching than it would be otherwise. That alone should be enough to spur you to do right by them: what is the point of owning a dog if you don’t care about their happiness and well-being?

But even if you are truly selfish and want to own a dog solely to satisfy your own ego, there are negative impacts for you, the owner, if you fail to meet their basic needs. These can include:

  • Destructive behavior – a dog with too much pent-up energy can start taking it out on your furniture, shoes, etc.
  • Transactional relationship – a dog that doesn’t regularly work collaboratively with her owner ends up having a weaker, shallower bond with them, a bond of familiarity and benefit rather than collaboration and sacrifice
  • Health problems – a lack of physical activity increases the rate of all manner of health problems later in life, including a shorter overall lifespan
  • Low problem-solving capacity – brains are muscles, you use it or you lose it; a perpetually under-stimulated dog gets, frankly, dumber with time. That makes your life harder as your dog may struggle to understand what you want of them, or adapt to changing home circumstances

Instead, meeting your dogs needs makes your dog:

  • Smarter
  • Happier
  • Healthier
  • Longer-lived
  • Comfortable and well-behaved in a wider range of situations
  • More adaptable
  • More resilient
  • More closely bonded to you, in a collaborative relationship

Throughout the chapters in this Primer, we hope to show you and convince you of the value of spending time with your dog.

Overlapping needs & a summary plan: you can meet your dog’s needs with a reasonably modest investment of time

The many needs we’ve listed above may seem daunting at first, but as you will find through the remaining Chapters in this Section, most activities meet multiple needs with a single experience.

To give you a preview and sense of that, consider the following hypothetical list of activities – combined, these commitments should meet all the basic needs of an average, adult dog:

  • 10 minutes of nose-work (scent searching) 3 days a week
  • 15 minutes of obedience training 4 days a week
  • Three 45-minute off-leash hikes per week
  • 10 minutes of fetch or flirt-pole in the yard 4 days a week
  • One doggie playdate per week

That’s just one of many possible recipes for meeting your dog’s needs, but it gives you a sense: adding it up, it’s really only the equivalent of 30 minutes a day or less that you have to devote to your dog, in addition to the more passive interaction (playing with them, spending time with them) that you will probably be giving them anyway.

The bottom line is that while you must meet a wide range of needs for your dogs, it is very achievable. If you’re thoughtful about it, it’s only 20-30 minutes a day of your time. If you can’t – or more importantly aren’t willing to – commit 20-30 minutes a day to your dog, then you should reconsider whether a dog is right for you. Again, dogs are not furniture; they can give you a lot of joy, but they require your engagement and involvement.

Two caveats as an aside:

  • First, as we covered in the previous Section, Puppy Phases and Socialization, puppies require a lot more involvement than that, but that experience is ultimately temporary (and hopefully fun).
  • Second, your dog’s breed and personality may demand more. A working-line herding breed, like a Welsh Corgi or Border Collie, can require substantially more physical activity and/or work than the average dog. In individual chapters, as well as Section 6, we will touch on notable breed differences.

Chapter 3-1: Need for physical activity

“We go for hikes on the weekends but during the week Spot is still bouncing off the walls!”

“I take Lucy for a walk twice a day but she’s still really antsy at home”

In this chapter we familiarize you with the minimum and appropriate levels of physical activity you need to provide for your dog.

Dogs need real exercise, of suitable duration and intensity; a couple walks around the block is not enough.

Dogs are built to run, to move. They are highly physical. Herding breeds for example have been bred to run the equivalent of multiple marathons every day, and even modest-energy companion breeds need significant daily physical activity.

For dogs, ‘physical activity’ is not merely going for a walk on a 6-foot leash. Neighborhood walks are great for getting some physical activity, but they are not sufficient on their own: dogs need an opportunity to engage in more substantial, unconstrained movement, running to and fro. That could be chasing after a ball, playing vigorously with other dogs, or going for a long hike where they criss-cross the trail, tracking scents.

In practice, you can ensure your dogs’ physical activity needs are met by making sure you check two boxes:

  • High-intensity activity: making sure your dog gets sufficient periods of high exertion; running, jumping, and turning at full-bore
  • Total activity: making sure your dog gets a sufficient amount of total activity, like a long hike or walk

Below, we get into some options for how you can meet those needs within the constraints of your schedule.

Note that the amount of activity your dog needs also depends on age and breed, both of which we explore further below.

High-intensity physical activity: most adult dogs should get ~20 minutes a day of high-intensity motion

Most dogs (we’ll talk about age and breed variation shortly) benefit a lot from some amount of high-intensity activity – short bursts that let them go all-out. That dashing or intense playing is wonderful for their physical and mental health, and helps expend a lot of their pent-up energy.

Fortunately, given the modest time requirement, this need is fairly easy for you to meet. The biggest constraint tends to be space – your dog needs enough room to run at full tilt, and many owners do not have yards large enough. As such, you will need to go to a fenced-in field where you can let your dog off-leash; the best spots are often local baseball, football, or soccer fields.

Here are a few examples of high-intensity activities you can do with your dog, for about 20 minutes each day:

  • Fetch with a ball or frisbee
  • Flirt pole play
  • Chase games with another (well-socialized) dog
  • Wrestling with another (well-socialized) dog

Don’t those seem like fun! As long as you can find some space to move around or another dog to play with, you should have no problem getting your dog some good high-intensity sessions. That will go a long way in meeting her need for activity!

Total physical activity: Most dogs should average at least 70,000 steps a week, and ideally about twice that. That is equivalent to 2-3 long hikes per week, or a 30-60 minute off-leash/long-line hike every day.

Besides short bursts of high-intensity activity, total activity matters too, for your dog’s health and general well-being.

Here, consistency is less important: it’s perfectly OK (and in fact, behaviorally, a useful situation for your dog to get used to) for your dog to get some days with lots of exercise interspersed with other days where they mostly lay around the house. As long as your weekly total physical activity is appropriate for your dog’s needs, you will be fine.

Your dog’s needs can vary by breed and personality, as we’ll touch on more below. As a general rule of thumb however, most dogs should be averaging at minimum 70,000 steps a week (equivalent to 10,000 a day), and ideally 2-3 times that. Presuming you can’t count dog-steps by eye (although fitness trackers help – see later in chapter), some more useful benchmarks are:

  • Daily 30-60 minute off-leash or long-line hikes (see Chapter 3-5 for more on leash use)
  • or three 60-90 minute hikes per week

Again, those are a minimum, and do vary by the dog and breed. Working lines of herding breeds like corgis and border collies might require 3-5 mile hikes every day, while small toy breeds, particularly brachycephalic ones, might actually need to get significantly less activity (see bullet on overexertion below).

There is a lot of overlap between needs: a single hike in the woods can cover many physical and mental stimulation needs, if you make the most of it.

While the benchmarks above might seem daunting given all the other mental and physical needs you need to meet (per the Section 3 Introduction), note that there is a lot of overlap between needs. A 30 minute daily off-leash hike, for example, both meets:

  • Their high-intensity activity needs – since they can zoomie around to their heart’s content
  • Their total activity needs – since they are getting plenty of steps
  • Their open-ended exploration needs – since they can go and sniff and explore the woods
  • If you mix in behavioral training (such as practicing recall-reward and sit-stay), your behavioral training needs and your task-work needs

In other words, if you’re really engaged, a single 30 minute hike a day can meet many of your dog’s needs. That will become even clearer in the following chapters, as we look at Need for open-ended exploration and Need for behavioral training.

Fitness trackers: these can be a handy tool to keep track of whether you’re on top of your dog’s exercise target

More recently, dog fitness trackers (such as Fi or Whistle[referral links]), which automatically count your dog’s steps, have come on the market. If you can afford one, they provide two convenient benefits:

  1. They help you keep track of how much activity you’ve given your dog in the last few days. If you’re unsure of whether you really need to get a nice hike in today, you can check the app and see “oh actually he’s had a pretty active week,” or “oh it’s been 4 days since he’s broken 10k steps, I should probably get him a nice long hike”
  1. They often come with GPS trackers, giving you piece of mind that if your dog gets lost or runs away you can find them
Over-exertion: be careful not to over-exert your dog, particularly with puppies.

While physical activity is important, you need to be mindful of your dogs’ limits.

In Chapter 1-15: Puppy exercise we discussed that in the context of puppies.

In the next chapter, Over-exertion, we will talk about over-exertion risks more generally with adult dogs.

Physical activity needs can vary between breeds and individual dogs, although what standards you normalize can play a large role.

Different dog breeds, ages, and personalities can require widely different levels of activity. A 7-year-old Bernese Mountain Dog might be perfectly happy with a daily neighborhood walk, while a 6-month-old Australian Shepherd is going to need to run laps for an hour every day.

In Section 6 we will explore breed-to-breed variation in activity needs.

In Chapter 6-5 we will talk about intra-breed puppy energy variation.

It is worth noting, however, that what you normalize can play a larger role than many owners realize. A dog whose only exercise is a short daily walk might initially be destructive and anxious with pent-up energy, especially as a puppy, but over time that low level of activity will become normal to them.

Just because they can get used to that however does not mean they should. They are still living a shadow of the life they should be. Their mental acuity will atrophy, they will gradually develop depression (which many owners won’t even notice), and their lives be shorter and less healthy.

The bottom line is that regardless of what you can ‘get away with,’ you should do your best to give your dog as much physical activity as you’re able to. It is a wonderful gift.

The benefits of physical activity: getting your dog enough physical activity gifts them a longer, happier, healthier life, and makes behavioral work with them much easier

There are at least three benefits to getting your dog enough physical activity:

  1. They live longer, healthier lives. Recent research has consistently shown that dogs with higher levels of regular physical activity tend to live much longer and have fewer overall health problems. To learn more about the topic, we highly recommend the book The Forever Dog[referral link] by Rodney Habib and Karen Shaw Becker.
  1. Behavioral training gets a lot easier. Pent-up energy makes it much harder for them focus on a task and maintain self-control, setting you up for failure when you ask them to do things like Sit-Stay, Settle, and Recall. The more their energy needs have been met, the easier it is for them to focus on you, listen to you, and control their impulses to obey you.

    Note however there is an ‘ideal tiredness’ for most dogs to be receptive to training: exercised enough to be able to focus on you, but not over-tired such that they struggle with problem-solving (imagine yourself: paying attention in class and learning new concepts can be harder after exhausting physical exertion).

  1. They are happier! Regular physical activity is critical to a dog’s joy and fulfillment. Hopefully, you – like most owners – want to give your dog a happy, enriching life. Per Chapter 3-0: Introduction: 12 basic needs you have to meet, you certainly have a moral and ethical obligation to. Dogs have a lot of physical energy that they need to get out, and they love doing so. To be a responsible dog owner, you should give them that.
In contrast, if a dog has too much pent-up energy, they will grow destructive and/or depressed

Negative consequences to not getting your dog enough physical activity:

  1. Anxiety – a dog with excess pent-up energy can be more prone to reactivity and general anxiety
  1. Destructiveness – dogs often try to relieve their anxiety and pent-up energy by chewing on furniture, going bathroom in the house, or engaging in other destructive or manic behavior
  1. Depression – eventually, an under-stimulated dog may get used to the situation, and sink into depression. Dogs can sleep more than humans, but should not be sleeping all day, every day.

Technically, chewtoy training, as laid out in the Chapter on that topic, can be used as an outlet to mitigate these symptoms, in the same way that your dog can be trained to eventually adapt to perpetual under-exertion. Just because you can use training to get your dogs used to limited physical activity however does not mean you should. As should be clear from the benefits above, even if you can avoid these negative consequences, you still owe it to your dog to get them appropriate levels of physical activity.

Chapter 3-2: Over-exertion

“Oh yeah Suzie, my 6-month old poodle, loves running with me, we do about 6 miles a day”

“[to a French Bulldog laying down after 3 hours walking in the city] Come on Brutus! Let’s go!”

As covered in the previous chapter, physical activity is incredibly important for a healthy, happy, well-behaved dog. At the same time however, as we touched on in Chapter 1-15: Puppy exercise and over-exertion, you must be careful not to over-exert your dog, particularly puppies.

While physical activity is critical to a dog’s health and well-being, they do have physical limits. Exceeding them has negative health consequences.

Like humans, dogs have physical limits. In the rest of this chapter, we lay out:

  • How those limits can vary from dog to dog, based on breed and age
  • The consequences of exceeding those limits
Dogs are often not good at self-regulating; their excitement or desire to follow you can lead them to over-exert themselves without signaling their fatigue.

You need to be mindful of your dogs’ limits, because they often won’t be mindful of it on their own. Dogs’ loyalty, love of play, and ‘pack’ inclination mean that many dogs – especially the most well-trained ones with the closest dog-owner relationships – will follow you as long as you walk, run, or play even if it takes them well past their limits.

Some dogs will realize and indicate when they are tired or sore, but many of them are not good at that self-regulation, depending on the circumstances.

Young puppies are especially prone to physical over-exertion and its negative consequences. Normal levels of activity for an adult dog can be harmful to young puppies.

Owners must be particularly aware of age-appropriate levels of activity for puppies, at each stage of their development.

Unfortunately, many owners are unaware of puppy limits, and unthinkingly exceed them as a result. Taking a 3-mile hike with an 10-week-old puppy can be extremely deleterious to their growth and development, even if they are perfectly happy at the time.

We run through age-appropriate levels of activity and how to avoid puppy over-exertion in a dedicated chapter, Chapter 1-15.

Even among adult dogs, the extent to which owners need to be mindful of over-exertion depends heavily on their breed/build. You should familiarize yourself with appropriate activity levels for your breed.

Your dog’s build heavily influences how wary you must be of over-exertion. Some dogs are simply built better for extended periods of intense physical activity than others.

For example, adult dogs from working lines of high-activity breeds, like herding shepherds or gundogs, are unlikely to be able to over-exert themselves in any normal owner’s lifestyle (just don’t run a marathon every day – see below).

Lower-activity breeds however, like many Toy Breeds or any brachycephalic breeds, can easily injure themselves from excess physical activity. If you’re going for a 3-hour walk around the city with your Pomeranian or French Bulldog, you should carry them for much of that time, ensure they are kept cool, and not rely on them to indicate discomfort.

All owners should therefore familiarize themselves with what the appropriate activity limits are for their dog. You can figure this out through a combination of:

  • Asking your breeder
  • Reaching out to your breed club, if there is one for your breed
  • Talking to a local trainer who has met your dog
Regularity and conditioning matter: a sedentary life with rare bouts of extreme activity is more likely to cause harm than a life of regular activity.

As with humans, dogs need conditioning. A dog that goes on 3-mile hikes a few times a week is much less likely to be injured by a 10-mile hike on vacation than a dog that is otherwise sedentary.

The more sedentary your dog is, the more mindful you have to be of over-exertion.

Running with humans – where they have to keep an abnormal (for dogs) pace – is much more strenuous for dogs than running on their own.

Running with your dog is a great way to meet your and your dog’s physical activity needs at the same time. Note however that keeping pace with humans is much more strenuous for your dog than running on their own: most dogs’ natural gait is much faster than ours. A human running speed can be awkward for dogs because it can be faster than their walking pace, but slower than their slowest trot. They also have no ability to pause and self-regulate when needed; they have to keep pace.

As a result, most dogs have to strain their muscles carefully to keep pace with a running human. That tires their muscles faster than running at their natural pace.

A working line border collie, for example, can happily run the equivalent of multiple marathons every day on their own through fields, but running a marathon every day with you their owner could potentially put excessive strain on their joints.

As such, if you wish to run with your dog, you should start with a short distance – half a mile – and gradually work your way up. In terms of ‘maximum limit, we unfortunately have not seen any conclusive research done on the effects of regular human-pace running on dog joint development that could indicate a clear benchmark for appropriate daily running distances. For now, we would be hesitant to recommend running anything more than a few miles a day with your dog.

Regular over-exertion, particularly in puppies, can cause serious long-term joint problems.

For adult dogs, regular over-exertion can increase the risk of developing joint problems later in life. Joint problems, due to a combination of lifestyle, nutrition, and poor breeding practices, are sadly endemic among companion dogs. They severely limit the quality of life in older and even middle-aged dogs, both leaving them in constant pain and preventing them from doing the things that bring them joy.

For puppies, the same risk is even more severe. Puppies are easier to over-exert, and the consequences of doing so are greater as their muscles are still developing. A puppy whose owners take them on adult-length activities – whether play, walking, or hiking – has a much increased risk of developing joint issues in mid-life. See Chapter 1-15 for more discussion on appropriate levels of puppy activity and the consequences of exceeding them.

Even at healthy amounts of exercise, and even in mild weather, activity-based over-heating is a serious risk to dogs.

Even if you have not pushed your dog past their physical limits, the wrong set of circumstances can lead to activity-based heat injury, due to the limited ability of dogs to cool themselves (relative to humans). In Chapter 4-1: Overheating we will explore this consideration in much more depth.

Chapter 3-3: Need for social time with other dogs

In this chapter, we talk about the significant potential benefits of time spent with other dogs, assuming your dog (and her playmates) are well-socialized and friendly to one another.

Puppies require careful socialization with other dogs to avoid becoming reactive!

As we covered in Chapter 1-4, socializing your dog with other dogs, particularly at an early age, will help them learn and maintain proper intra-dog etiquette and make them less reactive to other dogs, allowing them to spend time with other dogs without causing stress or conflict.

As we lay out in that chapter, dog-dog reactivity is a tremendous risk to other people and dogs, and as such all puppy owners must properly socialize their dog with other dogs.

This is an important topic, and we treat it in much more detail in Chapter 1-2 and Chapter 1-4.

For adult dogs that are not reactive, we recommend regular playtime with other dogs, ideally once a week or more.

Dogs are extremely social animals, even moreso than humans. As we will discuss in the next chapter, Need for company, much of that need can be met through human engagement. Other dogs however provide a type of connection and social interaction we cannot. As we have seen several times already, and will discuss further in Section 4, canines and primates have very different social signals, verbal and non-verbal cues, social structures, physical and mental needs, etc. As a result, the company of other dogs can provide a type of physical, mental, and social stimulation that humans cannot.

The current research on exactly what your dog needs in terms of interaction with other dogs is inconclusive. What is clear however is that healthy social time with other well-socialized dogs provides great joy and is a wonderful source of both physical and emotional exertion. As such, we recommend that you give your dog a chance to play with other dogs at least once a week, for at least 20 minutes at a time.

Dog-dog social time provides physical activity, mental stimulation, and valuable socialization. It is one of the most time-efficient ways to meet your dog’s many needs.

Regular doggie social time provides several benefits:

  1. Physical activity – as discussed in Chapter 3-1, dog-dog play is very high intensity, and provides a wonderfully efficient route to meeting their physical activity needs.
  1. Mental stimulation & Problem-solving – dog play involves navigating complex, dynamic social structures by reading and projecting a range of non-verbal signals. That is fantastic for getting them to use their brain and think through what they’re observing.
  1. Dog-dog socialization – as we covered in Chapter 1-4, puppies require careful socialization with other dogs to learn how to accurately read and appropriately send social signals. That is critical to avoiding reactivity and allowing your dog to interact with other dogs in a safe and fulfilling fashion. See that chapter for how to go about initial socialization; even after that however, it is important to maintain that socialization throughout the years through regular, healthy inter-dog interactions.

All of that can be achieved in a mere 30 minute play session!

As you can see, dog-dog play time is a very time-efficient means of meeting a wide range of your dog’s basic needs.

You should only engage in dog-dog social time if your dog is not reactive. If you have a reactive dog, you should avoid proximity to other dogs except in well-controlled training scenarios.

As discussed in the dedicated chapter, Socialization with & reactivity to other dogs, sadly many, many dogs are reactive towards other dogs. They were poorly socialized with other dogs as puppies, and as a result are fearful of and aggressive towards other dogs.

As we covered in that chapter, those dogs can often, in principle, be rehabilitated through careful effort and by working with a trainer specializing the reactivity. Most such dogs can reach a point where they at least can safely tolerate the company of other dogs, even if they never get to a place where they enjoy it.

Regardless, if you have a reactive dog, you should try to avoid bringing your dog into proximity with other dogs, except during dedicated, specifically-designed reactivity-training scenarios. Doing so will cause your dog anxiety – thereby deepening their reactivity – and create a risk of violent confrontation that can harm both dogs and people.

You should work on reactivity, which will eventually involve exposing your dogs to other dogs – such as, at first, from a distance. That is fine, when done deliberately, under the guidance of a trainer, and in a controlled situation that you are prepared for (see Chapter 1-4).

Outside of those training scenarios however, do not bring a reactive dog into the company of other dogs, period. It is appalling how frequently we see owners bringing their obviously reactive dogs to dog parks, where they are constantly lashing out at other dogs out of fear.

Recognizing healthy vs. unhealthy play
You should only organize playdates with other sufficiently well-socialized dogs.

Similarly, assuming your own dog is well socialized, you should only arrange playdates with other reasonably well-socialized dogs. Even if they’re not entirely reactive, poorly socialized dogs have not learned how to accurately read or project the many nuanced social signals dogs have. That creates three problems:

  • Risk of violent conflict – miscommunication can lead to a fight breaking out out of nowhere, even among dogs that are otherwise great together.
  • Teaches bad habits – your dog can only learn appropriate social signals from other dogs that know appropriate social signals; a poorly socialized dog will only confuse your dog and make it harder for them to learn.
  • Risks making your dog reactive – a reactive or poorly socialized dog will send your dog mixed signals, causing confusion and anxiety. That can start to make your dog fearful of other dogs. An unexpected violent outburst, even if it only happens once, can make your dog reactive (remember, dogs are single-event learners, as we covered in Chapter 2-11).
Dog Parks: Be wary of dog parks; we recommend avoiding them.

Given the above two bullets, it should be clear that dog parks are not the ideal environment to bring your dog for social play time. You simply cannot know the other dogs and owners there, and there will almost certainly be one or more reactive dogs. That creates all the problems laid out in the previous bullet. Indeed, the risks above are greatest in a dog park, where there are many dogs are around, creating added chaos, confusion, and anxiety for your dog if things get out of hand.

We cover the topic of dog parks further in Chapter 1-4. The bottom line is that dog parks are risky environments to bring your dog. 95% of the time they may be fine, but even a 1 in 20 event can make your dog permanently reactive to other dogs.

Instead, try to find well-socialized dogs that your dog gets along with, and arrange occasional playdates with them. You’ll find that many owners out there will be looking for the same thing. There are several easy avenues for finding those owners:

  • Local dog owner forums, such as on Facebook; often these are breed-specific, but there’s no need to stay limited to your own breed in finding playmates
  • Other owners at any local training classes you take
  • Other dogs you see being walked in your neighborhood – don’t be afraid to ask owners if they’d be interested in a playdate sometime
  • ‘Pack hikes’ with local dog walkers, but only those that specifically vet dogs for reactivity and monitor the interactions between dogs

We cover these in more detail in Chapter 1-4.

Dog Daycares: Similarly, be careful of daycares. Properly run ones administered by trainers can be perfectly acceptable, but many daycares are understaffed, have no trainers present to separate out and mediate dog-dog interactions, and do not provide enough space for dogs to be appropriately isolated. If you find a well-staffed, trainer-run daycare, expect to compensate them appropriately.

Daycares can often be very similar environments to dog parks, or even worse: there are more dogs, fewer people, no owner (you) for your dog to retreat to for comfort, and nowhere for your dog to escape from anxiety-provoking situations. As a result, dog daycares can, for many dogs, at best, breed bad behavioral habits (such as barking) and at worst lead to reactivity.

As such, we recommend that you be very careful when considering a daycare. There are dog daycares out there that are staffed with professional trainers who know how to ensure constructive play, how to handle and segregate reactive dogs, and how to avoid developing bad behaviors. In those cases, a daycare can potentially be a good solution for meeting your dog’s daily social and activity needs if you are not able to be home with them.

Given the risks however, you need to vet daycares fairly carefully. Here are a few things you should look for:

  • Do they have professional trainers on staff and present at all times?
  • Do they identify reactive dogs? How? If so, how do they manage them?
  • How do they manage resource guarding?
  • Do they have both indoor and outdoor space? Do they have spaces for dogs to retreat to if they need a nap?
  • How many dogs do they take, in how much space?

See how the daycare answers those questions to help you judge whether they are thoughtful about ensuring good training and habit development among their dogs, and controlling reactivity. When in doubt, as always, observe your dog:

  • How are they developing after their first few days at a daycare? Are they developing new, bad habits? Are they becoming more wary of other dogs?
  • Is your dog excited to go to daycare? Or are they nervous? Watch their body language (Section 4)
  • At daycare, is your dog confidently greeting and interacting with other dogs, or is she finding a quiet place to hide away?

If you notice your dog developing even modest reactivity after even one day of daycare, stop immediately. Reactivity can develop quickly, and is difficult to untrain!

Chapter 3-4: Need for company

“Oh yeah spot has no problem being left at home for 7, 8 hours a day”

“Yeah I’m home all day but Suzie really disrupts my work so I just keep her downstairs while I work upstairs”

Modern life creates a tricky conflict: many owners cannot be home with their dog much of the day, but dogs are acutely social animals that require company. In this chapter we discuss your social responsibility to your dog, and ways you can meet it.

Dogs are highly social creatures. While they can be trained to be left alone all day every day, that does not mean you should! You should not leave them without human company that long and that regularly!

All dogs require regular company. They are intensely social animals and, as we discussed in Chapter 1-12: Separation anxiety, being left alone causes them stress and neglects one of their most basic, profound needs. Leaving your dog alone for prolonged periods on a daily basis is probably the best way to create a depressed or destructive dog.

Good separation anxiety training (Chapter 1-12) makes your dog able to be home alone for 5+ hours at a time, but just because you can leave them alone does not mean you should. Social time is incredibly important to dogs – leaving them alone neglects that need. If you watch your dogs on an in-home camera, what do they do when left alone? Most of the time, they lay down and sleep, awaiting your return. It hardly provides them with a rich, fulfilling life.

We recommend:

  • After appropriate separation anxiety training (Chapter 1-12), your dog should be able to be left alone for 5+ hours at a time on occasion
  • You should not however leave your dog home alone on a daily basis for more than 3-4 hours at a time

While many owners leave their dogs home alone all day and perceive that there is ‘no problem,’ it risks two common issues:

  • Depression – even if your dog adapts and/or is trained to being left home alone all day, they can gradually grow depressed, whether their owner realizes they are or not
  • Barking and Destructiveness – a dog left home alone all day is more likely to start destroying furniture, peeing in the house, or barking frantically for minutes or hours. These behaviors are not only a nuisance to you and your neighbors, they reflect deep anxiety in your dog

Even if it didn’t cause depression or destructive behaviors, dogs really do need the company of others; leaving them alone for 8 hours a day, 5 days a week is not a rich, fulfilling life for a dog.

Of course, not every owner or family can be home with their dog during the day; if you’re in that boat don’t worry, later in this chapter we will suggest some solutions.

In addition to being physically present, you also need to actually interact with your dog. Your dog is not furniture, purely there for the occasional cuddle!! When you’re home, make time to train, play with, or otherwise engage with your dog!

You can think of two ‘modes’ of human company:

  • Passive: being physically present – simply being nearby, either yourself or other people your dog is familiar with
  • Active: interacting with your dog – actually engaging with your dog, either playing or training with them

In the latter case, you don’t need to be actively interacting with your dog for hours every day. You simply need to occasionally engage with them. Remember our introductory chapter “Dogs are not furniture”!

Throughout the day, make some time for occasional play sessions and training sessions. These create a wide range of benefits including:

  • Deepening your relationship with your dog
  • Improving their behavior, self-control, and obedience
  • Providing them physical and mental stimulation

Perhaps most importantly, it should be fun and energizing for you! What, after all, is the point of having a dog that you don’t interact with? Again, dogs are not furniture!

Playing or working with your dog a couple times a day, such as in the morning and evening before and after work, should be sufficient and achievable.

Human company does not have to always be you personally; your dog just needs to be around people she is familiar and comfortable with.

Most people cannot stay home every day with their dog, they have to go to offices that are not dog-friendly. Fortunately, your dog does not necessarily need you to get human company.

As long as you arrange for your dog to spend time with someone she is familiar and comfortable with, that is sufficient. That could be, for example:

  • Another member of your family, such as the kids when they come home from school
  • A friend or neighbor who works from home or is retired
  • A regular dog walker you hire to come by the house once a day and ideally spend at least 30-60 minutes with your dog (not just take them out for a pee)
  • ‘Pack hikes’ – dog walkers that pick up your dog and take them on a trail with other (non-reactive) dogs

What about daycares? As we discussed in Chapter 3-3, we recommend caution with daycares, for the same reasons that we do not recommend dog parks. There are exceptions however, as we cover in that chapter, for daycares that follow appropriate best practices. See that chapter for details.

‘Quiet time’/alone time is OK – dogs should have a quiet, safe space they can sequester themselves into.

While dogs will always prefer that you are home, that they know where you are and that you are nearby, that doesn’t necessarily mean they always want to be in the same room as you.

You should make sure your dog has access to some quiet space in the house or apartment, such as room that is infrequently, or a crate that is somewhere quiet. There are at least three situations you want them to be able to use that space:

  • When they’re over-stimulated. If you’ve done proper Crate Training (Ch. 1-8) and Chewtoy Training (Ch. 1-7), your dog will hopefully learn how to self-sooth and sequester themselves when they are over-stimulated.
  • When they want a quiet nap. Humans are noisy – we watch TV, talk on Zoom calls, walk around, and generally tap-tap away on our computers. Sometimes a dog just needs a quiet place to rest.
  • When they’re scared. Again proper Crate Training (Ch. 1-8) should make the crate a safe bastion, a sanctuary for them. If something scares them – like a visitor or noise – you want them to have a safe place they can hide away in.

Chapter 3-5: Need for open-ended exploration

“Oh Sally gets plenty of outdoor time, we take her to the dog park almost every day”

“When we’re on walks I let Suzie sniff to her heart’s content, but then I still have to drag her along when we need to go”

Dogs need more than physical exertion, they also need mental stimulation. In Chapters 3-6: Need for behavioral training and 3-7: Need for occupation we will talk about more traditional, ‘formal’ forms of mental occupation for your dog. In this chapter, however, we will first emphasize the importance of self-directed exploration as a means to both expend your dogs energy, satisfy their need for mental stimulation, foster both their problem-solving skills and curiosity (and hence adaptability, and, not least of all, provide them with joy and fulfillment.

Dogs’ strong olfactory sense makes scent exploration extremely mentally stimulating for them.

As we mentioned in this section’s introduction, and will dive deeper into later in Chapter 4-4, dogs have a much stronger and more nuanced sense of smell than humans. To them – particularly if you’ve encouraged them to develop the sense – the world is a kaleidoscope of hundreds of overlapping scents, flowing like criss-crossing rivers through space and time. They ‘see’ a vivid, nuanced world that can be hard for us to even imagine.

Exploring that beautiful world is wonderful for their brain and enjoyment. Processing all that sensory information, figuring out and understanding different scents – distinguishing the familiar from the novel – and tracking their paths and origins is some extremely enjoyable detective work.

The more they use their nose, the better they get at it. As they learn to use their nose better and better, whether through independent exploration or through dedicated Scent Work (see Appendix 2-1), they will find scent-based exploration more and more exhilarating and stimulating. They will start to think through scents more, distinguishing and investigating them in more detail.

Open-ended, scent-based exploration, such as off-leash walks or formal scent work helps provide tremendous enrichment for your dog!

As we come back to again and again, dogs are not primates (cf. Aside #4); we have to look at the world through their eyes – or noses. We humans are visual creatures, we are perfectly entertained watching TV or reading a book, or even looking out the window and wondering. In contrast, dogs have an olfactory orientation – they need that stimulus as much as we need visual stimulus. Throughout nearly their entire evolution, dogs have, even in human company, spent their time in nature, free to explore the wide range of scents out there, to see the world through those ‘eyes.’ In many cases, we have even bred dogs to highlight that capacity (cf. Section 6).

To live an enriching life, dogs need the opportunity to explore the world, independently, through their nose. Not giving them that is robbing them of one of the most satisfying experiences of their lives.

If you don’t do that for your dog, will they act out or cause problems? No. More likely than not they won’t even know what their missing. But as we highlighted in this Section’s introduction, your obligation to your dog goes beyond survival needs. You are responsible for giving your dog a good life – and don’t you want to? If you don’t, why even get a dog? If you don’t give your dog a chance to explore scents independently, you’re robbing them of a great opportunity for joy.

You should give your dog regular opportunities – at least a couple times a week – for open-ended exploration. That could take many forms, depending on your circumstances.

You need to give your dog regular weekly opportunities to independently explore. Fortunately, that can be achieved many ways. Below is a list of a few options you can can consider, many of which nicely overlap with other needs, saving you time. You don’t need to stick to this list however, just follow the underlying concept: your dog needs the chance to explore novel scents on her own, using her nose to detect and her brain to think through them.

Activities for encouraging use of nose

  • Off-leash hikes, such as in the woods. 30-60 minutes of hiking at least 3 times a week
    • Overlaps with other needs: high-intensity physical activity, total physical activity, independent problem-solving, and (situational) socialization
  • Scent work, for 15 minutes every day (Appx. 2-1: Dog Sports)
    • Overlaps with other needs: work/training and independent problem-solving
  • Nature-backed yard access, providing fresh scents and tracks daily
  • Sniff-aris, such as loose-leash (ideally long-line) walks in your area. Let it be dog-led; see below for detail
    • Overlaps with other needs: total physical activity, independent problem-solving, and (situational) socialization
Different types of walk may seem similar to us, but for our dogs they can serve very different needs. A structured walk in your neighborhood does not satisfy the same needs as a hike in the woods, and vice versa.

Hopefully, the discussion above has disabused you of a common misconception amongst dog owners, particularly those in urban areas: not all walks are the same. Taking your dog for a tightly controlled on-leash walk around your block can be good for their obedience training and habit development, but it does not satisfy their need for open-ended exploration.

One way to think of walks is as falling into three categories:

Three types of walk

  • Structured walks: walks where the dog has a job – to follow you.

    These are on-leash walks, where your dog is not allowed to explore whatever they want. For them, this is work time, not play time. To start, these are ‘loose leash’ walks: your dog should be on a 3-6 foot leash, and it should be loose. They should not be constantly pulling or tugging, trying to go explore different things. They should be focused on you and and following along with you.

    Perhaps unsurprisingly, teaching your dog ‘loose leash’ walking is actually one of the most difficult behaviors to train; your dog after all wants nothing more than to explore all the amazing scents she’s walking through. We cover training this behavior in Chapter 2-28. Eventually, you may start to train Heel (Appendix 2-5), and even more challenging behavior.

    Note that these structured walks can help satisfy their need for occupation, as long as they’re also paired with sufficient open-exploration time (otherwise, they will just grow frustrated).

  • Sniff-aris: On-leash walks, even in urban areas, that are dog-led.

    Unlike structured walks, which are ‘work time,’ sniff-aris are about exploration. In structured walks, your dog must follow you. On sniff-aris, you follow them.

    In urban environments obviously that can be tricky, but to the extent possible you should let your dog find and follow scents. Try to keep up with them, using a longer leash and jogging as needed. Ideally, you don’t want to be halting or slowing your dog – they should feel free to explore. This type of walk satisfies their need for open-ended exploration.

    Note that if you can provide off-leashing hikes (next bullet), you really never need to do sniff-aris. But if you are city-bound and really can’t find an off-leash area, try to find a local park or other neighborhood where you can let your dog explore.

  • Off-leash or long-line nature hikes: these are the ideal experiences for meeting their mental and physical needs. As discussed, the ability to independently explore scents, distinguishing them and tracking their sources, will satisfy and tire their brains. Off-leash hikes pull double duty by giving them ample physical exertion as well, letting them run to their heart’s content. There are a couple of important caveats however.

    First, you cannot just let an untrained dog off-leash. Your dog needs to be taught how to behave off-leash. We get into this in more depth in Chapter 2-29: Off-leash requirements.

    Second, off-leash dog parks do not count. At dog parks, your dog will be focused on running around and playing with other dogs. While that can satisfy their physical and social needs, it doesn’t do anything for open-ended exploration. Even if they could explore in theory, in practice there are far too many distractions.

As you can see, structured walks are great for training but don’t replace a need for open-ended exploration. Fortunately, even if you don’t have any nature hikes nearby you can simulate the experience with urban sniff-aris.

Do not mix different types of walk; you need to teach your dog clear delineations between ‘business time’ and ‘fun time.’

Most owners unfortunately muddle these different types of walk, particularly the first two. They’ll take their dog on an errand, which should be business time (a structured walk) where they stick close to you, but let their dog wander occasionally and investigate things.

While that might seem innocent, that ambiguous behavior on your part commits one of our cardinal training sins: inconsistency. Sometimes, for practical and safety purposes, you need your dog to be in ‘business mode,’ sticking close to you, such as in crowds or when running errands. Other times, you will want your dog to be able to go and explore and satisfy their mental needs. It is important that you clearly distinguish what ‘mode’ you are in to your dog. Any behavior involving duration should have a clear beginning and end. You want to remain consistent in what behavior is and isn’t allowed in each mode. As we come back to throughout this Primer, consistency is critical to your dog’s learning. They learn – like humans – by picking up patterns. When the patterns and rules are ambiguous, that becomes difficult, their learning goes more slowly, and their behavior becomes less consistent.

In practice, that means doing two things:

  1. Distinguish different ‘modes’ of walk with clear indicators to your dog. That could be using a different leash for different types of walk, using a verbal cue to indicate the type of walk, or even wearing a certain hat or shoe. You body language will also play a big role. The more indicators you can provide, the easier it will be for your dog to learn.
  1. Be extremely consistent in what you do and don’t allow in each type of walk. If you are in a structured walk, independent exploration is never allowed. If you are on a sniff-ari, you should, to the extent that safety permits, almost never reign in or slow your dog (on sniff-aris, you follow them). That might be hard: maybe you’re running an errand but you are fine with your dog exploring, and you feel badly not letting them. Don’t fall into that trap – remember you are the parent, you need to guide them, and that means being consistent. If you want to give them a chance to explore, do that before or after your structured walk, clearing differentiating the two ‘phases.’ After is best, since the un-structured sniff-ari acts as a ‘reward’ for the structured work-time.
Take your dog places with you! It is is great for them

As a final note, we encourage you to take your dog out with you – when you go shopping, visiting friends, or attending dog-friendly events. Even if you’re always home and you have a huge yard backing onto public woods, you shouldn’t just leave your dog home all the time. Different environments offer new smells, new people and creatures, new problems to solve.

Not only is it stimulating for your dog, it also helps teach them how to behave in new contexts, making it a lot easier for you to do things with them. This dovetails with our earlier discussion of socialization Basics.

It’s not a requirement, just a piece of advice. When you can reasonably take your dog with you somewhere, go for it!

Chapter 3-6: Need for behavioral training

“Oh we haven’t really had time to train, but that’s fine we’re not really into that”

“She knows a couple of tricks but she’s not the brightest dog so we haven’t really done much with training”

In Section 2: Core Training Concepts we covered how to train your dog. In this chapter, we emphasize why that is so critically important.

What it is: ‘Behavioral training’ is teaching your dog both to trust you, to listen to you, and how to behave in different situations.

Recall one of the main themes of Section 1: in your relationship with your dog, you are the ‘parent,’ you have a broader context on nearly every situation that your dog lacks. That means:

  • Your dog needs to learn to trust you when you ask them to do something
  • You need to learn that your dog doesn’t automatically know the right way to behave, you have to teach them

In a moment we’ll talk about why that dynamic, and training in general, is so important, for you and the dog. First however, let’s remind you what behavioral training is. Consolidating what we covered in Section 2 and Section 1, where we went into more detail, we could think of ‘behavioral training’ in two buckets:

  1. Errorless behaviors – using errorless training techniques to teach your dog to understand the distinction between acceptable and unacceptable behaviors in different contexts. These include things like:
    • Not peeing indoors, even at friends’ houses
    • Not stealing food
    • Not chewing furniture
    • Not jumping on guests
    • Not barking at strangers
    • Threshold training (not crossing your house or yard threshold without permission)
    • Not panicking when you’re not at home (separation anxiety training)

    See Section 1 for much more on these sorts of topics.

  1. Obedience & Trick commands – teaching your dog to trust you and to do what you ask them to do. These include ‘tricks’ like:
    • Sit-Stay and Down-Stay – going into a Sit or Down instantly on command, and staying until you give them a release command
    • Place or Settle – going to a spot you point to and chilling out there until you give them a release command
    • Tuck – while you’re sitting, lay down under your seat and settle until you give them a release command
    • Give/Drop It – give you a toy or something else they are holding
    • Leave It – ignore/walk away from something they are sniffing, approaching, chewing, eating, or licking
    • Recall (Come) – stop whatever they are doing and return to you
    • Heel – coming to your side and walking alongside you

    See Section 2 for much more on these sorts of topics.

Each of those behaviors, and how to properly train them, we cover in depth in separate chapters. For now, however, you should be able to see the theme: behavioral training is about teaching your dog to (a) trust and listen to you, and (b) how to behave appropriately in various situations.

Why it matters: behavioral training makes life enormously better for both you and your dog.

Behavioral training such as above produces a wide range of benefits for both you and your dog:

  • Keeps them safe – well-trained obedience commands, giving you single-word emergency control over your dog’s behavior, can mean the difference between life and death for your dog. Consider a few scenarios:
    • Your dog’s leash breaks during a walk and they run into the street. A “Sit” command stops them in their tracks, letting you get to them before they get into harm.
    • Your toddler starts running away while you’re out and you drop your coffee – and the dog’s leash – trying to catch them. A “Settle” command keeps your dog from freaking or running around, letting you secure the toddler without having to worry about your dog.
    • Your neighbors accidentally leave your yard gate open and your dog is outside for hours. Good threshold training prevents her from running out into the street that entire time.
  • Builds trust – a deep, collaborative relationship with your dog starts with getting them to trust you: trusting that you are in charge, that you know what you’re doing. Behavioral training gets them in the habit of looking to you whenever they are unsure of what to do.
  • Builds handler-focus – trust has an added benefit: handler-focus. By getting them in the habit of looking to you for guidance, they will be checking in with you and paying attention to you more generally. That makes it easier to get them to listen when you need to give them commands.
  • Deepens your relationship – as implied in our comments on trust and handler-focus, behavioral commands teach your dog to work with you. When they listen to you and follow your instructions, good things happen and they feel good.
  • Better behaviors, less nuisance – behavioral training is what produces a ‘well-behaved dog,’ in two senses:
    • Passively – having been taught by you, your dog automatically behaves appropriately in a wide range of situations. Example: you take your dog to a restaurant, and they know to calmly ‘Tuck’ under your seat.
    • Actively – your dog listens to your commands, so that you have verbal control when they are at risk of misbehaving or don’t know what to do. Example: you go to the house of a friend who has a cat; when the dog goes to chase the cat, you give them a Sit command and a Settle command, and they do so.

    We promise, that can produce a massive quality of life improvement for you, the owner. You’ll be able to take your dog more places, worry about them less, and generally deal with fewer negative consequences (like chewed furniture, or barking while you’re not at home).

  • Reduces their stress/Gives them a sense of security – much like Socialization, behavioral training makes your dog more comfortable, as opposed to stressed, in a wide range of situations. That happens in two ways: first, they know what to do more often; second, even when they don’t know what to do, they know that you are in control and will tell them if need be, so they don’t have to worry.
  • Uses their energy – as we’ll cover in Chapter 3-7, training satisfies your dog’s need for mental stimulation, and tires them out quickly. 15 minutes of training can be as good as 45 minutes of fetch for burning (although, per the Section 3 Introduction, these satisfy different needs, so you will always need a mix of both).
  • Builds their intelligence and problem-solving capacity – as we cover in Chapter 2-7, your dog doesn’t speak English (or any human language), so figuring out what you want them to do and doing it on command takes a lot of thinking on their part! That is great for the development of the mental faculties.

Those are just a few of the benefits of training – we highlight even more in Section 2 – needless to say, training is well worth the investment of time and effort.

How often to do it: Behavioral training should be part of your daily routine with your dog. Carve out at least 15 minutes a day for dedicated training sessions, in addition to carrying a ‘training mindset’ through all your interactions.

Getting your dog to listen to your commands, particularly as a puppy, can initially feel like an impossible endeavor. At first, they might not listen to you at all, blowing off even simple commands like Sit, let alone advanced ones like Heel and Recall. As we cover in Section 2 and Section 1, you will see tremendous, consistent progress if you commit to working on it a little bit every day.

That should take two forms:

  1. Dedicated obedience training sessions, a minimum of 15 minutes per day (age depending). Every day you should take at least 15 minutes to work with your puppy or adult dog on obedience commands, following the techniques we lay out in Section 2, or that you can find in any of the excellent external resources out there (see link to further resources). Each day you should be gradually working on increasing the quality, responsiveness, and duration of the commands they already know, as well as one by one introducing new commands.

    We talk about these sessions and how to run them in more detail in Chapter 2-18.

    If you do just that bit of work every day, you will see steady, consistent progressed, and will be amazed and the quality-of-life improvement. Note that 15 minutes a day is a minimum – if you can manage to spare more time, progress will only be faster. The more you put in, the more you’ll get out. Over time, of course, this demand relaxes: once your dog is at a level where you are happy with her behavior and obedience, you don’t really need to do daily work. A couple sessions a week to maintain positive reinforcement of the behaviors and commands should be sufficient.

    Local obedience classes from reputable trainers – such as those taught by local rescues – can be a great place to learn and improve your technique. Just remember: classes and trainers are best used to teach you how to train your dog, not just train the dog directly. A trainer can teach your dog perfect recall if you spend enough money with them, but (a) the dog won’t listen to you if you don’t do the same work with them, and (b) if you don’t maintain that training, the behavior will rapidly extinguish.

    One more very important caveat on training classes: there are, unfortunately, a lot of obedience classes that use out-dated techniques, such as alpha dominance training, that have been proven not only ineffective but harmful to your dog’s training and their relationship to you. Refer to the later Chapter, Classes and professional trainers, for tips on how to find an appropriate trainer to work with.

    As a final note, bear in mind age when approaching training sessions. As we cover in Chapter 2-18 and Chapter 2-26, puppies have more limited attention and patience than adult dogs. As we discuss in Ch. 2-18, training should be fun, and that means not pushing it too long. As we talk about in Ch. 2-26, training sessions with puppies should be shorter and less formal.

  1. Being consistent across all your interactions – training doesn’t just happen during training sessions. Every time you interact with your dog you are training them, whether you intend to or not. As we get into in more depth in the Chapter Associative learning: Operant and Classical Conditioning , you have to learn to pay attention to both your dogs behavior and how you, often subconsciously, respond to it.

    Furthermore, if you only pay attention to training during formal training sessions, you not only miss out on consistent reinforcement (see Chapter 2-2), but your dog also won’t generalize cues or behaviors (see Chapter 2-17). It is critically important that training does not happen only in dedicated sessions!

    We talk more about this concept in Chapter 2-18: Training sessions.

Go slow: start easy and gradually work your way to more difficult behaviors.

As we mentioned in the previous bullet, it is important to go slowly. Again, we cover this more in Section 2: Core Training Concepts and Section 1: Puppy Phases, but it is worth reiterating here. The slower you go, the faster you’ll make progress. The way your dog’s brain works, getting ‘wins’ – successfully following a command correctly, and being praised and rewarded for that – produces faster learning. Trying to teach your dog too many or too advanced behaviors, such that they can’t get it right and can’t figure out what to do, will just lead to them getting frustrated. Momentum is important with dog learning. So go slow:

  1. Introducing new behaviors only when they feel confident with old ones
  1. Start with easier behaviors – like Sit and Down – before graduating to increasingly more difficult ones – like Give, Stay, Recall, and, eventually, Heel. With each new behavior they build underlying fundamentals, such as self-control and trust in you, that make future behaviors easier to learn
  1. Start behaviors off in ‘easy mode,’ and gradually raise the bar for quality, responsiveness, and duration. For example, with Sit, you’ll start by shaping them to just go into a sit stance, even for a moment (we’ll go into exactly how in a later chapter, Appendix 1-1). Once they’ve gotten that down, gradually increase the duration – how long they have to stay in that position before you reward them – the responsiveness – how quickly they need to obey to earn their reward – and the quality – making sure they go into a full sitting posture, bum on the ground. Eventually, by moving the goalpost little by little, you’ll get an instant, instinctual Sit response, and they’ll stay in Sit for minutes or longer until you release them.

We explore this ‘go slow’ concept in much more depth in Chapter 2-15 and Chapter 2-18.

One caveat: maintaining momentum is important too. While you don’t want to go too fast such that your dog gets frustrated, you also don’t want to go too slow such that she gets bored. Karen Pryor, in her book Don’t shoot the dog, covers this concept extremely well. For whatever reason, some training sessions will be a slog, while in others everything will seem to click for your dog. If you get a session like that, and your dog is exceeding all expectations, it’s important to keep that momentum going – be ready to give her more of a challenge. We will talk about this concept more in Chapter 2-18: Training sessions.

Chapter 3-7: Need for occupation

“Hah Ramona doesn’t always listen to what we ask but that’s just because she’s so independent!”

“If we didn’t have a nice big yard for her to run around in we’d probably have to do more training, but as is she gets plenty of exercise and stimulation outside”

In Section 2 we talk in much more depth about the many benefits of training and ‘work’ for your dog. In this chapter we just want to take a moment to emphasize how important occupational therapy is for your dog – the need work in their lives!

Regular training sessions with your dog not only enrich her life, they also make her a better companion and deepen your relationship.

In Section 2, we talked about what ‘work’ and training sessions look like. In general terms, it means teaching your dog behaviors, and having her execute them. In other words, it is any time you teach your dog a game – they are learning outside rules that they can follow to ‘win’ and get rewarded.

For your dog, it requires self-control, handler focus, and problem-solving to both figure out what you are asking of her and to do it. For you as a trainer, it requires a toolkit of skills and knowledge that let you understand how your dog thinks, how to break down and clearly communicate new behaviors/what you want to her, and how to make the process of learning fun and rewarding for her such that she grows in her skills and abilities. No single book or class or experience can give you that toolkit, it’s something you will gradually learn and improve upon your dogs life. But that process is part of the fun – when it comes to training, you and your dog are both learning, together.

We get into the details of training in Section 2. Here, we merely want to communicate that training is important and requisite, not optional. Regular training or ‘work’ confers several benefits (see also Chapter 3-6 and Chapter 2-0 for more benefits):

  • Improves your dog’s behavior (self-control, handler-focus, and obedience) – teaches them to listen to you, teaches them self control, and gives them a range of obedience behaviors (Sit, Stay, Settle, Recall, etc.) that get them to behave appropriately in a range of human situations. That lets you take your dog more places, and keeps them from being a nuisance even at home.
  • Creates a deeper, more collaborative relationship with your dog – most owners have sadly transactional relationships with their dogs, even if they don’t realize it. Training teaches your dog that you two work together, collaboratively. Yes you call the shots – you are the boss – but they learn that they are part of a team. As we’ll see in later chapters, the promise of a ‘primary reinforcer’ (e.g., food reward) can provide initial motivation for a behavior, but your dog will quickly see praise from you as the greater reward, tapping into their (and your) evolutionary hard-wiring as social creatures, built to operate as part of a team. With regular training, you will find even the most fiercely independent dog will value your company more highly than any reward
  • Builds your dog’s trust in you – as we have explored through the Primer so far, it is important for you to be the parent, and your dog to learn to trust in your judgment. That is not merely trusting you not to harm them – it is trusting that you know what to do better than they do, such that they listen to you
  • Increases your dog’s confidence – as we cover in Chapter 2-27, confidence is an important attribute for your dog; confidence makes your dog more willing to try new things, less prone to fear responses, more able to trust your judgment, and less likely to become reactive. Bad experiences where your dog lacks control – such as being lunged at by a reactive dog, or frightened at a loud event she hasn’t been socialized to (see Chapter 1-2) – harm her confidence. Training helps build her confidence up: it shows her that she can do things and get rewarded for them. That gives her a sense of control over her environment and confidence in her abilities to succeed.
  • Satisfies intrinsic love of work – while most dogs are not from ‘working lines’ (Chapter 6-4), and ‘Breed Creep’ (Chapter 6-4) has diluted their ‘drive’ (their motivation to work), most dogs are still only a couple centuries removed from active working roles. As such, dogs – like humans – do get a lot of fulfillment from working. Whether you call that a need or not is largely semantics: the fact is, dogs love working. It brings them joy and satisfaction in a very different way than play or exercise. As such, not working with your dog robs them of a unique and joyous life experience.
  • Satisfies your dog’s need for mental stimulation – as with many practices we’ve covered in this Section, there is overlap between needs. Training sessions with your dog not only satisfy their intrinsic need for work, they also meet their mental stimulation needs. During a training session, your dog needs to focus and figure out what you want them to do, trying things and using the feedback they get from you to correct themselves. That takes a lot of mental horsepower, tiring them out and helping them grow and develop.

Training your dog regularly therefore delivers not only practical benefits, it leads to a far, far more fulfilling life with your dog.

High-drive dogs: some dogs have a higher intrinsic desire – and need – to train and ‘work.’

In Chapter 2-4 we introduced the concept of ‘higher-drive’ dogs: dogs that have a higher intrinsic desire to train and work.

Note that in this situation we’re talking about an innate, genetic predisposition, as opposed to a love of work developed through years of reinforcement (which you should be fostering with any dog – see Chapter 2-18). ‘High-drive’ dogs tend to come from certain backgrounds, such as herding breeds or mixes (e.g., Corgis or Australian Shepherds) or ‘working lines’ of any breed. See Section 6 for more discussion of those sorts of genetic traits.

For ‘high-drive’ dogs you especially need to make sure you satisfy their need to work. It is a double-edged sword:

  • They are more initially motivated to train than lower-drive dogs
  • But it is harder to sufficiently meet that need, and the consequences for failing to do so are more severe: under-stimulation can quickly lead to destructive behaviors, depression, and anxiety.
Work/training is not a temporary or one-time thing, it is continuous throughout your dog’s life.

Training your dog cannot be a one-time experience, for at least two reasons:

  1. As should be clear from the above, training is not just about teaching your dog tricks, or even certain behaviors. Fostering skills, deepening your relationship, and satisfying their need for work are all lifetime needs.
  1. Even if it were just about teaching your dog certain behaviors, those behaviors need to be continuously reinforced, or they will gradually extinguish over time. We cover that in more depth in Chapter 2-20: Repetition & Maintenance.

As such, you must make training part of your dog’s life nearly every day, throughout their lives.

‘Work’ can take many forms, such as training or sports, which we will cover in separate chapters.

‘Work’ for your dog is any time she has to use her willpower/self-control and problem-solving to figure out and do whatever you want her to do. You can think of ‘work’ as any time your dog is playing a game you create: a situation with a set of rules that you teach her, where she is rewarded for ‘winning’ (i.e. doing what you want her to).

That general umbrella activity can take many forms, including but not limited to:

  • Dedicated training sessions – 10-30 minute sessions where you teach your dog new tricks/behaviors and refine existing ones (see Chapter 2-18)
  • Passive/continuous obedience work – getting your dog to Sit, Stay, Settle, Recall, etc. regularly throughout the day, reinforcing those behaviors
  • Dog sports – games like scent-work, rally, agility, dock-diving, etc. where your dog needs to learn the rules of the game and follow them for reward (see Appendix 2-1)
  • Human-assistance work – the traditional work of dogs, such as sheep herding or retrieval, as well as newer forms of work such as allergen detection, bomb detection, seeing-eye work, mobility assistance, etc.

What form of work you give your dog doesn’t particularly matter to achieving the benefits above. We go into more depth on the various forms of work and training in later chapters, especially Chapter 2-18.

You should work with your dog nearly every day, either in formal training sessions or continuous obedience work.

Whatever form of work you choose to do with your dog, it’s important that you do so regularly. You should be working with your dog nearly every day, at least once a day.

That is not as difficult as it might seem – even a single 15 minute training session, once a day, will go a long, long way. See Chapter 3-6: Need for behavioral training and Chapter 2-18: Training sessions for more on this topic

Section 4:

Dog Physiology and Psychology

Section 4 Introduction: Dogs are not primates – you need to see the world through their eyes

Throughout the chapters in Section 4, we will aim to familiarize you with some of the basics of what every responsible dog owner should know about how their dog’s body works (e.g., overheating, hydration, and olfactory sense) and how their dog communicates (e.g., reading dog body language and interacting with dogs). To start that discussion however, we first want to help you shift your mentality: dogs are not primates, their bodies and, in some areas, brains work a bit differently from ours – you need to learn not to project primate norms onto them.

Dogs are not primates: a lot of physiology (e.g., sweating) and behaviors (e.g., smiling) that we think are universal are actually specific to primates or even just humans; when we project those assumptions onto dogs, that can lead to tragedy.

A great many problems are caused because owners think dog bodies and brains work the same way humans’ do. We tend to anthropomorphize them.

There are a remarkable number of similarities between us: many rich, nuanced behaviors that we, in our arrogance, tend to think of as uniquely human, ‘advanced’ characteristics you can readily observe in any dog park, puppy litter, or off-leash trail.

But at the same time, some of our most automatic, ingrained, intuitive primate traits and behaviors – things we notice so little that we don’t even think about them – diverge substantially from those of dogs. Because we take those traits and behaviors for granted, we assume they are universal, that all animals – and certainly dogs – feel the same way.

In doing so, we can cause great harm.

Consider a few examples:

  • Smiles can be threats: As primates, we see smiles as non-threatening, a sign of trust. To dogs (and most mammals) however, smiling – which is bearing your teeth – can be interpreted as an explicit threat. When you smile at a dog (who has not been properly socialized, more on that later) you are, from their perspective, as wired into their brains, threatening them. So when you meet your 8-week old puppy for the first time, you see them shivering with natural anxiety, and you smile at them to try to calm them, you’re actually more than likely increasing their fear response, making the experience all the more traumatic.
  • Touch can be aggression: Similarly to smiles, humans (primates) often find touch comforting: a handshake disarms, a hug, embrace, or arm across your shoulders soothes you when you are distraught. Dogs, however, more often perceive touch as extremely aggressive, something you do only when you are assaulting, dominating, playing with, or mating with others. When you go to touch a dog, everything in the ancient parts of their brain is telling them you are attacking them, and they need to either run or defend themselves. So when you go to a friends house, their dog reacts to your arrival, and you try to touch them to calm them down, you are only agitating and antagonizing them further.
  • 75ºF can be deadly heat: Humans (primates) are one of an extremely small number of animals that can sweat from most of their bodies (horse- and hippo-related animals are the other major ones). Even a small amount of sweating, barely noticeable to us, provides enormous cooling power, allowing us to treat 85ºF as, humidity depending, merely mildly unpleasant. Dogs can’t do that – they cool through their feet (with a small amount of sweat), noses, and tongues (panting) – making it far harder for them to cool down. As a result, it is sadly all too common for dogs to suffer heat stroke from over-exertion in the sun on otherwise mild, 75ºF days.

By assuming that dogs think and feel as we do, we cause them stress and harm without intending to or even realizing it.

We also frustrate ourselves, and blame dogs for things that aren’t their fault. Consider the second example above: a dog is afraid and worked up, you reach out to try to calm them – which is an extraordinarily threatening gesture to dogs – and they naturally, genetically, respond with fear to your aggression and even further lose control. Many owners will see that and get frustrated, thinking “what an unreasonable dog,” when in reality, when you look at it from the dog’s perspective, they’re actually demonstrating a remarkable amount of self control. Imagine if a stranger came into your home, and you screamed, and their response was to pull a knife out – how would you respond?

Of course, on the behavioral side at least, this pre-coding is not immutable, as anyone who’s met an old family dog that loves being petted by strangers can tell you. With proper socialization (see Section 1) dogs do learn to accurately read human behaviors, overriding their genetic intuition and allowing them to more naturally participate in human society. Even so, understanding where they are starting from pays huge dividends in helping read and communicate your intent to them, particularly with puppies or strangers’ dogs.

In this Section, we will survey some of the most important and unintuitive aspects of dog physiology and psychology. As an owner, you will need to rewire your brain a bit when interacting with dogs – overriding some of your natural primate behaviors, and learning how dogs see and understand the world.

The many benefits to understanding dog ‘language’: understanding how your dog physically and emotionally senses the world will make communicating, training, and living with them easier and more satisfying for you both!

Taking the time to learn about how your dog’s body works and how they think pays enormous dividends; it will:

  • Save your dog’s life (and maybe your own) – So many dog deaths are sadly avoidable. For example, without the ability to sweat, dogs regularly fall ill or die from over-exertion in temperatures that their human owners find mild. On the behavioral side, knowing how to read dog signals can help you recognize when another dog is reactive or otherwise poorly-socialized and more likely to violently attack and harm your dog – or you.
  • Allow you to form a closer bond – Understanding dog body language will help you both read and communicate with them, improving your interactions enormously. It’s a requirement for building a cooperative relationship with your dog, where they are your partner and part of your family, rather than a transactional one.
  • Support effective training – Understanding how to read and interpret your dog is a necessary requirement for effective training. As we saw in Section 2, a big part of training is reading your dog’s energy level, engagement, motivators, and frustration. If you can’t read your dog’s feedback, your training sessions will be slow and painful.
  • Give your dog a more enriching life – Understanding how your dog thinks and operates is a necessary first step to meeting their physical and mental needs; this is covered in more depth in Section 3.

Chapter 4-1: Overheating

“It’s barely 70 degrees out, she’ll be fine in the car”

“[of a dark-coated dog on a sunny day in an open field] I don’t know why she’s not running around and playing more, she normally loves playing chase with other dogs!”

One of the most important areas where humans misunderstand dog physiology is heat management. We take our ability to sweat for granted, and therefore assume that dogs feel as comfortable in the sun or fair-weather as we do, leading to completely avoidable dog injuries and fatalities. In this chapter, we will familiarize you with how dogs experience air and surface temperature, and rules you should follow to ensure they are safe.

Related Chapters: Chapter 3-2: Over-exertion

Dogs do not experience heat like humans do: they lack our cooling mechanisms, and therefore temperatures that are mild for humans can be deadly for dogs. How you are feeling about the temperature tells you nothing about your dog’s temperature; do not use your own level of comfort to gauge your dog’s.

Without thinking, we tend to anthropomorphize, to assume that the experiences of other animals match our own. We assume that they can see what we see, and feel what we feel. With our pets, that can create great danger. Overheating is a particularly acute case of that.

To understand why, you need to understand how humans and dogs cool themselves:

  • Humans cool using whole-body sweat, which is extremely effective. Humans cool by sweating, and we are one of the extremely few animals (horse- and hippo-family species being the others) that can do so across nearly our entire body. It has been hypothesized that we evolved that ability in order to use long-distance endurance running – which generates lots of body heat – to wear out prey animals we hunted, especially in the higher-heat conditions of the Savannahs we likely evolved in.

    Regardless of the evolutionary origin, sweat is an extremely efficient mechanism. It works by evaporative cooling: when water evaporates on your skin, it is turning from a liquid into a gas vapor. In liquid form, water molecules are attracted to each other, sticking close together. To turn into a gas – where the molecules are far apart – those molecule-molecule attractions must be broken; think of it like taking two balls stuck together with some tape and having to pull them apart. That ‘un-sticking’ requires some energy (for water, it turns out it requires a lot of energy, and adding salt – like in sweat – makes it require even more). Thus, when your sweat evaporates, it takes a lot of energy to do so. The water molecules get that energy from your body heat, thereby cooling you down.

    Don’t worry – you don’t need to know all that science. What you do need to understand is the bottom line: even a tiny amount of sweat, so little you might not even notice it, provides a lot of cooling power.

  • Dogs cool through panting, their paws and nose, and using their coat. Dogs can’t sweat in the manner that humans do. Instead, they have three primary mechanisms of regulating their temperature (besides using their environment, like finding shade).

    The first is panting: you’ll notice when a dog is hot, they pant. That cools them two ways: first, it exchanges hot air in their lungs for (usually) cooler air outside (a dog’s basal body temperature is between 101°F and 102.5°F); and second, it lets water evaporate off their tongue, like sweating does for humans (but obviously over a far more limited area).

    The second is through their paws and nose: on both, they can actually ‘sweat’ a little. The surface areas are small, but they have a lot of blood vessels in those regions, allowing them to cool a bit more efficiently from sweat there. In addition, when a dog is walking on natural surfaces – like dirt or boulders – the ground is generally far cooler than the air (the earth’s heat capacity means it takes longer to heat up during the day), helping them use their paws to cool down.

    The third is, counter-intuitively, their coat: their fur is an insulator, which might seem like it will make them hotter (for humans, wearing a fur coat makes us really hot, doesn’t it?). Remember though: unlike humans, dogs don’t sweat. Exposing their skin to the air does nothing to cool them. In contrast, the insulation of their coat can trap cool air – such as from the shade of a tree or your air-conditioned home – to allow them to be out in the heat longer before feeling its effects.

    You don’t need to know all those details. What you do need to know is: none of dogs’ cooling mechanisms are even close to as effective as human sweating.

The end result is simple: conditions that are perfectly tolerable for humans can be unbearable or deadly for dogs. For humans, our ability to sweat allows us to operate in a substantially wider (and higher) temperature range than dogs, or frankly most animals.

To drive that home, consider a simple scenario:

  • It’s a pleasant, 75°F day, sunny but with a nice cool breeze, and you take your dark-coated dog for a walk down your town’s main street.
  • How you feel: you find the temperature lovely. 75°F on its own might be slightly warm for you, but the cool breeze more than makes up for that (the breeze cools you, by the way, by not only carrying warm air away from your skin but by speeding evaporation of any small amounts of sweat you produce).
  • How your dog feels: they could be burning up, and even suffer heat stroke. Without shade, the direct sun heats their fur. Without the ability to sweat, the wind does nothing to cool them, and their ability to cool in general is poor. On the hot cement or asphalt of the sidewalk, their paws are burning.

The bottom line is how you are feeling about the temperature tells you nothing about your dog’s temperature – do NOT use your own comfort as a gauge for your dog’s comfort!

Overheating is a serious danger for dogs

Precise numbers are hard to come by, but we estimate that over a thousand dogs in the US each year suffer a heat injury bad enough to be taken to the vet, of which around 1 in 7 die. None of that includes the far larger number of dogs who suffer overheating but whose condition isn’t bad enough (or whose owner’s aren’t aware, responsible, or wealthy enough) to take them to the vet.

Essentially all of those injuries and deaths are completely avoidable. They occur solely because their owners do not realize what we highlighted above: dogs overheat much more easily than humans.

In other words, overheating is serious risk to your dog. As a responsible dog owner, you need to understand what the risk factors for overheating are, and therefore how to ensure your dog is safe.

Anywhere above 65°F, get in the habit of taking stock of your dog’s temperature environment.

Throughout the rest of this chapter, we will go through specific environmental factors to be aware of in gauging whether your dog has any heat risk. In general, you should start worrying about these factors anywhere above 65°F. That temperature might seem low – and it’s rare that your dog will run into trouble there – but under the wrong set of circumstances (e.g., left in a car in the sun with the windows closed) even that low temperature can be dangerous to your dog.

Obviously as the air temperature gets higher, the risk rises commensurately, and you must be more and more mindful.

A dog’s basal temperature is 101-102.5°F. If their body temperature goes above 104°F – through a combination of air temperature and other factors like sun and exertion – they will fall ill and quite often die. As we hinted above, that can readily happen in ambient air temperatures as low as 75-80°F

As a result, you should familiarize yourself with the important environmental factors we lay out in the rest of this chapter and get in the habit – especially at any temperatures above 80°F – of evaluating them whenever your dog is outside.

Learn the signs of overheating and watch your dog for them.

In addition to being mindful of environmental factors (which we’ll get into in a moment), you should watch your dog for signs of overheating. Remember: your own comfort level tells you nothing about your dog’s temperature status! If you know what signs to look for and respond accordingly, you can avoid the worst of overheating outcomes.

Early indicators of overheating:

  • Heavy panting – a small amount of panting is a fine response to overactivity or mild heat, but if the panting is constant or severe you know your dog’s internal temperature is rising
  • Fast, raspy breathing – as they try to get hot air out of their body, their breathing rate can increase as much as ten-fold
  • Lethargy or disorientation – if your dog is slowly padding alongside you when they would normally be running around, that’s a good sign they are overheating

If you see these signs, find ways to cool your dog using the environmental factors in the rest of this chapter

Indicators of severe overheating:

  • Blue, purple, or bright red gums – these indicate blood rushing to the surface of gums to try and offload excess heat
  • Collapsing or convulsing – if it’s hot out and your dog collapses, you should take that very seriously
  • Vomiting – if it’s hot out and your dog vomits outside, without having recently eaten anything, you should take that seriously
  • Diarrhea – dogs can get diarrhea for lots of reasons; however if it’s very hot, there’s no proximate cause, and they are displaying other overheating symptoms, assume the worst

If you see these signs, immediately get your dog somewhere cool and with access to water. If you do not see them return to normal behavior shortly, or if they refuse water, take them to an emergency vet.

Hydration: make sure your dog is hydrated and has access to water

Drinking water does not help dogs cool to the same extent it does for humans – they can’t sweat it out. Even so, water does still help: as we surveyed above, they can use it to cool through their mouth, nose, and paw pads.

As importantly, dogs – like humans – use water metabolically when they exert themselves, and to perform basic biological functions. We explore this further in Chapter 4-2.

As a result, it’s important to make sure your dog is hydrated in general, and especially important if it is hot out or if there are other environmental heat factors.

If there are any heat factors from the rest of this chapter at play e.g., if it’s hot out, or they’re in the direct sun, or they’re vigorously playing or going for a long hike, or they’re in the car alone – make sure your dog has access to water. That can be in a freely available water bowl, or if you use a travel bowl you can offer them water from time to time.

If you don’t make sure your dog is hydrated, you not only increase their risk of over-heating, but you compound the damage of heat injury with the damage of dehydration.

Sun & Shade: direct sunlight can heat your dog quickly; make sure they have regular access to shade

Direct sunlight can heat your dog up quickly, particularly if they have a dark coat (which absorbs more wavelengths of sunlight). A black lab running in a sunny field on a 70°F can overheat in as little as 15 minutes.

If it’s above 65°F, be wary of leaving your dog in the sun for more than 15 minutes at a time. Even better, they should have free voluntary access to shade, so that if they want to cool themselves a bit they can.

Shade performs double-duty in cooling your dog: not only does it block the direct sunlight from heating your dog’s coat, it also keeps the ground cooler, by as much as 20-45°F, allowing your dog to cool down through their paws or lying on their exposed belly.

Tree-shade is particularly useful as the respiration of trees (called ‘evapotranspiration’) can make the air underneath them 9-12°F cooler.

Cars: do not leave your dog in a car unattended without appropriate monitoring and mitigation methods

Dogs dying in hot cars are the cases of overheating that people are generally most aware of (although as we’ll see later it is not actually the most common one). Hot cars are a danger even to humans – on average, 37 children die every year in the United States from being left in cars; as discussed above, dogs are even more at risk due to their more limited ability to modulate their body temperature.

Cars pose a particular risk because they get very hot, very fast. The sun puts out a lot of energy, and your car’s windows trap that heated air and turn the interior into an oven. At an outside temperature of 75°F, a car in the sun can reach over 100°F in less than 20 minutes. At 85°F, it can break 100°F in less than 10 minutes. That means that even ‘popping into the store to grab something quickly’ can still kill or seriously injure your dog.

Cracking the windows can help, but not enough on it own to keep the car at safe temperatures. Parking in the shade tends to help more, but even that doesn’t come close to eliminating risk.

As a result, it is extremely dangerous to leave your dog in a car unattended. That does not mean you absolutely can’t do so – professional trainers do it all the time – it just means that you must be extremely careful about the in-car environment you create.

Ideally, do not leave your dog in your car unattended. If you’re not a professional trainer or otherwise very careful about the conditions you know you can leave your dog in, you are running a real risk leaving your dog in the care alone.

If you must leave your dog in the car unattended, here are few things you should do:

  • Never park in the direct sun – there is no safe temperature at which to park your car in the direct sun with your dog inside; always park in the shade
  • If the temperature is over 85°F, you cannot leave your dog in the car, period – unless you have some form of always-on air conditioning (but remember: if the a/c fails, your dog can die)
  • Open windows – as mentioned that is not enough on its own, but it will help slightly
  • Check on your dog regularly – at 85°F, even parked in the shade, you should check on your dog at least every 30 minutes to make sure the car is at an acceptable temperature and your dog is OK
  • Get a temperature monitor – there are several cellular-enabled in-car temperature monitors on the market, which will warn you if the temperature exceeds a certain threshold
  • Make sure your dog has access to water
  • Provide a fan and/or cooling blanket – some fans can run off your car’s battery or their own battery, and a wet towel can help provide some evaporative cooling. A popular fan model is the Ryobi rechargeable fan with swappable rechargeable batteries
  • Get an Aluminet – depending on where you are parked, Aluminets can significantly reduce how much sunlight is absorbed by your car. Just make sure you’re not parked somewhere that it could get stolen or blown away.
Asphalt, sand, and sidewalks: these surfaces get much hotter than the air and can easily burn dog paws; do NOT let your dog walk on asphalt in direct sun when it is above 65°F

Not only do dogs and humans have different cooling mechanisms, humans also walk around in shoes. Our feet are protected from hot surfaces, we don’t even notice them. Your dog has no such protection – their bare, sensitive paw skin is directly on the ground. That leads us to not realize how hot some everyday surfaces get.

That matters because asphalt, unlike natural surfaces (dirt, grass, and boulders), gets extremely hot in the sun. At an air temperature of 75°F, asphalt in direct sun can reach 125°F. At 90°F air temperature, asphalt can reach 150°F, hot enough to fry an egg. Would you want to walk barefoot on that?

Those high surface temperatures are triply problematic for dogs:

  1. As they are much hotter than the air, walking on hot asphalt heats your dog up considerably.
  1. As mentioned above, dogs use their paws to cool (natural surfaces like earth, grass, and boulders are generally cooler than the air, since it takes the sun a long time to warm them up from the cool of night); on asphalt however that obviously does not work, robbing dogs of one of their primary methods of cooling down. In fact, remember how dogs have all those blood vessels going to their paws, to help them cool? Now imagine exposing those to 125°F-150°F heat.
  1. Dog paws easily burn: 125°F asphalt (possible at 75°F air temperature) will burn your dog’s paws within 10 minutes

Hot asphalt and burned paws therefore not only increase the risk of overheating, they cause your dog considerable pain. Use an easy rule of thumb: if you’re not comfortable walking barefoot on a surface because of temperature, your dog will be even less so. One way to check that is with your hand: put your hand to the surface for 10 seconds (obviously remove your hand if it starts to hurt/burn you). If you’re not comfortable like that, neither is your dog.

As a result: never let your dog walk on asphalt in the direct sun if it is over 65°F outside. You can pick them up, put them in a cart, or put booties on them to provide some protection.

Over-exertion: excess activity is an even more prevalent cause of overheating injury than cars or ambient temperature

While people tend to be more aware of dog heat deaths from cars, over-exertion is actually a more common cause. A 2020 study of heat-related dog illness in the UK by Hall, Carter, and O’Neill found that 74% – nearly three quarters – of dog overheating injuries were a result of over-exertion; only 5% were from vehicular confinement.

Dogs play hard – they run and jump and chase, and get caught up in the excitement of being outside. Like humans, that exertion causes them to generate a lot of heat: think about how sweaty you would get playing a basketball in the summer outside. Unlike humans, as we pointed out earlier, dogs can’t sweat; their ability to shed that heat is limited.

As a result, dogs are substantially more prone to overheating from exercise than humans are.

Avoiding injury is fairly simple: never engage your dog in high-intensity activities in the sun or on a hot day for more than a few minutes, and always have cool shade available to rest along with access to water.

‘High intensity activities’ include:

  • Play sessions with other dogs
  • Running with their owner
  • Long, un-shaded hikes, particularly for puppies under 12 months old or elderly dogs

That does not mean you shouldn’t bring your dog out on hot daysdogs need physical activity. Rather, it means be smart:

  • Try to keep activities in the shade, such as walks in the woods
  • Limit the duration of high-intensity activities, like dog-dog play sessions
  • If you can, use a cooling harness (see below); these are a great tool for heat management
  • Watch for signs of overheating (see above), and if your dog starts displaying them take them home
Cooling in the home: usually not a health risk, but try to take steps to make your dog comfortable

Overheating at home is typically rare: even if you don’t have air conditioning, your house generally provides shade and some insulation, limiting risk. The exception of course is if you leave your dog at home with the windows closed and no air-conditioning, letting it heat up like an oven. Do not do that.

Health aside however, there are easy ways you can make your home more comfortable for your dog:

  • Make sure they have access to water
  • Try to provide a cool surface for them to lay on – their exposed belly against the surface can help them cool; most often that is an uncarpeted basement or first-floor surface, in the shade
  • If you can provide them with a fan they can lay in front of, that helps too

As a final note, it should go without saying but if you normally keep your dog outside during the day, do not leave them outside in the sun. If it is hot and sunny out, let your dog indoors with you.

If you have a double-coated dog, don’t trim their coat for the summer

A common misconception is that you should cut your dog’s coat down for the summer. That intuition is based on human physiology – since we sweat, exposing our skin helps us cool more – and is patently incorrect. Dog coats are insulative, but that actually helps them cool in most situations. Their fur traps cool air from your home or the shade for a good amount of time, letting them be outside in the heat longer. That insulation doesn’t last forever – you still need to limit time outside – but trimming your dog’s coat for the summer will generally make it harder for them to stay cool.

There is an exception: if you have a single-coated dog (i.e. a ‘hair’ dog, like poodles, without ‘fur’), their fur does not provide the same insulative effects. For them, trimming their coat down can be helpful.

Brachycephalic breeds (those with short muzzles/flat faces) have a very hard time cooling; owners should take extreme care with their heat exposure

As discussed, panting and heavy breathing are dogs’ primary means of regulating their temperature. Brachycephalic breeds – those with short muzzles/flat faces, like Pugs and Bulldogs – have a severely curtailed ability to use those pathways, and therefore to cool in general.

As such, you must meet their cooling needs externally, and be particularly careful about the environmental heat factors we have discussed in this chapter, like sun, air temperature, cars, and surfaces.

Cooling harnesses are a fantastic tool for heat management

These days, several manufacturers offer ‘cooling harnesses.’ They are vests that you can soak with cold water and strap on to your dog. They have an absorbent spongy material on the inside and a wicking material on the outside, allowing the water to be soaked in and then slowly evaporate. That process essentially mimics how human’s sweat, and is extremely effective at keeping your dog cool. If you try one, you will be amazed with the results: a dog that normally plods alongside you when it’s hot out will be running wild and barely panting as if were a cool winter’s day.

These harnesses are often not cheap, but if you can afford one it will make outdoor activities with your dog in the warmer months much more fun (and safer) for both you and your dog.

Chapter 4-2: Hydration & water access

“Woops haha I guess I forgot the fill the bowl yesterday”

“[as two dogs run around in the sun] yeah I forgot to bring some water along, but they’re usually fine for a few hours, I’ll give them water when we get home”

“I don’t like leaving a water bowl out because it damages the floors, so we just give her water with her meals”

In the previous chapter, Overheating, we discussed how much harder it is for dogs to regulate their internal body temperature as compared to humans, and the risks that creates. One important element in helping your dog stay healthy and safe at high temperatures – and in general – is to ensure they have ready access to water.

Low hydration both increases the risk of overheating and harms their overall health

As with humans, water is a dog’s most critical nutrient. As we covered in Chapter 4-1, dogs use water to help regulate their temperature (albeit less so than humans do), using their tongue and paws. Aside from temperature regulation, maintaining sufficient hydration is critical to your dog’s general health. Prolonged under-hydration, for example, can significantly increase your dog’s risk of bloat, a deadly disease (see Chapter 5-6).

At home, your dog should always have free, ready access to water

When you are thirsty, you can turn on the tap to get a glass of water. When animals in the wild are thirsty, they can seek out the nearest source of fresh water. Your dog is confined in your home; if you do not provide a bowl of water that is always full, they have no way of hydrating themselves.

As such, you should make sure that a filled water bowl is readily available to your dog. Just leave a water bowl out, it is easy.

As long as you do that, you don’t generally need to worry about your dog’s hydration at home. Unless they are sick and feverish (in which case you should bring them to the vet), they can self-regulate: they will drink when they are thirsty.

If your dog stops drinking water, such as going a full day without drinking, and especially if she shows other abnormal health signs such as lethargy or poor coordination, take her to the vet immediately.

Outside the home, make sure you periodically give your dog access to water, particularly if they are engaging in rigorous activity or in the sun or heat

As covered in the previous Chapter, Overheating, dogs require water to regulate their temperature, and they can overheat far more easily and at far lower temperatures than humans. As such, do not rely on your own comfort as a judge for your dog’s water needs. Instead, make sure that if you are out of the house, you give them access to clean water (such as by carrying a water bottle and travel bowl) every 45-60 minutes, depending on the temperature and level of activity. Offer it more regularly if they are engaging in rigorous activity, spending time in the sun, or it’s particularly hot out.

We cover this in more depth in Chapter 4-1.

Do not let your dog, especially puppies, drink from stagnant water, and be wary even of flowing water. Dogs regularly catch a wide range of hard-to-beat water-born illnesses.

If your dog is thirsty and you are on a hike, they will often try to drink from any wild sources of water they find, unless you train them not to. We recommend that you do not let your dog drink from wild water. Wild water carries a wide range of bacteria and other parasites transmitted through animal feces that can cause serious, long-term health problems for your dog. Giardia, for example, is prevalent in around 15% (about 1 in 7) dogs in the US at any given point in time.

While many dogs will shrug off these infections fairly easily – perhaps with a few days of diarrhea – and regular de-worming treatments (consult your vet for an appropriate regimen) can help catch many of the rest, you are rolling the dice. Some dogs that catch giardia, for example, struggle with both the infection and post-giardia complications for years after initial infection.

That risk is doubly true for puppies, whose growth and development can be severely stunted if a long infection inhibits their eating or ability to retain nutrients.

There really isn’t any reason your dog needs to drink wild water, as long as you are providing them with an adequate supply of fresh water, so we recommend against allowing it.

Carry water with you on hikes, and if your dog is going for wild water, prevent them and offer them your alternative.

Chapter 4-3: Proximity & touch from a dog’s perspective

“[person walks right up to a dog to pet it without asking the owner permission first] Oh hi bubby!”

“[Owner with a reactive dog walks her dog right past another one on the sidewalk, and her dog starts barking and lunging] Oh sorry! She gets like this sometimes”

In the past two chapters we have focused on a couple ways dogs are physically different from primates. In this chapter, we start to look at one of the ways they are psychologically different in how they see the world and interact with others. In particular, dogs have a very different sense of distance than humans do, and understanding that is important to healthy interactions with dogs. For more on this topic, we can highly recommend the book The Other End of the Leash by Patricia McConnell.

To a dog, 15 feet away is right up in their face. Dogs have a very different sense of proximity and touch from humans. For them, close proximity and touch are threatening, and their sense of distance is dramatically longer than it is for humans.

One of the most impactful divergences between canine and primate perception is unfortunately also one that most people are least familiar with: proximity and touch.

Primates, including humans, often use proximity and touch to indicate trust and comfort. Standing 10 feet away from someone you’re talking to is awkward. Depending on the culture, when two new people meet, they shake hands, kiss, bow, or hug; in all cases, they come into contact or at least close proximity. That willingness shows trust, shows that you’re familiar, not threatening. When someone is sad, you comfort them by hugging them, or holding their shoulders.

All of these behaviors are so deeply hard-wired into us that we take them for granted; we assume that all animals feel the same way we do. That could not be further from the truth!

For dogs, proximity and touch are threatening (*aside: this is a simplification; see box below for a more nuanced understanding). To a canine in the wild – i.e. without the conditioning that they go through as part of life with humans – approaching them is a threat, it suggests you wish to attack them or bully them.

But we all know dogs that love to cuddle, right? We’ll discuss that more below, but in short that is (a) at least in part a learned behavior – cuddles tend to come with lots of positive things, so they learn to love it; and (b) that behavior is generally with people they know and trust, at least unless and until you condition them to trust everyone. What you need to understand is that a dog’s initial bias – their in-built programming – is to see proximity and touch, particularly from strangers, as threatening.

To see why that knowledge matters, consider a few realistic scenarios:

  • When you see a cute dog on the street, what do you do? Without thinking, we go up to them, getting close to say hi – a normal primate behavior, but an extremely threatening one to dogs, triggering their fear and defensive mechanisms (without proper socialization and training).
  • When you first take your puppy home and they are scared, what is your inclination? To hold them, a natural human urge to comfort. But being held by a stranger, particularly if your breeder hasn’t done early touch exposure with them, will only kick their stress up several notches. It will only make them more anxious, making it take longer for them to trust you and feel comfortable around you.
  • When you see a dog get off-leash and run towards the street, what will you do to help them? Without thinking, you might chase after them. But that will only make them run away from you. Instead, counterintuitively, you should run away from the dog, while calling their name, trying to goad them into following you.

As we’ll talk about more in this chapter, not only are touch and proximity threatening to dogs, but their sense of distance is very different from ours: what we consider ‘far’ – e.g., 30 feet away – feels very close to them. More on that below.

Aside: technically, humans and dogs actually don’t view proximity entirely differently, we just have different social contexts and flight distances.

Our explanations above are a useful way for dog owners to think about how to behave around dogs. They are however a simplification.

If you think about it, we also can find proximity threatening or comforting, it just depends on the circumstances and past history:

  • Behaviorists observe two natural ‘distances’ that for many animals – including us and dogs – are hard-wired into our perception: the Flight Initiation Distance and the Social Comfort Distance:
    • Flight Initiation Distance (a.k.a. Flight Zone, Escape Distance) is a radius around us that, if we detect a potential threat entering that area (e.g., a predator, or unknown creature/person), our brain tells us to run away. Evolutionarily, this distance differs between animals, and is related to their physical ability to escape relative to their traditional predators. The faster, biomechanically, we are, and the slower our predators are, the shorter that distance can be.
    • Social Comfort Distance is the proximity where we feel naturally comfortable with people/creatures in our ‘in-group’ – i.e. people/creatures we are familiar with. In humans, for example, that is how far apart it feels comfortable to be standing from someone you are talking to.

      Think about it: if you stand too far away from someone you are talking to, that feels awkward. If you stand too close to someone you are talking to, that also feels awkward. We all tend to naturally, subconsciously stand at a certain distance from other people.

      Again, this distance varies between species – some animals stand closer together or farther apart than others. It can also varies by the relationship between the two creatures; for humans, we stand physically closer to people that we have a closer relationship to, such as our children, parents, spouses, siblings, and close friends.

  • In theory, both humans and dogs have those distances and respond to them the same way.
  • In everyday life however, our relationship with proximity is very different, for at least two reasons:
    1. Dogs have much longer Flight Initiation Distances than humans: as we cover in a separate bullet below, dogs have a very different scale for distance than we do. 30 feet way, for example, feels quite far for us, but uncomfortably close to them. As a result, dogs start to classify unfamiliar people and creatures as threats at much greater distances than we do. A stranger approaching 10 feet away from a dog is like a stranger approaching 1 foot away from us: if someone came up to our face like that, we would feel extremely threatened.
    1. Humans have developed rich social context: the second major difference in how we and dogs perceive proximity is that we have context that dogs lack. If we encounter a stranger in an appropriate context – such as a ‘normally’-dressed person, behaving ‘normally,’ in a public space – we do not categorize them as a threat, even though we don’t actually know them. As such, our Flight Initiation Distance doesn’t kick in. Dogs, however, lack that social context, at least initially (that’s why Socialization is so important, per Chapter 1-2: Socialization Basics). As a result, while we technically both have a Flight Initiation Distance response, dogs tend to trigger theirs in many more situations than we do. Remember: we’re asking dogs to live in a human world!

The net result is the same: you as an owner have to be much more conscious of proximity for your dog than you would be on your own.

Dogs’ sense of distance: Dogs’ benchmark perception of distance is very different from humans – 15 feet away is far for a human, but right in their face for a dog.

In addition to feeling threatened by proximity, dogs have a very different sense of distance than humans do. 15 feet might seem plenty far away to us, but right in their face for a dog. While it’s not a precise scientific comparison, the below chart can give you a rough benchmark to help you adjust how you perceive distance from your dog’s perspective.

Physical distanceDog perception – human equivalent distance
100 ft30 ft away; wary, monitoring
50 ft15 ft away; approaching
25 ft2 ft away; right up to me
6 ftRight up in my face

That different sense of distance further complicates dogs’ feeling of being threatened by proximity: your dog can easily feel threatened by another person or dog that doesn’t even seem that close to you.

When approaching other dogs, or working with your dog on things like socialization, you need to adjust your sense of distance to their perception.

You should familiarize yourself with what distances mean from your dog’s perspective, to help you interpret their actions and how they are experiencing the world.

Do not approach other dogs, either yourself or with your own dog, without asking their own for permission first. Ask for permission from a distance. If a dog is reactive, to humans or dogs, they can react to you even if you are 30 feet away!

As should hopefully be clear from the earlier Chapter 1-4, you should not approach reactive dogs, nor should you let your dog approach reactive dogs. Because dogs perceive proximity as threatening, even merely approaching a reactive dog can set them off.

Since you have no way of knowing what dogs are reactive, and how much so, you should never approach a dog, either alone or with your own dog, without the express permission of their owner. Just ask: “can I approach your dog,” and respect their answer.

Dogs’ perception of proximity overlays onto this: ‘approaching’ another dog is not being 5 feet away, it is being 30 feet away. Ask permission from 30 feet away, not when you are already next to the person.

If your dog is reactive, try not to bring them to within 30 ft of other dogs, unless in a specific, controlled training scenario with a professional trainer.

As covered thoroughly in Chapter 1-4, if your dog is reactive, you should not bring them near other dogs except in carefully controlled training scenarios where you are specifically working on reactivity.

That dynamic intersects with dogs’ notion of proximity, and if you have a reactive dog, you must be especially aware of how dogs perceive distance and proximity.

Even a modestly reactive dog can become anxious and aggressive if they see another dog across the street, let alone passing them on the same sidewalk.

That means:

  • If you have a reactive dog, try to keep them at least 30 ft away from other dogs unless in specific, controlled training scenarios
  • When you are working (with a professional trainer) to reduce their reactivity (as you should), bear dogs’ perception of distance in mind. For example, if you are starting by having them see other dogs in the distance and be rewarded for that, ‘distance’ means 100 yards away.

30 feet is just a rough benchmark: watch your dog’s behavior and adjust to it. If your dog starts to tense up at 40 ft, or 15 ft, you know that’s your distance.

If someone tries to approach your reactive dog without asking permission, step in front of your dog and tell the other person to please stop .

It can be awkward, but many people have bad dog manners, and will approach your dog without asking permission. If that happens, step in front of your dog. That signals to your dog that you have the situation under control, that you will manage the ‘threat,’ that they do not need to. Then simply ask the person not to say hello to your dog, explaining that they are reactive.

If your reactive dog interacts with other dogs and gets triggered into a fear or aggression response, it will only deepen her reactivity, not to mention risk violent confrontation and physical injury. Do not let it happen.

Over time, dogs can develop positive associations with human touch through experience, but that takes time.

Of course, dogs can and often do come to love touch and cuddling. That happens in part because of learned experience: as primates, we are often touching them while good things are happening. Without thinking, we tend to pet them when we are praising them (”such a good boy, such a pretty boy”), when we are giving them treats, when we give them food, when come home after absence, and when we give them attention. As we will cover in Chapter 2-2, all of those things are positive reinforcements that teach them that touch is a good thing.

In other words, we tend to touch our dogs mostly while good things are happening, so they learn to associate touch with good things happening, and grow to love touch.

When your dog wants to sleep, another factor comes into play in favor of touch: while dogs tend to avoid proximity while away, many of them naturally seek to huddle together when sleeping, especially as puppies but even in some adult dogs. That may be an evolutionary mechanism for heat conservation at night, or for fitting together into a den. Regardless, nap times are a great way to encourage positive associations with touch.

Conditioning helps accelerate that adaptation, and help de-sensitize your dog to unexpected touch.

If you want, you can accelerate the formation of those positive associations with touch. You can go about that as you would any other form of socialization, such as we explored in Chapter 1-2: Socialization Basics.

We recommend an approach as follows:

  1. Do something your puppy loves, such as playing with them (tug is a perfect game) or giving them a stuffed chewtoy (see Chapter 1-7)
  1. Then, while they’re doing that super-fun thing, start lightly touching them, praising them while doing so. At first they might be surprised, but since they (by this point should) trust you and are doing something super fun, they will quickly turn back to the fun (the tug game or chewtoy).
  1. As you do that regularly, they’ll get used to the touch, eventually not noticing it

That desensitization achieves two benefits:

  • Creates positive associations with touch, accelerating their ‘cuddliness’
  • Reduces the risk that they will react or bite if someone touches them by surprise – if they are used to be touched unexpectedly, with nothing bad happening, they won’t be as startled or react as strongly if someone pets them from behind
When you approach a dog to pet them (after getting the owner’s permission), reach under their head, not over it.

Movies always show people petting dogs on the head. While that makes for a good visual, it is completely antithetical dog body language. Dogs, like most mammals, do not like it when you loom or reach over them. It is naturally threatening.

As such, when approaching a strange dog, always start by reaching under their head, not over it.

If your dog is wary of another person or dog and you want to work on socialization, i.e. to show them that it is ok, follow the appropriate socialization practices from Chapter 1-2

As we covered in Section 1, an incredibly important part of raising a happy, well-adapted dog is socialization. You need to teach your dog that strangers and other dogs are safe and ok, as long as you are with your dog and your dog has checked in with you. As this chapter should have made clear, your dog is likely to be initially wary of strange humans and dogs, and getting closer to them will only make that worse. That makes your job of convincing them that everything is OK quite challenging.

This topic is incredibly important. We cover how to achieve this socialization, introducing your dog to strange humans and dogs, in dedicated chapters: 1-3 and 1-4. A couple example techniques include:

  • When introducing to human strangers, give the stranger some treats and have them get low hold the treats in an open palm, letting your dog go to them
  • When introducing your dog to other dogs, crouch down in front of your dog, between the two, to show your dog that you are there, that you will protect them if need be – they do not need to protect themselves

Please see the dedicated chapters for more technique and detail.

Chapter 4-4: Olfactory sense: the importance of your dog’s nose

“My puppy keeps having accidents in the same spot of the house. I clean it up every time so I don’t know what’s going on!”

“Suzie is perfectly house-trained at home but for some reason whenever we go to another house with a dog she starts marking!”

“Oh yeah I’ve heard about nosework classes. Taco doesn’t really have a great sense of smell though I don’t think he’d get anything out of it.”

In this chapter we familiarize you with one of the most important ways that your dog both physically and psychologically experiences the world very differently from you: their nose.

Dogs ‘see’ the world with their nose: their strong sense of smell leads them to experience the world very differently from how we do.

As we’ve introduced in Chapter 3-0 and Chapter 3-5, dogs have a much more powerful sense of smell than us. That doesn’t just give them a capability – it changes how they perceive the world.

As humans, we rely on our eyesight, that is how we primarily sense and interpret the world. In contrast, dogs often prioritize their olfactory sense over their eyes. When we step outside we might see grass and trees, but our dog sees flowing rivers of scent trails, a kaleidoscope of hundreds of unique smells, winding in different directions, flowing with the air currents, telling a story through both time and space.

As a dog owner, it’s important that you get in the habit of imagining how the world looks to your dog, i.e. from a scent perspective.

In the next bullet we survey some practical scenarios showing why you should do that. First however, let’s think about how to look at the world through your dog’s eyes:

  • Everything has more dimensions than what you see. What looks like another generic rock to you might actually tell a whole multi-faceted story to your dog, of a recent rain, an animal that has passed through, or a fungus underneath.
  • They ‘see’ in time and airflow. With our eyes, we see only how things are. With scent, dogs see what was – what used to be here – and how things have moved, using gradients in scent. For example, when you leave the house, it has been hypothesized that dogs can tell how long you’ve been gone by how much your scent has diffused.
  • They ‘see’ multiple layers. By the same token, dogs don’t just ‘see’ one thing in a spot – they see many layers of things. All the hundreds of overlapping scents from different sources, coming from different directions
  • Airflow is important – it might not be obvious to you where a scent is coming from. As air flows, indoors and outdoors, it carries scent in different directions. As a result, a dog might be picking up a scent that excites them or makes them nervous from a direction you don’t expect. Don’t assume that the origin of a scent is where the dog is sniffing.

To better understand how your dog’s nose works, and learn how to see the world through their eyes, consider checking out some books on the topic, such as Patricia McConnell’s The other end of the leash, or taking classes in competitive scent-work (see Appendix 2-1).

In a practical sense, understanding that your dog has a scent-first view of the world is important to handling them. It can help you easily understand and respond to behaviors that might otherwise seem inexplicable, as well as provide unparalleled mental stimulation through activities like scent-work and sniff-aris.

While you’re not able to smell what your dog does, of course, you do need to get in the habit of remembering that scent is primarily how they perceive the world. It will help you make better decisions around your dog. Here are a few practical examples:

  • Enzyme cleaners: If your puppy has an accident in the house, cleaning it up with normal household cleaners is not enough – even though you can’t smell it, they will still smell it for weeks or months. Since dogs are inclined to do potty in the same spot every time, that will make it much more likely for them to have an accident. On top of that, Ammonia-based cleaners, like Windex, actually smell like urine to many dogs. Instead, if your dog has an accident, make sure to use an enzyme cleaner, one that is specifically designed for dog urine. That will get rid of the scent.
  • Peeing in indoor public areas: By the same token, if other dogs have done potty indoors – such as at a friend’s house, at a dog daycare, at a groomer, or in a mall or hotel lobby – your dog will smell that, and be inclined to pee in or just mark that spot. If you are in an indoor area with a lot of dog traffic and your dog start sniffing a corner or pole, pull them away – they might be about to mark (thereby hurting your errorless potty training)!
  • Scent work and mental stimulation: As we covered in Chapter 3-5, the vast amount of sensory information dogs take in with their nose requires a great deal of mental horsepower to process. That is both incredibly fun for them, develops their mental faculties and problem-solving ability, and tires them out quickly. As a result, making sure to provide some scent-based exploration, as laid out in that chapter, both enriches their life and helps them grow and develop.
  • Nervousness at the vet: Even before walking in the door to a new vet, your dog might become anxious, tucking her tail and refusing to enter. Most likely, she’s smelling things that are causing her anxiety. She could be smelling the pee or pheromones of other dogs, or she may be smelling compounds used at vets that she remembers from past vets. Regardless, you can’t fool your dog into going into a vet’s office. Instead, you’ll have to use careful Socialization tactics, as laid out in Chapter 1-2.
  • Separation anxiety training: As we covered in Chapter 1-12, we often start separation anxiety training by just leaving the room. Remember, however, that even if they can’t see you, the can probably smell you underneath the door. If you’re just leaving the room for a few seconds (to start) that won’t matter, but once you work your way up to several minutes, you may want to go to another part of the house, so that at least your smell fades.
Developing olfactory sense: the more you get your dog to use their nose, the more they will use and the better they will be with it.

Dogs use their nose to varying extents, depending on both their individual genetics and the experiences you give them. As we covered in Chapter 3-5, actively doing scent-based work with your dog will not only make them better at using their nose, you will also see them starting to use it more often.

If you encourage them to use their nose in that way, over time it will become more and more refined. They will get better and better at distinguishing, interpreting, and following scents. In contrast, if you don’t do anything to foster their nose, it will atrophy a bit with time, and you may see them relying on their sight as much as their nose. As we discussed in the Need for open-ended exploration, more nuanced use of their nose is great for their enrichment and getting their energy out: they will get more out of their time spent outside, in any context.

See the table “Activities for encouraging use of nose” in Chapter 3-5 for a breakdown of different activities you can do with your dog to encourage the development of their nose, including off-leash nature hikes, scent work, and sniff-aris.

Chapter 4-5: Reading dog body language

In previous chapters we’ve already discussed some ways canines and primates differ physiologically and psychologically. In this Chapter, we will focus on a particularly important area where many owners misunderstand their dogs: body language.

Dogs have the same range of emotional nuance as humans – they just communicate it with their bodies, rather than their tongues. Being able to read your dog’s emotions is a necessary starting foundation for everything else you do with your dog. If you can’t read your dog’s body language – seeing when they’re upset, happy, fearful, tired, etc. – you cannot train or handle them effectively. If you don’t know how they feel, you won’t know how to respond to them or their situation. Owning and raising a dog is about two-way communication – if you don’t have it, you’ll be neither successful nor satisfied.

Just because your dog can’t communicate in the way you do does not mean they don’t have a full range of nuanced emotional experience.

As we’ve emphasized in a wide range of situations throughout this Primer, everything you do needs to be informed by an understanding of how your dog is feeling. In socializing your dog with a new surface, you need to recognize when they’re fearful, and how much so, when they’re growing more or less fearful, when they’re getting a bit calmer or even curious, and so forth; your actions need to both anticipate and react to your dog’s feelings, as we explored in, for example, Chapter 1-2: Socialization Basics or Chapter 1-8: Crate training or Chapter 2-18: Training sessions. You can’t follow recipes – you have to respond to how your dog feels.

Obviously, that means you need to understand how to read your dog’s body language.

Unfortunately, many owners – even those who claim to have a ‘close bond’ to their dog – are completely oblivious to their dog’s emotions. Every day we see owners who:

  • Think their dog is happy – because they are frenetic and wagging their tail – when they are actually scared
  • Think their dog is obedient – because they follow their command – when they are actually suppressing their behavior
  • Think their dog is calm – because they are laying down silently – when they are actually terrified

In each case an attuned eye could easily tell what their dog is actually feeling. And in each case the owner’s ignorance is causing them to do the exact wrong things for their dog, despite their best intentions. As a responsible owner, being able to read your dog’s emotions is the necessary starting foundation for everything else you do with your dog.

The best way to learn how to read your dog’s emotions is by watching them, paying real attention to them, building an intuition over time. Even so, learning some basic cues is a helpful place to start

It is hard to memorize rules for interpreting dog body language: as you’ll see shortly, there is a lot of nuance, and plenty of room for completely – and dangerously – orthogonal interpretations of a behavior.

As we will cover in the next chapter – Open-ended observation: learning your dog – the best way to really build an intuition for how your dog is feeling is by paying honest attention to them: watching them, day after day; watching how they respond to different situations, learning the nuances of their body and facial expressions. You will find that just by watching them, your brain will start to pick up the patterns, and you will slowly but surely get a better and more accurate understanding of how your dog – and other dogs – feel. We will go into that further in the next chapter.

Even so, learning some basic signals – as we’ll cover in this chapter – can help you get started in knowing what to look for and interpreting it.

This chapter is just an introduction to a huge and complex topic. We will give you some basic cues to consider for some of the most critical emotional states, but there are valuable resources out there to dive deeper

This Chapter is just a brief overview to get you familiar with some basic principles of dog body language – there is so much more rich depth to discover and understand. Indeed, dog body language remains an active field of research, with numerous academics devoting their lives to studying it. As a dog owner however, there are some great resources out there to learn more, including but not limited to:

As mentioned above though, perhaps the best thing you can do to learn to read dog body language is to pay attention and observe your dog and other dogs. Dogs are very clear communicators when you can read them; their actions follow their body language. We explore this topic in more depth in Chapter 4-6. Watch their language and their actions, and you’ll be surprised at how quickly you will learn to read a dog’s thinking and intent just from their posture or even from something as subtle as where their eyes are looking. As you start to open your eyes, you’ll be amazed at how so many owners don’t learn this most basic thing. Go to the dog park sometime and watch the dogs – watch to see who is having the time of their life, and who is afraid, nervous, or defensive, or who is prowling, angry, looking to harm; on any given day you’ll be able to see an owner happily chatting away or reading a book while their dog cowers in fear.

Learning to read your dog takes time! You don’t need to be an expert on Day One. However, it is critically important to be able to recognize three major posture signals: Tension, Fear, and Happiness. These emotions are some of the most frequently misinterpreted – and the most dangerous to miss.

As a starting point, there are three emotional states that we want you to start familiarizing yourself with the signals for:

  • Tension – something is making your dog on edge and they are hyperaware. Your dog will be mentally preparing to react to the stimulus triggering them. This can result in an outward reaction, such as aggression, or may trigger a fearful fight or flight response, if you do not appropriately intervene and remove your dog from the situation.
  • Fear – your dog views something in the environment as “scary” and they are feeling threatened and anxious. Your dog will respond with a flight or fight reaction if you do not intervene appropriately, following protocols such as in Chapter 1-2.
  • Happy/At Ease – your dog is relaxed and comfortable in their current situation. They are at ease, happy, and content. They may present playful behaviors or a calm disposition in this state.

Misinterpretation of one of these signs can put your dog in great stress and may cause them to react in a way that could be dangerous, such as causing a dog-fight or a biting incident, even for a dog that has never bitten before. Here are some common mistakes people make:

  • Example: misinterpreting tension: Fido is reactive towards other dogs. He is on a walk with his owner and sees another dog approaching. Fido begins to tense up, his tail rises over his back, he locks eyes with the approaching dog, and he begins pulling and barking. The owner, thinking that his tail being up means that he’s excited to play, allows Fido to approach the other dog, leading a dog-fight when Fido growls at the other dog.
  • Example: misinterpreting fear: Rover is a puppy and has had only a little bit of exposure to children. Rover’s owners are having a family party, with young kids coming over. The children want to pet him. Rover is unsure of the children’s quick movements and loudness, he is tucking his tail, cowering, and runs away from the kids as they approach. Rover’s owner, not realizing this and knowing that rover hasn’t displayed any aggression, tells the kids “it’s fine to pet him he doesn’t bite.” Rover keeps trying to hide from the kids, until eventually he snaps at them, nipping one, to try to get them to go away.

It is crucially important that you are able to correctly read your dog’s emotions, to know how they are feeling in a given situation.

Tense Body Language
  • Signs that your dog is tense:

    NOTE: each of these cues can have multiple interpretations, as you’ll learn if you read any of the books we recommended above. Until you build a strong intuition for your dog’s emotions based on dedicated observation, be sure to look for multiple signals before concluding your dog is tense, fearful, or at ease. At the same time, don’t expect your dog to exhibit all of these signals.

    • Stiff body
    • Ears held back against the head or pointed forward rigidly
    • Rigid tail or tail curled up over the back
    • Head lowered to body level
    • Eyes locked on something (the source of wariness)
    • Hackles raised
    • Lips curled back into a grimace or baring teeth
    • Growl, grumble, or bark
    • Eyes wide with whites showing
  • What that can mean
    • Hyperaware of environment/stimulus
    • Feeling on edge
    • About to get aggressive
    • Preparing to defend themself/their person/their area
    • Can progress into an aggression or fear response
  • What to do about it
    • Remove them from the situation.
    • Redirect their attention on something “positive” – to you, a treat, a toy, etc. (note this will likely not be possible until you’ve removed them from the situation).
    • Step in front of the dog, showing you acknowledge the trigger and have it controlled.
    • DO NOT allow your dog to approach the trigger. That can cause an aggressive attack response.
    • DO NOT yell at your dog, that can further agitate them and make the situation worse. The noise level and excitement in your voice can make them think they are right to be tense, that you are nervous about the same thing.
    • Keep your voice and body language calm.
Fear Body Language
  • Signs that your dog is afraid:

    NOTE: each of these cues can have multiple interpretations, as you’ll learn if you read any of the books we recommended above. Until you build a strong intuition for your dog’s emotions based on dedicated observation, be sure to look for multiple signals before concluding your dog is tense, fearful, or at ease. At the same time, don’t expect your dog to exhibit all of these signals.

    • Tail tucked under body
    • Panting
    • Hunched body posture
    • Shivering
    • Head lowered below body level
    • Pacing or creeping movement
    • Ears pinned back to head
    • Yawning
    • Lip licking
    • Eyes wide with whites showing
    • Whining or barking
    • Rolling over
    • Avoidance behaviors (cowering, running away, hiding)
  • What that can mean
    • Something in environment is causing stress
    • Feeling scared and/or threatened
    • Lack of confidence with an approaching stimulus
    • Can progress to a fight or flight response
  • What to do about it
    • Remove your dog from the situation.
    • Redirect their attention with an easy, highly-rewarded/reinforced command that involves movement! Behaviors such as heeling, focus heeling or cycling through a repertoire of any movement based behaviors are preferable. Elevated levels of adrenaline present in times of fear or anxiety prime the body for movement. Stationary behaviors like a sit or down stay should be avoided as they could potentially exacerbate the issue.
    • If it’s a stimulus you want to condition them to, carefully follow the approaches laid out in Chapters 1-2 – 1-5. Make sure not to proceed with socialization however if they’re too fearful and therefore unable to come around to a more positive mental state.
    • DO NOT force your dog to approach the trigger. That will only deepen their fear response and potentially lead to imprinting a reaction. See Chapter 1-2: Socialization Basics and the chapters that follow it for more detail on the matter.
Calm Body Language
  • Signs that your dog is at ease:

    NOTE: each of these cues can have multiple interpretations, as you’ll learn if you read any of the books we recommended above. Until you build a strong intuition for your dog’s emotions based on dedicated observation, be sure to look for multiple signals before concluding your dog is tense, fearful, or at ease. At the same time, don’t expect your dog to exhibit all of these signals.

    • Loose body/torso
    • Tail wagging loosely (e.g., off-rhythm) and whole-body wagging – a loose torso is particularly important
    • Head held up
    • Ears loose or slightly forward
    • Play behaviors (like play bowing)
    • Mouth open
    • Sleeping
    • Relaxed
    • Easily distracted, exploring different rewards (like toys, food), willingly
  • What that means
    • Happy and content
    • Comfortable in the environment
    • Confident
    • At ease
    • Potentially open to playing or settling
  • What to do about it
    • If dog is playful, play with them!
    • If dog is relaxed, let them relax!
    • Give pets and attention
    • Best state of mind for training

Chapter 4-6: Open-ended observation: learning your dog

“[Of a puppy that is clearly over-stimulated and jumping on people as a result] Down! Down! Ugh I need to be stricter with her or she just won’t listen to me”

“[Of a dog that is clearly very nervous around some high-energy children] Awww look he’s getting along great with them”

In Chapter 4-5 we talked about some general signals and cues to look out for to interpret your dog’s behavior. As we highlighted, however, you can’t reliably reduce interpretation of your dog’s emotion to an easy checklist; dogs give off an array of complex physical signals with tremendous nuance and subtlety. Looking for specific cues can help direct your attention, but ultimately you will need to pay attention and let your brain start to pick up organically on the signals and patterns your dog is exhibiting. Over time, through careful observation, you’ll learn to read your dog’s emotional state with increasing accuracy and specificity.

Learn how to read your dog. To understand how your dog thinks, you can’t really follow a recipe. That understanding only comes from watching and paying attention to her. In time, you will be able to read her thoughts and emotions as surely as if she could speak.

In the last chapter, Reading dog body language, we went through concrete signals to look for in dogs, almost like a recipe.

Now, we will essentially tell you to throw all of that out (or, at least, to not take it too far).

The last Chapter may have left you with the impression that you can read a dog’s emotions by following a diagnostic script. In reality, even if we did succeed in perfectly and completely specifying the ways a dog manifests their emotional state, it would be too complex and nuanced for you to consciously process. The same signal – as we pointed out in that chapter – can reflect different emotional states; different signals can be subtly different in form and color; and context can dramatically change how your dog manifests an emotional state. On top of that, all dogs are individuals, with their own personality quirks, experiences, and behavioral patterns. Many generations of brilliant, dedicated behaviorists have worked hard just to scratch the surface of explaining how a dog’s thoughts and emotions manifest as conscious and unconscious behaviors.

All that means is that, in practical terms, it is not an effective long-term solution for most pet dog owners to try and memorize body language cues. The fundamentals we’ve covered so far can help get you started on how to read your dog, by helping you spot some of the signals that you’ve never known how to properly interpret. But to truly, accurately interpret your dog’s body language, you really need to do exactly what we do to read humans: develop an intuition, built on just paying attention to your dog.

When we look at another person, we can tell their emotional state by reading a thousand tiny cues in their face, posture, eyes, tone, etc. Unless you’re a facial recognition expert, you can’t put all those thousand cues into words, or look for them deliberately. Rather, over time, as you interact with people, your brain subconsciously starts to see the patterns, and learns to read emotion. It works exactly the same way with dogs.

The patterns we survey in the previous chapter are incredibly useful:

  1. They give you a place to start
  1. Looking for those signals helps you start training your eye
  1. If you are having trouble reading another dog, they give you some guidance to fall back on

Eventually, however, you won’t need to look for specific signs. By watching your dog, as we cover in the next bullet, you will gradually be able to tell their emotion without trying.

You’ll be able to tell, clear as day, whether your dog is nervous, happy, over-excited, tired, in pain,

Few owners do this. Even after 10 years with a dog, many owners still completely misinterpret their dog’s emotions

Observing your dog might sound obvious, but – as we will highlight in the next bullet – it really requires paying attention. It is not solely spending time with your dog. You have to actively observe them – you have a high ‘cognitive engagement’ in the observation process.

Sadly many owners today don’t do this. They spend time with their dog, but they don’t watch them, trying to learn the nuances in their behavior.

As a result, every single day we see owners who have spent years with their dogs misinterpreting some of the most signals, like:

  • Misinterpreting a fear response as ‘Sally is so excited to play!’
  • Misinterpreting depression as ‘oh Sally loves to sleep all day’
  • Misinterpreting suppression as ‘Sally is incredibly obedient!’

As we’ll talk about, you have to watch your dog, you have to be open to her signals, to start learning them.

The best (and only) way to learn how to read your dog is paying active attention to them.

Developing that intuition might seem daunting, but thankfully it’s actually incredibly easy; you don’t even really have to ‘try.’ All you need to do is pay attention to your dog.

That doesn’t just mean looking at your dog, it means actively watching them. Actually pay attention. Both when you’re interacting with them and when they’re doing their own thing, watch your dog. You will be amazed at how, over time, you will know exactly how your dog feels all the time. You will be able to accurately identify amazingly specific emotions and messages from your dog, not unlike how the parents of infants can come to understand exactly what their child is trying to tell them.

It does take effort though – you have to be deliberate about paying attention – it’s not just spending time with your dog; as we highlighted above, a great many owners consistently misinterpret their dogs even after years of living together. Rather you need to be ‘cognitively engaged’ – you need to want to learn your dogs emotions.

Chapter 4-7: Recognizing healthy vs unhealthy dog-dog play

[As two dogs wrestle, both giving all sorts of looseness and happiness signals, having the time of their lives] “I don’t like the way Rufus plays, it’s too aggressive”

[One dog fleeing another desperately, tail tucked and wild panic in their eyes, as their owner pays no attention] “Yeah I try to bring her to the dog park at least once a day to get some activity for her”

In the previous chapters, Reading dog body language and Open-ended observation: learning your dog, we talked about ways to learn how to pay attention to and read your dogs emotional. In this chapter we focus on reading emotions in a particular and important situation: dog-dog play.

Inter-dog play is important: it is a unique and wonderful physical activity, teaches dogs how to read and emit social cues, and helps build confidence

If your dog is not reactive, inter-dog play can be an important part of your dog’s life. Per Chapter 3-3, healthy dog-dog play time provides:

  • Physical activity that they can’t achieve otherwise: if you’ve ever seen two dogs chasing and playing, you know that no human can replicate that experience. We have neither the speed, stamina, inclination, intuition, or physicality to engage in that sort of play effectively or safely. Creating opportunities for your dog to play with other dogs in a safe and healthy manner gives them a unique and profound source of enrichment and joy.
  • Socialization: play is a fantastic environment for your dog to learn social cues – to learn how to signal and read things like “let’s play,” “I’ve had enough,” “back off,” and “I’m tired,” as well as practicing healthy social hierarchy signals. See Chapter 1-4 and Chapter 3-3 for more on this topic.
  • Confidence-building: as we’ll discuss in Chapter 2-27: Core capabilities, it’s important that your dog develops ‘confidence’ in themselves – a confidence that they can:
    • Pursue new experiences and new interactions without fear
    • Assert their comfort and boundaries with other dogs and people in a healthy, rather than fearful or insecure, way (i.e. by making their desire clear without resorting to defensiveness and violence)
Reactivity: Do NOT allow your dog to play with other dogs if your dog is reactive, unless it is in a context with the express permission of a reputable trainer with experience in handling reactivity

If your dog is reactive to other dogs (see Chapter 1-4), allowing them to play with other dogs can:

  • Be dangerous – healthy play could turn into true violence suddenly
  • Worsen reactivity – any negative experience will make reactivity worse; and if your dog is reactive they will be primed to react anyway, starting off with feelings of fear and danger that start them in a negative place

To determine if your dog is reactive, talk to a trainer. They can help you identify the signs and understand if your dog is reactive. For other tips, see Chapter 1-4.

What healthy play looks like: play is often a mimicry of hunting – jumping, biting, and snarling can be totally fine! It’s important to watch dogs’ body language to tell the difference between play-aggression and true aggression

Play for dogs – and many animals – is often a mimicry of hunting and prey instinct.

As a result, healthy play can appear violent. Two dogs can be tackling each other or face-biting each other and they can be having the time of their lives (later in the chapter, we’ll talk about how to recognize when it isn’t healthy and is real violence rather than mock violence). Indeed, often, the more dogs trust each other and are ‘compatible’ with each other, the more ‘violent’ their play will appear as they can ‘go at it’ with vigor.

Many owners who don’t know any better can therefore feel uncomfortable with play between dogs that is, actually, quite healthy for them. We’ve met many owners who pull their dog away whenever dog is doing safe, healthy wrestling with another dog. That not only risks creating reactivity, it deprives your dog of all the joys and enrichment of play that we discussed earlier in the chapter.

Healthy play – notice that despite their ‘ferocious’ mouths, their bodies are relaxed and tails loose despite how close they are to one another.

Of course, unhealthy, truly violent play also, obviously, appears violent – so how do you tell the difference? We’ll talk about that in two pieces: first, let’s talk about the indicators of healthy play:

Indicators of healthy play

  • ‘Loose’ bodies – their torsos and hind quarters should be obviously loose, flailing about as they move.
  • Reciprocity – reversing roles regularly; switching off who is ‘on top’ in a wrestle. Chasing may be less reciprocal, and that can be OK depending on the circumstances (see later bullet)
  • Backing off/letting go – when one dog yelps, the other dog immediately, instinctively lets them go and backs off, waiting for the other dog to invite them back/indicate they’re ready to play again
  • Play bowing – inviting the other dog to play
  • ‘Air Mouthing’ – while wrestling, playing dogs will often open their jaws and ‘mouth’ each other’s faces. If it’s true play, they won’t be biting/closing their jaws, they’ll be sort of ‘air mouthing’ each others’ faces
  • No signals of unhealthy play – see later in chapter

Note that BOTH dogs need to exhibit these signals: one dog might be playing but the other might be nervous, reactive, or poorly socialized, and not be ready to engage in healthy, mutual play. One dog could be loose and happy and the other terrified. If that’s the case, separate them right away.

What about unhealthy play, what does that look like? We’ll talk about that next.

Note things that are not clear indicators of whether play is healthy or unhealthy:

  • Wrestling
  • Growling or snarling
  • Stalking
  • Chasing

All of these behaviors can occur in healthy or unhealthy play, and aren’t reliable indicators of one or the other.

Signs of UNHEALTHY play: reactive or under-socialized dogs can sometimes have a hard time understanding the boundary between play and reality. Look for signs that play is unhealthy, and separate the dogs immediately

Both healthy and unhealthy play look violent, so how do we tell the difference? In the previous bullet we discussed indicators of healthy play. Let’s consider the opposite:

Indicators of unhealthy play

  • Rigid bodies – stiff spines; see Chapter 4-5
  • Not backing off – when one dog yelps, the other doesn’t immediately back off and give them space, instead continuing to pin or chase them
  • Tucked tails – tucking their tail in and curling their body in a defensive posture
  • Running away/panic – fleeing, rather than being ‘chased’. When a dog is happily being chased, you’ll see them look back and coax the other dog to come chase them, as well as turn around and start chasing the other dog back. If the dog is fleeing instead, you’ll see them really trying to get away, often trying to hide with you
  • Pinning – one dog pinning the other and not letting them up/giving them a turn. If you see panic in the other dog’s eyes, it will be pretty clear
  • Submission-urination – if a dog soils themselves during play, they are really afraid. Hopefully you’ve spotted earlier signals long before that
  • Any fear signals – see Chapter 4-5 for what to look for

If you see any indications that either dog is afraid, rather than having fun, SEPARATE THEM IMMEDIATELY. A dog fight can easily break out, and those are truly deadly situations.

How does ‘unhealthy play’ happen? There are a couple scenarios where a dog can have a hard time understanding the difference between play and true violence:

  • Reactivity: as we discussed at length in Chapter 1-4, dog-reactive dogs can be, to varying extents, fearful of other dogs. That fear causes them to lash out in violence as a way to protect themselves.

    Note that mildly reactive dogs might start a play session happily, but change their mind part-way. Be on the lookout!

  • Under-socialization and ‘prey mode:’ dogs have, to varying extents depending on the breed and individual, prey drive. A well-socialized dog understands the difference between play and real hunting, but an inadequately-socialized dog can sometimes blur the lines. They could start in a play mode, but then a switch can flip: the play can trigger them into thinking the other dog is prey, creating true violence. Again, that can happen suddenly, and the turn of a dime, so you have to be on the lookout.
If you’re not sure, talk to a trainer!

If you’re having trouble distinguishing healthy from unhealthy play, work with a trainer! They should have much more experience and be able to give you a good perspective.

Further resources:

Understanding how to read dog body language is tough, and takes practice.

Besides the tips above, we recommend:

  1. Work with a trainer – watching your dog, and other dogs, alongside them, they can help show you what signals to be watching for
  1. Pay attention to your dog! Per Chapter 4-6, the more you just watch your dog, really paying attention to their body language, the more you will start to ‘learn their language,’ to understand how they’re feeling, with increasing nuance. That intuition will come naturally, don’t overthink it, just watch them.
  1. Check out some further resources. In addition to the above, there are some books on dog body language that you might find helpful:

    Again, you have to pair this learning with practice, watching dogs to develop an intuition.

Chapter 4-8: Communicating with dogs: how dogs perceive *our* body language

[When coming to pet your dog, a stranger stands over them and tries to pet their head, while the dog tries avoid that by swiveling their head and body, and grimacing to show their back teeth threateningly] “hi baby!”

In the previous three Chapters we focused on how you can read your dog; in this chapter, we look at how your dog reads you.

Size & Proximity: We often unintentionally threaten dogs with our posture: standing tall and leaning forward (being ‘big’) is threatening; being ‘small’ (crouching down and leaning back) signals we mean no harm. If you want new dogs to feel comfortable around you, carry yourself accordingly.

We all want to be like Dr. Doolittle, to have animals come to us for pets. There are few things more subtly hurtful than approaching a cute dog with the best of intentions and having them back away, wary of you.

Part of the trick is in posture. When someone doesn’t know any better, how would they approach a dog? They would walk towards it and reach down to pet it. Unfortunately, that sends at least 3 clear threat signals to dogs:

  • Size (Standing/Crouching): Most mammals – dogs, humans, bears, etc. – use size as a threat, to get other animals to back off. When you walk over to a dog, standing up, you appear very large to them. You don’t mean to, humans are just much larger than dogs.
    • Threat posture: Standing normally is still ‘looming’ to a dog, you appear tall
    • Safe posture: Crouching down, making yourself small, reduces how much of a threat you appear to be
  • Lean: How you lean effects perception of size. If you lean forward, you are looming over the dog, making you appear more of a threat. Leaning forward not only increases your ‘perceived sized,’ it also puts you into a sort of ‘attack’ posture; if you were to pounce on someone, you’d be leaning forward, in the direction you want to move, not leaning back.
    • Threat posture: Leaning forward, over or towards the dog
    • Safe posture: Leaning back, showing that you are open, vulnerable, and no threat
  • Proximity: As we covered in Chapter 4-3, dogs view closer proximity as threatening, and have a different sense of distance than humans do.
    • Threat posture: Approaching a dog that doesn’t know you
    • Safe posture: If you want a dog to feel comfortable, let them get close to you

Below, after covering other aspects of posture and verbal communication, we will summarize how to combine these measures with others to make a dog to feel comfortable around you

Vocals: You must be more conscientious of your tone when talking to dogs than you are with other humans. Your pitch, volume, and tempo can strongly effect how your dog interprets you. You should understand how they perceive different tonalities, and use that knowledge appropriately.

Most owners don’t realize it, but humans are fairly unique among animals in their ability to transpose frequencies. If you sing a song in the key of C or the key of F, or if you say a word in a high or low frequency, people will recognize it as the same song or word. In contrast, most animals have difficulty or are unable to transpose in that way: the same word at two different frequencies sound like completely different words to them.

Dogs are, compared to most animals, remarkably good at hearing us. Even so, they’re not humans. You should be very conscientious of your tone when talking to dogs, moreso than with humans.

Here is a brief summary of how dogs perceive human tone:

  • Pitch: Dogs view higher-pitched tones as reflecting excitement or pleasure (although very high-pitched tones they can find painful). Dogs see lower-pitched tones as reflecting displeasure, anger, or a threat (like growling).

    As such, you should use high-pitched tones when you want to praise them or get them excited. You should be wary of low-pitched tones; if they trust you, you can use low-pitched tones as a correction, as a mama-dog would (see Chapter 2-2), but be careful not to overuse that.

  • Tempo: Dogs view faster speaking as reflecting energy or excitement, and slower speech as calming.

    As such, if you want to get a dog excited, talk faster, more staccato. If you want to calm a dog down, speak more slowly, more calmly.

  • Volume: Dogs view louder speech as scary or threatening – or commanding, and quieter speech as comforting. Dogs generally do not have particularly strong hearing compared to humans (although they can hear to a higher frequency), but they are more sensitive to loud noise. Generally speaking, you want to speak at lower volumes to your dog, only using high volumes when you need to suddenly get their attention in an emergency, such as for an emergency-down, -sit, or -recall.
Petting: reach under a dogs head, not over it.

As we discussed in Chapter 4-3, reaching over a dog’s head can feel threatening to them, much like looming above them (see above). If you want to pet a dog, wait until they have approach you (see proximity above), offer them a treat in an open palm, and if they take it and seem less scared then you can try – slowly – to pet them underneath their chin.

See Chapter 4-3 for more detail.

Eye contact: direct eye contact from a stranger can signal aggression.

Dogs find direct eye contact threatening from strangers. Direct eye contact can cause dogs – and most other animals – to react aggressively or become fearful. Looking away is good for disengaging behaviors or putting a dog at ease.

You don’t need to look away if you’re interacting with a dog (that sends a different signal, which we’ll discuss later in the chapter), just don’t stare directly into their eyes.

Summarizing: how to make a dog feel comfortable

Summarizing, if you want to make a new dog feel at ease:

  • Crouch down
  • Lean back a bit, don’t loom over them
  • You can look in their direction, but don’t stare directly into their eyes
  • Let them come to you
  • Encourage them in a soft, high-pitched voice
  • If you have a treat, hold it out in front of you, low, with an open palm
  • If they approach and take the treat, reach under their head to pet them, not over
Disclaimer: NEVER approach or open yourself up to a dog that is human-reactive or that you don’t have express permission from their owner to approach.

Above we have given you some tools for how to approach a dog (or, more aptly, how to get a dog to approach you). All of that comes with the disclaimer however, which we covered in several previous chapters, that you should never interact with a dog without the express permission of their owner. Bending down to a reactive dog risks getting bitten right in the face.

Always ask permission from an owner before trying to approach them.

We discuss this topic further in Chapter 4-9: Rules for interacting with other people’s dogs

Getting a dog to come to you: show your back, and walk away from them, not towards them

There is another implication to what we’ve discussed on dog’s perception on proximity:

  • When you face a dog or walk towards them, their inclination is to move away from you
  • When you show your back to a dog or walk away from them, their inclination is to move towards you, to follow you

The former suggests aggression on your part, whereas the latter both (a) shows them that you are no threat, and (b) can trigger their desire to be close to their humans (or humans in general if they are not reactive).

These behaviors are particularly true of dogs that are unfamiliar with you, but still apply to dogs that you know well. If you’re working on Recall and you are trying to encourage your dog to come to you, showing your back and walking away can sometimes help.

That behavior is contrary to our normal human impulse: when we want someone to come to us, we tend to walk towards them and they start to reciprocate automatically.

Showing displeasure: looking up and away from them can be an extremely effective correction.

One of the best ways to indicate to a puppy or adult dog that you do not approve of their current behavior is to do exactly what mama-dogs do: turn your nose up at them.

Specifically, with your body still facing them, look up to the side and away, showing them your chin/cheek. That posture says ‘I am not going to pay attention to you, because you are behaving badly.’ Few things will drive a puppy desperate for attention more crazy. It’s a particularly nice technique as it will get them to focus on you, by default stopping whatever they are doing, which allows you to turn back to them and praise and reward them for the now-good behavior.

Chapter 4-9: Rules for interacting with other people’s dogs

“[Seeing someone approach a service dog without asking permission]”

“[When you have your reactive dog on-leash on a hike, someone sees you from a distance but doesn’t leash their dog, and just lets their dog run up to yours. They try to recall their dog but their dog doesn’t listen to their command]”

Putting together the concepts from the previous chapters, we can collect a series of dos and don’ts for interacting with other people’s dogs.

Rules for approaching dogs on your own: evaluate the situation, ask permission first, and approach with appropriate body language.

When you do not have a dog with you and you want to approach another person’s dog, follow these rules:

Rules for approaching other dogs on your own

  1. Look at the dog and evaluate the situation – if they are, for example, in the middle of a training session, if the dog is clearly nervous (Chapter 4-5), or if the owner is occupied, be smart and move on, don’t bother them.
  1. Ask permission first, from a distance – if you want to approach, ask the owner permission first – “can I pet your dog” – and do so from about 20-30 feet away, not when you’re already right on top of the dog (per Chapter 4-3).
  1. Use appropriate body language – per Chapter 4-8, use the right body language to show the dog that you’re not a threat. We’ve copied those tips here:
    • Crouch down (warning: if the other dog is reactive, this puts your face dangerously within biting range; always make sure to check with the other owner regarding reactivity and bite history before greeting)
    • Lean back a bit, don’t loom over them
    • Let them come to you
    • Encourage them in a soft, high-pitched voice
    • If you have a treat, hold it out in front of you, low, with an open palm
    • If they approach and take the treat, reach under their head to pet them, not over
Rules for approaching other dogs with your dog: assume all dogs are reactive until you know better, and train your dog to check in with you before

When you have your own dog with you, you have to be doubly cautious before approach other dogs or allowing your dog to greet them. When you want to approach an unfamiliar dog with your own dog, follow these rules:

  1. Evaluate the situation – look for signs that the owner does not want their dog interacting with other dogs, for example: if the owner has their dog leashed in an off-leash park, or if the dog has a muzzle. In those cases, give them space and let them initiate if desired.
  1. Leash your dog before greeting – if you’re at an off-leash park, practice good ‘trail manners’ and leash your dog when you see another dog approaching, especially if the other dog is leashed. Once you have permission from the other owner, you can unleash your dog. See Chapter 2-29 and Chapter 2-28 for more.
  1. Train your dog to ask permission before greeting other dogs – if your dog is dog-motivated, they may want to run towards and play with every dog they see. That is extremely dangerous, as the other dog may be reactive, and your dog running towards them can easily trigger a violent response.

    To avoid that scenario, you should get in the habit of putting your dog into a Sit, Down, or Look/Check-in every time you see another dog. That might seem tedious at first, but if you do that consistently – i.e. never lapse – you will find that within just a few weeks your dog will start to offer the behavior automatically. That ensures that your dog will not spontaneous run towards other dogs, and will always check in for permission with you. Once you have confirmed with the other owner that it is OK to say hello, you can give your dog her release command and let them greet. If your dog is struggling to control themselves, standing in front of them to get their attention can help.

    The other owner, of course, may not respect the training you’re doing, and may let their dog run towards yours even though you are clearly putting your dog into a Sit/Down. If that happens, to give yourself time, yell to the other owner “hey we’re working on obedience, can you wait a second while I make him sit before saying hello to your dog?” If it’s too late for that, step in front of your dog, between their dog and yours. Then go through the Sit→Release cycle quickly. Be careful about trying to keep your dog in Sit/Down or on-leash while another dog charges them; that lack of control can make them leash-reactive and/or dog-reactive.

    If you wish to hike off-leash, you must make sure your dog has a perfectly consistent Sit or Down first; we will cover those and other requirements in Chapter 2-29. Once they are in Sit/Down, leash them (per above) before getting permission to let them off-leash and say hi.

  1. Ask permission first, from a distance – ask the owner permission first – “can my dog say hello?” – and respect their answer unquestioningly.
  1. If you don’t want a greeting, don’t be afraid to say so – if you’re working on, for example, getting your dog to not run after other dogs, don’t be afraid to say other owners, from a distance, “sorry we’re working on not greeting other dogs!” Don’t be afraid to step in front of your dog as well, to drive that point home.
Interacting with service dogs: don’t. (unless they invite you to)

Service dogs (see Chapter 4-10) perform a critical, necessary function for their owners. When they are out in the world, they are often working. As such, neither you nor your dog should ever distract them from their task (which you may not immediately know what that is).

If you see a service dog, let their owner invite you to say hello. Do not ask proactively. If they invite you to say hi, then go for it. But if they don’t, move on.

Chapter 4-10: Service dogs

“[Of an emotional support dog] Oh you have to let my dog in, she’s a service animal”

“Oh my dog is definitely a service animal, I have her certification here! [produces an online certificate]”

There is unfortunately a lot of confusion and misunderstanding around support animals, service dogs, and how to appropriately interact with them. In this chapter we will try to provide some clarity.

The distinction between support animals and service dogs: they are different, and while both are important the distinction matters.

There are several distinct types of human-assistance dogs, with distinct backgrounds and training:

Definitions: the types of human-assistance dogs

Service animalIs an official class of animal, with a legal definition and associated rights for the owner, such as bringing them onboard planes

☐ Owner has an ADA-qualifying disability. Note that a dog qualifies as a service animal, in a legal sense, only if the owner meets ADA qualifications; it is not about the animal’s training, it is about the owners need.

☐ Animal must serve a critical function associated with that disability, allowing more normal quality of life, for which they have been received months or years of in-depth professional training
Emotional support animal☐ Provides alleviation to an owner suffering from panic attacks or anxiety, either in general or in specific situations

☐ In the US, does not have a legal definition or confer legal rights upon the owner
Therapy dog☐ A dog owned by a trainer or health professional, used to assist in physical or psychological therapy

☐ In the US, does not have a legal definition or confer rights upon the owner
Dog-therapy dog☐ A dog owned by a trainer who has specifically trained the dog to help the trainer work with reactive dogs, helping to socialize them (see Chapter 1-4)

☐ In the US, does not have a legal definition or confer rights upon the owner

Note that for the time being only service animals enjoy an official legal definition and associated rights for where you can take them. More on that below.

Do NOT say that your emotional support dog is a service animal. Emotional support dogs are important and do perform a valuable role, but they are not service animals and confusing the two causes harm to those with disabilities.

It is important to understand that an emotional support animal is not a service animal: many people living with ADA-qualifying disabilities rely critically on their highly-trained service dogs to perform basic life functions; when people claim that their emotional support animals are service animals, it causes confusion for business owners and customer service staff and dilutes their willingness to accommodate people with actual service animals, as they are legally obliged to do.

If you have an emotional support animal, claiming that it is a service animal – and asking for associated rights – robs people with actual service animal needs of their ability to function. The increase in people claiming emotional support animals as service animals has made it harder and harder for people living with disabilities: they are finding that they must constantly explain that they do indeed have an actual service animal and an ADA-qualifying disability.

Using dogs for emotional support is a wonderful and appropriate way to use the companionship dogs offer (so long as you remain a responsible dog owner, per the other chapters in this primer); we fully endorse it. However, the over-use of emotional support animals claims is harming life for those with more inflexible needs.

BEWARE of bogus online service dog certifications – they are not real.

There are numerous websites online offering ‘service dog certifications’ with online tests. These are not a real thing. Service dogs, as noted above, are defined based on their owner’s ADA-qualifying disability. Furthermore, they require in-depth professional training for the particular service they provide, usually taking months or years (see later bullet). There is, currently, no official certification for service dogs in the US.

These websites are scams. Do not use them, and certainly do not point to their certificates as somehow qualifying you to take your dog into restaurants or on flights. As discussed above, that does enormous harm to those who actually rely on their service animals to survive.

If you want dogs to be allowed more places – be a responsible owner, and show people what dogs can do.

We all wish we could take our dogs more places – on planes, into restaurants, etc. That is a laudable desire, and entirely practical for a well-trained dog with a responsible owner. Unfortunately, many cities, towns, and businesses have a blanket ban on dogs, in part because of ignorance but also in part because so many poorly-trained, poorly-handled dogs out there have created fear and disruption for other citizens and patrons.

While it is tempting to use service dog claims to get your dogs into places that otherwise bar them, and while your dog may be perfectly behaved and will cause no disruption, as we highlighted above those fraudulent claims cause real harm to people relying on actual service dogs.

In the future, we believe that dogs can and should be allowed into more human spaces that many municipalities and businesses bar them from, often out of ignorance. By being a responsible dog owner and teaching your dog how to behave appropriately in human society – as laid out in the rest of this primer – you can help show people that dogs can share nearly any space with humans without causing disruption.

There are several types of service, all requiring in-depth professional training.

As mentioned, service dogs must be trained to serve a very specific function that their owner’s ADA-qualifying disability prevents them from being able to do. Each of these functions requires months or years of professional training, often full-time (boarded) training in the home of a trainer.

A few example tasks that service dogs are trained to fulfill are:

  • Allergen detection dogs, for e.g., peanut allergies
  • Mobility assistance dogs
  • Guide dogs (’seeing-eye dogs’)
  • Diabetic alert dogs
  • Seizure alert dogs
  • Seizure response dogs
Do not approach service dogs, and do not even ask about approaching them.

We covered this in the previous chapter, Rules for interacting with other people’s dogs.

To reiterate, service dogs perform a critical, necessary function for their owners. When they are out in the world, they are often working, not having fun. As such, neither you nor your dog should ever distract them from their task (which you may not immediately know what that is).

If you see a service dog, let their owner invite you to say hello. Do not ask proactively. If they invite you to say hi, then go for it. But if they don’t, move on.

Chapter 4-11: Do not de-bark your dog!

“We had to get Sally de-barked; she was barking all day while we were at work and we live in an apartment building so it just wasn’t tenable.”

Unfortunately, some owners ‘de-bark’ their dog, having the vocal chords removed that allow for dog barking. That is an incredibly misguided path to pursue for unwanted barking:

DO NOT DE-BARK YOUR DOG. There are far better ways to handle every kind of unwanted barking. It is cruel, harmful, and does not address the actual underlying issue.

As we have covered in other chapters, there are several reasons your dog may exhibit unwanted barking, all of which should be resolved through appropriate socialization and training:

  • Reactivity

    What it is: As covered in Chapters 1-2 – 1-5 on socialization, your dog may bark out of fear, as a defense mechanism.

    How you should handle it: Per Chapter 1-2, you should carefully socialize your dog, exposing them to and building positive associations with any stimuli (such as certain types of dog or person) that make them scared or wary, removing their fear and hence the bark-response.

  • Excitement & Attention

    What it is: When your dog is excited or wants to solicit play from other people or dogs, they can bark to get their attention.

    How you should handle it: As we will cover in Chapter 2-25, there are a variety of healthy techniques to train your dog to stop barking for attention or even excitement (if you desire), at the same time as building up their self-control/self-restraint. In tandem, make sure – per Section 3 – that you are meeting all of your dog’s basic needs for physical, mental, and social engagement.

  • Self-reinforcing behavior

    What it is: As we will cover in Chapter 2-21, barking can be enjoyable in and of itself, leading your dog to bark just because they like to.

    How you should handle it: As we will cover in Chapter 2-25, there are a variety of healthy techniques you can use to train your dog to stop barking independently, such as putting the behavior on a cue.

The key is that if your dog is exhibiting a behavior – like barking – that you do not like, you need to teach them not do to that; not remove their ability to do so.

For example, de-barking a reactive dog will not remove the underlying fear, stress, and anxiety causing it. De-barking an over-excited dog will not remove their excitement or desire for attention. You are papering over the problem, leading them to become more scared or frustrated.

Your job as a responsible dog owner is to teach them. De-barking them is selfish, cruel, and ultimately pointless. Do not do it.

Section 5:

Husbandry

Section 5 Introduction: Husbandry is your responsibility

“I got a doodle because they have hair. Hair does not mat and never need to be groomed!”

“My Husky pants so much in the summertime, I can tell she is so hot! We shaved her to help cool her off!”

“I don’t trim her nails because I don’t mind the length.”

“My parents never took our dogs to the vet and they never got sick! Vets only want to scam you out of your money. I don’t take my dog there!”

You must be aware of your dog’s husbandry needs. Failing to do so risks pain and suffering for your dog that you may not even be aware of.

Caring for your dog’s health involves more than just feeding them, giving them water, and letting them outside. A big part of being a responsible owner is making sure you give your dog the proper husbandry required so they are clean, healthy, and happy. These can sometimes feel like “little things” that get forgotten. Over time, those little things build up and create big problems.

Your dog must:

It is your responsibility to be aware of your dog’s husbandry needs and to take care of them.

If you don’t – if you let your dog’s coat or nails get too long, let diseases go unchecked, or groom your dog’s coat in an unhealthy manner (like shaving a double-coated dog), you can cause your dog constant, daily pain and discomfort.

In each of the Chapters in this Section we will cover different husbandry needs, provide guidelines for each, and discuss the implications of falling behind in them.

Chapter 5-1: Cooperative care

Before we dive into specific needs and guidelines, we should introduce our ‘ideal’ approach to grooming in general: ‘cooperative care’

Cooperative care: You can apply our socialization and training practices – using positive reinforcement to create positive experiences – to grooming. While that will go slowly at first, it will eventually make your dog much easier to groom (and let them enjoy the process too).

You can think of two opposite ends of a spectrum in approaching grooming (nail trimming, coat trimming, etc.):

  • Forcing compliance: The classic way to groom is to oblige submission and just do it. For example, holding their paw tight while you trim their nails so they can’t pull away.

    You might treat and reward while you do this (if they accept treats) to try to soften the experience, but ultimately you are forcing them to comply, and eventually they will give up and stop resisting.

  • ‘Cooperative care:’ conditioning your dog to like grooming: A more recent alternative route is to instead approach grooming the same way we approached socialization (cf. Chapter 1-2) and training (cf. Section 2): instead of forcing your dog, entice them to voluntarily be groomed. Praise and reward them for each tepid step they take to accepting grooming, and in that manner gradually shape the grooming behavior (recall Chapter 2-7).

There is, of course middle ground – which we’ll discuss later in the chapter – but for now we’d like to introduce you to what cooperative care is, and why you should consider adopting it.

Here is an example of what a cooperative care approach to nail trimming might look like:

Example: conditioning cooperative nail trimming

Over the course of many sessions, spread over several weeks or months:

  1. First, you introduce your dog to the nail trimmer themselves. Just bring out the nail clippers, and treat/reward them for looking at them. You might do just that for 3-10 sessions.
  1. You can then either put the clippers on the ground and let your dog explore them, or hold them a bit closer to your dog in your hand (whichever you think they will find less threatening). Either way, mark and reward every incremental step they take towards exploring the clippers, towards being curious about them, such as coming closer to them or nudging them with their nose.

    To help increase positive associations and excitement, you can start asking them for easy tricks as well (per Chapter 2-18, if you’ve been approaching training correctly they should love doing tricks!).

    Again, you could do that alone for 3-10 sessions, until they are excited to see the clippers come out.

  1. Once they are excited to see the clippers come out – it means rewards and fun after all, you can start asking for Paw (Appx. 1-10), so that they put their paw in your hand, and then just hold the clipper close to their paw, marking and rewarding when you do so as long as they don’t recoil.

    Make sure to get your timing right! You should not mark and reward if they ‘draw away’ – that will train them to avoid the clippers. Instead, you should mark and reward only when they are relaxed. As we covered in Chapter 2-5, good timing is critical.

    If they recoil and pull their paw out, let them! You don’t want to force them. Don’t reinforce that – they only get rewards and praise if they offer their paw and let you bring the clippers closer. But also don’t force it.

    Eventually (after many sessions), since they want the rewards and the clippers don’t do anything bad, they will start to happily offer their paw and let you bring the clipper close.

  1. Once they are thrilled to put their paw in your hand when you have the clippers, start clicking the clippers (not on their nails, just on its own).

    At first it will surprise them and they’ll likely recoil. Again don’t reward that, but don’t stop them either. When they come back and try again (to get the reward), reward them heavily.

    Continue that for 10-20 sessions, until they are super excited to see the clippers come out and have you go through this pantomime.

  1. Finally, you can graduate to actually clipping the very tip of a nail. The moment you clip praise and reward. It will almost certainly surprise them and they’ll recoil, but if you’re using high-value treats and you’ve gone slow on all the previous steps, they should come back and try again.
  1. Repeat that process over many sessions. If they regress/react poorly, go back two steps. Eventually, through many, many sessions, you should slowly get them to the point where you can clip a nail, and eventually all their nails!

Notice how much that looks like Socialization and Shaping/Operant Conditioning? That’s because it’s the exact same principles and psychological mechanism!

That was obviously a very cursory treatment; we’ll share some more tips and some further reading with you in a second. First however let’s consider the pros and cons to this approach:

  • Con: it takes longer – let’s get that out of the way. The above process is obviously slow. It has to be done over many sessions, over the course of weeks
  • Pro: your dog will like grooming – the plus side is that the outcome should be the same as with socialization and training: your dog will love being groomed! You are building up a well of positive reinforcement.

Instead of struggling with your dog to trim her nails, clean her ears, brush her teeth, or get her into the groomer, she’ll go through the process happily! So it definitely makes your life easier in the long-run. And the best part is: you only have to go through it once! Once your dog loves those things, she will (barring any negative experiences) always love those things.

So yes, it’s extra work up front, but like socialization and training it pays off for the rest of her life.

A few notes on applying cooperative care:

  • A session ends when she wants it to: Your goal, as with socialization, is to create tons of positive associations. Being forced to do something is not a positive experience, for dogs or humans.

    If your dog is ‘done’ with a session, if she walks away, that’s fine! Session over. Don’t push progress – that will just create negative associations.

    Remember, throughout, you want her to offer the behavior. You reward when she offers her paw and lets you trim, and you don’t reward when she doesn’t. Once she understands that, she will offer herself voluntarily to earn the reward, just as if you were training a trick.

    That means patience! Sessions end when she wants them to; you can always try again later. Every interaction needs to be positive!

  • Careful on timing your marks! As we highlighted in the example above, you need to time your marks carefully: if you mark when she recoils or pulls back from something, you are rewarding the fear response. Instead, you need to make sure to mark when she is calm, curious, or accepting.
  • Go slow! Everything we’ve said above should remind you of Chapter 2-15. The slower you go, the faster you’ll make progress. If you push her too far too fast, she’ll just regress!

    In practice, that means:

    1. Make the ‘shaping’ steps as tiny, as incremental as possible – don’t make big changes
    1. Don’t move to a new step until they have tons of positive associations with the last onee.g., don’t move from showing them the clippers to asking for Paw until they are over the moon when you bring out the clippers.
  • You have to start cooperative; the longer you go non-cooperative, the harder it will be: if you start with a more traditional grooming route, your dog will build up negative associations with grooming. That will be hard to come back from; it raises the hurdle to cooperative care.

    So try to start this process from Day 1.

  • Since your dog has grooming needs but these sessions are short and progress slow, you’ll have to do these sessions with high frequency: actually getting to the point where your dog lets you trim all of her nails – or even one nail – takes a lot of sessions. At the same time, you can’t go months without trimming your dog’s nails (see Chapter 5-3). So what do you do? To pursue cooperative care, you really should try to fit a lot of sessions in, as many as 4 or 5 a day, to be able to keep making progress without forcing your dog to do anything.

That is merely a cursory introduction to the concept of cooperative care. If you want to try cooperative care, we strongly recommend that you pick up a book on the subject, or learn from another in-depth resource; we recommend Cooperative Care by Deborah Jones as an excellent introduction to the principles and techniques of cooperative care!

You don’t have to do cooperative care: while it yields major benefits, cooperative care requires tremendous patience, consistency, early adoption, and skill that not all new trainers have. Even if you can’t fully adopt the model however, at least try to adhere to its core principles as best as you are able

As we hopefully made clear above, cooperative care makes grooming with your dog far more fun and easy for both you and your dog. Unfortunately, it can be difficult for many owners to adopt, for four reasons:

  • Patience – in requiring your dog to voluntarily participate, cooperative care takes a great deal of time to bear fruit, and is easily set back from errors. As a result, you’ll have to work with your puppy essentially every day on it, and have a great deal of patience while doing so. While our dogs always deserve our patience, we are also realistic that each of us has a limited reserve of willpower and energy, and it needs to be put where it matters the most.
  • Consistency – for the same reasons, cooperative care requires tremendous consistency. ‘Giving in’ and forcing your dog for a single session sets back all the work you’ve done to create positive associations
  • Early adoption – because it relies on building positive associations with grooming, cooperative care is much harder to implement if your dog already has had in the past even somewhat negative experiences (fear or uncertainty, for example) with grooming. You have to overcome all of those associations, making your task far harder with dogs that you adopt at a later age
  • Skill – cooperative care requires being keenly aware of your puppy’s emotional state, and requires the responsiveness and intuition that comes with training experience. While those are skills you should certainly be building (and naturally will if you follow appropriate training practices), not everyone has those on Day 1 with your puppy

As a result, true cooperative care can, in practice, for many owners be out of reach.

Here is our stance on that: do your best, and don’t beat yourself up. If you can achieve true cooperative care, where you dog looks forward to grooming, that is wonderful. If you struggle with it and fall short however, that’s OK too.

Instead, try to adhere at least to the following principles, regardless of if you ever fully achieve cooperative care:

  • ALWAYS try to ONLY create positive experiences while grooming. Use plenty of positive reinforcement, particularly when your dog is being calm.
  • DON’T PUSH IT. If you’re trimming your dog’s nails and they are doing great, quit while you are ahead! It is the exact same approach we used with crate training (Ch. 1-8), separation anxiety training (Ch. 1-12) and duration training (Ch. 2-14): if you stop before they get fussy or afraid, you can gradually build their tolerance. On the flip side, if you push their limits too far, you create negative associations that will move their threshold lower.
  • Frequency helps. If you only groom once a month, it is hard to make it a familiar and positive experience. If you groom a little bit every day – and do everything you can to make it a purely positive experience – then two important things happen: (a) it lowers the stakes for how much you need to get done, so you can focus on not pushing your pup’s tolerance too far; and (b) it helps your pup get comfortable with it, it happens every day and it’s filled with positive reinforcement, making it less novel and scary.

Chapter 5-2: Grooming & Coats

Grooming and proper upkeep of a dog’s coat, regardless of how long or short, is critical to their overall wellbeing. Improper grooming or a lack of grooming can lead to constant pain for your dog. In this chapter, we will help you identify what your dog’s coat type is, and how to take care of it

Grooming matters: Grooming has benefits beyond just making your dog “look good”! It is crucial to your dog’s health.

Being looking good, regular grooming has important health benefits:

  • Prevents matting and other painful skin conditions. As we will discuss in more depth later in the chapter, some coat types are prone to ‘matting’ and other situations that can cause constant pain for your dog if left unaddressed.
  • Regular baths and brushing can help promote a healthy, shiny coat, removing dirt and oil that can irritate the skin and cause discomfort.
  • Brushing and bathing allows you to spot ticks, fleas, or other parasites that may have made their way onto your dog.
  • Consistent grooming can help you detect any medical issues. Any lumps or bumps that may be a concern will be detected when grooming.
Grooming time should be fun! Many dogs don’t initially like being brushed; it is important therefore to (a) expose them to brushing when they are as young as possible and (b) follow standard socialization best practices to give the puppy positive associations with being brushed.

Being brushed is not the most natural experience for a dog – it can be disconcerting and uncomfortable for them if they haven’t been properly exposed to it.

As such, you should approach grooming as you would any other type of Socialization:

  • Follow the Socialization best practices laid out in Chapter 1-2
  • Further, see Chapter 5-1: Cooperative care to learn more about making grooming time an enjoyable process.
  • Make brushing time fun and rewarding for them, giving them breaks if they start to stress or giving treats to make the experience positive.
  • When done right, grooming time can be relaxing for your dog and can help build trust and strengthen your bond with your dog.
The different coat types: you can understand your dog, roughly, as having one of six coat types.

While some dog’s do require more upkeep than others, it’s important to understand your dog’s coat type to be able to give them the best care. We like to break down coat types into six different categories that we will discuss below:

  • Short Coat: also called a ‘smooth coat,’ is fur that is short and lays close to the body. Dogs with this type of coat include Doberman Pinschers, Chihuahuas, Bulldogs, and Greyhounds.
  • Curly Coat: referred to as ‘wavy-haired’ or ‘single-coated,’ have a non-shedding coat that is made of hairs that are prone to curl. Poodles, Portuguese Water Dogs, and Bichon Frise are examples of dogs with this coat type.
  • Double Coat: dog will have two distinct layers to their coat; a soft, dense undercoat and a longer outer coat that protects the undercoat. Examples breeds with double coats include Rottweilers, Border Collies, Pomeranians, and Bernese Mountain Dogs.
  • Long Coat: these dogs have fur that is long and may drape down the dog. Long coat breeds include Afghan Hounds, Yorkshire Terriers, Maltese, and Irish Setters.
  • Wire Coat: also called ‘rough coated,’ these dogs that have a soft undercoat and a coarse, wiry, hard-to-the-touch outer coat. Most terrier breeds have this type of coat, as well as dogs like German Wirehaired Pointers and Irish Wolfhounds.
  • Hairless: Dogs that have no, or only a few patches of, fur are considered hairless. Chinese Crested’s and Xoloitzcuintli are two examples of hairless breeds.

It is critically important that you know what kind of coat your dog has and are aware of the care protocols associated with them. We will talk about the appropriate care practices for each of these coat types below.

Short Coat: these coats are the easiest of the six types to maintain. However, just because the coat is short does not mean they will not shed.

Short-coated dogs will generally not develop mats or knots in their fur. No trimming or shaving is needed. Many short coated dogs will still shed their loose coat. Because of this, occasional bathing and regular brushing is recommended to help get rid of the dead fur, distribute natural oils, and make sure their skin is free from irritation or parasites. We recommend a quick brushing at least once a week. Bathing should be done when your dog is dirty, or every couple of months.

While their coats are short, note that they do shed. They just shed shorter hairs than other dogs (their hairs release at a shorter staple length).

Note dogs with short hair can be more likely to suffer from skin irritation issues, due to the lack of fur between the dog and the environment around them. Make sure to check for redness of the skin or hives after a hike or run through long brush.

Curly/Non Shedding Coat: a dog with a curly coat is considered the hardest to maintain. Though considered non-shedding, that does not mean there is no upkeep to them.

Curly-coated dogs have ‘hair’ instead of fur, making them ideal for owners with animal allergies, and increasingly popular for the reduced home-cleaning demands.

Unfortunately however there is no free lunch non-shedding dogs come with added grooming requirements that you as an owner MUST manage diligently. There are two reasons for that:

  1. Because they do not shed, their hair will grow indefinitely – it will grow as long as you let it. Shedding dogs somewhat automatically manage their hair length; non-shedding dogs require that you manually trim back their hair. If left unmanaged, overly long coats are uncomfortable, raise the risk of overheating, and increase matting (see next)
  1. Their fur easily becomes matted, where hair strands rub together, catch on each other, and felt. Matting is extremely painful for dogs, as the hairs are constantly pulling at their skin. The mats grow taughter and taught, pulling more and more at their skin.

Note that even shedding dogs mat; non-shedding dogs are merely the most prone to matting.

As a result, three aspects of care are critical for haired dogs:

  • Regularly trimming (every 4-6 weeks) to desired length, either at a groomer or at home. Get them trimmed to a length that is manageable for you. Remember that the longer their coat gets, the more likely they can suffer from matting and over-heating (remember, dogs don’t sweat – recall Ch. 4-1). Shorter coats tend to mat less and reduce overheating, making them generally recommended for ease of care.
  • Twice daily brushing with a hair-specific dog grooming brush to prevent and remove matts before they become problems. Without daily brushing, mats will get worse every day, causing pain to the dog (from pulling on their skin) and, if it gets bad enough, requiring them to be shaved down (when the matts are too bad to be worked out). When brushing, brush their whole body with the grain and, when you find a mat, gently work it out. We recommend asking your groomer to show you proper technique.
  • Depending on the breed, regular shampooing and conditioning to minimize the propensity of the hair to mat.

Finally, a note on puppies: for non-shedding dogs, puppy coats are soft and rarely mat, enticing owners into bad grooming habits; once their adult coats come in however (6-18 months of age), it will become less soft and mat easily. It’s important to establish good grooming habits – for both you and your dog – early on.

Double Coat: No matter how profuse the dog’s double coat is, proper maintenance is critical to making sure they are comfortable and healthy.

While double-coated dogs have somewhat more ‘in-built’ coat regulation, you still need to visit a groomer regularly, in addition to brushing at home:

  • In general, double-coated dogs need to be groomed every 4-10 weeks. When their hair grows out of control, they will be hot and in pain. Every 4-10 weeks, you should plan to brush, bathe, and give your dog a limited ‘maintenance trim.’
  • You should brush your dog’s coat at least once a week. It is important that the undercoat is being brushed through and removed to help prevent impaction of the coat. When not brushed, the undercoat can tangle into the top coat, causing mats and unnecessary irritation to the dogs skin. This is uncomfortable and can be very painful for your dog.

Double coated breeds have natural insulation and heat regulation in their undercoat. This means that their undercoat will act as their own personal ventilation or heating system. Counter-intuitively, it helps them both keep warm in the winter and cool in the summer. As a result, although it may be tempting to want to shave away a thick double coat, like on a Golden Retriever, Husky, or Bernese Mountain Dog, especially in the summer, it should never be shaved.

  • Shaving a double coated breed can cause irreversible damage to their coat: when shaved, you destroy the dog’s naturally adapted insulation system, as well as cause follicle and skin damage. On top of that, the coat will lose its natural texture and regrow unevenly.
  • In the summer months, instead of shaving, stick to brushing once or twice a week to help remove an overgrowth of undercoat. Besides that, if you’re concerned that your dog is too hot, follow some of the tips we recommend in Chapter 4-1: Overheating.
Long Coat: Because of the length of the fur, this type of coat can be very high maintenance.

Unlike double-coated breeds, trimming or shaving of a long-coated dog is recommended if you are unable to maintain a longer drop coat style. We highly recommend bringing your long coated dog to the groomer every 4-6 weeks to maintain manageable coat length. This will help ensure that there is no matting of the coat. Daily brushing is also highly recommended to keep the coat tangle free.

Special attention should be given to a long coated dog as they begin to transition from puppy coat to adult coat: as they outgrow their soft puppy coat, it can easily get matted in the incoming adult coat. Matting will happen very easily at this transition stage. Depending on the breed, the adult coat starts to grow in at around 6 months old and may not fully grow in until around 18 months. During that entire period, you need to be particularly diligent about brushing and grooming.

Wire Coat: wire coats do require a lot of upkeep. If not brushed and worked, the outer coat will grow “dead” and the undercoat will overgrow, causing impaction and matting.

A wire coat does not shed. That can make them a good candidate for allergy sufferers. Unfortunately, it also makes coat impaction more likely. It is recommended that wire coated dogs are “hand stripped,” a grooming technique that involves removing undercoat before plucking out old and long top coat by hand, rather than shaving. Shaving a wire-coated dog can have similar disastrous effects as shaving a double-coated dog. The natural insulation of the coat will become damaged and follicles can become impacted, causing skin irritation. Their coat will grow in patchy and dull as well.

Bathing frequently is not recommended for rough-coated breeds. The natural oils in the coat help maintain the natural texture and weather-resistant quality. Bathing should only be done when necessary. However, brushing at least once a week to remove excess undercoat is recommended. We recommend bringing a wire-coated dog to the groomer every 4-6 weeks to be hand stripped to maintain a good, healthy coat.

Hairless: With no coat to upkeep, there is no brushing required. However, they do still have a few grooming recommendations to help prevent skin irritation and acne.

Lack of fur can make them a good fit for people struggling with dog fur allergies. They are not a good fit for people who want minimal grooming though:

  • Hairless dogs require bathing much more frequently than dogs with fur. This is to help remove the dirt and oil build up on their skin.
  • Hairless dogs can be very prone to getting acne or clogged pores that can be painful. A weekly bath is recommended. When bathing, make sure to exfoliate their skin too, using proper soap, a cloth, or even a loofa to maintain good skin health.
  • Moisturizing is also extremely important, just like it is with humans! Moisturize them daily to help keep a barrier between their skin and the outside elements. They can be very prone to sunburn too, putting sunscreen on them daily will prevent burns,

Chapter 5-3: Nail trimming

An important, and too often neglected, aspect of proper dog husbandry is nail maintenance. In this chapter, we will review what nail trimming entails and why it is important.

Dogs need us to trim their nails: In our normal lives, their nails will not file themselves down. You must regularly trim their nails or have them trimmed.

If left to their own devices, dog nails will grow out of control. Like humans, dogs evolved constant nail growth to compensate for the time they spend walking outside on their feet, grinding down their nails on the surfaces they walked on.

In their lives with humans today however, where most dogs spend the majority of their lives indoors. Their nails don’t get worn down at the same rate, and if left unattended will lengthen beyond what their physiology is meant to handle. As such, you must regularly trim your dogs nails, for their comfort, health, and wellbeing.

Long nails create problems! If you fail to trim your dog’s nails at appropriate intervals, you create a wide range of health issues: joint problems, pain in walking, susceptibility to injury, and painful ingrown nails.

If you don’t trim your dog’s nails at appropriate intervals, you risk a wide range of health issues:

  • Joint Problems: long nails that touch the ground cause increase the force place on the dog’s toe joints. Over time, this causes strain in the dog’s foot and throughout their leg. Your dog’s posture will begin to change to compensate; the foot will begin to splay out and the wrist will drop. Those changes create cascading joint issues throughout their body, just as poor posture over many years can cause back, knee, or shoulder pain in humans. All of that experience is very painful, causing inflammation and potentially leading to arthritis.
  • Pain in walking: Long nails that touch the ground make it painful for your dog to move! Your dog will compensate how they hold themself, putting more pressure on the wrong parts of their body that aren’t built to hold that weight. They will be more prone to sore muscles and aches.
  • Greater susceptibility to injury: A dog with long nails will be more likely to suffer from injury when exerting themselves. They can also easily get long nails stuck or caught in fabrics and other materials. This can be painful and can even lead them to accidentally rip their nail off. Split and chipped nails are also very common in overgrown nails. Split nails are susceptible to infection.
  • Nails can grow into the paw: Over time, neglected nails will grow so long that they curl into the dog’s paw pad. This is extremely painful! If this happens, your dog will be in constant pain, no matter what they are doing.
  • Long nails cause property damage: long nails can ruin hardwood floors and other house flooring, not to mention making a constant ‘clicking’ as your dog walks around. When they walk or run on these surfaces, their nails will dig into the ground leaving scratch marks.
Complication: The Quick. When trimming your dog’s nails, you need to avoid cutting the ‘quick.’ Regular trimming will gradually cause the quick to recede – while being negligent in your trimming will cause it to lengthen. If you do cut the quick, make sure to respond appropriately both from a behavioral and medical perspective.

Unlike human nails – which are biologically inert – dog claws have an internal vein with blood and nerve endings, called “the quick”.

The quick complicates nail trimming somewhat, as follows:

  • If you trim too far back and accidentally cut the quick, it causes pain and bleeding. This will lead to negative associations and imprinting with nail trimming, making your dog more reticent to let you trim her nails. It is important to be careful to NOT cut the quick! The negative associations from that shock of surprise pain can imprint strongly and make it very hard to rebuild your dog’s comfort with getting her nails trimmed! Be conservative – better to trim back a little bit each day, giving the quick a chance to recede (see below), than push too far and accidentally cut it!
  • In light colored nails, the quick can be seen, but with dark or black nails, the quick is less visible; you will have to pay attention to the cross-section of your dog’s nail as you trim it back to get a sense for when you are getting close to the quick.
  • You should try to trim close to, but not cutting, the quick. If trimming like this, it will naturally start to recede. Vice versa is also true: if you go a long time without trimming, the quick will lengthen.
  • This makes regular trimming even more important: if you go too long without a nail trim, the quick will extend and make it harder for you to trim in the future.
  • On the converse, if you want to shorten your dog’s nails, you need to move the quick back. To do so, work in increments – be conservative and gradually make your dog’s claws shorter to give the quick time to recede.
  • If you do accidentally cut into the quick, it will cause a shock of surprise pain for your dog, and tends to bleed quite a bit. Here’s what you need to do:
    • Behaviorally: reassure your dog, and don’t freak out: when your dog yelps from the pain you will naturally be surprised yourself. It’s important not to panic: you want to minimize the chance that the pain imprints a negative association with nail trimming. Immediately try to reassure your dog, in whatever way she tends to respond best, likely with soothing tones and petting. If they are extremely food motivated – such that they’ll take food even when surprised like that – you can try offering a very high-value treat. Thankfully, the pain is not great or lingering, it’s more the surprise that leads to the negative association, so if you can quickly calm things down it will help them move on from the surprise and get back to a state of calm.
    • Medically: stop the bleeding. The quick will not clot well on its own. To stop the bleeding, you should pack the cut nail with “kwik stop”, or another kind of styptic powder. If you do not have this on hand, you can also use corn starch or flour.

    If you can/if your dog allows, after you’ve cut the quick try to lightly/barely trim one other nail just a couple clips (you don’t even need to cut anything off) to remind her that clipping nails is usually fine. You don’t want the quick cut to be the last thing she remembers from the experience.

Trimming nails and avoiding the quick can take a bit of technique. We recommend going slow, and before doing your own dog see if a local groomer will allow you to watch her do it with another dog to help you get a feel. For more information on trimming and the quick, check out: https://www.akc.org/expert-advice/health/how-to-trim-dogs-nails-safely/.

If all of that seems challenging however, you can also feel free to work with a local groomer. Just bear in mind that they likely won’t follow Cooperative Care practices (Chapter 5-1), so if you wish to go the cooperative route you will really have to do it on your own.

We recommend trimming nails at least every 2 weeks to avoid health issues and ensure your dog’s comfort.

To avoid the many serious health issues above, it’s important to make sure you are trimming your dog’s nails at an appropriate frequency, keeping them from getting too long

For most dogs, trimming every 2-4 weeks is generally a safe recommendation; however, you might find that a different model works best for you and your dog. For example, you could do a very small amount of trimming every day or two, if that’s easier.

Trimming can be done at home or by an animal care professional like a vet or groomer. If you choose to choose to do nails yourself, we recommend familiarizing yourself with cooperative care to make it a positive experience. Trimming nails can be scary for many dogs, especially if they have had a bad experience in the past. Remember: your dog’s paws are extremely sensitive!

Chapter 5-4: Ear cleaning

In this chapter, we will go over why it is important to clean your dog’s ears.

Dog ears are often prone to infection and wax buildup

Many dogs were bred for functional or aesthetic purposes that presumed regular care from human owners. Unlike their lupine forebears, dog ears sometimes flop over, or are hirsute, which can to a series of issues we will lay out shortly. As such, their ears – just like their coats (Ch. 5-2) – do not maintain themselves.

Specifically, due to the cavity depth, warmth, and high humidity of a dog’s ear, it can harbor a lot of bad things if left unchecked. These include:

  • Wax buildup: wax build-up can obstruct the ear canal and make it harder for dogs to hear
  • Bacterial Infections: bacteria builds up in the ear and gets trapped. The moisture and warmth of the ear canal makes it a perfect breeding ground for bacterial infections. Bacterial infections are very painful and irritating to your dog.
  • Yeast Infections: yeast and other fungi can get trapped in the ear. Like bacteria, the humidity can spur yeast infections. Those not only smell bad, they can also be extremely uncomfortable for your dog.
  • Inflammation: irritants can get stuck in your dog’s ears and cause them to become inflamed and painful.
  • Mites or Parasites: Mites, ticks, parasites, and other bugs can find their way into the ear and cause pain and irritation.
Check their ears regularly! To catch those problems, you should be checking your dog’s ear by sight and smell, and looking for behavioral signs of ear infection or irritation.

Most owners rarely check their dog’s ears, for funky smells or waxy buildup. How often do human ears need checking, after all?

As we pointed out above however, dog ears are highly prone to problems, and you must be diligent in keeping an eye out for them

There are three primary ways you can spot ear problems:

  • Sight: check inside your dog’s ears with a flashlight periodically, to get a sense for what they look like when they are healthy. That way you can easily tell when there is a problem by looking for things like:
    • Waxy buildup
    • Excess redness indicating irritation
    • Any red, bloody, or pussy signs of serious or chronic ear infections
  • Smell: the best indicator of issues in your dog’s ear is probably smell. When something is wrong, you can usually catch a malodorous scent from their nose. A healthy dog ear should not smell like anything
  • Behavior: When a dog is suffering from a problem inside their ear, they will begin to show signs of irritation. Some of the classic signs of ear include:
    • Persistent scratching of ears
    • Frequent head shaking
    • Redness in the inner ear
    • Excess of buildup or grime inside the ear
    • Funky odor coming from inside the ear

If your dog is displaying any of these signs, a trip to the vet is highly advised.

As a rule of thumb, we recommend cleaning your dogs ears once every month. If your dog is prone to ear infections, weekly or biweekly will be best.

To avoid infections and irritation, you should be regularly cleaning your dog’s ears. When cleaning their ears, use a vet-approved ear cleaning solution and cotton balls or gauze. Your vet can show you during one of your checkups how to properly do it.

If you bring your pet to a groomer to get bathed or trimmed, they should be cleaning your dog’s ears too. If you bring your dog to a groomer ever 4-6 weeks, this should keep you on top of making sure your dog’s ears are clean, infection, and irritation free.

Drop-eared and long-hair dogs need more attention

While all dogs need occasional cleaning of their ears, certain dogs will need more. Dogs with floppy ears or long hair on their ears easily get dirt, bacteria, debris, and moisture trapped within their ear canal. The lack of air flow makes it easier for bad things to brew and can trap infection.

Be mindful of the damp! Don’t let your dog’s ears sit wet

The best way to get an ear infection is to leave damp in your dog’s ear. As described above, the long canal and often floppy ears can trap moisture (as opposed to human ears, which are open to the air and have short canals).

When you bathe your dog, try to AVOID GETTING WATER IN THEIR EARS, and make sure to towel/dry off their heads thoroughly.

Likewise if your dog goes for a swim and dunks their head under (many dogs will keep their heads above water), make sure to towel off the outside of their ears as well as you are able, and try to leave their ear flaps up to let them air out.

Chapter 5-5: Tooth brushing

In this chapter, we will discuss why frequent dental care is important to your dog’s wellbeing.

Dogs need their teeth cleaned! Dogs get the same plaque build up as humans.

Dogs can get tooth decay just like humans. Unlike humans, they obviously cannot brush their own teeth (although we’ll talk about dietary methods to improve tooth health later in the chapter).

As such, you need to brush your dog’s teeth to prevent plaque buildup and tooth decay. If you want your dog to have her teeth into her old age, take care of them!

Tooth brushing is highly neglected. Studies show that over 80% of dogs suffer with some degree of periodontal disease*.

Periodontal disease is infection of the gums due to bacterial build-up in the mouth. That build-up is called plaque, an invisible biofilm that grows along the gums. Over time, brown tarter will accumulate over the teeth. If it gets bad enough, cavities will form and your dog will have to have her teeth removed, significantly impeding her quality of life.

Certain breeds are more prone to developing dental diseases. Small breeds and sighthounds are naturally at a higher risk. Also, as a dog gets older, their likelihood of periodontal disease increases. However, dogs of all breeds and ages need consistent tooth brushing in order to prevent problems from arising.

*Kyllar M, Witter K. Prevalence of dental disorders in pet dogs. Vet Med-Czech. 2005;50(11):496-505. doi: 10.17221/5654-VETMED.

Periodontal disease causes a range of problems for your dog

If you do not give your dog’s teeth regular attention, the plaque will build up and cause problems in the mouth. Many issues will follow this:

  • Gingivitis: inflammation of the gums

    This is the early start of dental disease. Gingivitis makes the gums red, painful, and inflamed. This will create discomfort for your dog, particularly when eating or chewing. As we discussed in Chapter 1-7, chewing is an important redirection and self-soothing mechanism for dogs; poor tooth health can rob them of that by making the experience painful.

  • Periodontitis: damage of the tissue below the gums

    Bacteria can grow below the gum-line and make it’s way into the tissues and bones of your dog’s jaw. This will cause tissue and bone damage, which requires extensive veterinary attention and is very painful for your dog.

  • Tooth Rot: decaying of your dog’s tooth

    Tooth rot is a severe stage of periodontal disease. Major damage from plaque and bacteria will eat away at the ligaments and bone that hold the teeth into the mouth. Teeth will begin to rot and decay, eventually falling out. This is very painful and requires immediate veterinary intervention.

  • Internal Organ Damage: other organs can feel the affects

    If left unattended, the bacteria and toxins from the mouth can travel through the body and begin to effect major organs like the heart, lungs, and kidneys. This will lead to much larger and possibly life-threatening diseases and will greatly impact your dog’s quality of life.

  • Bad Breath: unclean teeth smell BAD!

    When not cleaned, your dogs mouth will begin to get a distinct, smelly odor. That is from the plaque buildup. The smell is not pleasant to live with, and is one of the best indicators that there may be a problem brewing in your dogs mouth.

Signs of periodontal disease

It is important that you familiarize yourself with the signs of periodontal disease. If you catch the signs early enough, it will save your dog pain and save your pocket from bigger vet bills. Some symptoms of dental disease can include:

  • Smelly breath
  • Yellow or brown teeth
  • Red or inflamed gums
  • Missing teeth
  • Refusing to eat food
  • Abnormal drooling
  • Reluctancy to play with toys
  • Bloody gums
How to prevent periodontal disease: brush your dogs teeth!

The easiest way to prevent dental issues is to simply brush your dogs teeth. Just like humans, we recommend you brush your dog’s teeth every day, twice a day. However, even brushing their teeth 3-4 times a week will make the world of difference in their wellbeing.

Some tips for toothbrushing:

  • Use veterinary-approved dog toothpaste when brushing. These toothpastes are specifically designed to fight bacteria in the mouth of your dog. Not only is it effective, but many toothpastes are flavored (with dog-amenable flavors, not human ones) to make it more palatable and will help create a positive experience for your dog.
  • Do NOT use human toothpaste! The chemicals and additives are not safe for dogs. A common misconception is to use baking soda on your dog’s teeth. We cannot recommend that because it can easily upset dog stomachs.
  • Brush each side of their mouth for 15-30 seconds. Brushing their teeth does not need to take long to be effective. Brush lightly in small circles, making sure to get to the back teeth.
  • There are many types of toothbrushes you can use. For large- and medium-sized dogs, a regular dog tooth brush, or even a soft-bristled human toothbrush, will do the trick. With smaller dogs, a small dog-specific tooth brush or a finger brush, that fits over your finger, will work. Find what works best for you and your dog.
  • We recommend to familiarize yourself with the cooperative care method (Chapter 5-1) to help create a positive experience for your dog (and you) while brushing their teeth. It takes more work, but if you start when they’re puppies it can pay big dividends in the long term.
Bones, chews, and other ways to promote good dental hygiene: besides tooth-brushing, there are plenty of more passive ways to improve your dog’s dental health

While brushing is the most effective and direct way to fight gum disease, and we always recommend it, there are several other options to help keep your dogs mouth healthy:

  • Raw Bones: chewing on raw bones will help diminish plaque and remove tartar from your dogs teeth. The repetitive chewing and crunching motion of the bone will help work the bacteria off the teeth. NOTE HOWEVER: NEVER give your dog cooked bones, or a bone that is too small. Cooking the bone hardens it such that it can splinter and send shards into your dog’s esophageal tract. Unfortunately, many pet stores still sell cooked bones – so be on the lookout. The bone should be fresh and lean, and not small enough for your dog to be able to swallow (a choking hazard). One to two bones a week are recommended.
  • Dental Chews: using a vet-approved dental chew is a great way to help remove plaque from your dog’s mouth. The enzymes in the chews, as well as the crunching of the chew (which strips plaque), will help reduce the bacteria and create a less desirable environment inside the mouth of your dog. One chew a day should help keep the bacteria at bay.
  • Water Additives: there are water additives you can add to your dog’s drinking water that will help fight plaque and freshen breath. These additives can be colorless and flavorless and your dog will not even know it is present. Add this to the water bowl whenever you refill.
  • Professional Teeth Cleaning: tartar build-up can sometimes be unpreventable. Routine veterinary dental exams and cleanings are standard practice to help ensure your dog is the healthiest they can be. Frequency of cleanings will vary from dog to dog. Ask your vet for guidance

Chapter 5-6: Diseases and Health Issues to know and be mindful of

In this chapter we will briefly survey some of the most common diseases that you might want to look out for. While you – obviously – don’t need to be an expert, it can be good to at least roughly familiarize yourself with the most likely or severe illnesses you might encounter.

Familiarize yourself with the most common and deadly diseases: You don’t need to be an expert on dog disease, but you should be aware of the most common risks for your pup, and their signs.

As an everyday owner, you don’t need to be a dog disease expert. You can rely on your vet – ask her what sorts of symptoms and diseases you should be on the look out for. Prevalence and risk vary by region, age, and comorbidities, so your vet can help you know what you actually should be cognizant of.

Even so, we recommend you give yourself at least a cursory familiarity with some of the most common and dangerous diseases out there, along with some of the basic steps you should be taking for safety.

Below we have put together such a list of common disease. Many of these are very preventable, so knowing basic prevention protocols and recognizing the classic symptoms will help make sure you are doing the most for your dog’s wellbeing.

  • Parvovirus – a key danger for young puppies

    Canine parvovirus (a.k.a. “parvo”) is one of the most contagious and deadly diseases for a puppy to contract. It is a very serious viral infection, attacking the gastrointestinal tract of puppies.

    What makes it particularly dangerous is that parvo is both deadly and easy to contract: it can survive for weeks on outdoor surfaces. Taking your puppy anywhere that a parvo-infected dog has been – or, even worse, letting them interact with a potentially parvo-infected dog – poses an extreme health risk.

    The leading symptom of parvo is bloody diarrhea. Other symptoms include vomiting, fever, lethargic behavior, loss of appetite, weight loss, and dehydration. If left untreated, parvo is often fatal. Once contracted, treatment is expensive and not always effective.

    Fortunately, there are great vaccines for parvo to fight contraction of the virus in the first place. Unfortunately, most vets recommend not getting the first dose of that vaccine until puppies are at least 12 weeks old, meaning that your puppy is vulnerable to parvo until 16 weeks or later.

    As a result, many vets recommend not letting your puppy interact with other dogs until their parvo vaccine regimen is completed. Unfortunately, that creates a complication: as we covered in Chapter 1-4, those first few months of your puppy’s life are the most important time to be socializing them with other dogs. So what can you do?

    We recommend the following:

    • Talk to your vet, and understand regional risks: parvo prevalence varies heavily by region. Your vet will be intimately familiar with how many cases of parvo per year they see. If your region only gets a handful of parvo cases per year, your risk level may be low.
    • Don’t take your pre-vaccine puppy places that lots of other dogs go: avoid dog parks (per Chapter 3-3, we recommend against dogs in general anyway) and other places that lots of dogs – particularly unvaccinated dogs – potty
    • Try to socialize your puppy with known, vaccinated dogs, in private environments, like a friend’s home. Per Chapter 1-4 we recommend those settings anyway.
    • Get the parvo vaccine! Talk to your vet about the appropriate schedule
  • Distemper

    Distemper is a respiratory viral infection caused by exposure to an infected animal. This could be from wildlife or from another infected dog. The virus attacks the lungs, airway, eyes, and nose. This virus will cause coughing, discharge from eyes and nose, fever, lethargy, loss of appetite, vomiting, and diarrhea. In progressed cases, the virus will infect the neurological system and can cause seizures, abnormal head tilt, disorientation, convulsions, and twitching.

    This disease can be fatal and is the leading infectious disease fatality in dogs.

    There is no cure, but there is a vaccine that will prevent contraction.

    Like with parvo, many vets recommended keeping puppies away from other dogs and other animals prior to receiving the full vaccine regimen.

  • Tick-borne Diseases

    Ticks can harbor an array of nasty diseases that can damage your dog’s health. When a tick bites your dog, it can transfer any one of several pathogens, depending on the type of tick. Many of these can be regional to where you live. Some of the most common are Lyme Disease, Ehrlichiosis, Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever, Anaplasmosis, Hepatozoonosis, and Babesiosis. Each one of these diseases are characterized by their own specific symptoms. To learn more about the disease specifics, please visit here.

    Many tick-borne diseases can be cured with veterinary intervention, such as relevant antibiotic use. However, some diseases can be both sever and incurable. These illnesses can go undetected and progress to the point where treatment is not possible. We recommend talking to your vet about yearly blood testing to try and catch possible infection.

    Prevention of tick-born diseases can be possible with tick and flea preventatives. Topical ointments, collars, ingestible medicine, or sprays can be used to help prevent ticks from going on your dog and biting them. Unfortunately, each of the options out there comes with tradeoffs. We recommend you research your options thoroughly, and discuss with your vet.

  • Bordetella

    Bordetella, commonly referred to as “Kennel Cough,” is an upper respiratory virus. It is extremely contagious, being spread through contact with infected dogs. The most common symptom is a “honk-like” cough. Other symptoms can be gagging, coughing up to phlegm, nasal discharge, and a low grade fever.

    This disease is generally not life threatening for most dogs, although it can pose a health risk to young puppies (who do not yet have fully-developed immune systems). It can be straightforward to cure with veterinary intervention and antibiotics.

    There is a vaccine that helps prevent contraction of the virus. However, vaccination may not totally stop the risk of kennel cough, as there are many strains and some can subvert the vaccine-induced antibodies.

    The best way to prevent kennel cough is to reduce exposure to possible infected dogs. The easiest way for dogs to get the bordetella virus is through places that are highly trafficked by other dogs, such as dog daycares, kennels, training centers, dog shows/trials, and dog parks. We’re not suggesting you should avoid these places entirely; just understand the risks and look for facilities that are diligent about spotting and isolating cases of kennel cough in other dogs.

  • Influenza

    The Influenza virus, also known as the “Dog Flu,” is a highly contagious respiratory infection. This is an airborne virus that can be contracted from contact with other infected dogs. Symptoms of the flu can be very similar to kennel cough, being characterized by coughing, sneezing, nasal discharge, runny eyes, fever, tiredness, and labored breathing.

    This disease is usually very curable. In severe cases, it can lead to more severe ailments or even death. There is no direct cure, but most healthy dogs will recover and fluids can be administered to help as supportive care. You may consider quarantining your infected dog to prevent further spread of the disease. There is also a vaccine, but it is not 100% effective and dogs can still get other strains. Talk to your veterinarian to determine if it is appropriate for your dog.

  • Giardia

    Giardia is a parasitic infection disease that is contracted by drinking contaminated water or by eating fecal matter. The most common symptom is diarrhea, followed by weight loss, inability to gain weight, poor coat quality, and dehydration.

    Deworming and antibiotics can be effective treatments for giardia, however giardia is known to lead to ongoing gastrointestinal pain and dysbiosis for many dogs. Particularly in puppies, giardia can cause serious, long-term dietary challenges that can be hard to overcome.

    Furthermore, giardia is extremely common, both amongst dogs and wild animals.

    As such we strongly recommend that you DO NOT ALLOW YOUR DOG TO DRINK ‘WILD WATER’. Give them only water you provide – do not let them drink from streams or lakes. Giardia is very common in the wild, and fecal matter from wild animals spreads it through wild water. If your dog is prone to GI issues, we particularly recommend not letting them drink from ‘common’ bowls shared by other dogs, given how common giardia is.

  • Leptospirosis

    Like Giardia, Leptospirosis is a bacterial infection contracted when dogs drink contaminated water, either from animal urine, stagnant water, or slow moving bodies of water. The prevalence of this disease can be regional. Symptoms may include fever, vomiting, diarrhea, loss of appetite, lethargy, muscle pain or weakness, jaundice, discoloration of the gums, and difficulty breathing.

    Lepto can vary highly in severity, from mild to life-threatening. It can be treated with antibiotics, and hospitalization may be advised. There is a vaccine available, but it is not 100% effective, and can cause adverse reactions in some dogs. Talk to your vet to decide what is best for your dog.

    As with giardia, do not allow your dog to drink from wild water.

  • Rabies

    Rabies is contracted through saliva from an infected animal. This could be through a bite wound or from saliva contacting an open wound. Most infections are caused by contact with wild animals. Rabies attacks the brain and spinal cord, causing abnormal aggressive behavior, lack of coordination, seizures, paralysis, and eventually death. It is often identified by the animal foaming at the mouth.

    This is a fatal disease. Once contracted, there is no cure. Luckily, rabies is very preventable with proper vaccination.

  • Heartworm

    Heartworm disease is an infection from a worm-like parasite. This parasite is spread through carrier mosquitos that bite and infect the dog with their larvae. The larvae will grow and mature into worms inside the dog. They live in the heart, lungs, and blood vessels of their host. The severity of the case will effect the symptoms shown. In mild cases, there may be no symptoms. When progressed, common symptoms can be coughing, difficulty breathing, exercise intolerance, fainting, appetite and weight loss, swelling of the belly, and pale gums.

    Heartworm can be a fatal infection. It can also be very tricky to treat in severe cases, even requiring surgery. While treatment is difficult, but prevention is easy: there are several well-tolerated medications on the market made to prevent infection. Medications need to be given consistently year-round to be effective. Talk to your vet to find the medication best suited for your dog, and make sure you stick to the medication schedule.

Other Health Issues: issues that are not disease-related, but may form due to environment or genetics

Not all heath problems are caused by infection or pathogens. There are several environmental or genetic health concerns that dog owners should be familiar with:

  • Bloat

    Also known as gastric dilatation-volvulus, this is a serious condition in which the stomach fills with air and can progress to causing the stomach to twist and flip over itself. This restricts blood flow to major organs and ultimately will cause your dog to enter shock. This is a medical emergency.

    Large and deep-chested dogs are at particular risk of getting this condition. Symptoms of bloat include a swollen or expanded stomach, restlessness, abnormal drooling, retching, anxiety, a pained expression, abnormal stretching, pale gums, collapsing, and becoming weak.

    Once bloat is recognized, veterinary attention should be sought immediately. There is no time to wait. Bloat is quickly fatal due to the lack of blood flow to major organs. The stomach will need to be deflated and surgery may be needed to untwist the stomach, remove damaged areas, and to tack the belly to prevent a future episode.

    Bloat is not totally preventable, but there are certain precautions you can take to reduce the likelihood of your dog having an episode. Bloat can be a genetic issue, but also has environmental factors. Some environmental risks may include:

    • Eating or drinking too fast
    • Exercising within an hour before or after eating
    • Stress
    • Eating from a raised bowl
    • Eating once a day

    We strongly recommend talking to your breeder (if possible) and vet about the risk of bloat to your dog in particular. If the risk is very high for your dog, you can consider a gastropexy, surgically tacking the stomach to the abdomen side.

  • Cancer

    There are many kinds of canine cancer, and unfortunately is common in dogs of mostly all breeds and sizes. Breed however may effect a dog’s susceptibility to and likelihood of specific kinds of cancer. We will not cover all the different kinds of cancer in this Primer, but it is important that you do recognize cancer does have a high prevalence in dogs, especially older dogs. Be cautious of any lumps or bumps that you find on your dog, as they could be tumors. We recommend getting any concerning lump examined by a vet.

    To learn more about canine cancer in depth, please visit here.

  • Obesity

    Obesity is a leading health problem in dogs in North America. Obesity is the excessive accumulation of body fat. As a rule of thumb, when a dog weighs 10% above its ideal body weight, it is labeled as overweight. When a dog is 20% or over their ideal body weight, it is considered obese.

    Obesity can cause a long list of health issues like arthritis, organ diseases or failure, breathing problems, heart disease, joint issues, lower energy, and an overall decrease in quality of life.

    Luckily, obesity is completely preventable! A good diet and appropriate exercise is advised to keep your pet happy and healthy. To reduce the chances of your pet becoming obese, do not overfeed, limit the table scraps and ingestion of human foods, and provide daily exercise for your dog. See Chapter 3-1 for more discussion on physical activity targets.

  • Environmental Allergies

    Allergies occur when your dog’s immune system is triggered by an irritant. The body will overreact to that irritant and cause an outward reaction from your dog.

    Common allergens for dogs include pollen, dust, mites, mold, and plants.

    Common symptoms of allergies include itching, sneezing, running nose, watery eyes, rashes, hives, ear infections, and licking or chewing of skin.

    Allergies can effect any dog, though some breeds are more susceptible because genetics can play a role in the relevance.

    Allergies can be eased by giving your dog medication or washing the effected area. Consult a veterinarian before deciding to give medication.

  • Heatstroke

    Heatstroke can occur when your dog is overly active in hot conditions, without access to shade, water, or cooler ground. See Chapter 4-1 where we discuss this risk in particular, and how to prevent it.

  • Toxic Foods/Plants

    Many foods or plants can be toxic for dogs. Dogs do not have a sense that tells them what is good or bad for them to eat! It is our job as their owners to be aware of and prevent access to harmful substances!

    Common highly poisonous foods dogs may get into are:

    • Chocolate
    • Grapes
    • Raisins
    • Onions
    • Garlic
    • Xylitol (common artificial sweetener in gum)
    • Nuts
    • Seeds/Pits of fruit
    • Caffeine

    If you have any of these foods around the house, make sure to keep them out of reach of your dog!

    In the wild, there are many common plants that are poisonous to dogs. Please visit here for a long list of dangerous plants.

    If your dog consumes a poisonous food or plant, please call your vet or call the Pet Poison Hotline, 855-764-7661, for instructions on what to do.

If you think your dog has any of the above issues, a visit to the vet is necessary to discuss treatment plans.

Chapter 5-7: Medical schedule, vaccines, and vet visits

In the previous chapter, Diseases and Health Issues to know and be mindful of, we highlighted the importance of talking to your vet and getting her guidance on what illnesses to be on the lookout for, and steps to take to prevent them. In this chapter we will familiarize you with your basic obligations for going to the vet.

Annual vet checks are needed for all dogs: you cannot only go to the vet when your dog is feeling unwell. Your vet can catch problems before they get more serious – and expensive.

Every dog will need to go to the vet. However, requirements may differ from dog to dog:

  • Puppies, adult dogs, and senior dogs have different vet schedules. Requirements at different age stages differ. Puppies and senior dogs will require more visits, either for vaccination purposes or check-ups.
  • Requirements also can differ between breeds and individual dogs. Some dogs will have higher risks of some issues than others. We highly recommend asking your vet what, if any, diseases your dog may be at greatest risk of, and what appropriate steps to take – including a vet visit schedule – in response. If you got your dog from a breeder, you should also ask them for a health history of the ancestors in your line, so that you know what to look out for.

At your dog’s annual visit, your vet will give a thorough body exam, discuss with you their health status, give needed vaccines, and may ask to run bloodwork or a fecal exam.

Many illnesses can be caught and treated early at your vet – saving tremendous heartache and expense. For example: joint and gait issues resulting from weight, certain activities, and harness use can be caught before they require surgical intervention; heartworm infection from blood testing, cancer from possible malignant lumps

You MUST have regular checkups at the vet, on a schedule appropriate for your dog’s age, breed, and individual needs.

Failing to keep up with your dogs medical schedule can lead to serious, and sometimes totally preventable, health problems. If you have any general health concerns of your dog, we strongly urge you to contact your veterinarian.

Vaccinations: vaccines are an important element in preventing several common and extremely deadly diseases. Talk to your vet to understand what an appropriate vaccine schedule for your dog is

If you’re not familiar, vaccines are given to your dog to trigger their immune response to generate antibodies against a particular target disease, allowing them to build immunity against that disease should they encounter it in the future.

In the last Chapter, Diseases and Health Issues to know and be mindful of, we highlighted several diseases – such as Parvo and Distemper – that are both deadly and difficult, if not impossible, to treat, but fortunately have extremely effective vaccines. Obviously, you should take vaccination for your dog seriously.

There are, however, a range of vaccines available for different diseases, each with varying levels of:

  • Efficacy (how effective the vaccine is)
  • Importance (how prevalent, deadly, and treatable the target disease is )
  • Side-effect risk (many have no side effects, some have potential side effects at varying levels of probability and varying levels of severity)

You MUST talk to your vet about vaccines; she can help you understand the options, the trade-offs, and recommend an appropriate vaccine schedule for your dog. We do not endorse a single specific vaccine schedule in this Primer. Instead, we encourage you to talk to your vet to understand each of the elements above for each vaccine available.

For reference we have included below a table of the typical core required and optional vaccines. You do not need to memorize this, it is purely for reference:

Table: Common Vaccines

VaccinationUsual Age GivenTarget DiseasesCore Vaccine?
DHPP6-8 weeks old, then every 3-4 weeks following until 16-18 weeks old. Annual/3-Year boosterDistemper Adenovirus Parainfluenza ParvovirusYes
RabiesAnnual/3-year BoosterRabiesYes
LymeAnnualLyme Disease
LeptospirosisAnnualLeptospirosis
BordetellaAnnualBordetella (“Kennel Cough”)
Canine InfluenzaAnnualInfluenza (”Dog Flu”)
Titer Testing: for some vaccines, you can choose to titer your dog first, determining if they already have immunity from prior exposure or prior vaccines.

Titer testing is a blood test that detects the concentration of a particular antibody in your dog’s system. It will give an indication of whether your dog’s immune system is protected against a certain disease already, either from prior exposure or a previous vaccines, or if they need a booster vaccination.

Not all vets offer titer programs, and they obviously incur an additional cost vs. just getting the vaccine. However for vaccines with serious potential side effects, or dogs that have had bad previous responses to similar vaccines, titers can sometimes be a favorable option. If you are interested in titering your dog for a vaccine, we recommend discussing the option with your vet.

Parasite prevention: Make sure to take appropriate steps to protect your dog against ticks, fleas, heartworm, and other common and debilitating pests.

Parasites can be both internal, like heartworm and intestinal worms, or external, like ticks, fleas, and mites. Each parasite can cause a range of problems in diseases – see Chapter 5-6 for a summary of some of the more common and salient ones. Several of them cause quite serious, and difficult-to-treat, conditions.

Dogs are easy victims for parasites. They – hopefully – live a significant portion of their lives outside, exploring all sorts of ecosystems, even in the city. Their paws are always exposed, and many dogs will lick or eat things off the ground or drink unclean wild water. In any of those settings, parasites are easy to catch!

Fortunately however, most parasites can be prevented! Varying forms of parasite prevention exist for each potential infestation:

  • Topical medications – a periodically-applied topical ointment put on your dog to protect against invasion of external parasites
  • Ingestible medication – a periodically-administered oral medication given to your dog to prevent both external and internal parasites
  • Medicated collars – a collar worn to help prevent ticks and fleas
  • Sprays – anti-tick sprays, of varying levels of efficacy, applied before going outside and every 60-90 minutes

Some solutions, like ingestibles for heartworm, are both highly effective and have few risks. Unfortunately some other parasites – ticks in particular – lack options without tradeoffs (medicated collars are effective, for example, but some have been strongly linked to neurological disease). We recommend talking to your vet about what your parasite control options are, and discussing with her the benefits and tradeoffs of each.

Section 6:

Breeds and Finding Your Dog

Section 6 Introduction: be thoughtful about getting your dog

Sadly too many dog owners, not knowing any better, just go out and get a dog that ‘looks pretty’ from the first place that will give it to them as quickly as possible and with a minimum of hassle. That leads to a whole host of problems for owners and for dogs. In this Section, we’ll talk about those issues – and how to go about the process more sensibly.

What we’ll cover: in this section, we will talk about where you get your dog, and both what matters – and what doesn’t matter – in selecting your dog

In this Section we will cover, generally, the following topics:

  • How to identify a reputable breeder or adoption center – and why it matters
  • The roles that breed and personality traits can play in behavior
  • General breed types and behaviors you need to know e.g., herding behavior, prey drive, etc.

Throughout those chapters we will combat some very misguided yet all-too-prevalent patterns of behavior amongst dog owners, such as:

  • Getting a dog or breed purely because you like how they look
  • Specifically getting a male or female dog because of false assumptions and projections of human gender norms onto dogs
  • Getting a dog from the first breeder or supposed ‘rescue’ that will give them one

As you will see, these actions have serious negative repercussions for both the owners themselves and the health of the dog community as a whole.

Chapter 6-1: Adoption, puppies, and older dogs

The first question many owners face is a much-debated one: adopt or buy? It is, frankly, not our place to proclaim a single definitive answer to a discussion that has more factors and complexity than many realize. Instead, as you navigate that decision within the community, we encourage you to not forget three things:

1) Just about any dog will be a wonderful companion – or an anxious, miserable hellion – depending on how YOU handle, raise, care for, communicate, train, work with, and treat them. It doesn’t matter what dog you get if you don’t learn how to understand and engage with them!

As we hope we have made abundantly clear across the many chapters of this Primer: How you interact with your dog directly drives how they behave. While a dog may have all sorts of predispositions – based on family history, genetic variation, and life experience – ultimately it is your handling of them that will play the largest and final role in their behavior.

There are of course dogs with ingrained behaviors – either from breeding or life experience – that are too strong and too challenging for some households to manage; we will talk about that in the next bullet below. But the general point stands: it doesn’t matter two figs what dog you get if you’re not going to put in the work to learn how to read them, understand them, communicate with them, handle them, teach them, and raise them.

Regardless of if you go to a breeder or adoption center, get a puppy or adult dog, you must learn how to properly treat and raise dogs!

Our concern – our mission – is that all dogs are treated well, and that owners meet their responsibilities to their dogs, as we have laid out extensively throughout this Primer.

So regardless of what path you choose, you MUST learn the basics of properly raising, interacting with, and training dogs. You MUST pursue an educational journey that includes books, classes, and working with professional trainers.

2) Whether you adopt or buy, a puppy or older dog, don’t get a dog whose needs don’t fit with your lifestyle.

Some of the most tragic and frustratingly easy-to-avoid outcomes for dogs come from the wrong dogs being put in the wrong homes. Here are two all-too-common situations:

  • Owners who don’t know any better getting a breed they can’t handle because it ‘looks pretty’ – like an Australian Shepherd (a herding breed that needs a lot of activity) or a Maremanno (a guard breed that can become extremely reactive without careful handling and extensive, well-executed socialization)
  • Owners adopting a dog with severe reactivity without having any of the knowledge, experience, or resources needed to manage that effectively and happily

In both cases, the dogs – and their owners – suffer tremendously. The dogs, through no fault of their own, purely because their psychological and biological needs aren’t being addressed, will grow increasingly anxious, stressed, frustrated, destructive, reactive, and untrusting of others. The owners will suffer trying to manage destructive behaviors – like tearing up the house, barking all day, or lunging at strangers – while being totally lost as to why their dog behaves that way or what to do about it.

Eventually, the dog will be returned where they came from, but far worse-off for the experience.

In both cases, the breeder or rescue should have known better, and vetted their client better; and the most ethical, competent rescues and breeders will be as good as they can be about placing dogs in the right homes.

But you as an owner always have a responsibility to understand how dogs work and what their needs are, as we’ve laid out in all the chapters so far.

In a later chapter, Lifestyle fit of dog breed & personality, we will discuss this topic further.

3) Whether you work with a breeder or adoption center, MAKE SURE YOU WORK WITH A LEGITIMATE ONE!

While there are many wonderful, dedicated, ethical breeders and adoption centers out there, there are also unfortunately quite a few unethical breeders and fraudulent ‘rescues’ out there who treat dogs solely as a commodity, maximizing the scale/volume of breeding with no thought to conditions, socialization, or stimulation, or jumping into popular breeds with no thought to the health of their dogs or ethical breeding practices.

Those bad practices lead to massively poor outcomes for dogs, their owners, and the community as a whole. Ultimately, those practices are perpetuated by owners who don’t know any better – who patronize unethical breeders and fake ‘rescues,’ and who don’t value the hard, thankless work that legitimate, dedicated, ethical breeders and adoption centers do to set their dogs up for success. A big part of our goal throughout this Primer is to make you a more thoughtful, educated owner, so that you don’t perpetuate these problems – and suffer the consequences yourself.

Remember, ‘puppy mills’ do not call themselves puppy mills! They don’t look like puppy mills! Some even use fake ‘rescues’ as fronts for distribution!

Some of the most diligent breeders and devoted rescues out there have terrible-looking websites and poor ‘customer service.’ That is because they are there for the dogs, not for you. On the flip side, some of the most heinous, abusive puppy factories have slick websites and make the experience as smooth for you as possible.

Do your research and know what to look for. It’s not easy. In Chapter 6-2 and Chapter 6-3 we will go through tips for how to identify whether a breeder or adoption center is legitimate.

Chapter 6-2: Choosing a reputable adoption center

“You’re looking to adopt a dog? We found a rescue nearby that had lots of young golden retriever puppies pretty much every time we looked!”

As we highlighted in Chapter 6-1, not all ‘rescues’ are actually legitimate rescues. You as an owner need to be on the lookout for scams.

Some ‘rescues’ are actually fronts for puppy mills – know what to look for

As we highlighted in the last chapter, ‘puppy mills’ do not always look like puppy mills, they do not advertise their poor conditions.

A particularly disturbing scam that has been cropping up in recent years is ‘rescues’ that are actually fronts for puppy mills. That is not only deeply insulting to the incredibly hard, dedicated work that actual rescues do, it is also – obviously – enormously damaging to dogs by supporting unacceptable breeding practices.

If you are considering working with a rescue – and you absolutely should – make sure to check their credentials, their history, and the dogs in their care. Here are some signs to look out for:

  • If they charge over $1,000 for a dog
  • If they have little or no application or vetting process
  • If they are regularly packed full of fresh, pure-bred puppies

If you see those signs, be wary and take a closer look at their credentials.

When in doubt, you can always contact one of the larger national animal rescue organizations, such as the ASPCA, Humane Society, or breed-specific Foundations, and ask them if they have any contacts in the area who can tell you if the rescue you are interested in is legitimate or not. Their staff are incredibly dedicated to the wellbeing of dogs, and while that is more work for them, we’re sure that they will want to help in any way they can.

Aside from those fronts, most shelters, rescues, and adoption centers are great

If you’ve verified that a shelter, rescue, or adoption center is indeed not a front for a commercial operation, and is legitimately finding and re-homing abandoned or unwanted dogs, then most such centers are legitimate and to varying extents well-run. If you find a center that is part of a well-known national or regional association – like the ASPCA or Animal Rescue League – then that provides an added layer of reliability, but honestly even most independent shelters (again that aren’t commercial fronts) generally care a great deal about their dogs and will do everything they can to ensure they are treated well, undergo some training if possible, and go to a home that is set up to properly care for them.

Chapter 6-3: Choosing a reputable breeder

“My friend recommended a breeder their trainer likes, but their wait list is out to next year so we went with another breeder closer to us that had a litter with spots coming up next month”

“This breeder looks great, her website is very professional and I had no problem setting up a call”

As we highlighted in Chapter 6-1, if you decide to get your dog from a breeder, it is important to work with a legitimate, ethical one. Failure to do your homework punishes good breeders who put in the hard work to set their dogs up for success, and rewards unethical breeders who prioritize volume and revenue over their dog’s health and happiness.

Why breeder matters: doing proper diligence sets your dog up for success and rewards/encourages better breeding practices that benefit the dog population as a whole, leading to better lives for dogs.

Dogs are a wonderful, and increasingly popular, part of our lives. Unfortunately, the resulting demand has well-exceeded the capacity of fully dedicated and competent breeders, who are not only finite in number but who must also limit the number of litters they produce to a scale they are able manage while still providing the necessary individual attention and enrichment that puppies need, as well as ensuring they are breeding only healthy parents.

The resulting gap between supply and demand has unfortunately been filled by many financially successful breeders whose practices, both in what dogs they breed together and how they rear those puppies in the developmentally critical first few weeks of life, are producing dogs that will be neither as healthy nor as temperamentally fit as they should be.

There are two basic ways that a breeder’s practices influence the health and behavioral outcomes for a puppy:

  • Breeding History: ensuring that they only breed healthy – both physically and temperamentally – dogs together, by working with lineages whose health and temperament are carefully tracked by fellow breeders.
  • Early puppyhood practices: in Section 1, we highlighted how important the first few weeks of a puppy’s life can be, particularly from a socialization perspective; they experience a narrow window of time where they are most ready to adapt to new sensory, environmental, and social stimulation. The work your breeder puts into early, but carefully-conducted, enrichment will start them off right and pay massive dividends down the road in your pup’s adaptability, confidence, and demeanor.

Clearly, good breeding practices have a massive impact on the success of both individual puppies and the population as a whole.

You as an owner therefore have a tremendous interest in ensuring that you get your puppy from a legitimate breeder who prioritizes the future success and well-being of their puppies, for at least two reasons:

  1. Effects on you and your dog: You have to live with the consequences of poor breeding practices
  1. Effects on the population: You are not only supporting bad practices, you are also failing to value and reward the tremendous work that dedicated, ethical breeders put into making sure their puppies are set up for healthy, enriching lives

We promise: if a dog bred with careful intent and reared with more socialization and better practices costs you more up front, it will very quickly be worth every penny.

But here’s the rub: how do you identify a legitimate, ethical breeder? That is what we will spend the rest of the chapter focused on.

‘Good’ vs. unethical breeders isn’t black-and-white: there is a spectrum of breeders, along with legitimate differences in opinions and practices. Furthermore, the quality of a breeder is not correlated with the quality of their marketing materials. Choosing a breeder based purely on your initial impressions is foolhardy – you need to know what to look for.

Many new dog owners think that breeders are either reputable or puppy mills, but the reality is far more nuanced.

First off, as we explore later in the chapter, unethical breeders never say that they are ‘puppy mills’ – if anything, they often work harder than reputable breeders to build slick-looking websites, faux credentials, and generally convince owners that they are legitimate.

Beyond that however, while some breeders are truly callous money machines, and a rare few are true models of excellence in breed standards, husbandry, socialization, and training, the reality is that most breeders fall somewhere in between. There are lots of breeders who do their best, and do most of what needs to be done to produce healthy and psychologically stable, but not necessarily 100% of everything they could do – and are still perfectly legitimate places for you to get your pup.

To complicate matters further, there remains plenty of scope for legitimate debate on the best ways to do things. While some practices are truly must-haves (see later in chapter), others remain up for discussion. So two breeders could legitimately differ in some areas of their approach, and still both be perfectly reasonable places to get a healthy, well-adjusted puppy.

Bottom line, there isn’t a perfect single answer as to how to identify the best breeders. What we can provide you with, however, is a few key things to look for to help you avoid truly unethical breeders, and find the ones that really prioritize the wellbeing of their dogs and have some high level of competency in their rearing and care.

We lay those out in a bullet below.

Good practices take time, energy, and money – but they pay big dividends! Be willing to recognize and compensate breeders who go the extra mile and invest in their puppies’ success.

Before we get into specific practices to look for, it’s worth highlighting: breeding and raising healthy, well-adjusted puppies take tremendous time, energy, experience, and investment. Ethical breeders do it mostly because they care passionately about their dogs – but it’s important for you as a consumer to understand, recognize, and reward their hard word and diligence.

As is hopefully clear to you after reading Section 1, all the practices we lay out below pay ENORMOUS dividends for you and your puppy down the road. We promise, if you can find a breeder that invests in those things, it is worth every penny.

if a breeder does everything we lay out in the next section, it will:

  • Save you a great deal of time and energy, as you will be playing far less ‘catch-up’ on socialization (Chapter 1-2), crate training (Chapter 1-8), potty training (Chapter 1-10), etc.
  • Set your puppy up for success by building initial foundations early
  • Make the go-home process easier and less stressful for your dog
  • Dramatically reduce the likelihood of health problems later in life, and avoid propagating bad health outcomes through a breed
  • Increase the likelihood that your breeder generally cares about and invest in her puppies – if she does all the below, she clearly puts a lot of though and energy into her work

As you can see, find a breeder who does the right stuff. If they charge a premium, that premium will quickly pay for itself – you will save enormous time, energy, and stress.

At the same time, don’t assume that an expensive breeder is a good one.

While ethical breeders should charge more for their dogs, price alone is not an indicator of whether a breeder is ethical.

A whole host of factors go into what a breeder charges for their puppies; an unethical breeder could charge $6,000 for their puppies and an ethical one could charge $2,500. Price is not a reliable proxy for breeder quality.

Instead, you should be looking at what a breeder’s practices are, as we lay out below. Those are a somewhat better indicator of a breeder’s ethics and competency.

Checklist of criteria: a range of factors to consider when looking for a breeder.

Below, we summarize a range of best practices you should look for in a breeder. We have split these practices into three lists:

  • Must-have practices: things that any responsible breeder should adopt. Do not buy from a breeder that does not demonstrably do these things
  • Nice-to-have practices: best practices that make life easier for you and your puppy, and are well worth paying extra for if you can find a breeder that does some of these things; but even if a breeder doesn’t do everything on this list it’s absolutely OK!
  • Things that do not matter: signals some breeders use that do not actually matter

Note that you will probably not find a breeder that does all of these things. That’s 100% OK! These are merely indications of whether a breeder is both competent and prioritizes the future success of their dogs – it’s the best you’ll be able to do.

Must-have practices

PracticeImplications
Breeder should be carefully choosing studs for their dams, taking into consideration the balance of sire and dam personality traits. They should also not be using the same studs again and again; some overlap is fine, but the best breeders will try to vary the parentage to improve genetic diversityEnsures that they are breeding for puppies with appropriate temperament, health, and physical traits for the breed.
Breeder should be monitoring breed lines for negative trends in long-term health outcomes (such as joint problems and rates of cancer); they should be following up with owners every few years to check on health records. They should be monitoring lines with health testing: OFA, Penn hip, and CHIC certifications are a must, simple ‘vet checks’ are not enough.Ensures they are breeding healthy puppies, not ones that are prone to serious health problems later in life. For example, if a dam’s puppies turn out to be prone to hip dysplasia or seizures later in life, not only must that dam be retired (at that point, she almost certainly already has been) but the dams descended from her must also be retired.
Breeder should be able to trace the lineage of their dams and sires several generations back, along with associated health recordsEnsures they are breeding healthy puppies, same as previous.
Breeder should be socializing puppies heavily and appropriately in their first 6-8 weeks of life, exposing them to a variety of people, environments, and other (non-reactive) adult dogs, in a gradual, low-impact manner (see Chapter 1-2)Speeds the socialization process, improving behavioral outcomes for your puppy and making your life in those first few weeks substantially easier; see Chapter 1-2 for more. Note: Socialization is a sliding scale; while basic things like touch-desensitization are critical, the more socialization your breeder has done generally, the easier your job will be.
Puppies should get regular human interaction; in addition to broader socialization, puppies should also be regularly visited by humans (e.g., the breeder and her family), not isolated on their own for most of the daySpeeds the socialization process, same as previous.
Puppies should be raised in warm, comfortable environments, and given plenty of play time outdoors as they reach 3-4 weeks of age.Important for physical and mental development.
Breeder should be interviewing prospective owners to ensure they are taking ownership seriously and that they have a lifestyle that can accommodate the responsibilities of dog ownership and the needs of their particular breedIndicates whether the breeder cares about the puppies. If the breeder does not interview owners, if she is not selective in who she will accept, then that is a very, very bad sign.
Breeder should have a “return/re-home” policy/requirement – ethical breeders prioritize the welfare of their dogs; as a result, if a home is not working for them, the breeder wants the puppy back, so that they can place them in another appropriate home. They do not want the puppy to be abandoned to an unknown shelter, where they have no control over where they end up.
Note that they generally will not refund you all or even any of your money; rather, it’s a requirement that if you want to give the dog up, it has to go back to them.
Puppies they produce will be returned, regardless of age or for whatever reason, if owner needs to give them away. This ensures the dog will not be abandoned in an unknown situation, and that the breeder can re-home the dog in a better home.
Breeder should be breeding for both health and temperament. As we will cover in Chapter 6-4, ‘breed standards’ and conformation cover physical and aesthetic traits, not temperament or personality. You should ask your breeder how they approach both health and temperament in their selection of sires and dams. They should be looking for behavioral patterns in not only the parents but their offspring and grandparents.A breeder who does not select their sires and dams carefully for temperament can end up producing puppies with, well, any potential demeanor – high or low energy, high or low aggression, high or low drive, etc. You’ll have no idea what to expect.

Nice-to-have practices

PracticeImplications
Early crate training, introducing them to crates and, potentially, starting them off in (open) crates at nightThat early crate introduction will speed your crate training process; see the chapter crate training.
Designated potty spaces, using pee pads or astroturf in a corner of the puppies’ pen as the designated pee spaceWithout this designated space, puppies can start to pee everywhere, including where they sleep. That can weaken the ‘den instinct’ we try to take advantage of in potty training. You can of course come back from this, but designated potty spaces will make potty training later on easier. See the Chapter 1-10.
Running puppy personality tests, and matching owners to puppies; tests should be run by a professional trainer, not the breeder herselfAs discussed in Chapter 6-5, owners tend to over-index on how much a given puppy’s personality matters to their later needs and behaviors. Even so, puppy personality tests provide useful insight into what behaviors you should particularly watch out for, and what training the prioritize. A breeder who has these tests run – usually right at 7 weeks of age – is more likely to actually care about the future wellbeing of her puppies.
Puppies kept in a human living area, such as in the breeder’s home, or in an annex that people regularly useImproves socialization and brain development
Dog sports and/or conformation titles. The breeder actively gets their dogs shown for conformation and/or trained for dog sport titles (cf. Appendix 2-1)Breeders who are putting in the work to ensure their dogs are healthy and carry an appropriate temperament will want to demonstrate those qualities by having their dogs proven in sports (like Agility, Scent Work, Herding, Obedience, etc.) – to demonstrate drive and demeanor – or conformation (for pure breeds) to show an effort to conform to physical breed standards.

Things that do not matter

  • USDA licensing – USDA licensing is NOT an indication of whether a breeder is breeding and rearing dogs in a responsible fashion. Those licenses check for a bare minimum of ‘not killing the puppies,’ hardly a standard for enrichment.
  • Good-looking websites – there is no correlation between the quality of a website and the quality of a breeder. It is nice if a breeder has a good website, providing transparency into how they operate, but don’t let a slick website on its own convince you a breeder is reputable. We talk about that more below.
Do NOT just go to the first place that will give you a puppy – be prepared to wait months or even a year for a high-quality breeder, or be willing to travel.

As we hope all of the above makes clear, owners should choose a breeder based on their practices and reputability, not how quickly they can get you a dog. Too many owners want a puppy now, and compromise on where they get the puppy as a result. That might get you a puppy fast, but you may pay for it with behavioral issues and health problems resulting from bad breeding practices.

Many of the best breeders, particularly near urban centers, are both highly in-demand and limit how many dams and litters they feel they can manage at their high standards. As such, they will not only charge a premium, but you can also expect a waiting list of several months or even years. You should be patient and sign up.

Alternatively, you can travel: often driving one or even several states away can give you access to a high quality breeder with a sooner litter.

All that said, a caution: just because a breeder is in-demand does not mean they are reputable. Many breeders breed rarer and highly in-demand breeds, giving them long waitlists. That does not mean that they follow good breeding practices. On the contrary, some of the worst offenders in poor breeding are breeders who jump on newly popular breeds.

Puppy mills don’t look like puppy mills! Don’t prioritize slick-looking website; look at a breeders practices.

The Humane Society estimates that ~2.3 million puppies a year, or approximately 39% of all dogs, are born into ‘puppy mills’ – breeders that do not meet the minimum standards of responsible husbandry. While obviously – as we highlighted above – the definition of an ethical breeder is subject to legitimate debate and variation, truly irresponsible breeders do exist and are operating at a massive scale.

The biggest part of the problem is that owners do not know what they should be looking for, and often look for the wrong things.

Well-meaning advertising from NGOs like The Humane Society have ironically left many prospective dog owners with the wrong impression: they see photos of bleeding dogs in unsanitary conditions, and expect that therefore if they saw a puppy mill, they would know it.

Puppy mills do not advertise themselves as puppy mills. On the contrary, they often invest more than reputable breeders in slick-looking websites with all the right messages. Their goal is to push volume, and that means appealing to consumers.

Do not judge a book by its cover – look at the practices of a prospective breeder, look at the attention puppies get and the environment they are raised in, look at how often they are socialized, look at the health records of sires and dams, etc.

NEVER buy a puppy from a pet store – those are puppy mills, and generally an inappropriate environment to match puppies with homes

Responsible breeders work with individual owners to place their puppies in appropriate homes. A pet store is never an appropriate place to sell or purchase a puppy.

To understand just one of many reasons why, consider the puppy’s developmental timeline, discussed in Chapter 1-1: the first 12 weeks of a puppy’s life are crucial to their future development. That means that they need 7-8 weeks with their litter mates at the breeder, where they should be receiving appropriate care, at which point they should immediately be going to their new home, where their owner will continue socialization, potty training, etc. If the puppy is instead sent to sit in a store, they are clearly not getting the attention that they need to develop into well-adjusted adult puppies. Responsible breeding means either having a responsible owner lined up for every single puppy, or if you have ‘extra’ puppies taking care of them and rearing them yourself until you can secure an owner.

Pet stores are puppy mills, or at least distributors for them. Do not buy puppies from them, ever.

Chapter 6-4: The role breed can play in behavior

“We go back and forth between getting a Belgian Malinois or an Australian Shepherd, they’re both just such gorgeous dogs” [From a couple living in first-floor city apartment surrounded by people walking down the hall and on the street all day]

[From a couple who both work 50 hours a week and have a young child] “Oh we want a smaller dog, like a border collie, since we live in a pretty small apartment”

“[Of a puppy they got from a working-line golden breeder] We thought goldens were supposed to be chill dogs! She’s bouncing off the walls!”

As we have touched on at several points in the Primer so far, a dog’s breed history has the potential to significantly impact their behavior. Understanding the role that breed can play is requisite for all dog owners, because both (a) it can help you understand and prepare for the potential biases and predilections of your dog; and (b) you must be familiar with the most common types of breed you will encounter in the world, to set your own expectations accordingly. In this chapter, we will introduce to the concept of breed and the role it plays in more detail. In later chapters, we will briefly survey particular categories of breed and the typical characteristics you should be familiar with.

The role of breed: after millennia of selective breeding, a dog’s breed has potential to have a significant impact on their needs, behaviors, and physiology.

As an owner, you need to understand that breed has the potential to significantly bias a dog’s behavior. There are a host of caveats to that, as we will discuss later in this chapter, but you as a starting point you need to understand that breed and genetic history are not just about looks – they effect behavior in ways that profoundly impact whether a given dog is right for your lifestyle.

Most ‘companion’ dogs today come from breeds that went through generations – sometimes hundreds of years – of selective breeding for a specific job. Terriers were bred to hunt rodents. Livestock guard dogs were bred to detect and scare off wolves, bears, foxes, and other predators. Herding dogs were bred to run laps around livestock to corral them.

Now, later in the chapter we will talk about some very significant caveats to this dynamic, wherein many dogs will not exhibit the tendencies or behaviors you might expect of their breed’s history. For the meanwhile, however, let’s focus on the role breed can play, before talking about why it may or may not end up doing so.

Humans bred dogs to be optimized for a given job in three ways:

  1. Specific Job Behavior: dogs were often bred to have a compulsion, a need to do a specific task. For example:
    • Pointers were bred to spot and ‘point’ (with their head, torso, and tail) towards birds. For example, a 12-week-old pointer puppy will, without any training, automatically ‘point’ at birds when they see them.
    • Terriers were bred to hunt rodents. A terrier will, without any training, detect any mice scents and activity in your house and ferociously, obsessively try to track them down and kill them (tearing up your house in the process if they can’t get to them).
    • Herding dogs were bred to herd livestock. Many border collies will, for example, instinctively herd people, children, other animals, moving vehicles, and even furniture if it looks sufficiently ‘animal-like.’

    It is important to understand that these jobs have been deeply encoded in your dog’s genetics. They are compulsive, automatic behaviors, not learned ones like those we covered in Chapters 2-12, 2-21, and 1-9. When given the opportunity, your dog will need to do the task they have been bred for; if they can’t they can often descend into anxiety and depression, ‘acting out’ in destructive ways in the meanwhile. We will talk later in this chapter about what you can do about these sorts of behaviors.

  1. Demeanor: in addition to breeding specific behaviors into genetic lines, millennia of breeders also selectively bred personality traits that were well-suited for the job. For example:
    • Border collies and Australian Shepherds – herding dogs bred to have tremendous energy, to make them happy and able to run all day long.
    • German Shepherds – bred for both herding and guarding livestock – were bred to have high drive and high biddability – they love (and need) to have a task, a job to do.
    • Maremanno Sheepdogs – bred to guard livestock against wolves, they are wary of and aggressive towards unfamiliar creatures (including people they don’t know).

    These ‘personality traits’ are akin to what we will cover in more depth in Chapter 6-5: Puppy personality variation. Unlike intra-litter variation however, generations of selective breeding can lead to extremely strong biases in how a dog behaves. For example, the lowest-energy working line border collie you can find would likely have a greater need for physical activity than a high-energy pug.

  1. Physical attributes: finally, breeders bred physical traits that were well-suited to the targeted job. For example:
    • Terriers were often bred to be small, to be able to get at rodents.
    • Pembroke Welsh Corgis – a herding breed – were bred to be low to the ground, to nip at the heels of sheep in order to corral them.
    • Poodles and Labradors – both ‘water dog’ retriever breeds – were bred to be strong, fast swimmers.

As you can see, a dog’s breed can heavily influence both their body, their needs, and how they interact with the world. That can have a massive impact on your life. We will talk about those implications in the next bullet.

Know your breed(s): you should be familiar the biases of your dog’s breed and the implications of that. That will enable you to better understand, plan for, interpret, and address behaviors that could otherwise be destructive in your household and relationship.

Unfortunately, many owners choose a pure breed for aesthetics, without understanding the specific needs and behaviors of that breed. That leads to all sorts of problems, for example:

  • An owner gets a Maremanno Abruzzo and then wonders why it is barking all the time and unfriendly to strangers. It’s because Maremanno have been bred, as livestock guard dogs, to be wary of unfamiliar creatures (and people) and to scare them off. If he knew that, he could either have gotten a different breed or invested heavily in early socialization (see Chapter 1-2).
  • A city-living owner gets a Pembroke Welsh Corgi, takes her for one 15 minute on-leash walk a day, and wonders why she is tearing up his house and chewing up his furniture, shoes, and anything not locked away. Corgis, as herding dogs, were bred to run multiple marathons a day. So those neighborhood walks don’t meet her needs, she has tons of pent up energy, and she tears up the house as a result. If he knew that, he could have either gotten a different breed, or invested more time in exercising her or hiring a walker.
  • An owner with a cat gets a terrier, then wonders why he ferociously attacks the cat whenever he can, and growls, claws, and barks at her whenever she is out of reach. Terriers were bred to hunt rodents and other small animals, so this terrier sees the cat as prey and can’t help but try to hunt her. If he knew that, he could have gotten a different breed. As is, that behavior is likely too ingrained to untrained, so it’s either the dog or the cat.

As you can see, your dog’s breed can heavily influence both their needs and how they interact with the world; if you don’t understand their breed, then you don’t understand them, and you don’t know what you’re signing up for.

In contrast, if you do understand your dog’s breed, that lets you both:

  1. choose a breed whose demeanor matches your lifestyle and preferences, and
  1. after you get your dog, helps you interpret her actions: why she might be running around neurotically, barking at strangers, or chewing on furniture.

To better understand the importance and implications of breed, we can highly recommend the excellent book Meet your dog[link] by behaviorist Kim Brophey. It’s both a fun and educational read, with lots of great stories where understanding their dog’s breed helped owners deal with otherwise intractable problems.

So, if you get a ‘pure-bred’ dog, make sure you understand the breed! In the remaining Chapters in this Section, we will survey some of the most common ‘categories’ of dog breed and their typical behaviors, but you should also look up any specific breeds you are interested in.

There are, however, important caveats to all this – which we will talk about in the following bullets.

What if I have a mixed dog? Statistically, mixing will generally modulate/’mellow out’ breed-specific characteristics, although not always. Either way, it can be worthwhile to identify the constituent breeds, so that you can look out for behaviors typical to those breeds.

Before we get into the caveats on breeds in general, we should talk about the role breed can play in mixes.

If you adopt (or buy) a mixed breed, what does all this mean for you? Statistically speaking mixing breeds will, on average, ‘mellow out’ any of the stronger characteristics of a breed. A mutt who is part Border Collie (a herding breed) and part Jack Russell (a terrier breed) is likely to have less compulsion to herd than the former and less prey drive than the latter. That said, you can’t guarantee that mellowing: through the quirks of genetics, a Border/Russell mutt could end up with all the prey genes of the Russell and all the herding genes of the Border.

Either way, you should certainly not be turned off from adoption just because a dog is a mutt; not least because of the caveats we will lay out below, where even a ‘pure bred’ Border Collie or Jack Russell might very well – depending on the breeder you go to – end up having none of the typical behavioral traits you’d expect of those breeds.

If you have a mixed breed, it can be worthwhile getting a genetic test to see what their rough composition is. You won’t know which genes your dog ended up with, but it can sometimes help you better understand the behaviors you see them exhibit.

Several companies run dog genetic tests:

Caveat #1: breed vs. individual personality vs. life experience. Genetics – both at the breed level and the individual level – are only one part, and often the smallest part, of who a dog is and how they behave.

In this chapter and several of the ones that follow, we will seek to familiarize you with the prototypical personality attributes of different breeds, rooted in the historical jobs for which those dogs were ‘designed.’

Before we do so however, it is important for you to understand that breed is not the sole – or often even predominant – determinant of your dog’s personality and behavior. In general terms, there are four factors that drive ‘who your dog is:’

  • Behaviors common across all dogs – throughout the primer we have discussed the ways that dogs in general tend to behave, emphasizing both their similarities and differences to human patterns of behavior.
  • Breed/family history – inherited genetic predispositions, as discussed above at the start of the chapter.
  • Individual genetic personality variation – natural intra-litter variation in personality; as we will talk about in much more depth in Chapter 6-5, each litter produces a distribution of personality traits amongst the puppies. In statistical terms, you can think of breeds as effecting the average of that distribution. A litter of working-line border collies, for example, will have a higher average energy level than a litter of great danes, but individuals within each litter will still vary.
  • Life experience – the biggest factor in how your dog actually behaves and interacts with the world: how you teach them! As we will talk about in much more depth in Chapter 6-5, how you raise, interact with, and train your dog has by far the biggest impact on their personality and behavior. For example, a puppy with a ‘high-fearfulness’ personality score, but whose owners give her plenty of early, thorough, properly-conducted socialization (see Chapter 1-2), will be much more adaptable and confident than a puppy with a ‘low-fearfulness’ score that is never socialized or socialized with abrupt or coercive practices.

Of these factors, breed is quite often one of the lesser contributing factors in your dog’s behavior, at least as far as it is relevant to you and your life together (but not always – as we’ll discuss, there are plenty of situations where a dogs breed can substantially impact their life with you).

We will talk about the latter two factors in much more depth in the later chapter, Chapter 6-5. For now, however, we just want you to understand that even if your dog had a perfect working-line lineage and was a ‘pure’ example of a breed – that alone would not dictate who they will be or how they behave.

You DO need to understand the role that breed plays – and in this chapter and later ones we will introduce you in more depth and nuance to that concept – but as we start diving into those breed concepts, you need to remember that breed alone is only one factor, and often a comparatively small factor, in how your dog behaves.

The bottom line is, as a responsible owner:

  • You should be aware of the typical behavioral biases associated different dog breeds – such as guarding instinct, high energy, or prey drive – so that you can watch out for them and accommodate them in both your own dog and others’.
  • However breed is not a perfect predictor of your dog’s behavior, and you should first and foremost observe, learn about, and address their quirks and biases on an individual level.
Caveat #2: ‘working lines’ vs. companion lines, and breed dilution

In the later chapters of this Section, we will go through different categories of breed – e.g., herding dogs, guard dogs, terriers, etc. – and the typical characteristics of each derived from the historical purpose for which they are bred.

At the same time, however, you need to understand that those are archetypal patterns or stereotypes. There are at least three reasons why a dog of a given breed won’t necessarily behave in the ‘classic’ way you would expect of that breed:

  1. Individual genetic variation and life experience – as discussed earlier in the chapter, in Caveat #1, (a) even within a breed there is substantial intra-litter genetic variation, and (b) life experiences often play the overriding role in how a dog actually behaves and engages with the world. We will discuss both of those factors in much more depth in Chapter 6-5.
  1. ‘Working lines’ vs. companion lines – discussed below
  1. Breed dilution’ or ‘breed creep’ – discussed below

In this bullet, we will talk about those latter two points. Again, you do still need to become familiar with the historical purpose of your breed and the potential behavioral biases that result, but – as with caveat #1 above – you also need to to take all of that with a grain of salt, hold your expectations, and learn about the dog in front of you as an individual.

Working lines and companion lines

Even if your dog is ‘pure bred,’ there is still substantial variation in both the physical and personality characteristics of dogs in that breed. That is because within a breed there are multiple ‘lines’ – different family trees or groupings supported by different groups of breeders. ‘Lines’ of a breed can fall into three rough categories:

  • Working line dog breeders: breeders who breed specifically for customers that need working dogs, such as farms
  • Companion dogs: dogs bred to live with owners, which then sub-segments into:
    • Show breeders: breeders who prioritize ‘breed-standard’ dogs (in terms of appearance, not demeanor) with the purpose of competitively showing those dogs (called ‘conformation’)
    • Non-show breeders: breeders who breed ‘pure’ breeds without prioritizing breed standards/conformation.

There is a tremendous amount of nuance to understanding different breed lines, and how different ethical breeders work to maintain the health and sustainability of their breed. Unfortunately that would be a whole textbook in and of itself, but there are a few important points that are worth you understanding:

  • Working line dogs generally retain more of the original traits of their breed’s history – which may or may not be appropriate for your household. Pembroke Welsh Corgis were originally bred as herding dogs. A companion-line Corgi, depending on the line, might be only moderately more energetic than the average dog. A working-line Corgi however will be extremely high energy, and have associated needs.
  • Companion lines have often heavily diverged from the original working purpose of the breed – which may be better for your household, you just have to be aware. Golden retrievers offer a great example: companion-line golden retrievers are well-known for not only their affability and handler-focus but their ability to ramp up or down their energy depending on the circumstances; a ‘classic’ golden can spend a day running around and playing or laying at your feet. Working line golden retrievers however are just as handler-focused but have much higher drive, more akin to (working-line) German Shepherds or Poodles. They need to work. If you get a working-line retriever and expect them to be satisfied with mere unstructured play, you are going to be replacing a lot of furniture very soon. NOTE ALSO however: just because a dog is from a show/companion line does not necessarily mean that they won’t have the working traits! A companion-line border collie may not have the energy or drive of a working-line border collie, but they could – or at least they will very likely have higher drive and energy than your average dog. Even if your dog is a mix or a companion-line, you need to be cognizant of the potential implications of their breed history!!!!!! There is a good chance that a German Shepherd mix will have a stronger-than-average guard instinct, that a Border Collie mix will have higher-than-average energy, and that a Terrier mix will have higher-than-average prey drive!
  • Not all show breeders breed for demeanor. Conformation breed standards were created to provide some level of standardization and reliability to unify breeders across a breed. Working with a breed-standard breeder, who proves that by showing their dogs and earning AKC conformation titles, guarantees that your dog will meet certain physical expectations. It’s important to note however that breed standards are by and large aesthetic standards; while many breed standards include temperament guidelines, conformation does not test those, they are often inconsistently enforced, and they are generally not frequently updated with the latest understanding of heritable personality traits (one of the most rapidly-evolving fields of behavioral research). Good, ethical breeders will carefully select their dams and studs to achieve certain personality and temperament targets, but breeding to breed standard in and of itself does not guarantee that. As we covered in Chapter 6-3, you need to look carefully at the individual breeder and their practices.
  • Non-show breeders can still absolutely be ethical and fantastic. There are plenty of good potential reasons to not necessarily breed to ‘breed standard’ (there’s also plenty of bad reasons – see the next bullet below). Breed standards require ‘closing the stud books,’ thereby limiting the ability to expand genetic diversity. For some breeds, serious genetic health problems have begun cropping up, and some breeders are breeding outside the official stud books to try and improve health outcomes. Many brachycephalic (snub-nosed) breeds – such as boxers – are suffering health issues on a scale that threatens both their lives and welfare as individuals and a breed as a whole, so a cohort of breeders has been working to restore the breed by deviating from breed standards.
  • Both show- and non-show breeders can be good, ethical breeders – or not. Conformation titles do not tell you anything about how a breeder (a) breeds for the temperament / demeanor of her dogs, or (b) raises her puppies, do all the things a breeder needs to do in the first 7 weeks of a puppy’s life to set them up for success (see Chapter 6-3). Non-show breeders could have good, ethical reasons for deviating from breed standards (see previous bullet) – or they could just be breeding random dogs to make money. As we hopefully made clear in Chapter 6-3, you need to look at the individual breeder and her practices.

Bottom line: neither companion nor working lines are ‘better’ than the other. Rather, you need to talk to your breeder and learn about how and why she makes her choices around breeding, to make sure that:

  1. She is following good breeding practices (see Chapter 6-3)
  1. Her dogs are an appropriate fit for your lifestyle (See Chapter 6-6)

‘Breed creep/dilution’

In addition to ‘companion line’ deviation in behavioral selection for the original working traits of a breed, there is also the reality of ‘breed dilution.’

As discussed, many dog breeds were created to serve a specific working function. They were critical members of farming and rural communities in a time when labor was dear and automation non-existent. With urbanization, economic development, and technological innovation however, nearly all of those breeds have been largely isolated from those original functions for decades if not centuries.

As a result, even the working line breeds we have today are generally not the same as those we had when the breeds were originally conceived, and certainly companion lines are long deviated from that original purpose. Indeed, many of the most popular dog breeds today were never bred for a working purpose, and instead were conceived of purely for companionship.

The practical implication for you as a dog owner is: even a pure bred dog may very well not exhibit the behaviors you would expect from their original working lines.

Again, that does not let you off the hook: many terriers do have incredibly high prey drive; many herding shepherds do have very high energy and a compulsion to herd; and many livestock guard dogs do have a high degree of wariness around strangers.

Rather, it’s just to say: breed archetypes are something you need to be familiar with, but are not guaranteed in a given line or dog. Per above, working lines will be more predictable and consistent in terms of demeanor, but even those may not hew to your expectations.

As always, as we say again and again, every dog is an individual – and you need to learn the needs, emotions, and personality of your dog!

Managing ‘specific job behaviors’: inherited patterns like herding, hunting, pointing, and guarding are compulsions, biological imperatives that need to be either met or redirected to healthy outlets

Earlier in this chapter we talked about how breed is just one factor – and often the weakest factor – in a dog’s personality, alongside their individual genetics and how they develop through training and life experiences.

Of their inherited behavioral traits however, ‘specific job behaviors’ – a need to herd, hunt, point, guard, etc. – are often the most strongly manifested, and the hardest to ‘override’ with training and life experiences.

That is because, as discussed at the beginning of the chapter, these are generally compulsions. They are automatic, deeply ingrained behaviors that your dog cannot control. They need to act on those biological imperatives.

In later chapters on different breed categories, we will introduce you to the most common such behavioral patterns – but what can you do about them? What if you can’t take your border collie to herd sheep, or let your terrier chase rats?

In general, here is the healthy way to approach these situations:

  1. If you can let them safely engage in and satisfy the behavior, go for it! Pointing at birds, for example, is hardly detrimental to anyone in usual circumstances. There’s an important caveat here though: make sure they are actually satisfying their need and not just getting more worked up. For example, one pointer might be able to point at a bird for a couple minutes, then when they fly off happily go about their business; but another pointer might feel the need to stand rigid for 20 or 30 minutes, and all that time be getting increasingly worked up. In situations like that, allowing your dog to ‘indulge’ is actually only making the situation worse.
  1. Redirect the behavior: try to give find a safe, healthy outlet for the behavior. Terriers, for example, could get much of that prey stimulation from play, Ratting, or K9 Scent Work (see Appendix 2-1: Dog Sports), while herding dogs might have their herding needs diminished if they are getting plenty of opportunity to run and play fetch. Again, however, there is a caveat: redirecting the behavior can help satisfy it, but it can also, depending on the circumstances, strengthen it. A terrier with high prey drive that gets to do lots of ratting might only feel more and more need to hunt, like a drug addict. One way to help them delineate between when it is and isn’t acceptable to exhibit a behavior is by providing clear context cues – like a specific leash or collar they wear only when doing this behavior (or a hat or jacket that you only wear when indulging this behavior), so that they learn to associate the two. Proper application of errorless learning (Chapter 1-9: Errorless learning) will be a very important tool here.
  1. Remove triggering stimuli: no matter how much you redirect your dog’s energy, it is a tall order to ask them to not exhibit their compulsion when you put a stimuli in front of them. If you live in a house with rats in the walls, your terrier will sense them and lose their mind trying to find them and hunt them. There’s really very little you can do about that – you have to move. That is yet another reason it is so important to know the breed you are getting and make sure you are in a living situation that is amenable to that breed! We will talk about that topic in much more depth. In general, however, when your dog has an ingrained compulsive behavior, your first step needs to be removing the stimulus that sets them off.
  1. Do NOT try to suppress the behavior. Your dog’s need to herd or hunt or point is a deeply ingrained, genetically encoded, biological imperative. It is a compulsion, and one that they have been deliberately bred to perform for perhaps centuries. They cannot help their desire, their need to act on this behavior. Compulsion trainers may be able to use high levels of punishment to suppress the behavior, but that is (a) enormously damaging to your dog’s confidence and socialization (cf. Chapter 1-2); (b) enormously damaging to your relationship; and (c) not effective at sustained suppression of the behavior – you haven’t satisfied the need, the compulsion is still there, they are just suppressing it until they aren’t able to any more.
  1. Work with a trainer! if your dog has a compulsion to do something that is unsafe or otherwise detrimental to them or others, work with a professional trainer. They can help work with you and your dog to find healthy outlets and diminish their need for the behavior. Per above however, make sure not to rely on suppression.
Regardless of what breed your dog is, you should be familiar with common breed types: you and your dog will encounter all sorts of dogs in the world. To be a responsible owner, you should have a very basic familiarity with the most common ‘types’ of breed (herding dogs, hounds, terriers, etc.) and their typical behaviors and quirks. That will help you understand and interact with other dogs in a healthier fashion.

Besides your own dog’s breed, you should be familiar at a basic level with the various ‘types’ of breed out there. All owners need some baseline knowledge of types of dog breeds in order to more safely and healthily interact with those dogs.

For example, if you are on a trail and you:

  • Encounter a guard breed, like a Great Pyrenees or Maremmano, coming your way, you know that you should recall and leash your own dog, pulling them out of the way, until the other owner gives you the go-ahead. Those breeds are more likely to be reactive and aggressive if they haven’t received extensive socialization.
  • Encounter a herding breed, like a Corgi or Border Collie, coming your way, you can expect that their dog has a higher probability of bolting up to your dog and trying to play. If your puppy is in a fear period, you might want to pick them up to avoid them getting scared and imprinting a negative experience (recall Chapters 2-11 and 1-4). If your dog is reactive, you should definitely brace yourself to pull your dog aside and intercede (per Chapter 1-4).

As you can see, it behooves you to be familiar with the types of breed out there, and how to appropriately interact with them.

Our treatment of each breed is cursory: in this Primer we only survey general breed categories, not every specific breed under the sun. You should research any specific breeds you are interested in in more depth, and be wary of ‘fluff pieces’ out there that grossly mis-characterize breeds!

In this Primer, and the associated RCOC exam, we don’t expect you to know every breed under the sun!

Rather, our goal is to give you a basic familiarity with the largest ‘categories’ of dog breed – e.g., herding, gun dogs, hounds, terriers, livestock guard dogs, etc. – the most common breeds within each, and their typical behaviors and personality quirks. As we discussed above, every dog owner should have that basic level of knowledge of the breeds out there, if only to know how to safely and healthily interact with other dogs.

For any specific breed you are interested in, you must go beyond this Codex and learn a bit more about them:

  • Read: Look for a reliable source of information on the breed’s history and intended working purpose. Unfortunately, if you just Google “[insert breed name] history,” you will find a good number of less-than-accurate sources talking about what friendly, people-loving dogs they are for any breed. All dogs are wonderful companions, and deserve to be praised as such, but to understand your breed’s quirks you should find out the actual history of the line.
  • Ask: Talk to a few trainers in your area. Tell them you are interested in X and Y breeds, but wanted to understand more about the typical demeanor and behaviors of that breed. Many trainers will be happy to hop on a short 5-minute call or email exchange and share their experiences. Plus it gives you a chance to look for a trainer you might want to work with! (see Chapter 2-23)
  • Meet: Ask your breeder if they can connect you with other owners of her puppies; often they’ll have a Facebook group or chat group set up. If there are some dogs in your area, ask the owners if you could come and meet them. Many owners would be more than happy to introduce you to their amazing pup!

Chapter 6-5: Puppy personality variation

“We don’t want a puppy that’s too independent, I want a dog that will cuddle with me”

“Suzie was pretty anxious even as a puppy, so we’ve had to really limit where we bring her”

“[Of a puppy proposed by the breeder] Your report says she has a high aggressiveness score, I’m not sure that’s what we’re looking for in a puppy”

When talking to breeders and looking into how to find a puppy that will be most appropriate for your life and lifestyle, many new dog owners encounter the concept of a ‘personality test.’ In this Chapter we explain what you as a new owner need to understand about dog personalities:

Puppy personality – the concept: puppies vary somewhat in the behaviors they are predisposed towards. Most good breeders have a personality test conducted between weeks 7 and 8.

Dogs, of course, like humans, have individual personalities.

The bulk of that personality, in a meaningful real-world sense, is formed from their experiences in life – we will talk more about that in a moment.

They do also, however, have certain innate predispositions, from birth. Not only across breeds and across litters, as we talked about in Chapter 6-4, but also within a litter puppies have meaningful variation in how they initially tend to respond to different situations.

For example, some might be more curious about new experiences, some will be more independent and risk-tolerant, and some might be more attentive to their handlers.

Through decades of observation and research, behavioral scientists have identified increasingly accurate depictions of independent or semi-independent traits or dimensions of puppy personality, along with tests designed to measure those traits. Later in this chapter, we will go into more depth on what those dimensions and tests look like and tell us.

In a narrow window, usually between 7 and 8 weeks of age (after the puppies have finished most of their neurological development but before they enter their first fear period, which distorts results), most breeders bring in a certified trainer to conduct one of the many available tests, producing an approximate measurement of the personality profile of each puppy in a litter.

Breeders often use this as one factor in determining which puppies are the best match to which homes; we explore that further in Chapter 6-6.

Breed vs. individual personality

As we discussed in the earlier Chapter 6-4, your dog’s genetic/early life personality traits (i.e. setting aside the role of life experience) are a combination of:

  • Breed/family biases (e.g., collies vs. pugs) – demeanor traits that breeders have selected for over many generations
  • Intra-litter variation (e.g., collie siblings in a litter) – variation within a breed or litter, between individual dogs

We can think of these effects in statistics terms: in each litter there is a distribution of personality traits (different levels of energy, curiosity, aggressiveness, etc.), and breed/family history effects the average of that distribution.

We discuss that topic in more detail in Chapter 6-4 – see that chapter for more.

What puppy personalities are, and what they are NOT: 7-week-old puppies do have meaningfully different personality traits, creating different biases towards e.g., stronger separation anxiety or reactivity. It is good for you to be aware of your pup’s personality. HOWEVER, new owners tend to over-index on these personality dimensions; the reality is (a) the personality dimensions we measure have more narrow definitions than their nomenclature suggests, and (b) that how you treat, rear, and train your puppy will have a much larger impact on their adult behaviors than their intrinsic personality will. You MUST go through all the same things – socialization, crate training, separation anxiety training, behavioral training, etc.regardless of your puppy’s ‘personality measurements.’

Later in this Chapter, we will get into more details on personality dimensions, measurement, and implications. Before then, however, it is important to emphasize this major caveat.

Candidly, new owners have a tendency to over-index on puppy personality traits, thinking it plays a bigger role in their adult personality and behaviors than it actually does.

Puppy personality dimensions reflect the initial reaction a puppy tends to have, fresh out of the gate, to different types of stimuli. They reflect the puppy’s bias towards certain behaviors.

What you will find, however, is that the experiences that puppy has in their first year of life – their socialization, their training, their relationship with their owners, the lifestyle they life, etc.almost completely override that initial behavior.

Here are a few examples, to show more clearly what we mean:

  • Proper socialization completely trumps ‘Aggression score.’ A puppy with a high Aggression score (which we’ll explain in more detail later in the chapter) who is appropriately, normally socialized – to the same extent you should with any puppy – will grow into a perfectly peaceful, well-adjusted adult dog; in contrast, a dog with a low Aggression score who is under-socialized is much more likely to exhibit dangerous aggressive traits, like biting and violence, as an adult. As we’ll discuss, a high ‘aggression score’ does not mean a puppy will become a reactive or aggressive dog! It just means that, for example, if they do become reactive – due to your mis-handling of them – they will be more likely to manifest that reactivity in an aggression response.
  • Owner relationship completely trumps ‘Boldness/Independence score.’ For the first 6 months, a more ‘dependent’ puppy (i.e. low Boldness score) might be more cuddly than a more ‘independent’ puppy, but after a year of collaborative training and bonding, the high-boldness puppy will starting cuddling with you. On the flip side, a low-boldness puppy who you’ve used compulsive methods with, bombarding with negative reinforcement, will fear you and avoid your company entirely.
  • Confidence completely trumps ‘Fearfulness score.’ ‘Fearfulness’, as we’ll talk about more later, is predisposition to having a fear response. A low-fearfulness puppy is still a puppy, she will have a fear response to most new stimuli. A ‘low fearfulness’ puppy who has negative experiences during socialization, whose owner doesn’t posture themselves as being in control and protecting their puppy, and who hasn’t done much problem-solving will continue to struggle with constant fear and anxiety; a ‘high-fearfulness’ puppy whose owner does the confidence-building work that must be done with any puppy will become an adult dog who is confident and in-control in most situations.
  • Training completely trumps ‘Biddability score.’ A puppy with a low ‘biddability’ score (see below) but that has gone through normal, age-appropriate training (recall Chapter 2-26) will be just as obedient as a puppy with a high ‘biddability’ score. On the flip side, a puppy that hasn’t been trained, or whose owners have not been consistent in their errorless follow-through (recall Chapter 2-19), will not be obedient regardless of their ‘biddability’ personality score.

On top of that, as we dig into more later on, personality traits are relative, not absolute. As discussed in earlier sections, ALL puppies tend towards fear responses to new stimuli, will become reactive after negative experiences, require certain minimum levels of physical and mental activity, and so on.

The point is that when you, as a new dog owner, see traits like ‘aggression,’ ‘biddability,’ and ‘fearfulness’, you should not think of those as defining personality characteristics of your puppy (the unfortunate nomenclature we use doesn’t help). Rather, they are merely descriptors for modest, relative biases in how the puppies initially respond to situation, that is quickly overridden by experience, socialization, and training (or lack thereof).

That’s not to say personality doesn’t matter at all; there are a couple practical areas it will come into play:

  1. During your early-life socialization and training work, it effects how your puppy will tend to respond to new situations, and can therefore inform how you go about training. For example, both a highly dependent and a highly independent puppy will struggle with separation anxiety, but with a high dependency one you will have to go a bit more slowly and carefully to get to the same, well-adapted outcome.
  1. Two trait dimensions (we will go through the full list shortly) are likely to be stickier, mostly because we as human owners don’t usually try to do anything to change them. These are (we detail them more below):
    • Curiosity – Most owners don’t do much to foster and reward curiosity, so low-curiosity dogs are likely to stay that way; meanwhile high-curiosity dogs tend to stay curious since we do tend to reward new experiences (e.g., new toys, now places), although that depends on the owner’s behavior
    • Sociability – Dogs that aren’t intrinsically social with other dogs or people generally stay that way, most likely because we as owners rarely do much to specifically encourage them to enjoy playing with other dogs or people

The bottom line is that while variations in puppy personality are fascinating and valuable to behavioral scientists and breeders, they really are not that relevant to new dog owners themselves.

In practice, that means:

  • You should, ideally, have a personality test done for your puppy, either through your breeder or doing it yourself with a local (appropriately-certified) trainer
  • You should use that knowledge to doubly prioritize whichever aspects of early-age training and socialization
  • You should not think that any particular traits will make a dog unsuitable for you or your lifestyle
  • You should not think that their personality traits mean that they will end up a certain way, or try to over-correct for that

In other words, don’t over-index on personality when choosing a puppy; if a puppy doesn’t have the ‘ideal’ personality profile that you think you want, really do not worry about it – their actual personality will be largely a function of your rearing and training and treatment of them, not these comparatively minor innate biases.

Innate personality characteristics: ‘personality’ tests look at certain traits which reflect the relative bias some dogs have more than others towards certain sets of behaviors.

Whether from birth or the first moments of life, individual dogs have certain innate personality traits. These are not the sum total of who they are; as anyone who has owned a dog can tell you, over the course of their life dogs, like humans, develop rich inner lives and personality characteristics as a function of their experiences and relationships.

There are, however, some ‘starting traits’ that individual puppies may have, which bias them towards or away from certain behaviors. For example, higher-energy dogs might initially need higher levels of activity, more dependent dogs might initially tend to stick closer to you, and more biddable dogs might initially listen to you more easily.

Note as we emphasized above, however, that these traits merely reflect initial bias, and are dwarfed by the effects of training and rearing – see all the examples from the previous bullet.

So, again, we emphasize: take puppy personality with a grain of salt!!!

Measuring personality: there are a wide range of accepted personality tests. Breeders generally have a certified trainer run one at 7-8 weeks of age.

There are a range of ‘behavioral assays’ – puppy personality tests – that an appropriately accredited trainer can run to ‘profile’ a puppy’s personality along a set of dimensions, such as those laid out in the next section below

Generally speaking, most breeders have a trainer run these personality tests on puppies right around 7 weeks of age, with the specific timing mattering enormously: late enough for neurological development to be largely complete, while early enough to precede the puppy’s first fear period (see Chapter 1-6), which would grossly distort the results. Note that a good breeder and tester should be able to observe if a puppy has entered a fear period earlier than expected, and qualify their results for you accordingly.

We do not endorse a particular test, and you do not really need to be familiar with them; just understand the dimensions tested on these exams – which we’ll go through shortly – and how to interpret them and their implications for your puppy.

If your breeder does not run a personality test (they should), you may be able to find a local trainer to run one for you after you bring the puppy home.

If you cannot get a local test, don’t stress about it. Regardless of any test, you should be observing your dog and learning her inclinations. Watching your dog’s behavior and trying to understand how they think is a good (and necessary) habit in general; the more you pay attention to your dog, the easier it will be for you to communicate with her, bond with her, and anticipate her behaviors in a way that will make teaching her good habits substantially easier. See Chapter 4-6 for more on that point.

In that case however, just be careful not to over-ascribe behaviors to your individual dog’s personality, rather than the biases that all dogs have, particularly in the puppy phase (see Section 1). For example, all puppies, even the most independent and outgoing, go through Fear Periods, during which they are easily frightened by new experiences. When you’ve only had one dog, it can be hard – if not impossible – to ‘normalize’ a puppy’s behavior, as you have no baseline to compare it to. That’s OK though: if you are taking the the time to pay attention to your puppy’s behavior, and learning from other resources about what to expect and how to handle it, you are already ahead of the curve and you will be fine.

Personality dimensions: There is no single universally-accepted framework for puppy personality. For most lay purposes however, you can think in terms of 9 dimensions: Energy, Aggressiveness, Boldness, Curiosity, Fearfulness, Reactivity, Sociability, Submissiveness, and Biddability.

How then, specifically, do we define and measure ‘innate’ dog personality characteristics? We do not yet have a precise or complete answer to that question, any more than we do for humans.

We do however have some formalisms that seem to be, approximately at least, working. There are many viable formalisms out there, but here we will adapt from McGarrity, Sinn, and Gosling (2014), who reviewed and compared many of those formalisms to identify common features. That provides a representative set of dimensions you can think along, just bear in mind that (a) the below framework is a gross simplification to help provide us lay owners with useful working knowledge, and (b) this remains a highly active area of research, and all of the above content may be proven false in the years to come.

With that caveat, you can think about intrinsic characteristics along 9 axes:

  • Energy: How much activity the dog requires. A higher-energy dog may require more and more frequent physical and mental activity.
  • Aggressiveness: How much the dog tends towards ‘fight’ responses. A more aggressive dog may be more willing to growl or bite.
  • Boldness: How independent or shy a dog is. A dog with higher boldness may be more willing to do things on her own, less risk-averse, and less dependent on her owners for comfort and support.
  • Curiosity: How open to new experiences the dog is. A dog with higher curiosity may be more exploratory, more interested in new things, and less afraid of new stimuli.
  • Fearfulness: How generally nervous, cautious, and sensitive the dog is. A dog with higher fearfulness may be more easily triggered into a flight response or other fear response.
  • Reactivity: How prone a dog is to becoming reactive to new or negative experiences (see Chapter 1-3). A dog with high reactivity may be more likely to translate a fear response into reactive behaviors, such as barking, jumping, raised hackles, and general excitability.
  • Sociability: How affable and playful a dog is. A dog with higher sociability may be more play-motivated, with other dogs and humans, and more likely to seek interaction with other dogs and humans.
  • Submissiveness: How submissive/dominant a dog is. A dog with higher submissiveness will exhibit fewer dominance behaviors with other dogs.

    Note: Dogs have a much stronger sense of hierarchy than humans (see Chapter 4-7), and it is important not to impose human notions of superiority and competition onto dogs. There is nothing ‘wrong’ or inferior with being more or less submissive relative to other dogs, it is merely a tool to help organize in groups. Rather, problems arise when a dog is poorly socialized, such that she does not know how to properly send or read social cues establishing dominance or submissiveness, instead interpreting all such cues as, say, aggression or prey behavior.

  • Biddability: How obedient and attentive a dog is. A dog with higher biddability will be easier to get their attention and hold it.

For a better idea of how these traits play out in practice, see the table below.

As we said, this framework is just one of many, and a simplified one at that. The personality test your breeder runs may not match up exactly with these dimensions. Find the descriptions of the dimensions your breeder does test, and match those up as best you can to these.

Traits are relative, not absolute: personality traits are relative to being a dog in the first place. A ‘low energy’ puppy still needs plenty of exercise; a ‘low-fearfulness,’ ‘low-reactivity’ puppy is still prone to becoming reactive if they’re not well-socialized; and a ‘low-sociability’ dog will still love playing with you more than anything.

Where a puppy sits along various personality dimensions reflects how they behave relative to peers, normalizing for their age, developmental stage, as well as, frankly, being a dog.

A ‘low-energy’ puppy is still a puppy. They will still need to play and engage with you as much as any human toddler. Even a ‘low-energy’ adult dog will still happily go on miles of hiking or running with you every day if you want – they just may not need it, and certainly not with the same frequency. Similarly even the most independent puppy will have some separation anxiety when you first leave them home alone; if you don’t plan for that and train that, you can make that experience distressing for them to the point that their separation anxiety gets worse and worse.

In other words, do not take your dog’s intrinsic personality traits as a ‘free pass,’ or assume they will fit that mold. They are dogs first and foremost, and everything in this Codex still applies to them. All the same rules and needs.

To help understand that, consider the following table, where we lay out some representative behaviors of dogs on the high and low ends of the spectrum for each trait:

Table: example behaviors on spectrum of each personality trait

DimensionDescriptionLow-end example behaviorHigh-end example behavior
EnergyHow much activity a dog requiresHappy to go on hikes all day, but fine staying at home for a couple daysAs a 9-month-old puppy, needs at least 30-60 minutes of significant physical activity most days
Aggressive-nessHow much a dog tends towards a ‘fight’ responseWhen afraid or threatened, unlikely to stand their ground or asset themselvesMore likely to growl when feeling threatened
BoldnessHow independent a dog isLoves being close to owners right away; checks-in with owners frequently; initially struggles to be on own or far from owners, but gains confidence and comfort with time and trainingLoves being close to owners more and more over time; confident acting on her own or being farther from owners; not inclined towards checking in without diligent training; initially afraid to be left alone, but readily acclimated to it
CuriosityHow open to new experience a dog isIf well-socialized, fine with new experiences, but doesn’t particularly seek them out, and initially more wary of anything newTakes comparatively easily to new experiences; pro-actively wants to explore new scents and objects
FearfulnessHow cautious a dog isIf well raised, has no problem controlling herself or seeking comfort when scaredAs a dog, still is prone to fear responses, but less so than others
ReactivityHow prone a dog is to becoming reactive to new or negative experiencesNegative experiences still make her wary in the future, and it is still hard to un-learn that wariness, but somewhat less so than most dogsExperiences a lot of single-event learning (Ch. 2-11); imprints negative experiences easily and especially struggles to un-learn them
SociabilityHow affable and playful a dog isLoves playing with people she’s familiar with; friendly towards strangers, but isn’t particularly interested in proactively engaging with themOver the moon about everyone she meets; loves attention and play, even from strangers, more than anything
Submissive-nessHow submissive/dominant a dog isRarely uses submission signals, frequently uses dominance signals. Plays happily with dogs regardless of ‘status’Rarely uses dominance signals, frequently uses submission signals. Plays happily with dogs regardless of ‘status’
BiddabilityHow obedient and attentive a dog isAs a new puppy, particularly hard to get their attention.
As an adolescent, if well-trained, listens to owner; if not well-trained, does not listen to owner.
As a new puppy, still easily distracted but somewhat easier to get their attention.
As an adolescent, if well-trained, listens to owner; if not well-trained, does not listen to owner.

With all of these, remember our caveat from the beginning of the Chapter: personality is not destiny. Hopefully those examples make it clear: personality effects puppyhood bias, not adult behavior.

The effect and implications of personality: It is still useful to know and be aware of your puppy’s personality. Those biases can help you better interpret how they react to situations, and should influence how you approach raising and training them.

As we’ve emphasized, personality is a bias, not a mandate. It has a negligible effect on how your dog behaves as an adult, when compared to how you interact, rear, and train them.

So then why do we care about personality at all? Your puppy’s personality biases are worth knowing and keeping in mind, because they help you anticipate what aspects of puppy rearing they will struggle with the most, and plan accordingly.

Looking back at the Section Puppy Phases and Socialization, where we surveyed all the things you need to work on with your puppy, we can overlay those onto our personality traits to see where you should pay the most attention:

Implications of personality dimensions for puppy rearing

  • Energy:
    • All puppies – particularly from 6-16 months old – require significant levels of physical activity; see Chapters 1-15 and 3-1.
    • All puppies will, after around 8-10 months of age, start to adapt to whatever level of physical activity you provide them with (within reason).
    • Higher energy puppies will require more play and physical activity in their first 8 months, and will grow destructive more easily if they don’t get it.
  • Aggressiveness:
    • All puppies require thorough Socialization to avoid reactivity towards humans (Ch. 1-3) or dogs (Ch. 1-4)
    • If a puppy does become reactive, a ‘higher aggressiveness’ puppy is more likely to harm other dogs or people when they react, although all reactive dogs, regardless of aggressiveness score, have the potential to do so.
    • Since reactivity is so dangerous, as we have emphasized many times, you need to go through all the same training regardless of your dog’s ‘aggressiveness’ score. Reactivity is never tolerable, regardless of ‘aggressiveness’ score.
  • Boldness/independence:
    • All puppies experience separation anxiety, and require slow, careful separation anxiety training (Ch. 1-12). A low-boldness dog will especially struggle with separation anxiety however, and therefore requires extra care (go extra slow) during that process.
    • A high-boldness score puppy will initiallyfor the first few months – be less ‘cuddly’ and feel less need to stick close to you; however in the course of normal, appropriate training (see Section 2), they will bond closely to you and feel a growing attachment. Even the most independent dog will want to be near you and cuddle with you nearly all the time.
  • Curiosity:
    • A low-curiosity score puppy will need to go a bit slower during socialization, as getting them to offer ‘exploration’ behaviors (like ‘dipping their toe’ onto a new, unfamiliar surface) for you to reward will take a bit more patience (see Chapter 1-2).
    • With a low-curiosity score puppy, also be sure to positively reinforce every time they explore new things, such as in the woods, or new toys or objects at home. By regularly – and early on – reinforcing their curiosity, they will grow increasingly confident and curious over time.
  • Fearfulness:
    • All dogs have a high fear response rate compared to humans. Combined with their predisposition towards single-event learning (Ch. 2-11), you have to always keep an eye on their emotional state to ensure they don’t have a fear response that then imprints and turns into reactivity.
    • High-fearfulness score dogs you have to keep an especially diligent eye on, as they are especially prone to this reaction.
  • Reactivity:
    • All dogs are prone to developing reactivity, as we discussed in depth in Chapters 1-3 and 1-4.
    • High-reactivity score puppies you must be especially diligent in monitoring for negative experiences, handling them promptly and appropriately in the manner we laid out in Chapters 1-2 and 2-11.
  • Sociability:
    • No particular action is necessary on your part regardless of your puppy’s sociability score.
    • All puppies love play and attention, particularly from familiar people.
    • Low sociability score puppies will value attention from strangers less, while high sociability score puppies will bend over backwards for attention from anybody.
  • Submissiveness:
    • No particular action is necessary on your part regardless of your puppy’s Submissiveness score.
    • ‘Submission’ and ‘dominance’ signals are natural and healthy parts of dog-dog interactions. Do not apply human notions of social hierarchy to dogs; they do not think of them in the same way.
    • Well-socialized dogs will play with other dogs in a healthy fashion regardless of submission/dominance ‘status;’ poorly socialized dogs will pose a risk to other dogs regardless of submission/dominance ‘status.’
  • Biddability:
    • No particular action is necessary on your part regardless of your puppy’s Biddability score.
    • All puppies will struggle to pay attention to you when they are young.
    • All puppies will develop strong handler-focus if you train with them regularly, and all puppies will have terrible handler-focus if you don’t train with them regularly.
    • For high-biddability puppies it will be a bit easier to get their attention early on, making the first few training sessions easier.
Adult dogs: for adult dogs, these biases are essentially irrelevant.

For adult dogs, these biases are frankly irrelevant. Life experiences play a far greater role in shaping a dog’s behavior than their initial biases would suggest. As we cover below (’Personality is not destiny’), their intrinsic traits can influence the path their development follows is non-linear and unintuitive ways.

Understanding these innate individual biases is therefore more useful if you are raising a new puppy; as we mentioned above, you will need to bear those traits in mind as you approach their rearing and education.

Chapter 6-6: Lifestyle fit of dog breed & personality

“We want a higher-energy dog, because we really want to be able to play with them”

“Oh everyone says we should get a girl dog, they are much more mellow”

“We want our dog to be a guard dog, so we want a male”

In the previous chapters, Chapter 6-4 and Chapter 6-5, we introduced how a dog’s breed and individual personality can create biases in their behaviors. In this Chapter, we look at how you should take that into account to best set them, and you, up for success.

Choosing the right puppy for you: you need be honest about your lifestyle and understand what breeds and personality traits are going to be best suited to that.

Having a fun, fulfilling relationship with your dog starts by making sure you are both set up for success. Getting a dog whose breed, personality, and background are well suited to your lifestyle and dog-relationship goals can make raising them, training them, living with them, and bonding with them substantially easier and more fun. At the very least, understanding how your dog’s breed and personality predispose them towards certain behaviors will help you adjust your training and how you treat them to balance their biases.

Consider some alternative cases, where you ignore this reality:

  • Getting a German Shepherd – a beautiful dog – because you like the look of them is fine, as long as you understand that their heritage is as herding dogs and livestock guard dogs. Guard breeds tend strongly towards barking, separation anxiety, and reactivity towards other dogs (and people). If you want a dog that is friendly to strangers and plays with other dogs, then you should either pick another breed or plan on committing to a great deal of training.
  • Getting a Corgi, perhaps the definition of adorable, for a city apartment dweller might seem fine – they’re small after all, right? But Pembroke Welsh Corgis are a herding breed, carefully evolved for running after livestock all day long. They tend to need a great deal of exercise, otherwise they will turn their frustrated energy onto your belongings until they eventually settle into depression. Conversely a Great Dane is, despite its size, a great apartment dog, as it is mostly predisposed to lounging all day. You still can get a Corgi in the city – of course you can! – but you need to know what you’re signing up for, and perhaps may want to look for a Corgi with a lower-than-average energy level.
  • Getting a dog, of any breed, whose personality profile, by the randomness of genetics, is high on dependency (vs. independence) will be great when you want to recall them back to you (”come!”), but you’ll have to work extra carefully and diligently on separation anxiety; on the flip side a highly independent dog might take more initial work to get them to listen – and bond – to you, but will tend to be more open to new experiences. Both are wonderful dogs, but knowing what you’re signing up for helps you know what to work on, and work on early, to save yourself pain later.

Bottom line: understand what you’re getting into with a given breed and puppy, so that you can adjust your approach to rearing them appropriately.

The caveat: per previous chapters, breed and even individual personality tests are not the whole story. You need to (a) recognize that how you treat and interact with your dog will have by far the largest practical impact on how they behave and who they are; and (b) for a host of additional reasons, breed is not fate; do not expect your dog of a certain breed to necessarily match the personality archetype of that breed.

In the preceding chapters: Chapter 6-4 and Chapter 6-5, we went into depth on three important points that you would be wise to remember:

  1. Breed/genetic history and individual early-life personality traits do play a meaningful role in your puppy or adult dog’s bias towards different behaviors. As such, you should familiarize yourself with those concepts, to help you identify and understand why they might behave certain ways.
  1. However, how you treat your dog – how you handle them, interact with them, train them, etc. – will have an enormously larger impact on their day-to-day behaviors than their genetic history. Breed absolutely can significantly influence temperament, but ultimately these create biases in behavior; outside of certain compulsive tendencies, such as herding or prey instinct, or general threshold/level of need for physical or mental activity, those biases are not enough to dictate whether or not your dog listens to you when you ask them to do something, seeks you out when they (or you) need comfort, or explores new experiences with confidence and vigor rather than fear and aggression. See Chapter 6-4 for more detail on this subject.
  1. Furthermore, for a variety of reasons, breed is less predictive of temperament today than it might once have been. See Chapter 6-4 for a discussion of working lines vs. companion lines and breed dilution.
Know your dog’s demeanor: understand the implications of your dog’s breed and personality and make sure those line up with your lifestyle. Picking a dog solely based on looks, not knowing what you’re getting in to, is asking for a whole world of trouble. You must anticipate and be able to meet your dog’s needs.

Unfortunately, most dog owners pick their dog based solely on how they look. They find a certain breed or puppy cute or beautiful, without even thinking about temperament.

It is totally OK to have a preference for some aesthetics over others, so long as you first take into consideration the dog’s demeanor. If you don’t, you are asking for a world of trouble. Here are just a few examples:

  • Working line border collies were bred to have tremendous energy. Not realizing that, someone who works a 12-hour-a-day job gets a working line border collie because they’re pretty. A typical 6-month-old working line border collie may need to run for at least an hour a day to get sufficient physical stimulation. Since the owner doesn’t realize that and can’t provide that, the puppy tears up her apartment due to all that pent-up energy.
  • Belgian Malinois were bred as shepherds to both herd and guard. Not realizing that, someone who lives in the suburbs but is planning to move to the city gets a Malinois. If she realized that and socialized the Malinois heavily in their first few months – such as taking him to hotels, having him sleep in food courts and other crowded areas – she might have been fine. Since she didn’t realize it or do that, when she moves into her city apartment the Malinois is barking constantly whenever someone walks down the hall, or walks in the apartment upstairs, or comes to the door.
  • Low-boldness score puppies (see previous chapter) are initially more dependent than average. Not realizing that, someone who works in an office all day gets such a dog. As we covered in Chapter 1-12, the owner needs to go through careful separation anxiety training regardless of the puppy’s personality, but especially so with a low-boldness (more ‘dependent’) puppy. Not knowing this, she goes much to quickly in her separation anxiety training, and just leaves her pup alone for a couple hours at a time. After 10 minutes her puppy starts crying and barking for hours, every time. That deepens the negative experience of being left alone, deepening the behavior. Neighbors complain, but at this point it is going to be a long, uphill battle to overwrite that negative experience and catch up on training.

As you can see, it is important for you to know, ahead of time, the implications of your dog’s breed and personality, and to ensure that you and your lifestyle can meet their needs.

The behaviorist Kim Brophey relates wonderful examples of how powerful that understanding can be in her excellent (and fun-to-read) book Meet your dog.

Breed role: Although companion lines have grown less predictable in their dogs’ demeanors, and mixing breeds further moderates inheritance, breed still has the potential to play a significant role in your dog’s needs. You must familiarize yourself with the traits and needs of any breed you are considering, and ensure you are prepared to meet those demands.

As covered in more depth Chapter 6-4, breed dilution has tempered many of the archetypal or stereotypical behavioral traits we would have traditionally associated with a give breed. If you adopt a mixed dog there is even further moderation of any extreme traits. Even so however, breed absolutely can play a substantial role in your dog’s behavior.

You can think of the inherited traits we’ve discussed in previous chapters in three rough buckets:

  • Compulsive behaviors – Per Chapter 6-4, ‘job-specific’ behaviors like herding, retrieving, and hunting can be deeply ingrained into a dog’s genetics depending on their family history. Those behaviors are automatic instincts that a dog often cannot easily control. Those highly specific, highly selected behaviors tend to last longer and more strongly even as lines become diluted.
  • Energy and work – while many temperament aspects can be selected for in breed lines, level of energy (need for physical activity) and ‘drive’ (a need for mental activity) are often two of the more persistent – and relevant to everyday life – traits. Be mindful of your dog’s needs for activity and work. If you get a ‘high-drive’ dog, understand the implications of that (see Chapter 3-1 and Chapter 3-7).
  • Other strongly-inherited traits – some lines of some breeds maintain behavioral traits quite strongly. If you are getting a dog from a breeder, you should talk to that breeder, and ideally other owners of dogs with the same parents as yours, to get a sense for those patterns and trends.

See Chapter 6-4 for more discussion on these topics.

In later chapters, we will survey different ‘categories’ of breed and the sorts of traits and behaviors that tend to be prevalent in each. You should familiarize yourself with the traits and needs of any breed you are considering, and ensure that you are prepared to meet those demands.

For example:

  • If your dog will be meeting strangers at all, or ever living in proximity to other people or dogs, then don’t get a breed with guard tendencies (Ch. 6-11), like a Cane Corso or Belgian Malinois, or if you do get a guard breed prepare yourself to be especially comprehensive in your socialization.
  • If you can only take your dog for longer hikes on weekends, then don’t get a high-energy herding breed (Ch. 6-10), or if you do then make sure to line up a walker or other care service that will give your puppy a chance to run for an hour each day (not a daycare, where they don’t have field to run in).
  • If you have cats or other small animals – or mice in your walls – don’t get a terrier breed (Ch. 6-8), as their hunting instinct will drive them to constantly chase the cat, or to neurotically claw at your walls all night.

Know your breed, understand their behaviors and the implications of them, and make sure that suits your lifestyle. In the chapters that follow, we will dig deeper into particular categories of breed you should familiarize yourself with.

Non-breed personality role: As we covered in the previous chapter, your puppy’s personality will make some aspects of the first few months more or less challenging. If you raise your puppy responsibly – meeting all the needs we have laid out in this Codex – it will not make a difference. As such, you don’t need to take personality into account when selecting a puppy. However, it is not a bad idea to choose a puppy that is more well-suited to your lifestyle, as it will make those first weeks easier, and lower the risk if you yourself fall short as an owner.

In the previous Chapter, Puppy personality variation, we covered the role that personality can play. As we mentioned, personality traits should inform how you raise your puppy, but in all but the most extreme circumstances it doesn’t particularly change which puppy you should get or the things you need to do, as long as you are going to raise your puppy responsibly, meeting their socialization, training, activity, and other needs as we have laid them out in the rest of this Codex.

If you’re not going to meet your dog’s needs, then you shouldn’t get a puppy at all.

Failing to meet their needs coupled with a mismatched personality however particularly raises the risk of terrible outcomes. For example, a low-boldness (high dependence) puppy that doesn’t undergo proper separation anxiety training (Ch. 1-12) could run an especial risk of never being able to be left alone. A high-fearfulness puppy that isn’t socialized with proper technique (careful exposure and positive reinforcement, per Chapter 1-2) could be more likely to become reactive and constantly anxious. A high-aggressiveness puppy that isn’t socialized properly and becomes reactive could be especially likely to attack another person or dog.

When getting your puppy, share your current lifestyle and constraints with your adoption center or breeder. A responsible breeder will then take that into consideration when matching puppies with homes after their personality tests are run (at 7-8 weeks). You can also look at the results yourself, and compare them to the framework we introduced in the previous chapter, Puppy personality variation. Review the dimensions in that chapter – particularly the bullet on effects and implications – and consider the implications of each for your lifestyle. Just remember – don’t over-index on these traits; they play a far smaller role, in your dog’s behavior and relationship with you, when compared with how you interact with your dog.

Chapter 6-7: Hound breeds

In previous chapters, we talked about the potential role that breed can play. In this chapter, we will discuss some of the archetypal traits of hound breeds in particular.

CAVEAT: Do NOT let the breed discussions scare you! In each breed chapter we highlight the potential breed-derived behaviors that a responsible owner needs to be aware of. But don’t let that scare you! A dog of any breed or mix can be a truly wonderful companion – you just need to be aware of any biases they have to make sure that (a) your lifestyle and living situation are appropriate to meeting their behavioral needs, and (b) that you keep an eye out for and appropriately manage any inherited behaviors or compulsions they may have. Furthermore, as we covered in depth in Chapter 6-4, these are the most stereotypical, extreme behaviors, but in reality a given breed, line, or mix can heavily modulate these behaviors. Always TALK TO the adoption center, rescue, or breeder you are working with to better understand any particular behavioral patterns in a dog you are considering.

Hound Dogs: hounds were bred to hunt live prey by tracking or chasing.

Hounds are breeds that were traditionally bred to independently track prey for their human hunters. They received little human intervention in their hunts, and as such were frequently bred to be instinctual hunters, selecting for dogs with greater expressions of tracking, stalking, scenting, and other behaviors.

Hounds can be broken down into two sub-groups based on functional emphasis; Scenthounds and Sighthounds. We will dive into each of these segments below.

Scenthounds: hunters by nose

Scenthounds are dogs who were bred to hunt primarily by their sense of smell. As a result, the characteristics below have been fostered. As always, per Chapter 6-4, these come with the caveat that the extent to which these traits manifest or not can vary WIDELY depending on the specific breeds and lines/family history of a given dog.

  • Common behavioral characteristics:
    • Strong olfactory sense, and desire to trace scents – scenthounds can have some of the best noses in the dog world (cf. Chapter 4-4).

      Owner Implication: if you have a scent hound, you should definitely consider trying out K9 Nose Work (Appendix 2-1). They would not only likely do well, they could enjoy it enormously, and it provides a great outlet not only for mental stimulation but for any compulsion they have to track scents.

    • “Baying” or barking – as always depending on the particular breed, line, and dog, baying or barking is more common for scenthound breeds than most others, as it was fostered in some breeds to signal their human companions.

      Owner Implication: It varies quite a bit from line to line and dog to dog, but nuisance barking can sometimes crop up more often with scenthounds than among other breeds, especially as a self-reinforcing behavior (see Chapter 2-21). That doesn’t mean you can’t modulate that behavior with training (see previous chapters), but if barking is a particular problem for you – such as if you live in close urban quarters – make sure to talk to the adoption center, rescue, or breeder you’re working with to understand if that’s an issue with the particular line or dog you are considering.

    • Digging – although usually less-so than terriers (Chapter 6-8), some scenthound lines are prone to digging, to help them stir up scent and hunt for quarry.

      Owner Implication: keep an eye out for any digging tendencies, and make sure to work to extinguish the behavior early/errorlessly, likely via redirection to an ‘acceptable’ outlet (such as a sandbox they are allowed to dig in). See Chapter 2-25 for more.

  • Common physical characteristics:
    • Tend to be short or wire coat – see Chapter 5-2 for proper maintenance of these coats.
    • Long ears, extra wrinkles or loose fitting skin – these features were fostered in some breeds to help capture scents around their face.
    • Loose-fitting lips and extra saliva production – again, in some breeds these features were fostered to aid the capture and retention of scents.
    • Shape and size highly varied – Scenthounds vary widely in shape and size, often reflecting the original quarry for which they were originally bred. For example, coonhounds were bred to tree raccoons, dachshunds to ground on badgers, beagles to bay in pursuit of rabbit, foxhounds to chase foxes, and bloodhounds to track old scent-trails.
  • Common Hound Breeds:
    • Basset Hound
    • Beagle
    • Bloodhound
    • Coonhounds
    • Dachshunds
    • Foxhounds
    • Otterhound
Sighthounds: hunters by sight

Sighthounds are dogs that were created to hunt prey by sight. As a result, the characteristics below have been fostered. As always, per Chapter 6-4, these come with the caveat that the extent to which these traits manifest or not can vary widely depending on the specific breeds and lines/family history of a given dog.

  • Common behavioral characteristics
    • High prey drive – bred to spot and chase prey as quickly as possible, many sighthound breeds can have very high prey drive, on par with terriers (Chapter 6-8).

      Owner Implication: If a dog you’re consider has high prey drive, you need to be extra cautious if you have cats or other small animals in the same household. Their genetic desire to hunt and kill can be strong, and they may struggle with learning the difference between your pets as friends vs prey. If you have a cat or other small housepet, a dog with high prey drive may not be right for you. There is no danger to human babies (any moreso than any breed). As always, check with the adoption center, rescue, or breeder you are working with to understand if a dog your considering has high prey-drive.

      Owner Implication: You have to be extra diligent in your off-leash training. As discussed in Chapter 2-29, you cannot allow your dog off-leash until you have consistent compliance that has been reinforced so strongly that it is automatic even when there is something your dog really wants to do more than come back to you (e.g., chase a squirrel, or another dog). Many hounds have a deeply-ingrained desire to chase, making it extra-difficult to recall them off of squirrels, chipmunks, or even small dogs they encounter. Having been bred to track independently, they also potentially have an elevated likelihood of getting far away from you, and getting lost. As a result, you have to be extra diligent with your off-leash training.

    • Varying energy levels – contrary to popular belief, sighthounds are not necessarily higher-energy dogs. While they are extremely fast (see below), they were often bred more for ‘impulse’ work, as opposed to Terriers or Herding Shepherds who were bred to run around all day. So while sighthounds are very fast, that does not mean that they are ‘high energy’ dogs that require constant activity. Look at the particular dog you are considering for what their energy needs are. That can make, for example, retired or rescued greyhounds wonderful city dogs (assuming you don’t have a cat).
  • Common physical characteristics:
    • Exceptional long-distance vision – developed to spot prey quickly and accurately from range, before closing the distance with their tremendous speed (see next)
    • Fast speeds when running – Sighthounds are the fastest group of dogs, known for their double-suspension gallop, as they needed to catch up to and capture very fast prey like rabbits and foxes.
    • Long legs and lean bodies – Built for speed, sighthounds often have small waists, visible bone structure, flexible spines, elongated heads, and long legs. They also often have deep chests to accommodate for their heart size, which is often larger than most breeds to supply more oxygen-rich blood throughout their body when working. Physical breed characteristics will vary in part because of differences in the prey they were meant to hunt: rabbits for Greyhounds, wolves for Borzoi, gazelle for Salukis, and lions for Ridgebacks. A sighthound owners who doesn’t know any better might think their dog is too skinny, but that is often their natural and healthiest form.
  • Common Breeds
    • Afghan Hound
    • Borzoi
    • Greyhound
    • Irish Wolfhound
    • Italian Greyhound
    • Saluki
    • Whippet

With their speed and agility, sighthounds make great prospects for any lure coursing or chasing sport. These sports allow your dog to do what is natural to them in a positive manner, allowing them to fulfill their instinctual chasing urges.

Chapter 6-8: Terrier breeds

In previous chapters, we talked about the potential role that breed can play. In this chapter, we will discuss some of the archetypal traits of terrier breeds in particular.

CAVEAT: Do NOT let the breed discussions scare you! In each breed chapter we highlight the potential breed-derived behaviors that a responsible owner needs to be aware of. But don’t let that scare you! A dog of any breed or mix can be a truly wonderful companion – you just need to be aware of any biases they have to make sure that (a) your lifestyle and living situation are appropriate to meeting their behavioral needs, and (b) that you keep an eye out for and appropriately manage any inherited behaviors or compulsions they may have. Furthermore, as we covered in depth in Chapter 6-4, these are the most stereotypical, extreme behaviors, but in reality a given breed, line, or mix can heavily modulate these behaviors. Always TALK TO the adoption center, rescue, or breeder you are working with to better understand any particular behavioral patterns in a dog you are considering.

Terriers: bred to hunt and catch vermin

Terriers are breeds originally developed to hunt and kill rats, rodents, and other small vermin. As a result, the characteristics below have been fostered. As always, per Chapter 6-4, these come with the caveat that the extent to which these traits manifest or not can vary WIDELY depending on the specific breeds and lines/family history of a given dog.

  • Common behavioral characteristics:
    • High prey drive – bred to hunt small rodents, terriers can have especially high ‘prey drive’ – a compulsion to hunt and kill small creates.

      Owner Implication: If a dog you’re consider has high prey drive, you need to be extra cautious if you have cats or other small animals in the same household. Their genetic desire to hunt and kill can be strong, and they may struggle with learning the difference between your pets as friends vs prey. If you have a cat or other small housepet, a dog with high prey drive may not be right for you. There is no danger to human babies (any moreso than any breed). As always, check with the adoption center, rescue, or breeder you are working with to understand if a dog your considering has high prey-drive.

      Owner Implication: You should also keep this in mind for off-leash training (see Chapter 2-29). High prey drive makes recalling a dog off of squirrels or other ‘prey’ especially difficult, requiring especially strong reinforcement and conditioning of the recall behavior (cf. Chapter 2-14).

    • High gameness – ‘gameness’ is a dog’s capacity and desire to continue working in the face of depressing or negative stimuli (such as fatigue, fear, injury, etc.). High gameness was selected for in many breeds, and some breeds and lines may carry that today.

      Owner Implication: If your dog has high gameness, that tenacity has pros and cons; it can be amazing for socialization or dog sports, but it can also make it harder to manage any reactivity that develops.

    • Digging compulsion – the word “terrier” is actually derived from the latin word “terra”, meaning earth, because of their tendency to dig and go to ground when hunting. Many rodents hide in the ground or under rocks and barriers, so tendency to dig was cultivated in many terrier breeds.

      Owner Implication: If you have a terrier, keep an eye out for any digging tendencies, and make sure to work to extinguish the behavior early/errorlessly, likely via redirection to an ‘acceptable’ outlet (such as a sandbox they are allowed to dig in).

    • Barking – some terrier breeds and lines were selected for a tendency to bark.

      Owner Implication: as with all dogs, if barking is a problem for you then make sure to catch it early and avoid self-reinforcement (Chapter 2-21) by extinguishing the behavior early; the best method will likely be putting the behavior on-cue (a ‘speak’ command) –

    • Higher energy – as always this varies with specific lineage, but many terrier breeds have higher energy, derived from being bred for constant hunting over potentially large areas. That said, in companion lines – and certainly in mixes/mutts – that energy could be heavily modulated, so consider the specific dog in front of you.

      Owner Implications: See Chapter 3-1 for discussion of the implications of energy level.

  • Common physical characteristics:
    • Wire coats – many (but not all) terriers have wire coats, requiring regular hand-stripping (see Chapter 5-2)
    • Deep set eyes
    • Shorter legs and longer body on dogs that hunt underground
    • Longer legs and squarer body on dogs that hunt above ground
  • Common Terrier Breeds:
    • Airedale Terrier
    • Border Terrier
    • Fox Terriers
    • Jack Russel Terrier
    • Schnauzers
    • Scottish Terrier
    • Soft Coated Wheaten Terrier
    • West Highland White Terrier

Chapter 6-9: Bully breeds

In previous chapters, we talked about the potential role that breed can play. In this chapter, we will discuss some of the archetypal traits of bully breeds in particular.

CAVEAT: Do NOT let the breed discussions scare you! In each breed chapter we highlight the potential breed-derived behaviors that a responsible owner needs to be aware of. But don’t let that scare you! A dog of any breed or mix can be a truly wonderful companion – you just need to be aware of any biases they have to make sure that (a) your lifestyle and living situation are appropriate to meeting their behavioral needs, and (b) that you keep an eye out for and appropriately manage any inherited behaviors or compulsions they may have. Furthermore, as we covered in depth in Chapter 6-4, these are the most stereotypical, extreme behaviors, but in reality a given breed, line, or mix can heavily modulate these behaviors. Always TALK TO the adoption center, rescue, or breeder you are working with to better understand any particular behavioral patterns in a dog you are considering.

Bully-Type Terriers: the original fighting dogs

Bully-type terriers have a bit of a dark history, being originally bred for bloodsports like bull-baiting, bear-baiting, and even dog-fighting. Thankfully, such practices are outlawed in the US and most countries today. Even so, as with all breeds, we want to be familiar with a breed’s original purpose as it can inform why their breed characteristics are what they are. These dogs were also used at times to hunt typical terrier game, like rats and vermin.

As a result of that history, the characteristics below have been fostered. As always, per Chapter 6-4, these come with the caveat that the extent to which these traits manifest or not can vary WIDELY depending on the specific breeds and lines/family history of a given dog.

  • Common behavioral characteristics:
    • High gameness – ‘gameness’ is a dog’s capacity and desire to continue working in the face of depressing or negative stimuli (such as fatigue, fear, injury, etc.). High gameness was selected for in many breeds, and some breeds and lines may carry that today.

      Owner Implication: If your dog has high gameness, that tenacity has pros and cons; it can be amazing for socialization or dog sports, but it can also make it harder to manage any reactivity that develops.

    • Can be prone to dog or animal aggression – bully breeds were bred specifically to fight, selecting for a high Aggression response (see Chapter 6-5).

      Owner Implications: as always it varies from line to line and dog to dog, but some bully lines can be prone to developing reactivity and aggression. Combined with their high gameness, there can be an elevated risk of prolonged and deadly dog-fights. Before getting a dog from a bully breed or mix, you should talk to the adoption center or breeder you are working with, being honest about your lifestyle and home circumstances, and make sure that they feel this dog is appropriate for your home. Do NOT get a bully because you want a ‘tough’ dog. Per Chapter 1-3, you should NEVER want or train your dog to harm strangers on their own recognizance. As we discussed in that chapter, dogs lack the context that humans have – they don’t know the difference between a plumber and a thief – so they are terrible at judging threats on their own in a modern environment. Police dogs, for example, are trained to have tremendous control and to act only when given a command.

    • Barkers – it varies widely from line to line and dog to dog, but if you’re getting a bully breed or mix be sure to ask after their barking tendencies, so that you can work to redirect the behavior if it’s undesirable.
  • Common physical characteristics:
    • Muscular structure
    • Wide build
    • Short coat
  • Common Breeds:
    • American Pit Bull Terrier
    • Bull Terriers
    • Staffordshire Bull Terrier
    • Bullmastiff

Chapter 6-10: Herding breeds

In previous chapters, we talked about the potential role that breed can play. In this chapter, we will discuss some of the archetypal traits of herding breeds in particular.

CAVEAT: Do NOT let the breed discussions scare you! In each breed chapter we highlight the potential breed-derived behaviors that a responsible owner needs to be aware of. But don’t let that scare you! A dog of any breed or mix can be a truly wonderful companion – you just need to be aware of any biases they have to make sure that (a) your lifestyle and living situation are appropriate to meeting their behavioral needs, and (b) that you keep an eye out for and appropriately manage any inherited behaviors or compulsions they may have. Furthermore, as we covered in depth in Chapter 6-4, these are the most stereotypical, extreme behaviors, but in reality a given breed, line, or mix can heavily modulate these behaviors. Always TALK TO the adoption center, rescue, or breeder you are working with to better understand any particular behavioral patterns in a dog you are considering.

Herding Breeds: dogs with instinctual inclination to herd, group up, and tend livestock

Also known as stock dogs, sheep dogs, and shepherds, herding dogs were originally created to be a farmer’s right-hand partner. With a need to run back and forth around flocks all day, corralling them in desired directions, working line herding dogs are high energy, high drive, and love working every day, all day. Herding dogs have the instinctual urge to control the movement of a herd of animals. They innately want to herd, tend, and move flocks. Typical livestock worked for different breeds of these dogs are cattle, sheep, goats, chickens, ducks, and reindeer.

Herding instinct is essentially a modified predator hunting sequence. A typical hunting sequence might be orient, eye, stalk, chase, pounce, catch, grab-bite, kill-bite, dissect and consume. Herding dogs have been selectively bred to intensify their orient, eye, stalk, and chase instinct, all while all-but-erasing (’interrupting’) the urge to continue the hunt with injuring, killing, and eating the animal.

As we’ll discuss more below, many herding breeds were also developed to have strong ‘guard’ instincts, with a heightened awareness of and reaction to unfamiliar creatures, as a means to use them to protect flocks from wolves, foxes, and other predators. The term ‘shepherd’ can refer to breeds designed purely to herd, purely to guard livestock, or a combination of the two.

Herding Styles: different dogs use different methods of herding to most effectively do their job. The original job of a breed can lead to unique inherited behavioral patterns.

There is a great physical variety among herding dogs, with ranges in shapes, sizes, and coat types. Most breeds can be fit into one of four categories, depending on their style of working; Headers, Heelers, Drovers, and Tending Dogs.

  • Headers: dogs that herd using intense eye contact to intimidate and move stock. They typically control herds from the front or side, using their distinctive stare, chase, and body language to guide the livestock. These include dogs like Border Collies.
  • Heelers: dogs that work livestock from the back side, using nips and snaps at the heels and rear side to move the animals. These are tough, typically short and stout dogs that need quick response times to avoid kicks from the livestock. These include dogs like Pembroke Welsh Corgis.
  • Drovers: dogs that move their flock over very long distances. They have particularly high endurance and are typically larger dogs. These include dogs like Old English Sheepdogs.
  • Tending Dogs: dogs that act as a “living fence” for livestock, keeping the herd together in a specific area. They manage the boundary around the herd, keeping any stragglers inside the area. These include dogs like German Shepherds.

Some breeds use a combination of these methods together for their own unique herding style. However, these four groups are the most remarkable and easily identified. Knowing what job your herding dog was originally bred to do will help you understand possible behavioral quirks that stem from instinct.

Characteristics & Example Breeds

To breed for those jobs, the characteristics below have often been fostered. As always, per Chapter 6-4: The role breed can play in behavior, these come with the caveat that the extent to which these traits manifest or not can vary WIDELY depending on the specific breeds and lines/family history of a given dog.

An additional note is that many shepherds, as mentioned above, pulled double-duty as both herding dogs and livestock guard dogs. Rather than talk about both of those characteristics in one chapter, we discuss guard behaviors in the following chapter, Guard breeds & breeds with heightened guard instinct.

  • Common Behavioral Characteristics
    • Herding compulsion – many herding breeds and lines retain a strong herding instinct: a desire to corral people, dogs, other animals in your house, or even furniture and inanimate objects.

      Owner Implications: As discussed in Chapter 6-4, this sort of ‘specific job behavior’ will manifest as a compulsion, a need. It will be hard for your dog to override it. In many cases, herding behavior is innocuous; however in some cases it can direct in dangerous ways, such as a desire to ‘herd’ moving vehicles. If you run into a problem with your dog’s herding behavior, seek help from a professional non-compulsion trainer.

    • Very high energy – herding breeds generally had to work all day, every day. As such, breeding heavily selected on high-energy dogs.

      Owner Implications: as always, companion lines, breed dilution, and mixing mean that a particular line or dog may not fit this mold (see Chapter 6-4). Archetypally, however, herding breeds can have very high energy, and commensurate physical activity needs (Chapter 3-1). Just because a dog is small – like a Pembroke Welsh Corgi – does not mean that they do not need lots of exercise. A working line Border Collie or Australian Shepherd may need as much as 1-2 hours of strenuous physical activity every day. Make sure that your lifestyle and desires match the needs of the dog you are considering. If you don’t meet your dog’s needs for physical activity (or work – see next), they risk becoming depressed, becoming anxious, and/or developing compulsive or destructive behaviors. That is true of any dog, but especially so of high-energy and/or high-drive dogs.

    • High drive – as day-long workers, herding dogs needed to be very motivated, all the time. As such, these breeds tend to be some of the highest drive breeds. By ‘drive’ we mean desire (and need) to work, to have a task to do; see Chapter 3-7: Need for occupation for more on that topic.

      Owner Implications: if you are considering a high-drive dog, make sure that you are willing and able to not just train them, but to work with them every day. That could take the form of general trick training, or you could pursue a dog sport such as Competitive Obedience, Agility, Rally, or Protection Sports (see Appendix 2-1). They need to work – if you don’t meet that need, you risk creating depression, anxiety, or compulsive/destructive behaviors.

  • Common Herding Breeds
    • Australian Shepherd
    • Australian Cattle Dogs/Heelers
    • Belgian Shepherds (Groenendael, Laekenois, Malinois, Tervuren)
    • Border Collie
    • Collie (rough and smooth)
    • Corgis (Pembroke and Cardigan)
    • German Shepherd
    • Old English Sheepdog
    • Shetland Sheepdog

Chapter 6-11: Guard breeds & breeds with heightened guard instinct

In previous chapters, we talked about the potential role that breed can play. In this chapter, we will discuss some of the archetypal traits of livestock guard breeds in particular.

CAVEAT: Do NOT let the breed discussions scare you! In each breed chapter we highlight the potential breed-derived behaviors that a responsible owner needs to be aware of. But don’t let that scare you! A dog of any breed or mix can be a truly wonderful companion – you just need to be aware of any biases they have to make sure that (a) your lifestyle and living situation are appropriate to meeting their behavioral needs, and (b) that you keep an eye out for and appropriately manage any inherited behaviors or compulsions they may have. Furthermore, as we covered in depth in Chapter 6-4, these are the most stereotypical, extreme behaviors, but in reality a given breed, line, or mix can heavily modulate these behaviors. Always TALK TO the adoption center, rescue, or breeder you are working with to better understand any particular behavioral patterns in a dog you are considering.

Guard Breeds: dogs bred to alert to and scare off unfamiliar entities such as predators.

As discussed in Chapter 6-10: Herding breeds, while some shepherds were bred to solely to corral livestock, others were bred to also (or instead) protect them from predators, such as wolves or foxes. Additional guard breeds were developed to protect land/property from strangers.

To breed for those jobs, the characteristics below have often been fostered. As always, per Chapter 6-4, these come with the caveat that the extent to which these traits manifest or not can vary WIDELY depending on the specific breeds and lines/family history of a given dog.

  • Common Behavioral Characteristics
    • Alerting/wariness – one of the primary characteristics bred for guard dogs is increased vigilance, i.e. awareness of surroundings.

      Owner Implication: a dog with preserved/inherited guard breed tendencies may not be appropriate for city apartments with lots of external noises, such as people walking down the hall or down the street, or on the floor above you. It can be hard for some dogs from guard breeds to grow desensitized to those sorts of stimuli, and you risk filling their lives with constant stress and anxiety.

    • Heightened stranger response – by design, guard breeds are selected to have an increased response to strangers. As discussed in the socialization chapters (e.g., Chapter 1-2), all dogs are wary of unfamiliar people, creatures, and objects. In guard breeds, however, the most stranger-sensitive dogs were selected and bred to deepen that behavior.

      Owner Implication: If you are considering getting a dog with preserved/inherited guard breed tendencies, make sure you understand the implications of their behavior and how to handle them appropriately. You must invest especially heavily and early in properly-conducted Socialization (Chapter 1-2). Guard breeds can run an increased risk of developing reactivity – you MUST be especially vigilant in carefully avoiding that, and in promptly addressing it if it does start to emerge. We strongly recommend you work early on with a professional non-compulsion trainer.

      Owner Implication: As we discussed in Chapter 1-3, do NOT deliberately ‘train’ your dog to react to strangers, as a ‘guard’ dog! Dogs lack context, they are not good at distinguishing threats from normal people in the modern world. See that chapter for more discussion on the topic.

      Owner Implication: If you have a Guard breed, make sure to be especially thoughtful about when and how you bring strangers into your home. Don’t let e.g., plumbers or electricians visit without you present, don’t leave your dog in the yard while delivery people or landscapers are there, and when someone does visit make sure to have your dog crated with appropriate crate training and a stuffed chew (Chapter 1-8) to help keep them calm. If you are having issues with visitors, work with a (non-compulsion) trainer right away to address the issue quickly before it gets worse.

    • Aggression – in addition to greater reactivity, many guard breeds were developed with an increase aggression response. Per Chapter 6-5, ‘Aggression’ in this sense is independent of reactivity/stranger response: rather, it means that if a dog a reacts, out of fear, annoyance, or any other impulse, they are more likely to manifest that reaction as aggression.

      Owner Implication: high aggression combines with a greater disposition to reactivity (see above) to make it especially important that you use proper socialization (Chapter 1-2). If your dog has preserved/inherited guard breed tendencies, they may be more likely to respond surprises, strangers, or unfamiliar dogs with an aggression response that can include proactive violence. Be particularly careful with children: kids can sometimes poke and prod and annoy dogs, and some dogs may respond with aggression. Heavy socialization with children and strangers is a MUST with any guard breed.

    • Increased protectiveness – depending on the breed and line, some guard dogs can be protective of their owners, feeling an obligation to always be near or in front of you when you engage with others.

      Owner Implications: This bias may manifest as barking at, running towards, or jumping on other people when you try to approach or talk to them (or if they approach or talk to you). If your dog, of any breed, exhibits this behavior, be sure to work on desensitizing them to this experience by, for example, having another family member hold the dog while you go and talk to someone, rewarding and praising your dog whenever they are calm, following your standard socialization best practices (Chapter 1-2). If your dog is getting worked up and isn’t able to calm down, work with a professional non-compulsion trainer.

    • High ‘relationship selectivity’ – depending on the breed and line, some guard dogs can be extremely selective in who they bond/attach with. Some dogs, for example, may only bond with one member of their household, having looser attachments to others that live there.

      Owner Implications: if you want a dog that will be friendly with everyone and closely attached to multiple immediate and extent family members, a guard dog of certain lines and breeds may not be appropriate for you. Be sure to talk to the Adoption Center, Rescue, or Breeder you are working with to better understand the behavioral patterns of any dog you are considering.

    • Alert-barking – some guard dog breeds and lines have a tendency to bark more than other dog.

      Owner Implications: It varies quite a bit from line to line and dog to dog, but nuisance barking can sometimes crop up more often with guard dogs than among other breeds, especially as a self-reinforcing behavior (see Chapter 2-21). That doesn’t mean you can’t modulate that behavior with training (see previous chapters), but if barking is a particular problem for you – such as if you live in close urban quarters – make sure to talk to the adoption center, rescue, or breeder you’re working with to understand if that’s an issue with the particular line or dog you are considering.

    • Varying energy levels – There is a wide variety of energy levels in guard breeds. Some may have very mild energy levels, like some Mastiffs, but others can be highly active, like Boxers and Dobermans.

      Owner Implications: Per Chapter 3-1, it is critically important that you meet your dog’s biological needs for physical (and mental) stimulation. Some dogs have much greater activity needs than others, and the dog you get needs to match a lifestyle you’re willing to live. Before getting a dog, make sure to talk to the adoption center, rescue, or breeder you are working with to understand the relative activity level of any dog you are considering.

  • Common Guard Breeds
    • Akita
    • Boxer
    • Chinese Shar-Pei
    • Doberman
    • German Shepherd
    • Giant Schnauzer
    • Rottweiler
    • Mastiffs (Cane Corso, English Mastiff)
    • Anatolian Shepherd Dog
    • Great Pyrenees
    • Kangal
    • Maremma Sheepdog

Chapter 6-12: Gun/Retriever dogs

CAVEAT: Do NOT let the breed discussions scare you! In each breed chapter we highlight the potential breed-derived behaviors that a responsible owner needs to be aware of. But don’t let that scare you! A dog of any breed or mix can be a truly wonderful companion – you just need to be aware of any biases they have to make sure that (a) your lifestyle and living situation are appropriate to meeting their behavioral needs, and (b) that you keep an eye out for and appropriately manage any inherited behaviors or compulsions they may have. Furthermore, as we covered in depth in Chapter 6-4, these are the most stereotypical, extreme behaviors, but in reality a given breed, line, or mix can heavily modulate these behaviors. Always TALK TO the adoption center, rescue, or breeder you are working with to better understand any particular behavioral patterns in a dog you are considering.

Gun-Dog/Retriever Breeds: dogs bred for the sport of bird hunting, aiding hunters in finding, flushing, and retrieving game; these are a very diverse group.

Retriever breeds were developed to retrieve game, such as birds and hares, after their human companion had shot and killed them. Bred for sporadic retrieval of inanimate targets, rather than hunting or habitual, day-long work (like herding dogs), these breeds tend to have on average comparatively lower drive/need for work tan some other breeds, which can be helpful for some households.

Within the overarching ‘category’ of retrievers, you can sub-categorize many breeds into one of four additional groups based on the job function they were bred to perform:

  • Spaniels: bred to flush game from brush. They run into the brush, scaring the birds and causing them to take flight, making them easy targets for the hunter.
    • Common Spaniel Breeds
      • American Cocker Spaniel
      • Brittany Spaniel
      • English Cocker Spaniel
      • English Springer Spaniel
      • Irish Water Spaniel
  • Pointers: bred to track game, then freeze and point to show the hunter where the game is.
    • Common Pointer Breeds
      • German Short-haired Pointer
      • German Wire-haired Pointer
      • Pointer
      • Vizsla
      • Weimaraner
  • Retrievers: bred to retrieve fallen game back to the hunter, including from across water.
    • Common Retriever Breeds
      • Chesapeake Bay Retriever
      • Golden Retriever
      • Labrador Retriever
      • Nova Scotia Duck Tolling Retriever
  • Setters: similar to pointers, they were bred to track the game and then freeze in a down “set” position, showing the hunter where the game is.
    • Common Setter Breeds
      • English Setter
      • Gordon Setter
      • Irish Setter
  • Other retrievers: there are other gun-dogs, such as Poodles, who are very much retrievers but do not fall into any of those classifications.

To breed for those jobs, the characteristics below have often been fostered. As always, per Chapter 6-4, these come with the caveat that the extent to which these traits manifest or not can vary WIDELY depending on the specific breeds and lines/family history of a given dog.

  • Common Behavioral Characteristics:
    • Varying energy levels and drive – unlike, say, herding or terrier breeds, who were bred to work all day every day, many retriever breeds have more modest energy levels, commensurate with their more sporadic workload.

      Owner Implications: As always, you need to talk to the adoption center, rescue, or breeder you are working with to understand the energy levels and drive of the particular dogs you are considering. Generally speaking however, many retriever lines, particularly in companion lines, will have more modest energy levels as compared with, for example, Herding or Terrier breeds. That’s certainly not universal – there are plenty of high-energy retriever, and any working-line dog will have high drive and energy – but it is one reason retrievers have become such popular companion dogs. Since you must meet your dog’s needs for physical and mental stimulation (see Chapter 3-1 and Chapter 3-7), it can be helpful for some households, depending on your lifestyle, to have a dog with comparatively modest energy and work needs. Just remember that all dogs have significant needs for physical activity and meaningful ‘work.’

    • Desire to “hold” items in mouth – all dogs use their mouths to varying extents to interact with the world, but retriever breeds may be more likely than others to want to hold sticks, balls, toys, treats, or chews in their mouths.
    • Pointing – pointer breeds specifically can have a deeply ingrained reflex to ‘point’ with their bodies when they see birds. There is generally nothing wrong with this unless the compulsion becomes exceptionally disruptive or unhealthy.
    • Swimming – many retrievers were bred to return fowl, and therefore were often selected to be strong natural swimmers.

Chapter 6-13: Other breeds

CAVEAT: Do NOT let the breed discussions scare you! In each breed chapter we highlight the potential breed-derived behaviors that a responsible owner needs to be aware of. But don’t let that scare you! A dog of any breed or mix can be a truly wonderful companion – you just need to be aware of any biases they have to make sure that (a) your lifestyle and living situation are appropriate to meeting their behavioral needs, and (b) that you keep an eye out for and appropriately manage any inherited behaviors or compulsions they may have. Furthermore, as we covered in depth in Chapter 6-4, these are the most stereotypical, extreme behaviors, but in reality a given breed, line, or mix can heavily modulate these behaviors. Always TALK TO the adoption center, rescue, or breeder you are working with to better understand any particular behavioral patterns in a dog you are considering.

Toy Breeds: bred for companionship; these small dogs have make great pets. Just don’t let their small size lead you to encourage bad behaviors.

Toy breeds are small dogs primarily bred for companionship. They can vary widely in personality, but tend to have more limited requirements for work and physical activity than some other breeds (although, as discussed in Chapter 6-4, most companion lines have reduced the level of drive and energy compared to their original working ancestors in most breeds anyway).

Even so, there are two cautions we have for owners of Toy Breeds:

  • Because of their small size, many owners overlook or even encourage bad behaviors in toy breeds – don’t do that

    Barking and jumping up can appear ‘cute’ in a small dog, while in a larger dog it would rapidly become a nuisance. Unfortunately, that inadvertent reinforcement of bad behaviors often leads to poorly behaved dogs, such as ‘yappy’ behavior.

  • Owners may not properly exercise Toy breed dogs

    As covered in Section 3, all dogs have a need for mental, physical, and social stimulation. While Toy breeds may have somewhat lower needs for physical activity and work, they still have those needs, and as an owner you cannot neglect them. Smaller dogs are sometimes less capable of ‘telling’ you their needs aren’t being met – where a Husky might chew your shoes or bark incessantly when they’re not getting enough activity, and Maltese might be less able to get your attention, especially if her barking or nipping is something you find ‘cute’.

    If you have a Toy breed, it is especially important that you learn to read your dog’s emotions and make sure her needs are met. Failure to do so leads to depression, anxiety, and worsening behaviors.

Common Toy Breeds:

  • Cavalier King Charles Spaniel
  • Chihuahua
  • Maltese
  • Miniature Pinscher
  • Pomeranian
  • Pug
  • Shih Tzu
  • Yorkshire Terrier
Companion Breeds: larger than toy dogs, but still bred solely for companionship.

Companion breeds have no historical function in assisting people with a task. Temperament can vary greatly from breed to breed, but they are often more mild-mannered than working breeds.

  • Common Companion Breeds
    • American Eskimo Dogs
    • Bichon Frise
    • Boston Terrier
    • French Bulldog
    • Lowchen
Sled/Draft Breeds: bred to pull; these dogs are often large, strong, and sturdy.

These are dogs whose original purpose is to pull a sled or cart. They are particularly strong dogs, often with high levels of endurance.

  • Common Behavioral Characteristics
    • Varying energy levels – While there has often been significant dilution from their original working purpose (see Chapter 6-4), some lines retain the higher energy levels fostered when they had to be willing and able to work all day. That can vary widely however, so, as always, talk to the adoption center, rescue, or breeder you are working with to understand the behavioral patterns and needs of the dog you are considering. Several of these breeds are known to need plenty of activity – and to grow destructive, as any dog can, if they’re not getting it – so make sure you’re equipped to meet their needs.
  • Common Physical Characteristics
    • Large size and high strength – some of the largest breeds in the world fall into this category.

      Owner Implication: Most owners will find it difficult if not impossible to ‘overpower’ these dogs in emergencies; that makes it particularly important – as it is with all dogs – that you teach your dog loose-leash walking (Chapter 2-28 as well as a strong emergency-down command; you don’t want to be fighting to hold back a 120 lb dog. If you are an older or physically less strong owner, you need to be careful about getting a very large dog.

  • Common Sledding and Drafting Breeds
    • Alaskan Malamute
    • Bernese Mountain Dog
    • Newfoundland
    • Saint Bernard
    • Samoyed
    • Siberian Husky

Chapter 6-14: Mixed breeds

In the previous chapters of this section, we have focused on dogs of a particular breed. Obviously, however, many dogs today are mixed breeds, the product of either deliberate or accidental inter-breeding.

Mutts and mixed breeds can be great! Whether you buy or adopt, get a pure breed or a mixed breed, your dog will be a wonderful, lifelong companion as long as – as we’ve hopefully made abundantly clear throughout this Primer – you are a thoughtful, responsible, educated owner!

There is currently plenty of debate in the community on topics such as adopting vs. breeding, and mixed breeds (e.g., ‘doodles’) vs. pure breeds. Those discussions are thoroughly outside the scope of this primer. We will only make the following two points:

  • Any dog can be a wonderful, joyful, lifelong companion to you – but only if you’re an educated, responsible owner! As we hope to have convinced you throughout this primer, you as an owner MUST educate yourself on how to interact with, raise, handle, train, and care for your puppy or adult dog. Doing so is the pathway to building a healthy, collaborative relationship with your pup. Failing to do so will engender or accentuate any behavioral problems.

    There are, of course, exceptions: there are some dogs who, unfortunately, have developed behavioral issues that are too profound, too deeply entrenched, and too difficult to manage for all but the most experienced owners and handlers to adopt. Fortunately, most – but not all – adoption centers and breeders are pretty diligent about learning the behavioral challenges of each of their dogs and ensuring they are placed in an appropriate home.

  • Every dog is an individual. As we talked about in Chapter 6-5, a dog’s parentage and breed may influence the probability of certain personality traits and behaviors, but ultimately your dog is an individual, with her own personality and behaviors, shaped by not only her genetic history but her life experiences. Learn the dog in front of you. Per Chapter 4-6, you need to pay attention to your dog and start to learning both her language and who she is.
The science of mixed breeds

Regardless of your dog’s background, you should understand the basics of how traits are inherited. Obviously we will not get into any thorough treatment of genetics – many readers will hopefully remember enough from their High School biology courses – but three simple points are worth understanding:

  1. Dogs inherit many physical and behavioral traits from their parents. A dog with two high-energy parents is more than likely to be high-energy herself; a dog with two 40-50 lb parents is likely to weigh 40-50 pounds; and so on.
  1. You do not get a 50/50 split of traits between parents – you can get any combination of most traits between them. If you breed a purebred Poodle with a purebred Golden Retriever, each puppy in the litter could have a nearly 100% Poodle coat, a nearly 100% Golden coat, or anything in between. Indeed, each puppy will likely have a very different coat. Unless you breed for many generations, selecting for a particular trait (such as the non-shedding poodle coat), you are rolling the dice on what you’ll get.

    Why is that? If you remember your High School Biology, the scientific reason is simple: while you get a 50/50 split of genes from both parents, many ‘phenotypes’ – such as size, prey drive, coat color, coat type, etc. – are coded by multiple genes, and as such your dog’s inherited psychology and physiology will be determined by which genes they end up getting from which parents. There are other effects too, such as dominant and recessive traits, and epigenetic triggers. The bottom line is, however, that you can generally expect the offspring of two dogs to have, potentially, any mixture of traits between the parents.

  1. There is often SUBSTANTIAL individual variation! Even with pure-bred litters, there is still significant individual-to-individual variation, particularly in behavioral traits. Many generations of breeding selecting for a particular trait will diminish that variation, but can rarely eliminate it entirely, again especially with behavior variables that are coded by many independent genes.

    In other words, your average Border Collie will have more energy and stamina than your average Bull Mastiff, but depending on breed histories and just random chance, you’re still going to get wide distributions in dogs from either breed.

Even if you have a mixed breed dog, you should still familiarize yourself with typical breed behaviors: first, you will encounter and need to navigate other dogs; and second, dogs with mixed backgrounds can still inherit traits from any side of their lineage

Even if your dog is a mixed breed, you still need to be familiar with the behaviors of e.g., hounds, terriers, guard dogs, etc.! For at least two reasons:

  1. You will encounter other dogs in the world. You need to be familiar with hunting, herding, and guard habits in the event that you encounter them.
  1. Your dog can still exhibit traits from their constituent breeds. If your dog has lots of guard breeds in them, there is a good chance they will be more prone to reactivity. If they have lots of herding breeds in them, there is a good chance they will be higher-energy. As always, observe, learn, and index on your dog’s individual behaviors – even for a pure-bred, there can be large, important levels of individual variation. Even so, considering your dog’s ancestors can sometimes be helpful a helpful tool in understanding your dog’s behavior.

The bottom line is you still need to learn this stuff!

Appendix 1:

Foundational Behaviors

Appendix 1: Introduction

In the previous Section, Core Training Concepts, we went through the fundamentals of teaching your dog a given behavior. In this Section, we go through some of the most useful, common foundational behaviors you should teach your dog.

Note: These topics are NOT tested on the RCOC exam. Shaping specific behaviors, like Sit and Paw, are best studied through classes, videos, dedicated books, working with trainers, and practice. This Section is, rather, meant as a reference for readers who are not familiar with these concepts

Related Chapters: Section 2: Core Training Concepts – Where we learned the principles of how to train dog behaviors

‘Foundational behaviors:’ we emphasize behaviors that (a) build a foundation of skills like self-control and handler-focus, (b) are building blocks for shaping other behaviors, and/or (c) are critical to the errorless training of how they behave in the world. Over the course of your first year with your dog, teaching them these ‘foundational behaviors’ is an important part of their development.

In this Section, we have identified a set of behaviors that every responsible dog owner should teach their dog. These are behaviors that we consider ‘foundational’ because they achieve one or more of three things:

  1. Build educational foundations

    By which we mean all the key traits we emphasized in Section 2: Core Training Concepts:

    • Fostering an appropriate, collaborative owner-dog relationship
    • Learning self-control, developing willpower
    • Learning to be aware of your handler
    • Learning to listen to your handler
    • Learning to trust your handler’s guidance and direction
    • Leaning the concept of ‘work’ – of doing what your owner asks – developing a ‘work mode,’ and learning that work is fun!
    • Building confidence
    • etc.

    For example, easy tricks (like Sit) give your dog early confidence and teach her that it’s fun to work with your human! Harder behaviors like Stay and Recall then build on that and deepen her self-control, handler focus, and trust.

    To actually get this benefit of course, it is critical that you follow all the good training practices that we laid out previous Chapters, e.g., reinforcing appropriately, making sure they understand the behavior; errorless adherence/not letting them blow you off, etc.

  1. Are great building blocks to shape other behaviors

    As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, and will see put into action in several spots here, you can often use one behavior as a building block to shape another. Touch, for example, can easily be used to shape Bell.

  1. Are critical to errorless training of how to behave in the world

    As we covered in Chapter 2-24, you need to teach your dog how to live happily and appropriately in the human world you have brought them into. The foundational behaviors we cover in this Chapter provide you with a toolkit for doing so.

    For example, you can use Leave It to teach your dog not to counter-surf, or grab stuff off the ground, or roll in the mud, and you can use Bell to help with errorless potty training.

In a later section, Appendix 2, we will survey some additional behaviors that, while not foundational in the sense described, are quite useful.

You must follow the good training practices we laid out in Section 2: Core Training Concepts. Doing so will lead to faster, better learning, and yield the full array of other benefits training can provide

If, for some reason, you have not read the previous section Core Training Concepts, STOP and go back. Read that Section first, do not just start teaching your dog tricks. As you start to get into those Chapters, you will quickly see why.

When to teach these behaviors: start immediately

If you haven’t already, start training immediately. As we have hopefully made clear in the many Chapters so far – from Behavioral training in the first year of life to Need for occupation to Introduction: What training is and why you have to do it – training with your dog delivers enormous and widespread benefits. Start right away.

These foundational behaviors in particular:

  1. Make everything else in your life with your dog easier. It does take an up-front investment of time, but it will save you time and energy in the long run, not to mention make your relationship with your dog better and your life with your dog more fun. Why wait on something like that?
  1. Per the name, these behaviors are foundational – they set the stage for everything else your dog does, and your relationship with your dog. Trying to band-aid bad behaviors as they come will not work nearly as well as having a strong foundation to work from

Teaching all these behaviors might all seem intimidating at first, but don’t panic:

  1. I promise, it gets easier, quickly. It seems like a lot at first, and for a few weeks it will be, but as your dog starts to build foundations and as you start to get the hang of core training concepts, as they start to become more intuitive, you will find that with each passing week teaching your dog will become more fun and less work
  1. While you should start immediately, this will not happen overnight! Don’t stress about that! With a new puppy, these foundational behaviors will potentially take a couple years to get down really solid. With an adult dog the timeline could be much shorter or a bit longer, depending on their past experiences. Regardless, do not rush. Work through these gradually.

As a reminder, beyond initially teaching them these behaviors, you will then need to

  1. Improve them, as we laid out in Chapter 2-14,

    and

  1. Continuously deepen and reinforce them, as we laid out in Chapter 2-20

These behaviors are so important, you want them to be consistently solid throughout the dog’s life. Thankfully, if you lay a good foundation, these behaviors will endure with a minimum of maintenance.

Start with the easier skills, and work your way up to harder ones.

In terms of progression, the order in which to teach these behaviors, follow the guidance we laid out in Chapter 2-15. Start with the easier skills, and work your way up to the more difficult ones, in terms of both complexity and self-control required.

Further resources: these Chapters do not tell you how to teach these behaviors, they just introduce you to the concept; there are wonderful resources out there you should tap into to learn ways to Shape these behaviors

All the concepts we covered in Section 2: Core Training Concepts, are, ultimately:

  1. meant to serve to actually teach your dogs behaviors, like Sit, Down, Settle, Recall, etc.
  1. best learned by actually teaching your dog things!

In this Section and the next we will survey some of the most common, useful behaviors to teach your dog.

Note however that our emphasis here is on what to teach your dog, not how. There are already many, many great resources out there for learning how to shape a given behavior. In each Chapter we briefly provide one method of shaping, but we want to encourage you to go off and check out other resources – books, videos, and in-person or online classes – to actually put them into practice.

We do that in part because we want to push you to explore some of the other resources out there. After years of work we are enormously proud of this Primer, but we also recognize its limitations and the importance of diverse perspectives.

To find relevant resources for learning a given behavior, check out our Further Resources section, where we list some great training-specific resources, including:

Good luck and have fun!

Appendix 1: Foundational Behaviors

Before reading these Chapters on specific ‘tricks’/behaviors, you should have read Section 2: Core Training Concepts, where we cover how to actually go about training your dog, both on a given behavior and in general.

If you haven’t read that Section yet, go back and do so before continuing.

Sit

What the behavior is:

Dog sits on her hind legs.

At first Sit is just executing the behavior, but eventually it should be a Stay position, i.e. held indefinitely until you release her.

Utility & Context:

  • A great first trick to teach your puppy, as it is easily shaped from their natural inclination to sit
  • Because you can teach it when they are so young, and reinforce it strongly, it can become (if you follow proper training practices – recall Chapter 2-19 and Chapter 2-14) one of your dog’s most ‘automatic’ behaviors, helping you:
    • Interrupt them in emergency situations
    • Get their attention when you need to
    • Put them into ‘work mode’ (Ch. 2-18)
  • Because it’s quite easy and they learn it early on, it is a good trick to pivot to in training sessions where your dog is struggling or frustrated, to give her a reset and restore confidence (see Training sessions).
  • Because it’s fast and easy, it’s a great ‘bridge’ command to maintain momentum and take your dog from one behavior to another (Ch. 2-18)
  • Many more advanced behaviors – such as Recall or Paws Up – you will want to either end or start in a Sit position; Sit lets you easily shape that step of those tricks.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • You can split Sit by rewarding even the smallest lowering of the back legs, and the gradually asking them to lower them more and more – without lowering their front legs – until you have a complete Sit.
  • To start, put a treat in your hand, face your dog, show them the treat, and move your hand/treat forward over their head. As their eyes follow the treat and look up, they will naturally start to lower their hind legs, to let them tilt their head up more.
  • The second they start to lower their back legs, mark and reward.
  • Don’t get greedy and wait too long (wait for their hind legs to lower too much). If you wait too long, they may turn around, which is the wrong behavior. If that happens, do not mark or reward. Reset and start again
  • Repeat the process, until they start to automatically lower their hind legs when you start to make the motion – now they’ve got the idea
  • Next, push it a bit longer – not marking and reward until their hind legs are a bit lower than before
  • Repeat that process, gradually pushing them to go lower and lower with their hind legs before you mark and reward
  • If at any point they start to lower their front legs, stop and do not mark or reward. Just like turning around, that is the wrong behavior (for this trick). Reset and try again, making sure to mark and reward fast enough such that they don’t start to lower their front legs
  • At any step, if they start to regress and offer the wrong behavior, go back several steps, to an ‘earlier/easier’ step in the sequence, and start rewarding there, then build up again. If you keep hammering at it at the current step, you will start to shape the wrong behavior. Note regression is a natural part of the learning process, especially with more complex behaviors, see Chapter 2-16: Regression.
  • At various points during or after that process, you can start to introduce a verbal (”Sit”) or hand command, pairing it with the behavior so that they learn to offer the behavior on cue. In a later chapter, Pairing cues, we will discuss your options for when and how to add in verbal and non-verbal commands.
  • Duration: Sit should eventually be held until you release them. At first, just get them to Sit with no duration, to understand what you mean by Sit. Once they have the posture down, start adding duration following the process in Chapter 2-14.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Sit”

Non-verbal:

  • Raised index finger

  • Back of hand raised vertically

Down

What the behavior is:

Dog lays down.

For most household trainers, specific posture is not critical. Note however for those wishing to pursue competitive obedience, or simply refine the posture to be more consistent, that there is a specific ‘official’ down posture: you can see it on the AKC site here.

At first Down is just executing the behavior, but eventually it should be a Stay position, i.e. held indefinitely until you release her.

Utility & Context:

  • While the initial form and shaping are fairly straightforward to teach, holding Down can be a difficult trick from a willpower perspective: it’s not a terribly fun position, your dog would often rather be doing something else.
  • On the flip side, that makes this a great trick to start building your dog’s willpower and handler focus, and should be one of the first tricks you teach your puppy.
  • Down, along with Settle, is one of your most important commands for modulating behavior in real-world situations: when you need your dog to stop whatever they are currently doing and focus on you, Down is your best tool, because the posture of it physically requires them to stop what they’re doing.

    Down works better than Sit in those situations because it is too easy for a dog to ‘get up’ from Sit; Down raises the barrier to breaking the form.

  • Down is particularly valuable in emergency situations, where an ‘emergency down’ can keep your dog from getting into trouble. Often, trainers will actually train two cues for Down – one for normal use, and another for emergencies. The ‘emergency-down’ cue they then use sparingly but reinforce extremely highly, to get compliance very high.
  • Because Down is useful but difficult to get compliance up on, it is perhaps the most important behavior, along with Recall, to work heavily on reinforcement and getting to perfect 100% compliance on it. Recall Chapter 2-14: Improving a behavior for how to achieve that.
  • Many trainers start to shape Down from a Sit position – i.e. they put their dog into Sit first, then ask for the Down. That is totally fine, but note that at first your dog will then only go into a Down if they are first put into Sit. Obviously you don’t want that to stay the case, so if you take this route make sure to then shape and generalize Down from standing and moving positions.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Get your dog into a sitting or standing position; this method will work for either position, being shaped in the same way.
  • Show your dog a treat in your hand, bringing the treat directly to their muzzle. As they get interested in the treat, lower your hand down towards the floor, with your palm facing downwards, keeping the treat from them.
  • As they follow the treat to the floor, they should eventually drop down as they try to get at it. The moment that all four of their legs are on the ground, mark and reward them by giving them the treat that was in your palm
  • Repeat this process, pairing it each time with your cue (e.g., ”Down”).
  • As they start to get the concept (and react more quickly to going down), start rewarding with a treat from your other hand, rather than the treat that is in your palm.
  • Eventually, stop putting a treat in your palm altogether, and instead just have a treat to reward in your other hand.
  • Finally, start giving the hand signal without lowering your hand all the way to the ground. Start by still crouching and being fairly close to the ground, and gradually work your way towards being higher up, having your hand farther from the ground, and eventually you being farther away.
  • If at any point, your dog refuses to lay down or stands up while trying to follow the treat, take a step back. Make sure you are slowly guiding them down into the position, not trying to speed through the steps.
  • Duration: Down should eventually be held until you release them. Once they have the posture down, start adding duration following the process in Chapter 2-14. We will talk more about this in Stay & Release.
  • If you were practicing from a Sit position, once they begin to be successful at Down, get your dog to stand up and ask them for a down from the standing position. We want our dogs to be able to lay down from standing as well as sitting. You may need to lure them into the down first, using the above method, but they will quickly catch on and generalize the position.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Down”

Non-verbal:

  • Hand held at your side, palm facing downward

  • Lowered index finger

Settle

What the behavior is:

Similar to Down in posture (depending on whether you refine Down to competitive obedience guidelines), the connotation for your dog is different: Settle means just chill out/stay here until I say so, as opposed to holding a rigid position and paying attention to you.

At first Settle is just executing the behavior, but eventually it should be a Stay position, i.e. held indefinitely until you release her.

Utility & Context:

  • Settle is incredibly useful for teaching your dog when she needs to simply chill out and lay down quietly, such as when you’re on a call, eating dinner, have guest, at a picnic, at a restaurant, etc. It is one of the more important tools for that sort of ‘real-world education’ we covered in Chapter 2-24.
  • You will need to introduce break command, or a verbal command that signals to your dog that they are allowed to get out of the current position. Typical words used are “break”, “ok”, or “release”.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Once your dog is familiar with the Down command, you can progress to training a Settle cue.
  • Guide your dog into a Down position and reward. It may be helpful to try to encourage your dog to get into a related position, with their weight shifted on one side. Use your treat to guide your dog’s head towards the side of their ribs. Your dog should shift their body to lean on one side. Reward once they are relaxed.
  • Keep rewarding them the longer they are down.
  • A stuffed chewtoy can be helpful here, as it intrinsically helps communicate the concept that “we are chilling out” versus Down, which is a more active behavior. See Chapter 1-7: Chewtoy training for more on this topic.
  • Whenever they start to get up, lure them back down.
  • Reward your dog several times for staying in that position. After the position is held, give your “Break command. Release your dog from the settle verbally and guide them out of the position.
  • Repeat this process. As they get more comfortable and willing to relax, add in the verbal cue “Settle” as you get them to shift into a relaxed down position. Repeat until you no longer have to lure them into position and they are responsive to the verbal command.
  • Duration: Settle should eventually be held until you release them. At first, just get them to go down at all, to understand what you mean by Settle. Once they have the posture down, start adding duration following the process in Chapter 2-14.
  • As their duration and confidence builds up, you can slowly introduce distractions into your training. Your dog should still hold the position until you give them their “Break” command.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Settle”

Non-verbal:

  • Make sure to use a different cue from Down! If you don’t use a downward-facing palm for Down, you can use it here for Settle. If you do, you’ll have to use a different cue, such as a downward-facing fist.

Stay & Release

What the behavior is:

Stay: Do not move, stay in your current position, usually used in conjunction with Sit, Down, Settle, or another ‘static duration’ behavior

Note that many commands – e.g., Sit, Down, Settle – you should train to automatically imply Stay. As such, you eventually won’t need to use Stay much. Even so, it can be helpful early on to train it to make your ask clearer to the pup. Some trainers also opt to always use the Stay command, i.e. after they say Sit or Down they follow that with Stay.

Release: Release your dog from a Stay or any other static duration position, letting them go do whatever they want

NOTE: that you only use the Release command when your dog is free afterwards, to do whatever they want. If instead you want them to keep working with you, such as coming to you or following you, do not use the Release command, and instead simply give them the next command you want them to do

Utility & Context:

  • Stay is used as a building block command to help teach your dog that ‘static duration’ behaviors – Sit, Down, Settle, and Placeshould be held until your dog is released
  • Release is used to release your dog from those positions, and is therefore a requirement even if you don’t use an explicit Stay command.
  • A down-stay is often easier than a sit-stay, because in the Down position they are in a posture where the physical and mental barrier to them getting up and being active is lower, making it easier for them to hold back. From a Sit position it is too easy for them to stand up and wander around.

    As such, even though it may be easier to get them into a Sit than a Down, it is usually better to start training Stay with Down.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Stand or kneel in front of your dog. Get your dog into a Sit or Down position. Once in the position, tell them “Stay” and reward. Every couple of seconds, reward your dog as they hold the position.
  • After some time passes, release your dog from the position, giving them your release command, and guide them out of the position. Reward them for getting out of the position.
    • KEEP YOUR SESSIONS SHORT!!!! Make your sessions very short and sweet at first. We want to set our dogs up for success. By keeping sessions short in the beginning, you will help them understand they are getting rewarded by holding the position.
  • Repeat this process until they are willingly holding the position until you release them.
  • Slowly, build time between each treat you give them as they are holding the position. At first, you should be treating every couple of seconds. Slowly build up time between each treat.
  • Once your dog can solidly hold the position for an extended amount of time with you standing in front of them, you can slowly build up distance away from your dog. Take one step back, then return and reward your dog. Repeat. Take two steps back, return, and reward. Repeat. Take three steps back, return, and reward, repeat. Build up distance slowly and steadily with this process.
  • If your dog keeps getting up or is breaking the position without you inviting them to, place them back into the desired stay position, and make it easier for them. Simplify your command by going back several steps, to an ‘earlier/easier’ step in the sequence, and start rewarding there, then build up again.
  • Duration: Stay should eventually be held until you release them. At first, just get them to hold the sit or down at all, to understand what you mean by Stay. Once they are holding the position, start adding duration following the process in Chapter 2-14.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Stay:

Verbal:

  • “Stay”

Non-verbal:

  • Raise fist

  • Arm extended, hand raised, palm open and facing the dog

Release:

Verbal:

  • “OK”
  • “Break”

Look/Check-in

What the behavior is:

Look at me, your handler (rather than whatever else you are doing or looking at).

Utility & Context:

  • Look is an under-used but incredibly foundational behavior: by training and reinforcing it, you are reinforcing the habit of your dog checking in with you.

    Over time, that starts to build two crucial habits

    • Always being aware of where you are
    • Always checking in with you for permission before they do something

    It’s about building the mentality that you are in charge and in control, they can and should rely on you

  • It also builds handler focus (Ch. 2-27)
  • If thoroughly reinforced, such that it becomes automatic, it also provides a powerful tool for getting your dog’s attention
  • Getting these benefits requires two things:
    1. Strongly reinforce the Look behavior, using all the techniques we covered in the Section 2 Introduction
    1. Use Look regularly in situations where you want your dog to get in the habit of checking in with you, for example before playing with another dog, running ahead, or greeting a stranger
  • To help with the latter case, you can use Down or Sit first to stop your dog and divert their attention a bit before asking them to look at you.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Take a treat in your hand and show it to your dog.
  • Once your dog is attentive to your hand and treat, raise your hand to your eye level.
  • Reward immediately when your dog meets your eye contact. Repeat this.
  • When your dog is consistently offering eye contact when you raise your hand up, put a verbal command “Look” with it. Continue to reward the eye contact with the verbal command added. Repeat until your dog will offer eye contact with the command.
  • Slowly build up duration of this command. Have them hold their focus on you for 3-5 seconds, then reward. Repeat this until they are confidently holding their focus without an immediate reward. From there, practice having them hold focus on you for 8-10 seconds without an immediate reward. You can give verbal praise, but hold off the treat until the end of the 8-10 seconds. Reward when they hold it and repeat. You can extend the time asked to focus by building up on this.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Look”
  • “Look at me”
  • “Focus”
  • “Watch me”
  • A whistle

Non-verbal:

  • Raise your finger up to your eyes
  • As your dog is not looking at you, a non-verbal cue is not usually relevant

Leave it

What the behavior is:

Ignore/drop/walk away from whatever you are currently focused on; reserved for objects they should never engage with.

Note the difference between Leave it and Give/Drop:

  • Leave it is for reserve objects that you are never allowed to have, such as shoes, furniture, animal scat, buttons on the ground, etc.; it teaches your dog what things are off-limits
  • Give/Drop is for objects that you are allowed to have generally, I am just asking you for it right now

Do not use Leave it with objects that are sometimes allowed – like toys – and do not use Give/Drop with objects that are never allowed – like animal scat. That is an important distinction for your dog.

Utility & Context:

  • Leave it is obviously a very useful tool for teaching your dog how to behave in the real world – it teaches them what objects are ‘off-limits,’ that they should always leave alone
  • Given that those lessons are particularly relevant to puppies – who don’t yet know what is and is not allowed – and that this is a relatively easy behavior to shape, we recommend teaching Leave it almost immediately after getting your puppy or adult dog, alongside Sit.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Before we discuss how to train Leave it, we need to emphasize the importance of never willingly allowing your dog to grab, take, or eat what you are telling them to leave alone. When training this, we will use a treat on the floor. Never release your dog and allow them to go and grab the treat. You should pick up the treat off the floor when the session is over. We want our dogs to understand that when we tell them “Leave It”, it means that what they are leaving alone is never to be got.
  • Kneel or sit on the floor alongside your dog.
  • Place a treat on the floor and cover with your hand. Your dog will likely scramble to try and get the treat. Once they stop trying to get at the treat, either looking away or looking at you, reward them with a treat from your free hand. After they leave it alone for a couple seconds, pick the treat up off the ground, reward, and restart.
  • Repeat the above step until your dog is no longer forging forward to try and get the covered treat on the ground. Add in your verbal cue “Leave It” and continue to practice.
  • Uncover the treat on the ground, giving your verbal command. If the dog attempts to grab the treat, cover it back up and wait for them to look away from the ground. Reward as soon as the attention breaks. After they leave it alone for a couple seconds, pick the treat up off the ground, reward, and restart.
  • Repeat this, instilling the Leave It command whenever you uncover the treat.
  • Once the treat can be fully uncovered by your hand and your dog is not trying to get at it, you can begin to make the command harder. You can start putting the treat closer to your dog, or add motion to the treat on the ground, moving it around. Reward your dog for leaving it alone, and pick up the treat after your sessions are over.
  • You can further proof and complicate the command by placing the treat on the ground and making them walk by and walk over the treat while telling them to leave it.
  • Eventually, you can apply the Leave It command to other distractions once you get the command solid. Repeat this process with your shoes, sticks, plate of food, toilet paper, or even using a person or another dog!

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Leave it!”

Non-verbal:

  • Not applicable

Give/Drop

What the behavior is:

Drop whatever you are currently holding in your mouth; reserved for objects they are allowed to have sometimes

Note the difference between Leave it and Give/Drop:

  • Leave it is for reserve objects that you are never allowed to have, such as shoes, furniture, animal scat, buttons on the ground, etc.; it teaches your dog what things are off-limits
  • Give/Drop is for objects that you are allowed to have generally, I am just asking you for it right now

Do not use Leave it with objects that are sometimes allowed – like toys – and do not use Give/Drop with objects that are never allowed – like animal scat. That is an important distinction for your dog.

Some trainers go the extra mile and train their dog to bring the object to them before giving it up.

Utility & Context:

  • Give/Drop is useful for teaching your dog games and modulating their toy use. For example if you want to use a game of tug with a ropetoy as your primary reinforcer (Ch. 2-4), it is not very helpful if when your dog gets the toy they then run off with it instead of playing with you. While shaping Give/Drop initially requires that you give it back to them right away (see below), eventually you reward them by – say – playing tug with it instead.
  • Give/Drop is also useful for training trust and general obedience: by getting them to give up something that they want but then giving it right back – along with plenty of praise and rewards – you are getting them in the habit of trusting and listening to your commands even if it means giving up something they want in the short term.

    A well-trained Give/Drop will therefore help improve the skills that drive, for example, their Recall, where they need to stop chasing a squirrel (something they want) and instead come back to you.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Get a toy and start playing with your dog. You should have treats hidden in your pocket. They should be interested in the toy and hold onto it. We recommend using a low-value, but still interesting, toy for this.
  • Once your dog is latched on, with your free hand, take a treat from your pocket and offer it to your dog. They should let go of the toy to grab the treat. Verbally reward once they let go and give them the treat.
  • Bring the toy back out and continue playing and offering a treat for release. As they get more confident in releasing from the toy, add the verbal command “Drop it” before you make them release.
  • Repeat the last step until your dog is consistently listening to the verbal command and letting go of the toy to grab the treat.
  • Once they are comfortable releasing from the toy, hide the treat and start to lessen the lure to release.
  • You can further complicate the command for them by trying to make them release more interesting toys, sticks, clothes, or anything that may be enticing to them.
  • Eventually, with enough practice, you will be able to apply this command to items your dog has that you do not want them to have or they are not supposed to have.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Give”
  • “Drop it”

Non-verbal:

  • Palm open, facing up

Touch/Target

What the behavior is:

With you facing your palm towards them, with your hand pointing to the ground, they touch their nose to your palm

Utility & Context:

  • Since they have to come to you to touch your palm, this behavior is very useful for getting your dog to come to you without using Recall. That gives you a way to bring them to you both before you’ve trained Recall, and afterwards to avoid you over-using the command and weakening it.
  • As it is easy and creates movement, it is also a useful bridge technique during training sessions to keep the momentum going (see Training sessions).

    For example, a sequence of Touch/TargetSitDown is a great quick series to keep your dog moving and having a good time.

  • Touch/Target is also useful as a building block to shape other behaviors where you want your dog to touch something, such as Bell/Outside.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Take a treat and put it between two of your fingers. Hold your palm open.
  • Allow your dog to take the treat from between your fingers. As they do this, their nose will touch your hand.
  • Reward and let them take the treat as their nose touches your hand.
  • Repeat the previous steps multiple times. Add in your verbal cue “Touch” as their nose touches your hand.
  • Remove the treat from between your fingers, open your palm in the same way, and tell your dog to “Touch”. Reward immediately with a treat from your other hand.
  • Repeat this until your dog can confidently touch their nose to your hand when asked.
  • Play with different heights and directions of your hand, seeing if your dog will respond in following your hand as you ask them to touch.
    • If your dog is getting confused or frustrated at this, take a few steps back to simplify the command with your dog and slowly go back to further complicating the command.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Touch”

Non-verbal:

  • Your exposed palm, held vertically pointing to the ground

Bell/Outside

What the behavior is:

Hang a string of bells from your yard door doorknob. When your dog wants to go outside to go potty, train them to ring those bells to tell you “I want to go outside.”

Utility & Context:

  • Less critical with adult dogs, Bell/Outside is useful when potty training (Ch. 1-10) puppies, as it gives them a way to signal to you when they need to go, in the event that you either extended the time between potty breaks too much or if they simply need to go ‘off cycle’ due to the vagaries of puppy bowels.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • First, you need to desensitize your dog to the bell you are using so they are not fearful or intimidated by the noise. Place the bell on the ground and allow your dog to smell it. Let them nose or paw at it on the ground so it rings. Rewards them with verbal praise and a treat profusely, helping them to not be fearful of the noise.
  • Once your dog is comfortable with the bells, hang them from your door.
  • Before you take your dog outside to go to the bathroom, use a treat to lure them to nose the bell, causing it to ring. Reward them for making the noise and take them outside to go to the bathroom. As they ring the bell, put your verbal command “Bell” in place.
  • Make sure you consistently use the bells whenever you take them outside to go to the bathroom.
  • Eventually, your dog will begin to ring the bells by themselves, if they need to go to the bathroom. Reward them when they do, and take them outside.
  • DO NOT RING THE BELLS IF YOU ARE GOING OUTSIDE FOR A WALK OR PLAYTIME! This will teach your dog to ring the bells to demand to go outside for walks or to play. We want them to understand that the bells are only used if they need to go to the bathroom.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Yard”
  • “Bell”
  • “Outside” (do not use if you also have a command for “Inside”)

Non-verbal:

  • Not applicable

Paw

What the behavior is:

Put their paw into your outstretched palm

Utility & Context:

  • Incredibly easy to shape and comply with, it is a first or second trick to teach your puppy to start getting them comfortable with training and building their confidence
  • Because it is so easy and high-compliance, like Sit, a great trick to use during training sessions either as a bridge or reset between tricks (see Training sessions)
  • By the same token, it is a great trick to pull out during sessions when your dog is tired or struggling, to end on a high note and build confidence (see Training sessions)
  • For the same reasons, it is a great trick to have strangers use with your puppy during Socialization (Ch. 1-3), helping make your puppy comfortable with them (when used at the appropriate time)
  • Paw is also useful when getting your dog used to nail trims and training cooperative care, as it is a way to get your dog to ‘voluntarily’ put their paw in your hand, as opposed to you grabbing it.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • There are many ways to train Paw. We find the most success by getting your dog to naturally offer the behavior and reward, rather than simply grabbing their paw with your hand and rewarding.
  • Take a treat in your hand and make a fist, allowing your dog to smell the treat but not get it. Your dog does not need to be in a sit position for this, but it may be helpful.
  • Your dog is going to try to get at the treat by licking and nibbling at it. Eventually, they will extend their leg and paw forward as a reflex, striking strike your hand. Reward immediately and open your hand, allowing them to take the treat.
  • Repeat this process until your dog understands that they need to paw at your hand to get the treat. Add in the command “Paw” and continue to reward.
  • Once they are very responsive, ask them to paw without the treat in your fist. If they understand the command, they will strike your hand with their paw. If they do not, repeat past steps until they are more confident with the command.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Paw”

Non-verbal:

  • Outstretch palm

Tuck

What the behavior is:

With you are seated in a chair, tuck under your chair and Settle.

Utility & Context:

  • This is an incredibly useful behavior for bringing your dog out into the world and teaching them the appropriate way to behave in different situations, per Chapter 2-24. Tuck allows you to bring a dog to a restaurant, bar, concerts, friends house, or anywhere you are seated and have them confine themselves to the safe space under your chair.
  • If you’ve trained this behavior correctly and reinforced it strongly enough, your dog may come to see tucking as a refuge: when they are stressed out, either inside or outside the house, they will come and tuck under your chair. If that happens, you know you’ve done things right – you’ve made this posture a comfort to them, much like crate training.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Set up a chair and kneel next to it.
  • First, work on desensitizing your dog to the chair by encouraging them to go up to it and sniff it. Reward them for interacting with the chair.
  • Once your dog is comfortable with the chair, use your treat and lure them underneath the chair. They should crawl underneath it. Reward them when they are under.
  • Have them hold the down position under the chair for a couple seconds. Release and reward.
  • Repeat this until your dog is confidently going under the chair and laying there. At this point, introduce your verbal command “Tuck”. You can also add in your non-verbal command too, by pointing under your chair as you give the command.
  • As they are more responsive to the command, make them hold the position for longer periods. You can tell them to “Tuck” and “Stay” to further solidify them sticking in the position.
  • Practice with your dog under different chairs, or getting them to tuck behind your legs if sitting and there is space underneath your legs.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Tuck”

Non-verbal:

  • Point under your chair

Recall

What the behavior is:

Stop whatever they are doing and come to you.

Eventually, you want them to not just come to you but finish the behavior with a Sit.

Utility & Context:

  • From a lifestyle and safety standpoint, this is probably the most important behavior you can train, perhaps exceeded only by Down: a well-trained Recall allows you to give your dog more freedom and be able to bring them back if they get into any trouble or abuse that.
  • This behavior is also a critical requirement for allowing your dog off-leash (Ch. 2-29). Since off-leashing exploration is not only more fun for you but also an important source of enrichment for your dog (Ch. 3-5), it is important that you teach your dog a strong as quickly as possible.
  • Unfortunately, it is also one of the hardest behaviors to train from a compliance standpoint, eclipsed only perhaps by Heel: to be useful, Recall requires that your dog stop doing something incredibly fun, such as chasing a squirrel, and instead come back to you. That is really hard, not only from a willpower standpoint, but even just from the perspective of getting their attention on you.
  • As a result, Recall is one of the behaviors that you’ll have to work the hardest on and be the most diligent and consistent about (stick rigidly to the errorless training approach we laid out in Chapter 2-19 on follow-through.
  • As we’ll lay out below, you can make your job easier by – at first – prefacing Recall with any other behavior that you have already very strongly reinforced, like Look/Check-in, Sit, or Down, in order to first interrupt their current momentum and get their attention.
  • Given that you may need to use Recall in emergency situations, some trainers train two different cues – one for everyday use, and another for emergency use, that you use sparingly and reinforce heavily – just like we mentioned in down.
  • To avoid over-using Recall and weakening the behavior, you can use Touch/Target to get your dog to come to you when you’re just around the house.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • This is a VERY BASIC and BRIEF overview. A solid recall takes months to perfect.
  • Recall needs to be exciting, fun, and self-rewarding for your dog to want to do it. Always reward your dog immensely with extremely high-value treats, toys, playtime, verbal praise, or lots of pets when they return to you when you ask.
  • For the beginning stages of Recall, always have your dog on leash when practicing. We need our dogs to understand that ignoring recall is not an option. If they choose not to listen while training, take the leash and start walking backwards while reeling the leash back to you. Reward them as they are getting closer to you and practice again.
  • With the first step in training recall, you should be in a very low distraction area and have a high-value treat in your hand and your dog’s leash in the other. Show your dog the treat and take a couple steps backwards, guiding them to you while giving your verbal command “Come”. Reward them for following you.
  • Repeat the past step until they are very responsive and willing to follow you.
  • Now, let your dog get slightly distracted. Tell them your command “Come”. They should turn and come to you. Give them tons of praise and a treat.
    • If they do not respond when distracted, begin to back up and reel them in using the leash. Reward them still and practice again.
  • Repeat the past step until they are willingly and reliably coming off of the low-level distractions when you ask.
  • Slowly build up the intensity of the distractions. If at any point, your dog begins to regress or become unresponsive, go to an earlier step and lighten the distraction intensity.
  • Once they get good at being responsive with their regular leash, you can put your dog on a long-line leash. A long-line leash is a leash that is 10 ft or longer. This long line will allow them to get further from you and give them a sense of freedom. Practice recalls on your long line.
    • Do not allow them to ignore your command when you tell them to “Come” when on the long line. If they do not respond, reel them in like you did previously.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Come”
  • “Here”

Non-verbal:

  • Not applicable

Appendix 2:

Secondary Behaviors

Appendix 2: Introduction

In the previous Section, Appendix 1-0: Introduction: foundational behaviors, we introduced the most common and useful behaviors to teach your dog. In this Section, we survey a few other behaviors that are more advanced and/or less critical, but are worth being familiar with nonetheless:

Note: These topics are NOT tested on the RCOC exam. Shaping specific behaviors, like Sit and Paw, are best studied through classes, videos, dedicated books, working with trainers, and practice. This Section is, rather, meant as a reference for readers who are not familiar with these concepts

  • The additional behaviors we cover fall into two categories: advanced behaviors and fun things to do with your dog

    The behaviors we cover in this Section fall roughly into two categories:

    • Advanced behaviors – techniques with real practical use, but that are difficult to train and not critical and therefore not all owners will get to; these include:

    • Fun things to do – tricks and sports that are fun for you and your dog. Doing some of these is critical (see bullet below) – you need to keep your dog learning and growing – but none of them individually matters much. These include:

      We discuss these more in the next bullet

  • The need for learning: Besides ‘foundational behaviors,’ it’s important to be constantly teaching your dog new things

    As we discussed in Chapter 3-7: Need for occupation, training isn’t just about teaching your dog to follow specific commands, it is also to:

    • Provide joy and enrichment for your dog
    • Improve your relationship
    • Build core capabilities

    As such, besides the foundational behaviors we discussed in the previous Section, you should be always teaching your dog new things! Learning new things is never ‘done’ – it keeps going! Whether that is through dog sports or trick-learning in regular training sessions.

  • There are a million things you can teach your dog – we don’t cover them all here! Look for other things to teach out there, or make things up on your own!

    Per the previous bullet, you should always be looking for new things to teach your dog.

    In this Section, we survey a few of them, but you can teach your dog almost anything! See what other people are doing, and after you’ve mastered foundational behaviors – and improved/matured as a trainer – don’t be afraid to make up useful behaviors for your own life!

    For example, you could train your dog to do things like:

    • Open and close doors
    • Bring in the mail or paper or your slippers
    • Dressage like a horse

    Whatever you want!

Appendix 2: Advanced behaviors and fun activities

Before reading these Chapters on specific ‘tricks’/behaviors, you should have read Section 2: Core Training Concepts, where we cover how to actually go about training your dog, both on a given behavior and in general.

If you haven’t read that Section yet, go back and do so before continuing.

Dog Sports

In several previous Chapters we have extolled the virtues of dog sports. Here we briefly survey some available options:

  • Dog sports are a great way to meet your dog’s needs, enrich their lives, and have fun yourself!

    Dog sports deliver massive benefits to your dog, from stimulating her and meeting her activity needs to developing her building core capabilities and deepening your bond. We have highlighted the value of dog sports in several previous Chapters, including:

    If you need to be convinced of the potential value of dog sports, check out those Chapters.

    In particular, it’s worth looking at dog sports as a fun way for you to meet your dog’s basic needs. If you love training with your dog and taking her on hikes all for their own sake, that’s great! But if you’re someone that would like a bit more structure, or an objective to work towards, dog sports can be a great hobby.

    As a final note, dog sports are also a great way – after you’ve taken some basic obedience courses – to start improving your own skills as a trainer.

  • Picking a dog sport: pick whichever one looks fun to you! Try out a few, and stick with whichever you enjoy the most! The more you enjoy it, the more you’ll do it.

    There isn’t really one ‘better’ sport than another for you dog – they are all so good for your dog’s joy and enrichment, you should just pick whichever sports you want to do. The more fun you’re having, the more you’ll work on the sport with your dog.

    In the rest of this Chapter we’ll survey a few sports and link to some resources you can check out. Check out the options and pick whichever ones seem the most interesting to you.

    A couple practical notes:

    • It’s hard to know what you’ll like til you try it – we encourage you to try out a few different sports and then stick with whichever one you’re liking the most. They all feel pretty different. Who knows? Maybe you’ll end up loving shaping the perfect sit or down for competitive obedience, or maybe you’ll hate it and love running courses for Agility with your dog.

      A lot will end up depending on what your dog is good at too: some dogs have very ‘high drive’ (see our discussion of ‘work motivation’ in Chapter 2-4), making obedience work more fun with them. Other dogs are highly food motivated and/or have great noses, making nose work more fun than them.

    • You should also factor in how frequently trials for a given sport are held in your area. Some sports have larger followings in some regions than others, and it can be frustrating to pick up a sport that only holds one Novice trial a year within an hour’s drive.
  • Learning a dog sport: look for local classes, look for dog sports trainers, and check out online resources

    So how do you actually learn a dog sport? Fortunately you have several options:

    1. Local classes: many local training centers, dog clubs, and adoption centers host different dog sports classes.
    1. Local dog sports trainers: many professional trainers also compete in one or more dog sports, and after enough years end up teaching the sport to others. You can often find a trainer nearby that teaches the dog sport that interests you.
    1. Online resources: for most dog sports there are a number of good (and many bad) online videos and tutorials to show you how other people have trained their dogs in the sport.

    Whether using local or online resources, remember to check our guide for identifying reputable classes in trainers in Chapter 2-23

  • Nose Work/Scent work: Nose work is a great way to meet your dog’s need for open-ended exploration, and can be hugely fun to train as the process is self-reinforcing

    What it is:

    • Nose work involves teaching your dog to hunt for a scent (usually an essential oil like Birch, Anise, or Clove) in a variety of settings, such as indoors, outdoors, in boxes, on a car, etc.
    • Nose work is usually trained by using high-value treats as a ‘lure:’ your dog hunts for the treat, and is rewarded by the treat when they find it (in addition to your own marking and additional treating). You then pair the treats with standard trial scents, teaching your dog to associate the scent with the game and the reward, and then phase out the food lure, rewarding them separately for seeking out the scent

    Notes:

    • Nose work is qualitatively different from all the other dog sports we will survey in this Chapter:
      • Most other dog sports involve some form of you directing your dog’s behavior – telling them what to do.
      • In contrast, nose work is directed by your dog. You give them a command to “Search” to initiate the game, but then you let them free-for-all explore
    • That gives nose work a very different feel from other sports, which you may like more or less!
    • That also means that while other sports satisfy your dog’s need for occupation, nose work actually satisfies their need for open-ended exploration

      As we discussed in Chapter 3-5, nose work is also therefore both extremely mentally stimulating for your dog, and extremely tiring. If you want a way to quickly tire out your dog at home, it is a great option.

    • Since, initially, the lure is a reward, nose work provides a self-reinforcing, zero-delay reward. As we discussed in Chapter 2-21 and Chapter 2-5, that makes the ‘search’ behavior in nose work very easy to reinforce initially (for food-motivated dogs).
    • On the flip side, because nose work is self-directed, it can do less for your dog’s handler focus and willpower than other sports, so be careful not to see nose work as a replacement for obedience training

    Resources:

    • There are several major separate organizations that run Scent Work trials:
      • AKC
      • NACSW – a leading scent work organization that also has a nicely comprehensive set of resources
      • PSD
    • Local Scent Work classes – while there are great books and videos, you really should take a beginner class if you want to get started on proper foundations; just look at your regional training centers to find who teaches it!
    • Fenzi Dog Sports Academy – Denise Fenzi is an exceptional trainer and educator; she has a solid set of webinars available on her website

  • Rally & Competitive Obedience: these provide a great way to put your at-home obedience training into action

    What it is:

    • In competition obedience, you simply take your dog through a preset list of obedience tasks, like a heel pattern, recall, sit- and down-stays, and even scent discrimination in high levels.

      As you move up from novice to more advanced titles, more and more complex and difficult tricks are required.

      At all levels, you are scored based on how well your dog performs the commands – both how responsive they are, and how closely their form adheres to the competition standards (recall Chapter 2-14: Improving a behavior for how you can shape your dog’s form to be highly specific).

    • Rally is similar to competitive obedience in that you need to take your dog through a series of commands, but it differs in two significant regards:
      1. The list of commands is not pre-set, and instead you must take your dog through a course of stations with notecards that indicate what they must do at that station
      1. Unlike competitive obedience, your dog is not judged on form. As long as they meet a fairly generous minimum standard for behaviors, it qualifies

    Notes:

    • If you enjoy teaching your dog new behaviors and want some recognition for that, these can be great options. The various levels of titles give you new tricks to work towards and reasons to work towards them
    • These sports are particularly nice for ‘high drive’ dogs – i.e. those that are hugely handler-focused and work-motivated (Ch. 2-4)
    • If you love shaping specifically, teaching your dog to not just do things but do them a certain way (Ch. 2-14), competitive obedience can be a great route for you
    • If you love teaching your dog new tricks but not necessarily working on form, Rally is a great alternative to explore

    Resources:


  • Agility: agility can be a great alternative to rally, and a lot of fun for dogs who love momentum

    What it is:

    • Your dog must run a course of obstacles – like tubes, ramps, etc. – with you directing them along the way on what to do (e.g., “Through!” when they need to go through a tube, “Out” when they need to turn out around a cone, “in” when they need to turn back in)
    • You are scored both on how quickly you can complete the course, and of course completing all stations of the course correctly

    Notes:

    • Like Rally, Agility can be great if you love teaching your dog new behaviors, as each of the ‘motions’ in Agility is a trick (”Through,” “Out,” “In,” “Over,” etc.)
    • Agility is great if you like to move fast and work on improving your time, as opposed to learning more tricks and improving form or willpower

    Resources:

    • AKC Agility
    • CleanRun, a great source for Agility books, videos, and equipment
    • Local Agility classes – while there are great books and videos, you really should take a beginner class if you want to get started on proper foundations; just look at your regional training centers, or visit an Agility trial and ask around to see where people like to learn!
    • If you would like to supplement with books, anything by Pamela Green, Susan Garrett, Kim Collins, Eva Bertilsson, or Emilie J. Vegh is great

  • Other sports: those are just a sampling of sports; there’s a whole wide world out there!

    There is a whole wide world of dog sports out there, we encourage you to check out what people are doing and, if something interests you, try it out!

    Here are just a few other dog sports we haven’t mentioned:

    • Conformation
    • Dock-diving
    • Sheep herding
    • Lure coursing
    • FastCAT
    • Flyball
    • Discdog

Place

What the behavior is:

Place is the same as Settle but with you designating a spot they should go to before settling, such as by pointing your finger at it or standing next to it.

At first Place is just executing the behavior, but eventually it should be a Stay position, i.e. held indefinitely until you release her.

Utility & Context:

  • Place is a variation on the theme of Settle, and can be useful if you need them to Settle on a specific spot, especially if that is a spot that is not close to you. For example if you are on a call, making dinner, or answering the door you don’t want to have to walk over to your dog, so it can be useful.
  • Note that some trainers use “Place” and “Settle” interchangeably; that is fine.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Before teaching this command, your dog should be familiar with the “Settle” command, or apply the same training from Settle to this section.
  • Pick out your dog’s designated Place Spot. This should be a blanket, bed, towel, mat, or anything that your dog will be signaled to lay on.
  • Lure your dog onto the Place Spot and get them in a Settle position. Reward and release.
  • Repeat this until your dog is willingly getting onto the Place Spot and going into a settled position. Introduce the verbal cue “Place”, telling them the command as you guide them to their spot and settle.
  • Repeat this until your dog is able to go into the Place Spot and settle with minimal guidance.
  • Practice sending your dog to Place, eliminating the lure. If they are not understanding, give minimal guidance to help them out and slowly build up to this. Eventually, you can build up to standing at a distance and sending your dog to place.
  • Duration: Place should eventually be held until you release them. At first, just get them to go down at all, to understand what you mean by Place. Once they have the posture down, start adding duration following the process in Chapter 2-14.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Place”

Non-verbal:

  • Pointing to the Place Spot

Roll-Over

What the behavior is:

From a Down position, roll over completely back into Down.

You can train your dog to go clockwise, counter-clockwise, or both.

Utility & Context:

  • The main utility of this trick is simply that it is of intermediate difficulty, both to shape and comply with. So it gives you and your dog something to work on during training sessions, just another trick to learn. It is a good one to introduce after the easy ones like Paw and Sit to keep your dog from getting bored

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Practice on a comfortable surface.
  • Get your dog in a down position.
  • If they know the “Settle” command, get them to settle, or get them to adjust their weight onto one side of their body by guiding them, using your treat to lure them to one side of their body.
  • Once they have their weight adjusted, take your treat from their nose to their shoulder, getting them to lay on their side. Reward them for this. Repeat this step a couple times to get them comfortable.
  • When they are confidently laying flat on their side, progress the motion of the treat, luring them from the shoulder to their back. This should cause them to begin to go onto their back. When you get this, keep moving the treat away from them. They should follow and roll over fully.
  • Practice the previous step until they are comfortable with rolling over. Add in the “Roll Over” verbal command as their confidence builds.
  • You can begin to lure them less and less as they are offering the behavior more. When you have the command on verbal cue, add in your non-verbal command.
  • If at any point, your dog refuses to roll over or is getting visibly frustrated, take a step back. Make sure you are slowly guiding them through this process; do not try to speed through the steps.
  • At any step, if they start to regress and offer the wrong behavior, go back several steps, to an ‘earlier/easier’ step in the sequence, and start rewarding there, then build up again. If you keep hammering at it at the current step, you will start to shape the wrong behavior. Note regression is a natural part of the learning process, especially with more complex behaviors, see the Chapter Regression

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Roll Over”

Non-verbal:

  • Pointing finger forward, rotate hand in a circle

Pretty

What the behavior is:

From a Sit position, raise both front paws to their mid-chest (not all the way up)

Utility & Context:

  • Pretty, Paws Up, Wave, and Bow are not really used for controlling their behavior and instead purely useful as nice tricks to teach your dog for the sake of:
    • Their enrichment (cf. Chapter 3-7)
    • Momentum during training sessions (cf. Chapter 2-18)
    • Helping them refocus on you when you need to get their attention (sometimes running through a series of easy commands can help distract them and put them in ‘work mode’ – cf. Training sessions and Recall)
    • Help them build up core strength and body awareness

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Get your dog in a Sit position.
  • Take a treat and hold up just above nose level. They will reach up to get the treat by lifting their neck and picking up their front paws.
  • Reward once they begin to get into the position and give a treat.
  • Repeat this until they are lifting their front legs from the ground as you guide them.
  • Begin adding in the “Pretty” verbal command.
  • Once they are getting more comfortable and steady with lifting their paws up, try to have them hold it for a few seconds. Reward once they do and repeat. You can build up duration as they begin to build up more strength.
  • Remember: This position can be a challenge for some dogs! It requires a lot of core strength for extended periods of time. This can be tricky for some dogs, depending on their body conformation or fitness level!

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Pretty”

Non-verbal:

  • Not applicable

Heel

What the behavior is:

Dog comes to your side and follows at your side as you walk, sitting when you stop.

They do not break until you give them a Release command or another command.

Generally, you want their heads either up or checking in with you (see Look/Check-in). You don’t want their heads to the ground sniffing. They should be focused on you during a Heel.

Note sometimes it can be helpful during shaping, to minimize ambiguity, to split Heel into two commands:

  • ‘Heel’ – come into the heel position; come to my side and Sit or Stand
  • ‘With me’ – after you are in Heel position, follow along while I walk

Utility & Context:

  • Heel is, for obvious reasons, an incredibly useful command: in any situation where you want to keep your dog away from distractions while you are mobile, Heel gets the job done
  • Unfortunately, it is also one of the hardest behaviors to train. It requires tremendous willpower from your dog, as anywhere you are practically using Heel is generally outside in a place full of distractions
  • As a result, Heel is a very advanced command – you shouldn’t start working on it until your dog has built a strong foundation of self-control (cf. Chapter 2-27) through strong compliance and duration on behaviors like Down, Tuck, and Recall

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

Heel is a particularly difficult and nuanced behavior to shape. More even than most behaviors, you CANNOT learn it from written instructions. As such, if you want to teach your dog Heel, we STRONGLY encourage you, as always, to work with a professional trainer, or at the very least watch videos and webinars from a few different trainers to learn how to do it.

With that substantial caveat, here is a very cursory, high-level summary of one way to shape Heel:

  • Given the high level of self-control that is required for Heel, start in a distraction-free environment (like your living room) and practice there to get the behavior down there. Then graduate to your yard, and then increasingly distracting environments, very slowly (per Chapter 2-17 and Chapter 2-15).
  • Heel should be kept on one side of your body. When practicing, pick the side you want to be your Heel Side. Do not change this, as it will create gray area for your dog. Any competition obedience/rally heeling must be done on the left side. However, if you have no plans on competing with your dog, you can choose either side.
  • Unless your dog is extremely food-motivated, Heel is well-suited to shape and reward using play/toys as your primary reinforcer (Ch. 2-4), for two reasons:
    1. You can get them excited about the toy then hold it to your chest, or tuck the toy between your armpit, as you walk, drawing their eyes up to you as you walk. By walking ‘into’ them, you can shape them to your side.
    1. After short durations (at first), you can then reward them with the toy and a play session, giving them massive positive associations with heeling.
    1. Repeat this consistently
  • For food-motivated dogs, you will use a treat as your lure. Hold your treat in your Heel Side hand, keeping your arm attached to your body and the treat just above nose level to your dog.
    • Get your dog enticed by the food and guide them to your Heel Side, praising them as they walk alongside you. As they get to your side, give them your verbal “Heel” command.
    • Repeat this with multiple short sessions.
    • Once your dog is understanding, begin to lift the treat up, encouraging more eye contact and focusing on you rather than the food.
  • With either of these methods, consistency is key. Be persistent, and keep sessions short and fun.
  • Slowly build up to incorporating distractions into your heel work.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Heel”
  • “With me”

Non-verbal:

  • Hand placed on stomach

Paws Up

What the behavior is:

Either with your arm outstretched in front of you, or with a knee-high surface that you point to, your dog puts their paws up unto your arms/the surface (without climbing all the way up on it).

Utility & Context:

  • Pretty, Paws Up, Wave, and Bow are not really used for controlling their behavior and instead purely useful as nice tricks to teach your dog for the sake of:
    • Their enrichment (cf. Chapter 3-7)
    • Momentum during training sessions (cf. Chapter 2-18)
    • Helping them refocus on you when you need to get their attention (sometimes running through a series of easy commands can help distract them and put them in ‘work mode’ – cf. Training sessions and Recall)
    • Helps to build confidence and reinsurance in the environment.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Grab a small step stool, or other object a foot or so from the ground.
  • Take a treat and guide your dog towards the stool. If your dog is hesitant about being near the step, familiarize them with it by placing treats on it and rewarding them for going near it.
  • Once comfortable near the stool, take your treat and hold it slightly above nose level to your dog, bringing the treat forward and up, encouraging them to jump up.
  • If your dog places a paw on the step, reward and repeat. Do this until they put both paws up on the stool.
  • When they are confident about putting the paws up, begin using your verbal command “Paws Up” as you guide them up.
  • After they are confident with this, you can apply the paws up command to other objects that are taller. You can also encourage them to “Paws Up” on your arm, if you are comfortable with that.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Paws up”

Non-verbal:

  • Pointing to the object you want them to paws up on

Wave

What the behavior is:

From a Sit position, raise one paw up.

Unlike Pretty, this trick is:

  • One paw, not two
  • Higher up, above their head, is fine

Utility & Context:

  • Pretty, Paws Up, Wave, and Bow are not really used for controlling their behavior and instead purely useful as nice tricks to teach your dog for the sake of:
    • Their enrichment (cf. Chapter 3-7)
    • Momentum during training sessions (cf. Chapter 2-18)
    • Helping them refocus on you when you need to get their attention (sometimes running through a series of easy commands can help distract them and put them in ‘work mode’ – cf. Training sessions and Recall)
  • There are two tricks your dog may get this confused with, so be careful to shape the form to be clearly distinct (Ch. 2-14):
    • Pretty – which is two paws at mid-height
    • Paw – where they put their paw in your palm, as opposed to waving it in the air

    Teaching all three behaviors is a nice way to train your dog to pay more close attention to you, to watch for your specific command. Be sure, as always, not to reward your dog except for the behavior you asked for.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Your dog should already be familiar with both Sit and Paw, making this easier to teach. If they do not know the following commands, teach them before you proceed with this.
  • Get your dog into a sit position. Hold your hand out like you are asking for a “Paw”, but hold your hand higher than normal. Reward when your dog paws your hand. Repeat this.
  • Slowly begin lifting your hand higher and higher until you raise it to your dog’s eye level. Reward each small step you take while working towards this. If at any point they get frustrated or confused, take a couple steps back.
  • Once your dog is consistently pawing higher at your hand, begin adding the verbal command “Wave”.
  • As they become responsive to the verbal command, slowly begin phasing your hand away. Tell your dog to “Wave” and pull your hand away. Praise and repeat. Practice until your dog is responsive to “Wave” just from the verbal cue. You can also begin to add in your hand signal at this point, waving to your dog as you say your command.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Wave”

Non-verbal:

  • Wave your hand to your dog

Bow

What the behavior is:

Bow down in a play-bow, with front legs extended along ground and hind legs reared up; similar to a ‘downward dog’ position in Yoga

Utility & Context:

  • Pretty, Paws Up, Wave, and Bow are not really used for controlling their behavior and instead purely useful as nice tricks to teach your dog for the sake of:
    • Their enrichment (cf. Chapter 3-7)
    • Momentum during training sessions (cf. Chapter 2-18)
    • Helping them refocus on you when you need to get their attention (sometimes running through a series of easy commands can help distract them and put them in ‘work mode’ – cf. Training sessions and Recall)
  • Bow does have some use for extinguishing unwanted behaviors. The posture of Bow makes it mutually exclusive with lots of other activities, such as jumping up on the counter or guests, allowing you to use it for Method 5 of Extinguishing/untraining undesirable behaviors. Down works in all the same situations, but if for whatever reason Bow works better for your dog, go for it.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Your dog must be in a standing position.
  • Take a treat and hold it nose-level to your dog.
  • Begin moving the treat downwards and back towards the chest of your dog. As you lower the treat, they will begin to extend their front legs down and begin to sink back. Reward this. Reward any lowering of the front legs you get. Their front legs should be lowering as their rump stays up.
    • Some dogs will automatically go into a down position as you begin to lower your treat. Go slow and work in small increments. You can use your hand as a crutch, placing your hand underneath their belly. This will encourage them to fully sink into a down.
  • As they are getting more comfortable with lowering the front legs, begin pushing back more and get them to sink back onto their elbows. Reward immediately once you get this. They should be keeping their rump upwards.
    • If their rump is sinking down along with their front legs, place your hand underneath their body, encouraging them to keep it up.
  • Once they are consistently going onto their elbows with their rump in the air, add in the verbal cue “Bow”. Praise and repeat until they are responsive to the verbal cue.
  • Slowly begin to lure them less and work on the verbal cue.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Bow”

Non-verbal:

  • Not needed

Speak

What the behavior is:

Bark on command

Utility & Context:

  • The primary use of speak is to extinguish unwanted barking, per Method 6 of Extinguishing/untraining undesirable behaviors. By putting barking on cue – and reward it heavily when you do – your dog will be less inclined to bark without receiving the cue (since they’ll never get rewarded for that). See Chapter 2-25 for details.
  • You can also teach a Quiet command in conjunction with speak, by heavily praising the silence they give between practicing the Speak command.

Shaping:

Reminder: This is only one, cursory way to shape this behavior. As we covered in Chapter 2-7: Shaping, there are many ways to shape a behavior, and we strongly recommend checking out one or more of the many fantastic resources out there for teaching dogs and puppies specific behaviors. We have curated some excellent resources here: Further Resources

  • Get your dog to bark naturally. Do this by playing with, exciting, talking at, clapping and hyping up, or running around with your dog. Some dogs will be easier than others to get to bark.
  • Once they bark, or even make a small noise, praise and reward. Use a treat reward or if you are playing with a toy, give them the toy. Repeat this until your dog is consistently offering a bark in return for a reward.
  • At this point, start adding your verbal “Speak” cue as you get them to bark. Start to fade out the external excitement causing them to bark and practice using the verbal command.
  • You can add in your hand signal once they are responsive to the verbal cue, adding in your hand gesture as you ask them to “Speak”.

Common cues:

As always, feel free to make up your own! See Chapter 2-8: Pairing cues for guidelines.

Verbal:

  • “Speak”
  • “Roo”
  • “Woof”
  • “Talk”
  • “Bark”

Non-verbal:

  • Palm open towards dog, repeating bringing your four fingers to your thumb